RAN V900R013C00Feature Activation Guide Issue Date 02 2011-07-11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2011. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders. Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China http://www.huawei.com
[email protected] Website: Email: Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document About This Document Purpose This document provides guidelines for enabling or disabling a feature after initial configuration. Based on the activation, verification, and deactivation of a feature in the feature list, the guidelines aim to ensure that the feature is available on the network. This document describes how to activate a license and configure a feature in RAN. NOTE The BSC6900 is used as an example to describe the network controller in this document. Product Version The following table lists the product version related to this document. Product Name BSC6900 NodeB NodeB Product Version V900R013C00 V100R013 V200R013 Intended Audience This document is intended for: l l l l Technical support engineers Maintenance engineers Field engineers Network optimization engineers Organization 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide This chapter describes the changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide. 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN features are classified into basic and optional features. Basic features are not licensecontrolled and therefore do not require license activation before use. Optional features are license-controlled and therefore require license activation before use. 3 Activating the UMTS License In the case of certain UMTS features, a license control item is defined for each feature. The license control item of a feature must be activated before the configuration and use of the feature. The license control items related to the RNC can be activated on the M2000 or RNC LMT, whereas those related to the NodeB can be activated only on the M2000. 4 Configuring 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2 kbit/s RRC Connection and RAB Assignment This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2 kbit/s RRC Connection and RAB Assignment. 5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010501 Conversational QoS Class. 6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010502 Streaming QoS Class. 7 Configuring Interactive QoS Class This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010503 Interactive QoS Class. 8 Configuring Background QoS Class This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010504 Background QoS Class. 9 Configuring Emergency Call This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021104 Emergency Call. 10 Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210604 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity. 11 Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010205 Cell Digital Combination and Split. 12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH, CELL_PCH, URA_PCH, CELL_FACH) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010202 UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH, CELL_PCH, URA_PCH, CELL_FACH). 13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle, CELL_PCH, URA_PCH State (Type 1) iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010301 Paging UE in Idle, CELL_PCH, URA_PCH State (Type 1). 14 Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH, CELL_DCH State (Type 2) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010302 Paging UE in CELL_FACH, CELL_DCH State (Type 2). 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021101 Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC). 16 Configuring Integrity Protection This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-011401 Integrity Protection. 17 Configuring Encryption This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-011402 Encryption. 18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020501 Open Loop Power Control. 19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020502 Downlink Power Balance. 20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020503 Outer Loop Power Control. 21 Configuring Inner Loop Power Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020504 Inner Loop Power Control. 22 Configuring Admission Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020101 Admission Control. 23 Configuring Load Measurement This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020102 Load Measurement. 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling. 25 Configuring Overload Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020107 Overload Control. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide 26 Configuring Code Resource Management This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management. 27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021301 Shared Network Support in Connected Mode. 28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020201 Intra NodeB Softer Handover. 29 Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020202 Intra RNC Soft Handover. 30 Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover. 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover. 32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010801 Intra RNC Cell Update. 33 Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010802 Inter RNC Cell Update. 34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010901 Intra RNC URA Update. 35 Configuring Inter RNC URA Update This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010902 Inter RNC URA Update. 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021400 Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR). 37 Configuring NodeB Clock This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210501 NodeB Clock. 38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface vi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030104 Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface. 39 Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030105 Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic. 40 Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030106 Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth. 41 Configuring CBR, rt-VBR, nrt-VBR, UBR ATM QoS Classes This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature "WRFD-05030107 CBR, rt-VBR, nrt-VBR, UBR ATM QoS Classes". 42 Configuring F5 This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030110 F5. 43 Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature "WRFD-050305 UBR+ ATM QoS Class". 44 Configuring Flow Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-040100 Flow Control. 45 Configuring BOOTP This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031100 BOOTP. In ATM transport mode, the NodeB can automatically set up the OM channel with the BSC6900 by using the BOOTSTRAP Protocol (BOOTP) function. 46 Configuring NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031101 NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode. 47 Configuring License Control for Urgency This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-040300 License Control for Urgency. 48 Configuring Intelligently Out of Service This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031000 Intelligently Out of Service. 49 Configuring OCNS This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031200 OCNS (Orthogonal Channel Noise Simulator). 50 Configuring Power Off the Equipment Level by Level This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031400 Power Off the Equipment Level by Level. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vii About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide 51 Configuring Solar Power Device Management This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031500 Solar Power Device Management. 52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier). 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt. 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-060003 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz). 55 Configuring Multiple RAB Package This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). 56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061501 Combination of Two PS Services. 57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061502 Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services. 58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061503 Combination of Three PS Services. 59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061504 Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services. 60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061505 Combination of Four PS Services. 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. 62 Configuring 15 Codes per Cell This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell. 63 Configuring Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex. 64 Configuring HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF). 65 Configuring HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation. 66 Configuring HSDPA Power Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061004 HSDPA Power Control. 67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061003 HSDPA Admission Control. 68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control. 69 Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061006 HSDPA Mobility Management. 70 Configuring HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28 This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28. 71 Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061020 Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service. 72 Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010629 16QAM Modulation. 73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB. 74 Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package. 75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ix About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR. 76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061111 HSDPA State Transition. 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061112 HSDPA DRD. 78 Configuring Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010630 Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA. 79 Configuring HSDPA over Iur This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur. 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA. 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target. 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. 83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061202 HSUPA Admission Control. 84 Configuring HSUPA Power Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061203 HSUPA Power Control. 85 Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management. 86 Configuring HSUPA DCCC This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC. 87 Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061211 20 HSUPA Users per Cell. x Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document 88 Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061401 E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH). 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI. 90 Configuring HSUPA 2 ms/10 ms TTI Handover This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2 ms/10 ms TTI Handover. 91 Configuring HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User. 92 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010632 Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA. 93 Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA Users per Cell. 94 Configuring HSUPA over Iur This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur. 95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA. 96 Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission. 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010690 TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage. 98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020138 HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation. 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010712 Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power. 100 Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xi About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010637 HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion. 101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management. 102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010680 HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User. 103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010681 HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User. 104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2 This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2. 105 Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010688 Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH. 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010701 Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH. 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010702 Enhanced DRX. 108 Configuring MIMO Prime This chapter describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-030011 MIMO Prime. 109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010689 HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User. 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010683 Downlink 64QAM. 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010684 2x2 MIMO. Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) is a multi-antenna technology, which enables multiple antennas to receive and transmit data. This increases the data transmission rate. 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM+MIMO This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010693 DL 64QAM+MIMO. xii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010700 Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA. 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010704 Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection. 115 Configuring CPC - DTX /DRX This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010686 CPC - DTX /DRX. 116 Configuring CPC-HS-SCCH Less Operation This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010687 CPC-HS-SCCH Less operation. 117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010653 96 HSDPA Users per Cell. 118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010639 96 HSUPA Users per Cell. 119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010654 128 HSDPA Users per Cell. 120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010670 128 HSUPA Users per Cell. 121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation. 122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation. 123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA. 124 Configuring HSUPA Frequency Domain Equalization This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature HSUPA Frequency Domain Equalization. 125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xiii About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010694 Uplink 16QAM. 126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010697 E-DPCCH Boosting. 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11.5Mbps per User This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010698 HSPA+ Uplink 11.5Mbps per User. 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010695 UL Layer 2 Improvement. 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA. 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010713 Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier. 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial). 132 Configuring Queuing and Preemption This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010505 Queuing and Preemption. 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021103 Access Class Restriction. 134 Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050424 Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources. 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight. 136 Configuring Web Browsing Acceleration This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020132 Web Browsing Acceleration. 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020133 P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour. xiv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020135 Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management. 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage. 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS. 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02060501 SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved). 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02060502 SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover. 143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02060503 SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update. 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage. 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS. 146 Configuring Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020307 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO. 147 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020308 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO. 148 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02030801 NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change). 149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02030802 PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS. 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xv About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1. For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor. 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (trial) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (trial). 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load Balance. 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service. 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load. 155 Configuring DRD Introduction Package This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package. 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040001 Intra System Direct Retry. 157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040002 Inter System Direct Retry. 158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect. 159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040004 Service Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup. 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance This section describes how to activate and verify the optional feature WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance. 161 Configuring Measurement-based Direct Retry This section describes how to activate, verify and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020402 Measurement based Direct Retry. 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020500 Enhanced Fast Dormancy. xvi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document 163 Configuring Cell Barring This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021102 Cell Barring. 164 Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020310 3G/2G Common Load Management. 165 Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface. 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control. 167 Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup. 168 Configuring TCP Accelerator This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020123 TCP Accelerator. 169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020124 Uplink Flow Control of User Plane. 170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020130 Videophone Service Restriction. 171 Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011502 Active Queue Management (AQM). 172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020128 Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service. 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020131 Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness. 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011000 Cell Broadcast Service. 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xvii verify.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050405 Overbooking on ATM Transmission. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020117 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020116 Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers. verify. verify. verify. 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011001 Simplified Cell Broadcast. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020119 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020121 Intelligent Power Management. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band). verify. 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ This section describes how to activate. 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061703 Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020118 Energy Efficiency Improved. verify. 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load This section describes how to activate. 177 Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control This section describes how to activate. 176 Configuring TFO/TrFO This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control. verify. verify. 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS This section describes how to activate. 179 Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020122 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS.About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide This section describes how to activate. xviii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010617 VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+. 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management This section describes how to activate. 187 Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA This section describes how to activate. 183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020802 OTDOA Based LCS. 196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130402 Flexible Network Architecture. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020803 A-GPS Based LCS. verify.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020804 LCS Classified Zone. 189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) This section describes how to activate. xix . verify. verify. 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS This section describes how to activate. 200 Configuring Mobility Control and Service Differentiation Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 194 Configuring LCS Classified Zone This section describes how to activate.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA This section describes how to activate. 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020805 Configuring LCS over Iur. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010619 CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+. verify. verify and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020807 Iupc Interface for LCS service. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010618 IMS Signaling over HSPA. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011501 PDCP Header Compression (RoHC). verify. verify. 195 Configuring LCS over Iur This section describes how to activate. 198 Configuring Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator This section describes how to activate. 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020801 Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS. verify. verify. 199 Configuring Flexible Network Architecture This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130401 Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator. 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS This section describes how to activate. 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. Ltd. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131104 MOCN Load Balance. 204 Configuring IMSI-Based Handover This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021311 MOCN (Multi-Operator Core Network) Introduction Package.About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide This section describes how to activate. 207 Configuring Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131103 MOCN Mobility Management. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131101 Carrier Sharing by Operators. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131102 Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators. verify. verify. 209 Configuring MOCN Load Balance This section describes how to activate. 211 Configuring Iu Flex This section describes how to activate. 206 Configuring Carrier Sharing by Operators This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021306 Iu Flex Load Distribution Management. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130404 Independent License Control. verify. 208 Configuring MOCN Mobility Management This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. verify. xx Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 201 Configuring Independent License Control This section describes how to activate. Ltd. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021303 IMSI-Based Handover. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD02130403 Mobility Control and Service Differentiation. 203 Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130501 Dedicated Iub Transmission Control. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021302 Iu Flex.. 210 Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion This section describes how to activate. 212 Configuring Iu Flex Load Distribution Management This section describes how to activate. 202 Configuring RAN Sharing Phase 2 This section describes how to activate. verify. 205 Configuring MOCN Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021305 RAN Sharing Phase 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131106 Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion. 225 Configuring MBMS Admission Enhancement Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. verify. verify. 223 Configuring MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061608 16/32/64/128Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS. 222 Configuring MBMS Phase 2 This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066002 MBMS P2P over HSDPA. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050108 Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066001 MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020160 Enhanced Multiband Management. 221 Configuring 16/32/64/128Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS This section describes how to activate. xxi . 216 Configuring MBMS Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. 217 Configuring MBMS Admission Control This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061602 MBMS Admission Control. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050104 Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface. 218 Configuring MBMS Load Control This section describes how to activate. 220 Configuring Streaming Service on MBMS This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010660 MBMS Phase 2. 219 Configuring MBMS Transport Resource Management This section describes how to activate. 214 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061606 Streaming Service on MBMS. 215 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface This section describes how to activate. 224 Configuring MBMS P2P over HSDPA This section describes how to activate. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061605 MBMS Transport Resource Management. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061603 MBMS Load Control.. verify. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document 213 Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010662 Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010626 MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion). 234 Configuring One Tunnel This section describes how to activate. xxii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020111 One Tunnel. 231 Configuring MSCH Scheduling This section describes how to activate. 230 Configuring Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH This section describes how to activate. 226 Configuring Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users This section describes how to activate. verify. 228 Configuring MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050404 ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB.About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010661 MBMS over Iur. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066003 MBMS Admission Enhancement. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 232 Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020114 Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC). verify and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050403 Hybrid Iub IP Transmission. verify. 235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface This section describes how to activate. verify. 236 Configuring Hybrid Iub IP Transmission This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010627 FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS. 237 Configuring ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB This section describes how to activate. verify. 229 Configuring MBMS over Iur This section describes how to activate. Ltd.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010665 Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics. verify. 233 Configuring Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066004 Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users. 227 Configuring FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010663 MSCH Scheduling. verify. 240 Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050425 Ethernet OAM. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050501 Clock Synchronization on Ethernet in NodeB. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050502 Synchronous Ethernet. 241 Configuring Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. 244 Configuring ATM Switching-Based Hub NodeB This section describes how to activate. verify. 248 Configuring Clock Synchronization on Ethernet in NodeB This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface. 239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface This section describes how to activate.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document 238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface This section describes how to activate. verify. 245 Configuring AAL2 Switching-Based Hub NodeB This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the feature WRFD-050412 UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission. verify. 246 Configuring IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050105 ATM Switching-Based Hub NodeB. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050408 Overbooking on IP Transmission. 243 Configuring UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission This section describes how to activate. xxiii . verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050422 Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP. 247 Configuring Ethernet OAM This section describes how to activate. 242 Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission This section describes how to activate. 249 Configuring Synchronous Ethernet This section describes how to activate. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050410 IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050420 Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050106 AAL2 Switching-Based Hub NodeB. 250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050107 IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB. verify. verify.. verify. 261 Configuring Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021308 Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km. 251 Configuring RRU Redundancy This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-040202 RNC Node Redundancy.. verify. 256 Configuring Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell This section describes how to activate. 258 Configuring HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) This section describes how to activate. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010209 4-Antenna Receive Diversity. verify. Transmit diversity enables the NodeB to provide twice the number of RF DL channels compared with no transmit diversity. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell. verify. 259 Configuring Intra Frequency Load Balance This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010203 Transmit Diversity. 260 Configuring Potential User Control This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010206 High Speed Access. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load Balance. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-040203 RRU Redundancy. 257 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507) This section describes how to activate. 255 Configuring High Speed Access This section describes how to activate. 254 Configuring Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011500 PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507). 253 Configuring 4-Antenna Receive Diversity This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070004 Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020105 Potential User Control.About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. verify. verify. verify. Ltd. verify. verify. 262 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g xxiv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 252 Configuring Transmit Diversity This section describes how to activate. verify. 263 Configuring GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070005 NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221802 GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing. xxv . verify. verify. 266 Configuring Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221601 Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB). verify. 268 Configuring RNC Offload (Trial) This section describes how to activate. 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221801 Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS). Ltd. This feature enables the spectrum resources to be dynamically shared between the GSM and UMTS networks based on their traffic load. With this feature.. the RNC can send some PS service data directly to Internet over the offload Gi interface. 272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) This section describes how to activate. improving frequency utilization. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020134 Push to Talk. 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-012001 RNC Offload (Trial). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070007 GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document This section describes how to activate. 265 Configuring Warning of Disaster This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020127 Warning of Disaster. verify. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070006 GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g. verify. 267 Configuring Push to Talk This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. verify. 269 Configuring Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS) This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021001 Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier. 270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221504 TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB). 264 Configuring GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221703 2. directories. Names of files. General Conventions The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. or unexpected results. could result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation. verify. Symbol Description Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk. will result in death or serious injury. which if not avoided. Ltd. which if not avoided. Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS). xxvi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk. folders. For example. Examples of information displayed on the screen are in Courier New.. Convention Times New Roman Boldface Italic Courier New Description Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS) This section describes how to activate. Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save time. log in as user root. Command Conventions The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. which if not avoided. Conventions Symbol Conventions The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. could result in equipment damage. data loss. performance degradation. and users are in boldface. Book titles are in italics.About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide 274 Configuring 2. press Enter and press Tab. xxvii .. Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. For example. A means the two keys should be pressed in turn. window. Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected. Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional. click OK.. ]* GUI Conventions The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected. [ x | y | . Mouse Operations The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows. } [ x | y | . pressing Ctrl+Alt +A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.. Format Key Key 1+Key 2 Key 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and dialog titles are in boldface. ] { x | y | . choose File > Create > Folder. Keyboard Operations The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows. For example.. Several items or no item can be selected.. Command arguments are in italics. pressing Alt. Convention Boldface > Description Buttons. For example.. Ltd. Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document Convention Boldface Italic [] { x | y | . One item is selected or no item is selected. Press the keys concurrently.. tabs. menus. Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs.. Key 2 Description Press the key. parameters. Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars.. }* Description The keywords of a command line are in boldface. For example. For example. Press the keys in turn. Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without moving the pointer. xxviii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain position. Ltd.About This Document RAN Feature Activation Guide Action Click Double-click Drag Description Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 18-1 19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance...................................9-1 10 Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity....16-1 17 Configuring Encryption...........................3 Allocating a License to NodeBs.............20-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co................................................... CELL_FACH)......................................................................................................................2 Allocating a license to Telecom Operators..................................................................7-1 8 Configuring Background QoS Class............................3-1 3...........................17-1 18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control.................................................................................3-3 3...................................................19-1 20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control ..................... xxix ..................................................................................................2-1 3 Activating the UMTS License.............................................6-1 7 Configuring Interactive QoS Class..........................................................11-1 12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH........................................................................................................2 kbit/s RRC Connection and RAB Assignment..........................................15-1 16 Configuring Integrity Protection......................RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents Contents About This Document........3-2 3.................................14-1 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control.............1-1 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide...................1 Activating the BSC6900 License....iii 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide................................4-1 5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class ...................................................12-1 13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle...............................................4/6..................................... CELL_PCH................................................................................................................................... CELL_DCH State (Type 2).................................10-1 11 Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split............8/13.................... Ltd................................6/27...........................................5-1 6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class....................................................................................................................................................... URA_PCH State (Type 1).............. URA_PCH........................................................................................................13-1 14 Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH.......................8-1 9 Configuring Emergency Call.3-4 4 Configuring 3.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... CELL_PCH............................ ..................................................................29-1 30 Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover................27-1 28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover......................... rt-VBR.....................................................................44-1 45 Configuring BOOTP.............................................................................47-1 48 Configuring Intelligently Out of Service................. UBR ATM QoS Classes.........................................................................................................................21-1 22 Configuring Admission Control.........................................................24-1 25 Configuring Overload Control..33-1 34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update..................................... Issue 02 (2011-07-11) ..........................................................................................39-1 40 Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth................................................................................................................37-1 38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface.....................................................49-1 50 Configuring Power Off the Equipment Level by Level.. nrt-VBR..................................................................................................................................................................................... Ltd.................................................................48-1 49 Configuring OCNS........22-1 23 Configuring Load Measurement..............................................50-1 xxx Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co....................................................25-1 26 Configuring Code Resource Management...........................35-1 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) ........................................30-1 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover...........................................................................26-1 27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode.................................................................................31-1 32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update.......................................28-1 29 Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover...............................................40-1 41 Configuring CBR........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................34-1 35 Configuring Inter RNC URA Update...................................45-1 46 Configuring NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode........................................43-1 44 Configuring Flow Control.........................................................42-1 43 Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class............................................................................................................38-1 39 Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic.Contents RAN Feature Activation Guide 21 Configuring Inner Loop Power Control ..........................................................................................41-1 42 Configuring F5..............23-1 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling.................32-1 33 Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update..................................46-1 47 Configuring License Control for Urgency............36-1 37 Configuring NodeB Clock.... .......................................64-1 65 Configuring HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation.....................................73-1 74 Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package..................................60-1 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package...............................................................61-1 62 Configuring 15 Codes per Cell..................59-1 60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services........................................68-1 69 Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management.56-1 57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services......75-1 76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition.......72-1 73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB.............................................. Ltd................77-1 78 Configuring Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA.....................................76-1 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD......................................................................................................65-1 66 Configuring HSDPA Power Control .................................................................58-1 59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services.........69-1 70 Configuring HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28....................................................................................63-1 64 Configuring HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I................................................................................70-1 71 Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service...................................................................................................................67-1 68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control...........................................................................................................51-1 52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier).......62-1 63 Configuring Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex.................................................................................................................................................. RR..............................................................................................................RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 51 Configuring Solar Power Device Management.........53-1 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz).........................................................................55-1 56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services.........................................................................................74-1 75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR..............................................52-1 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt.................................66-1 67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control....................71-1 72 Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation............................................................................................................................................................................... and PF)....................................................................................................................................78-1 79 Configuring HSDPA over Iur.........................................................................................................................................54-1 55 Configuring Multiple RAB Package .80-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co...............................................79-1 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA......... xxxi .........57-1 58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services........................ Contents RAN Feature Activation Guide 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target..................................81-1 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package......................................................................82-1 83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control..........................................................................83-1 84 Configuring HSUPA Power Control .................................................................................84-1 85 Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management...................................................................85-1 86 Configuring HSUPA DCCC.................................................................................................86-1 87 Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell..............................................................................87-1 88 Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH)...........................88-1 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI.............................................................................................89-1 90 Configuring HSUPA 2 ms/10 ms TTI Handover..............................................................90-1 91 Configuring HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User...........................................................................91-1 92 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA............................................................92-1 93 Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell..............................................................................93-1 94 Configuring HSUPA over Iur..............................................................................................94-1 95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA............................................................................................95-1 96 Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission..................................................................96-1 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage.......................................97-1 98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation......................98-1 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power.................................99-1 100 Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion.........................100-1 101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management......................................................101-1 102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User......................................................102-1 103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User......................................................103-1 104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2.............................................................................104-1 105 Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH.........................................................105-1 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH...............................................................106-1 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX............................................................................................107-1 108 Configuring MIMO Prime...............................................................................................108-1 109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User......................................................109-1 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM......................................................................................110-1 xxxii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO....................................................................................................111-1 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM+MIMO......................................................................112-1 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier..........113-1 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection..................................................114-1 115 Configuring CPC - DTX /DRX.........................................................................................115-1 116 Configuring CPC-HS-SCCH Less Operation...............................................................116-1 117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell..........................................................................117-1 118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell..........................................................................118-1 119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell........................................................................119-1 120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell........................................................................120-1 121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation....................................................121-1 122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation .......................................................................................................................................................122-1 123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA.............................................123-1 124 Configuring HSUPA Frequency Domain Equalization.............................................124-1 125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM............................................................................................125-1 126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting....................................................................................126-1 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11.5Mbps per User.........................................................127-1 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement..........................................................................128-1 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA..................................................................................................129-1 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier..........................................................................................................................130-1 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial).......................................................................131-1 132 Configuring Queuing and Preemption..........................................................................132-1 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction ...........................................................................133-1 134 Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources....................134-1 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight........................................135-1 136 Configuring Web Browsing Acceleration.....................................................................136-1 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour.............................137-1 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management.............................138-1 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage..........................139-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xxxiii Contents RAN Feature Activation Guide 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS............................140-1 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved)......................................................141-1 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover.................................................142-1 143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update..............................................143-1 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage..............................................144-1 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS.................................................145-1 146 Configuring Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO .......................................................................................................................................................146-1 147 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2...................................................................147-1 148 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change).................................................148-1 149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS..............................................149-1 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1...........................................150-1 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (trial) .......................................................................................................................................................151-1 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance..................................................................152-1 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service..................................................153-1 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load......................................................154-1 155 Configuring DRD Introduction Package.......................................................................155-1 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry..........................................................................156-1 157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry..........................................................................157-1 158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect................................................................................158-1 159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup......................159-1 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance............................................160-1 161 Configuring Measurement-based Direct Retry............................................................161-1 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy..........................................................................162-1 163 Configuring Cell Barring..................................................................................................163-1 164 Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management.......................................................164-1 165 Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface...................165-1 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control.................................................166-1 167 Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup.........167-1 168 Configuring TCP Accelerator..........................................................................................168-1 xxxiv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane........................................................169-1 170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction..............................................................170-1 171 Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM)........................................................171-1 172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service......................................172-1 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness................................173-1 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service...............................................................................174-1 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast.........................................................................175-1 176 Configuring TFO/TrFO.....................................................................................................176-1 177 Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers...........................................177-1 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load..................................178-1 179 Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved.....................................................................179-1 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS.................................................180-1 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup...............................181-1 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management...............................................................182-1 183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band)........................................183-1 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control...................................................184-1 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission.....................................................185-1 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+...........................................................................186-1 187 Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA........................................187-1 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA........................................................................188-1 189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC)......................................................189-1 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+...................................................................190-1 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS........................................................191-1 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS....................................................................................192-1 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS.......................................................................................193-1 194 Configuring LCS Classified Zone...................................................................................194-1 195 Configuring LCS over Iur.................................................................................................195-1 196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service.................................................................196-1 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package.......................................................197-1 198 Configuring Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator......................................................198-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xxxv Contents RAN Feature Activation Guide 199 Configuring Flexible Network Architecture.................................................................199-1 200 Configuring Mobility Control and Service Differentiation......................................200-1 201 Configuring Independent License Control...................................................................201-1 202 Configuring RAN Sharing Phase 2.................................................................................202-1 203 Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control.....................................................203-1 204 Configuring IMSI-Based Handover...............................................................................204-1 205 Configuring MOCN Introduction Package...................................................................205-1 206 Configuring Carrier Sharing by Operators...................................................................206-1 207 Configuring Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators......................................................207-1 208 Configuring MOCN Mobility Management................................................................208-1 209 Configuring MOCN Load Balance.................................................................................209-1 210 Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion......................................................210-1 211 Configuring Iu Flex............................................................................................................211-1 212 Configuring Iu Flex Load Distribution Management.................................................212-1 213 Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management........................................................213-1 214 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface.................................................214-1 215 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface...................................................215-1 216 Configuring MBMS Introduction Package...................................................................216-1 217 Configuring MBMS Admission Control.......................................................................217-1 218 Configuring MBMS Load Control..................................................................................218-1 219 Configuring MBMS Transport Resource Management.............................................219-1 220 Configuring Streaming Service on MBMS...................................................................220-1 221 Configuring 16/32/64/128Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS...........................................221-1 222 Configuring MBMS Phase 2............................................................................................222-1 223 Configuring MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode..........................................................223-1 224 Configuring MBMS P2P over HSDPA..........................................................................224-1 225 Configuring MBMS Admission Enhancement............................................................225-1 226 Configuring Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users .......................................................................................................................................................226-1 227 Configuring FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS...............................................227-1 xxxvi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 228 Configuring MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) ................................................................................................................................228-1 229 Configuring MBMS over Iur...........................................................................................229-1 230 Configuring Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH..................................................230-1 231 Configuring MSCH Scheduling......................................................................................231-1 232 Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics.........................................232-1 233 Configuring Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC)..............................................233-1 234 Configuring One Tunnel..................................................................................................234-1 235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface....................................235-1 236 Configuring Hybrid Iub IP Transmission....................................................................236-1 237 Configuring ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB......................................................................237-1 238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface......................................238-1 239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface.....................................239-1 240 Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission...................................................................240-1 241 Configuring Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP..................................................241-1 242 Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission...........................................................242-1 243 Configuring UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission.........................................................243-1 244 Configuring ATM Switching-Based Hub NodeB........................................................244-1 245 Configuring AAL2 Switching-Based Hub NodeB.......................................................245-1 246 Configuring IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB.................................................................246-1 247 Configuring Ethernet OAM.............................................................................................247-1 248 Configuring Clock Synchronization on Ethernet in NodeB......................................248-1 249 Configuring Synchronous Ethernet................................................................................249-1 250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy............................................................................250-1 251 Configuring RRU Redundancy.......................................................................................251-1 252 Configuring Transmit Diversity.....................................................................................252-1 253 Configuring 4-Antenna Receive Diversity....................................................................253-1 254 Configuring Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km.....................................................254-1 255 Configuring High Speed Access.....................................................................................255-1 256 Configuring Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell .......................................................................................................................................................256-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xxxvii Contents RAN Feature Activation Guide 257 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507)..................................................257-1 258 Configuring HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)...........................................................258-1 259 Configuring Intra Frequency Load Balance..................................................................259-1 260 Configuring Potential User Control...............................................................................260-1 261 Configuring Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g .......................................................................................................................................................261-1 262 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g........................................................................................................................................262-1 263 Configuring GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g................................263-1 264 Configuring GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g................................264-1 265 Configuring Warning of Disaster...................................................................................265-1 266 Configuring Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier..................................266-1 267 Configuring Push to Talk.................................................................................................267-1 268 Configuring RNC Offload (Trial)...................................................................................268-1 269 Configuring Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS).....................................269-1 270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing......................................270-1 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) .......................................................................................................................................................271-1 271.1 Configuring IP-Based GSM and UMTS Co-Transmission on Base Station Side..................................271-2 271.2 Configuring IP-Based UMTS and LTE Co-Transmission on Base Station Side....................................271-8 272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB).......................................................................................................................................272-1 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB)..........................273-1 273.1 Configuring GSM and UMTS Common Reference Clock.....................................................................273-2 273.2 Configuring UMTS and LTE Common Reference Clock......................................................................273-9 274 Configuring 2.0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS)............................................................................................................................274-1 xxxviii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide Figures Figures Figure 3-1 License Distributed to Operator..........................................................................................................3-3 Figure 4-1 Iub Interface Trace dialog box............................................................................................................4-2 Figure 5-1 Iub interface trace dialog box ............................................................................................................5-2 Figure 6-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box..............................................................................................................6-2 Figure 7-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box..............................................................................................................7-2 Figure 8-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box..............................................................................................................8-2 Figure 15-1 IE trafficVolumeMeasurement.......................................................................................................15-6 Figure 15-2 IE periodicalOrEventTrigger..........................................................................................................15-6 Figure 15-3 IE measurementQuantity................................................................................................................15-7 Figure 15-4 IE periodicalOrEventTrigger..........................................................................................................15-7 Figure 15-5 IE rrc-StateIndicator....................................................................................................................15-7 Figure 18-1 ul-DPCH-PowerControlIonfo IE....................................................................................................18-2 Figure 19-1 RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message traced in Uu interface message tracing.............19-2 Figure 19-2 Information element dedicatedMeasurementType......................................................................19-3 Figure 20-1 UL SIR............................................................................................................................................20-2 Figure 20-2 OLPC..............................................................................................................................................20-2 Figure 21-1 UL SIR Tracing..............................................................................................................................21-2 Figure 21-2 UE Tx Power Tracing.....................................................................................................................21-2 Figure 36-1 Uu interface tracing dialog box .....................................................................................................36-2 Figure 36-2 RRC CONNECTION RELEASE...................................................................................................36-3 Figure 41-1 Service type of ATM......................................................................................................................41-2 Figure 60-1 VoIP service...................................................................................................................................60-1 Figure 62-1 Cell Performance Monitoring.........................................................................................................62-2 Figure 73-1 User Tracing...................................................................................................................................73-2 Figure 73-2 Message Browser............................................................................................................................73-3 Figure 73-3 Message Browser............................................................................................................................73-4 Figure 76-1 RRC_RB_RECFG message...........................................................................................................76-2 Figure 78-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box........................................................................................................78-2 Figure 80-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box........................................................................................................80-2 Figure 80-2 Value of the dl-TransportChannelType IE.................................................................................80-3 Figure 80-3 Value of the rb-Identity IE............................................................................................................80-3 Figure 89-1 HSUPA service with 2 ms TTI carried on the E-DCH...................................................................89-2 Figure 96-1 IE information.................................................................................................................................96-2 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xxxix Figures RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 97-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box........................................................................................................97-2 Figure 97-2 2 ms TTI.........................................................................................................................................97-3 Figure 97-3 10 ms TTI.......................................................................................................................................97-3 Figure 98-1 Viewing the minReduced-E-DPDCH-GainFactor IE ................................................................98-2 Figure 99-1 PO parameters of typical services...................................................................................................99-3 Figure 99-2 Rate of the new BE service ............................................................................................................99-4 Figure 99-3 HARQ PO (4) of a UE for small retransmission at a low speed (256 kbit/s).................................99-4 Figure 99-4 HARQ PO (0) of a UE for small retransmission at a high speed...................................................99-5 Figure 99-5 HARQ PO (0) of a UE for small retransmission at a high speed ..................................................99-6 Figure 99-6 HARQ PO (4) of a UE for small retransmission at a low speed ...................................................99-6 Figure 99-7 HARQ PO (0) of a UE for large retransmission at a low speed ....................................................99-7 Figure 101-1 dynamic-CE-Switch-Private....................................................................................................101-2 Figure 104-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................104-2 Figure 104-2 Value of the IE dL RLC PDU size............................................................................................104-2 Figure 107-1 Information element in the system information message of enhanced DRX.............................107-2 Figure 107-2 Indication sent from the RNC to the NodeB on the DCCH or DTCH.......................................107-3 Figure 107-3 HS-DSCH DATA FRAME type2..............................................................................................107-3 Figure 109-1 Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box.......................................................................109-2 Figure 110-1 Uu interface tracing....................................................................................................................110-2 Figure 110-2 Checking the dl-64QAM-Configured information element.....................................................110-3 Figure 111-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................111-4 Figure 111-2 IE mimoParameters..................................................................................................................111-5 Figure 114-1 mimoParameters message........................................................................................................114-3 Figure 114-2 dl-SecondaryCellInfoFDD IE...................................................................................................114-3 Figure 115-1 Uu interface tracing task.............................................................................................................115-2 Figure 115-2 IE information.............................................................................................................................115-2 Figure 116-1 RRC_RB_SETUP Information...................................................................................................116-2 Figure 121-1 Cell RTWP 1..............................................................................................................................121-2 Figure 122-1 Cell RTWP 1..............................................................................................................................122-2 Figure 122-2 Cell RTWP 2..............................................................................................................................122-2 Figure 123-1 Cell RTWP (feature disabled)....................................................................................................123-2 Figure 123-2 Cell RTWP (feature enabled).....................................................................................................123-3 Figure 125-1 Uu Interface tracing....................................................................................................................125-2 Figure 125-2 Indication of uplink 16QAM......................................................................................................125-3 Figure 126-1 Tracing messages over the Uu interface.....................................................................................126-3 Figure 126-2 Tracing messages over the Iub interface....................................................................................126-4 Figure 128-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................128-2 Figure 128-2 Value of the IE rlc-PDU-Size....................................................................................................128-3 Figure 129-1 Uu Interface Trace dialogue box..............................................................................................129-4 Figure 129-2 RRC_RB_SETUP message.......................................................................................................129-4 Figure 133-1 RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 message...........................................................................................133-2 Figure 133-2 RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 message...........................................................................................133-3 xl Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide Figures Figure 135-1 SPI and SPI weight of UE A in the uplink ................................................................................135-3 Figure 135-2 SPI and SPI weight of UE A in the downlink ...........................................................................135-4 Figure 135-3 SPI and SPI weight of UE B in the uplink ................................................................................135-4 Figure 135-4 SPI and SPI weight of UE B in the downlink ............................................................................135-5 Figure 138-1 Uu interface tracing task.............................................................................................................138-3 Figure 138-2 Message tracing..........................................................................................................................138-3 Figure 139-1 Event 2D measurement report....................................................................................................139-2 Figure 139-2 Inter-frequency measurement control message..........................................................................139-2 Figure 140-1 RRC_RB_RECFG message.......................................................................................................140-2 Figure 140-2 RRC_RB_RECFG message.......................................................................................................140-3 Figure 140-3 RRC_RB_RECFG message.......................................................................................................140-3 Figure 141-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box......................................................................................................141-3 Figure 141-2 Iur Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................141-3 Figure 142-1 SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover......................................................................................142-3 Figure 144-1 Event 2D measurement report....................................................................................................144-2 Figure 144-2 Inter-frequency measurement control message..........................................................................144-2 Figure 145-1 RRC_RB_RECFG message.......................................................................................................145-2 Figure 145-2 RRC_RB_RECFG message.......................................................................................................145-3 Figure 145-3 RRC_RB_RECFG message.......................................................................................................145-3 Figure 150-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................150-3 Figure 150-2 SIB message tracing...................................................................................................................150-3 Figure 151-1 Viewing the IE e-UTRA-FrequencyInfo .................................................................................151-2 Figure 151-2 Viewing the IE EUTRA-TargetFreqInfo ................................................................................151-3 Figure 153-1 Inter-frequency measurement control message..........................................................................153-2 Figure 160-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................160-2 Figure 160-2 GSM-Targetcellinfo IE.............................................................................................................160-3 Figure 162-1 Status of the Enhanced Fast Dormancy license..........................................................................162-5 Figure 162-2 UE in the CELL_DCH state.......................................................................................................162-5 Figure 162-3 State transition to the CELL_PCH state.....................................................................................162-6 Figure 162-4 Cell update..................................................................................................................................162-6 Figure 162-5 Channel reconfiguration.............................................................................................................162-6 Figure 163-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................163-2 Figure 163-2 Uu Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................163-3 Figure 163-3 Uu Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................163-4 Figure 166-1 Iu message tracing......................................................................................................................166-2 Figure 166-2 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message on the Iu interface .........................................166-2 Figure 166-3 Iu message tracing......................................................................................................................166-3 Figure 166-4 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message on the Iu interface .......................................166-3 Figure 169-1 Iub interface trace dialog box ....................................................................................................169-2 Figure 169-2 TrafficClass-Private....................................................................................................................169-3 Figure 171-1 UE Trace dialog box...................................................................................................................171-2 Figure 173-1 Iub interface tracing dialog box .................................................................................................173-2 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xli Figures RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 173-2 fairness common measurement report........................................................................................173-3 Figure 174-1 Viewing the SABP_LOAD_QUERY message..........................................................................174-3 Figure 174-2 Viewing the SABP_LOAD_QUERY_CMP message................................................................174-3 Figure 174-3 Viewing the CBS function..........................................................................................................174-4 Figure 174-4 Viewing the SABP_WRITE_REPLACE message ....................................................................174-5 Figure 174-5 Viewing the SABP_WRITE_REPLACE_CMP message .........................................................174-6 Figure 174-6 Viewing the UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message .........................................................................174-7 Figure 174-7 Viewing the SAB_KILL message..............................................................................................174-8 Figure 174-8 Viewing the SABP_KILL_CMP message.................................................................................174-9 Figure 175-1 UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message .............................................................................................175-2 Figure 184-1 Uu interface tracing....................................................................................................................184-3 Figure 184-2 IEs contained in RRC_MEAS_CTRL........................................................................................184-3 Figure 184-3 AMR mode.................................................................................................................................184-4 Figure 186-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................186-3 Figure 186-2 UE in CELL_DCH state.............................................................................................................186-3 Figure 186-3 VoIP services carried on HSPA/HSPA+....................................................................................186-4 Figure 186-4 Type of TTI carried in the message............................................................................................186-4 Figure 188-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................188-2 Figure 188-2 UE in CELL_DCH state.............................................................................................................188-2 Figure 188-3 VoIP services carried on HSPA/HSPA+....................................................................................188-3 Figure 188-4 Type of TTI carried in the message............................................................................................188-3 Figure 190-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................190-3 Figure 190-2 UE in CELL_DCH state.............................................................................................................190-3 Figure 190-3 CS voice services carried on HSPA/HSPA+..............................................................................190-3 Figure 190-4 Type of TTI carried in the message............................................................................................190-4 Figure 191-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box .....................................................................................................191-2 Figure 191-2 Iub Interface Trace dialog box ...................................................................................................191-3 Figure 191-3 Uu Interface Trace dialog box ...................................................................................................191-3 Figure 191-4 LOCATION REPORTING CONTROL....................................................................................191-4 Figure 191-5 LOCATION REPORT...............................................................................................................191-5 Figure 191-6 Dedicated Measurement Type....................................................................................................191-6 Figure 191-7 Round Trip Time........................................................................................................................191-6 Figure 191-8 UE Rx-Tx time difference..........................................................................................................191-7 Figure 191-9 UE Rx-Tx time difference type 1...............................................................................................191-7 Figure 193-1 Iub interface tracing....................................................................................................................193-4 Figure 193-2 Uu Interface Trace dialog box ...................................................................................................193-4 Figure 193-3 LOCATION REPORTING CONTROL....................................................................................193-5 Figure 193-4 LOCATION REPORT...............................................................................................................193-6 Figure 193-5 ue-positioning-GPS-AssistanceData..........................................................................................193-6 Figure 193-6 GPS-MeasurementParam............................................................................................................193-7 Figure 194-1 Iub Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................194-2 Figure 194-2 LOCATION REPORT message.................................................................................................194-3 xlii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide Figures Figure 195-1 Iur Interface Trace dialog box....................................................................................................195-3 Figure 195-2 GPS assistance data carried in the INFORMATION REPORT message...............................195-3 Figure 195-3 INFORMATION EXCHANGE INITIATION REQUEST.......................................................195-4 Figure 195-4 INFORMATION EXCHANGE INITIATION RESPONSE.....................................................195-5 Figure 195-5 DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST....................................................195-5 Figure 195-6 DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION RESPONSE..................................................195-6 Figure 206-1 PLMN Identify field in the MIB message..................................................................................206-2 Figure 206-2 Multiple PLMN List IE in the MIB message.............................................................................206-3 Figure 207-1 PLMN Identify IE in the MIB message......................................................................................207-2 Figure 213-1 Message containing the IE..........................................................................................................213-2 Figure 233-1 DSAC activated..........................................................................................................................233-2 Figure 233-2 DSAC not activated....................................................................................................................233-3 Figure 234-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box......................................................................................................234-2 Figure 234-2 Iu Interface Trace dialog box......................................................................................................234-2 Figure 234-3 Configured GGSN IP address.....................................................................................................234-2 Figure 241-1 Link performance monitoring.....................................................................................................241-2 Figure 247-1 PPP Ethernet OAM network.......................................................................................................247-2 Figure 250-1 Network topology not configured with RNC pool.....................................................................250-2 Figure 250-2 Network topology configured with RNC pool...........................................................................250-2 Figure 250-3 Normal heartbeat between RNC202 and RNC203.....................................................................250-5 Figure 250-4 NodeB control rights obtained by RNC202...............................................................................250-5 Figure 250-5 CS AMR service set up successfully..........................................................................................250-5 Figure 268-1 Offload Gi interface....................................................................................................................268-1 Figure 271-1 IP-over-FE GSM and UMTS co-transmission on base station side...........................................271-2 Figure 271-2 IP-over-E1/T1 GSM and UMTS co-transmission on base station side......................................271-3 Figure 271-3 IP-over-GE GSM and UMTS co-transmission on base station side..........................................271-3 Figure 271-4 IP over FE/GE UMTS and LTE co-transmission on base station side.......................................271-9 Figure 271-5 IP over E1/T1 UMTS and LTE co-transmission on base station side........................................271-9 Figure 272-1 GTMU-based TDM timeslot cross connection co-transmission................................................272-2 Figure 272-2 GSM-UTRP-based TDM timeslot cross connection co-transmission........................................272-2 Figure 273-1 Common GPS reference clock...................................................................................................273-3 Figure 273-2 Common BITS reference clock..................................................................................................273-4 Figure 273-3 Common E1/T1 reference clock on the GSM side (GTMU).....................................................273-4 Figure 273-4 Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT)...................................................273-4 Figure 273-5 Common Ethernet reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT)...............................................273-5 Figure 273-6 Common IP reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT).........................................................273-5 Figure 273-7 Common GPS reference clock.................................................................................................273-10 Figure 273-8 Common BITS reference clock................................................................................................273-11 Figure 273-9 Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT).................................................273-11 Figure 273-10 Common Ethernet reference clock on the LTE side (LMPT)................................................273-12 Figure 273-11 Common IP reference clock on the LTE side (LMPT)..........................................................273-12 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xliii RAN Feature Activation Guide Tables Tables Table 2-1 RAN Basic Feature List.......................................................................................................................2-1 Table 2-2 RAN Optional Feature List..................................................................................................................2-7 Table 37-1 Parameters........................................................................................................................................37-2 Table 37-2 Parameters........................................................................................................................................37-2 Table 162-1 Processing procedure after the comparison..................................................................................162-4 Table 215-1 Timers related to SAAL links of satellite transmission...............................................................215-2 Table 271-1 IP Planning of connecting between BTS and BSC......................................................................271-3 Table 271-2 IP Planning of connecting between NodeB and RNC (IP over FE/GE)......................................271-3 Table 271-3 IP planning of connection between NodeB and RNC (IP over E1/T1).......................................271-4 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. xlv RAN Feature Activation Guide 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide This chapter describes the changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide. 02 (2011-07-11) This is the second commercial release of V900R013C00. Compared with issue 01 (2011-04-25), this issue includes the following new topics: l l 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target 108 Configuring MIMO Prime Compared with issue 01 (2011-04-25), this issue does not incorporate any changes. Compared with issue 01 (2011-04-25), this issue does not exclude any topics. 01 (2011-04-25) This is the first commercial release of V900R013C00. Compared with issue Draft B (2011-03-21), this issue includes the following new topics: l 170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction Compared with issue Draft B (2011-03-21), this issue does not incorporate any changes. Compared with issue Draft B (2011-03-21), this issue does not exclude any topics. Draft B (2011-03-21) This is the Draft B release of V900R013C00. Compared with issue Draft A (2011-01-31), this issue includes the following new topics: l l l l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 136 Configuring Web Browsing Acceleration 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour 235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface 238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1-1 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide l 239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface Compared with issue Draft A (2011-01-31), this issue does not incorporate any changes. Compared with issue Draft A (2011-01-31), this issue does not exclude any topics. Draft A (2011-01-31) This is the Draft A release of V900R013C00. Compared with issue 06 (2010-11-30) of V900R012C01, this issue includes the following new topics: l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l 98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection 122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation 123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA 126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11.5Mbps per User 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (trial) 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management 210 Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion 256 Configuring Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell 267 Configuring Push to Talk 268 Configuring RNC Offload (Trial) 270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing 274 Configuring 2.0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS) Compared with issue 06 (2010-11-30) of V900R012C01, this issue does not incorporate any changes. Compared with issue 06 (2010-11-30) of V900R012C01, this issue does not exclude any topics. 1-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN features are classified into basic and optional features. Basic features are not licensecontrolled and therefore do not require license activation before use. Optional features are license-controlled and therefore require license activation before use. Table 2-1 lists the RAN basic features. Table 2-2 lists the RAN optional features. Table 2-1 RAN Basic Feature List Feature ID WRFD-000001 WRFD-000002 WRFD-000003 WRFD-000004 WRFD-000005 WRFD-000006 WRFD-000007 WRFD-000008 WRFD-010101 WRFD-010102 WRFD-010201 Feature Name System Improvement for RAN5.1 System Improvement for RAN6.0 System Improvement for RAN6.1 System Improvement for RAN10.0 System Improvement for RAN11.0 System Improvement for RAN11.1 System Improvement for RAN12.0 System Improvement for RAN13.0 3GPP R9 Specifications Operating Multi-band FDD Mode Configuration Method None None None None None None None None None None None Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2-1 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID WRFD-010510 Feature Name 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release Conversational QoS Class Streaming QoS Class Interactive QoS Class Background QoS Class Multiple RAB Introduction Package (PS RAB < 2) Combination of Two CS Services (Except for Two AMR Speech Services) Combination of One CS Service and One PS Service Combination of Two CS Services and One PS Service (Except for Two AMR Speech Services) Emergency Call 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity Cell Digital Combination and Split Fast Power Congestion Control (FCC) Active TX Chain Gain Calibration UE State in Connected Mode (CELL-DCH, CELL-PCH, URA-PCH, CELL-FACH) Configuration Method 4 Configuring 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2 kbit/s RRC Connection and RAB Assignment 5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class 6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class 7 Configuring Interactive QoS Class 8 Configuring Background QoS Class None None WRFD-010501 WRFD-010502 WRFD-010503 WRFD-010504 WRFD-010609 WRFD-01060901 WRFD-01060902 WRFD-01060903 None None WRFD-021104 MRFD-210604 WRFD-010205 WRFD-010208 WRFD-010211 WRFD-010202 9 Configuring Emergency Call 10 Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity 11 Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split None None 12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH, CELL_PCH, URA_PCH, CELL_FACH) None WRFD-010401 System Information Broadcasting 2-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) CELL_DCH State (Type 2) None None None 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control 16 Configuring Integrity Protection 17 Configuring Encryption 18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control 19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance 20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control 21 Configuring Inner Loop Power Control 22 Configuring Admission Control 23 Configuring Load Measurement 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling 25 Configuring Overload Control 26 Configuring Code Resource Management 27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode 2-3 WRFD-010302 WRFD-020900 WRFD-021000 WRFD-022000 WRFD-021101 WRFD-011401 WRFD-011402 WRFD-020501 WRFD-020502 WRFD-020503 WRFD-020504 WRFD-020101 WRFD-020102 WRFD-020106 WRFD-020107 WRFD-020108 WRFD-021301 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CELL_DCH State (Type 2) Logical Channel Management Transport Channel Management Physical Channel Management Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) Integrity Protection Encryption Open Loop Power Control Downlink Power Balance Outer Loop Power Control Inner Loop Power Control Admission Control Load Measurement Load Reshuffling Overload Control Code Resource Management Shared Network Support in Connected Mode Configuration Method 13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle. .RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID WRFD-010301 Feature Name Paging UE in Idle. URA_PCH State (Type 1) Paging UE in CELL_FACH. CELL_PCH.. Ltd. CELL_PCH. URA_PCH State (Type 1) 14 Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID MRFD-210104 WRFD-020201 WRFD-020202 WRFD-020203 WRFD-020301 WRFD-010801 WRFD-010802 WRFD-010901 WRFD-010902 WRFD-021400 Feature Name BSC/RNC Resource Sharing Intra NodeB Softer Handover Intra NodeB Softer Handover Inter RNC Soft Handover Intra Frequency Hard Handover Intra RNC Cell Update Inter RNC Cell Update Intra RNC URA Update Inter RNC URA Update Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) Star Topology Chain Topology Tree Topology NodeB Clock RNC Clock ATM Transmission Introduction Package ATM over E1T1 on Iub Interface ATM over Channelized STM-1/OC-3 on Iub Interface ATM over Non-channelized STM-1/OC-3c on Iub/Iu/Iur Interface Configuration Method None 28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover 29 Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover 30 Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover 32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update 33 Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update 34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update 35 Configuring Inter RNC URA Update 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Reestablishment (DSCR) None None None 37 Configuring NodeB Clock None None None None MRFD-210204 MRFD-210205 MRFD-210206 MRFD-210501 MRFD-210502 WRFD-050301 WRFD-05030101 WRFD-05030102 WRFD-05030103 None 2-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. rt-VBR.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID WRFD-05030104 Feature Name Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth CBR. nrt-VBR. rtVBR. nrt-VBR.. 2-5 . UBR ATM QoS Classes F5 IMA for E1T1 or Channelized STM-1/OC-3 on Iub Interface UBR+ ATM QoS Class Link aggregation Flow Control DPU Board Replaced without Service Interrupt in RNC System Redundancy Operate System Security Management Performance Management Fault Management Inventory Management Configuration Management Security Management Interface Tracing Call Tracing RNC Software Management NodeB Software Management Configuration Method 38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/ IuCS/Iur Interface 39 Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic 40 Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth 41 Configuring CBR. UBR ATM QoS Classes 42 Configuring F5 None WRFD-05030105 WRFD-05030106 WRFD-05030107 WRFD-05030110 WRFD-050304 WRFD-050305 MRFD-210103 WRFD-040100 WRFD-040101 43 Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class None 44 Configuring Flow Control None MRFD-210101 MRFD-210102 MRFD-210302 MRFD-210304 MRFD-210303 MRFD-210301 MRFD-210305 MRFD-210801 MRFD-210802 MRFD-210401 MRFD-210402 None None None None None None None None None None None Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. . Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID MRFD-210310 WRFD-031100 WRFD-031101 Feature Name NodeB Software USB Download BOOTP NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode NodeB Remote Selfconfiguration NodeB Self-test License Management License Control for Urgency DBS Topology Maintenance Intelligently Out of Service OCNS Power off the equipment level by level Solar Power Device Management Single IP Address for NodeB Intelligent Power Measurement Improved CE Mapping for EDCH Documentation Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) Remote Electrical Tilt Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900Mhz) Multi-mode BS Common CPRI Interface(NodeB) Configuration Method None 45 Configuring BOOTP 46 Configuring NodeB Selfdiscovery Based on IP Mode None None None 47 Configuring License Control for Urgency None 48 Configuring Intelligently Out of Service 49 Configuring OCNS 50 Configuring Power Off the Equipment Level by Level 51 Configuring Solar Power Device Management None None None None 52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz) None WRFD-031102 WRFD-031103 MRFD-210403 WRFD-040300 MRFD-210309 WRFD-031000 WRFD-031200 WRFD-031400 WRFD-031500 WRFD-021404 WRFD-020406 WRFD-010212 MRFD-210701 MRFD-210601 MRFD-210602 WRFD-060003 MRFD-220001 2-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ..RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID MRFD-220002 Feature Name Multi-mode BS RRU/RFU star-connection with separate CPRI interface(NodeB) Configuration Method None Table 2-2 RAN Optional Feature List Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item Multiple RAB License Configured on. Ltd. BSC6900 Configuration Method 55 Configuring Multiple RAB Package 56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services 57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services 58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services 59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services 60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package Combination of Two PS Services Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services WRFD-010615 01 Multiple RAB BSC6900 WRFD-010615 02 Multiple RAB BSC6900 WRFD-010615 03 Combination of Three PS Services Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services Multiple RAB BSC6900 WRFD-010615 04 Multiple RAB BSC6900 WRFD-010615 05 Combination of Four PS Services Multiple RAB BSC6900 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 2-7 . 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled License Configured on. Ltd... Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . BSC6900&Nod eB Configuration Method 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package WRFD-010610 17 QPSK Modulation RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB None WRFD-010610 01 15 Codes per Cell RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB 62 Configuring 15 Codes per Cell WRFD-010610 18 Time and HSPDSCH Codes Multiplex RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB 63 Configuring Time and HSPDSCH Codes Multiplex 2-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. . RR and PF) WRFD-010610 05 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNCControlled Dynamic Code Allocation BSC6900&Nod eB 65 Configuring HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNCControlled Dynamic Code Allocation WRFD-010610 04 HSDPA Power Control BSC6900&Nod eB 66 Configuring HSDPA Power Control WRFD-010610 03 HSDPA Admission Control RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB 67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and PF) WRFD-010610 09 HSDPA HARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I. BSC6900&Nod eB Configuration Method 64 Configuring HSDPA HARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I.. RR.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled License Configured on. Ltd.. 2-9 . Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) ... BSC6900&Nod eB Configuration Method None WRFD-010610 19 HSDPA Dynamic Power Allocation WRFD-010610 10 HSDPA Flow Control RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB 68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control WRFD-010610 06 HSDPA Mobility Management RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB 69 Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management WRFD-010610 14 HSDPA Transport Resource Management RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB None 2-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled License Configured on. RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled License Configured on..8Mbps per User RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB None WRFD-010610 16 16 HSDPA Users per Cell RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB None Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. 2-11 . BSC6900&Nod eB Configuration Method None WRFD-010610 08 Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA WRFD-010610 02 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28 RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB 70 Configuring HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28 WRFD-010610 15 HSDPA 1.. 6Mbps per User DL 16QAM Modulation High Speed Downlink Packet Access Function 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) ..2Mbps per User 32 HSDPA Users per Cell HSDPA Enhanced Package Scheduling based on EPF and GBR HSDPA State Transition NodeB 73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB None WRFD-010621 BSC6900 WRFD-010622 WRFD-010611 BSC6900 None None 74 Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package 75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR 76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition WRFD-010611 03 None None WRFD-010611 11 HSDPA State Transition BSC6900 2-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd.2M 32 HSDPA Users per Cell None BSC6900 None WRFD-010629 NodeB 72 Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB HSDPA 7. BSC6900&Nod eB Configuration Method 71 Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service WRFD-010610 20 Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service WRFD-010620 HSDPA 3.2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item RNC:High Speed Downlink Packet Access NODEB:the number of NodeBs with HSDPA function enabled License Configured on..6M the number of NodeBs with HSDPA RRM package 1 enabled the number of NodeBs with HSDPA RRM package 1 enabled High Speed Downlink Packet Access Function 7. . BSC6900 BSC6900 Configuration Method 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD None WRFD-010611 12 WRFD-010611 13 WRFD-010630 HSDPA DRD HS-DPCCH Preamble Support Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA BSC6900 78 Configuring Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA None WRFD-010650 HSDPA 13.976Mbps per User HSDPA over Iur HSDPA 13. 2-13 ..RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item HSDPA DRD HS-DPCCH Preamble support Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA License Configured on. Ltd..976Mbps per User HSDPA over Iur BSC6900 WRFD-010651 BSC6900 79 Configuring HSDPA over Iur 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA None 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA 64 HSDPA Users per Cell CQI Adjustment based on dynamic BLER target HSUPA Introduction Package SRB over HSDPA 64 HSDPA Users per Cell CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target(per Cell) RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled BSC6900 WRFD-010623 WRFD-030010 BSC6900 NodeB WRFD-010612 BSC6900&Nod eB Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.. BSC6900&Nod eB Configuration Method None WRFD-010612 01 HSUPA UE Category 1 to 7 WRFD-010612 09 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in NodeB RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB None WRFD-010612 02 HSUPA Admission Control BSC6900&Nod eB 83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control WRFD-010612 03 HSUPA Power Control RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB 84 Configuring HSUPA Power Control 2-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) ..2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled License Configured on.. 2-15 . BSC6900&Nod eB Configuration Method 85 Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management WRFD-010612 04 HSUPA Mobility Management WRFD-010612 08 HSUPA DCCC RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB 86 Configuring HSUPA DCCC WRFD-010612 07 HSUPA Transport Resource Management RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB None WRFD-010612 06 Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSUPA BSC6900&Nod eB None Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd..RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled License Configured on... 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled License Configured on.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . BSC6900&Nod eB Configuration Method None WRFD-010612 10 HSUPA 1.74Mbps per User None NodeB WRFD-010614 04 HSUPA 2ms/ 10ms TTI Handover HSUPA 5... Ltd.74Mbps per User BSC6900 90 Configuring HSUPA 2 ms/ 10 ms TTI Handover 91 Configuring HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User WRFD-010614 05 BSC6900 2-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.44Mbps per User WRFD-010612 11 20 HSUPA Users per Cell RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled BSC6900&Nod eB 87 Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell WRFD-010614 WRFD-010614 01 HSUPA Phase 2 HSUPA EAGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HSSCCH) Enhanced Fast UL Scheduling HSUPA 2ms TTI None None None None None 88 Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH) None 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI WRFD-010614 02 WRFD-010614 03 None the number of NodeBs with HSUPA 2ms TTI function enabled HSUPA 2ms/ 10ms TTI handover HSUPA 5. BSC6900 Configuration Method 92 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA 93 Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell 94 Configuring HSUPA over Iur 95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA None WRFD-010632 Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA 60 HSUPA Users per Cell HSUPA over Iur WRFD-010634 BSC6900 WRFD-010635 BSC6900 WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA Uplink Macro Diversity Intelligent Receiving HSUPA Adaptive Transmission TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE power limitation Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA SRB over HSUPA Uplink Macro Diversity Intelligent Receiving HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE power limitation Adaptive Config of Traffic Channel Power for HSUPA BSC6900 WRFD-010640 BSC6900 WRFD-010641 BSC6900 96 Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage 98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power WRFD-010690 BSC6900 WRFD-020138 BSC6900 WRFD-010712 BSC6900 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.... Ltd. 2-17 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA 60 HSUPA Users per Cell HSUPA over Iur License Configured on. Ltd.. None Configuration Method 100 Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion 101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management 102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User 103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User 104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2 105 Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX WRFD-010637 HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management the number of NodeBs with dynamic CE function enabled HSPA + Downlink 28 Mbit/s Per User NodeB WRFD-010680 HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User BSC6900 WRFD-010681 HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User HSPA + Downlink 21 Mbit/s Per User BSC6900 WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2 Downlink Enhanced L2 BSC6900 WRFD-010688 Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH Enhanced CELL_FACH BSC6900 WRFD-010701 Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH Enhanced Uplink for CELL_FACH BSC6900 WRFD-010702 Enhanced DRX Enhanced DRX BSC6900 2-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item None License Configured on. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. .. 2-19 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item MIMO Prime (per Cell) HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User License Configured on. NodeB Configuration Method 108 Configuring MIMO Prime 109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM None WRFD-030011 MIMO Prime WRFD-010689 HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User BSC6900 WRFD-010683 Downlink 64QAM the number of cells with 64QAM function enabled HSPA+ Downlink 84Mbit/s per User the number of cells with MIMO function enabled the number of Cells with DL 64QAM +MIMO function enabled The number of cells with performace improvement of MIMO and HSDPA cocarrier function enabled Flexible HSPA + Technology Selection NodeB WRFD-010703 HSPA+ Downlink 84Mbit/s per User (trial) 2x2 MIMO BSC6900 WRFD-010684 NodeB 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM +MIMO 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Cocarrier 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA + Technology Selection WRFD-010693 DL 64QAM +MIMO NodeB WRFD-010700 Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Cocarrier NodeB WRFD-010704 Flexible HSPA + Technology Selection BSC6900 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. HSSCCH less operation CPC-HS-SCCH Less Operation BSC6900 WRFD-010653 96 HSDPA Users per Cell 96 HSDPA Users per Cell BSC6900 WRFD-010639 96 HSUPA Users per Cell 96 HSUPA Users per Cell BSC6900 WRFD-010654 128 HSDPA Users per Cell 128 HSDPA Users per Cell BSC6900 WRFD-010670 128 HSUPA Users per Cell 128 HSUPA Users per Cell BSC6900 WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation The number of Cells with UL IC function enabled the number of NodeBs with dual-threshold scheduling with HSUPA interference cancellation function enabled NodeB WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation NodeB 2-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item CPC-DTX / DRX License Configured on. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . BSC6900 Configuration Method 115 Configuring CPC ... Ltd.DTX / DRX 116 Configuring CPC-HSSCCH Less Operation 117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell 118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell 119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell 120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell 121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation 122 Configuring DualThreshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation WRFD-010686 CPC .DTX / DRX WRFD-010687 CPC .. .5Mbit/s per User NodeB WRFD-010697 E-DPCCH Boosting NodeB WRFD-010698 HSPA+ Uplink 11.5Mbit/s per User BSC6900 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11.. NodeB Configuration Method 123 Configuring AntiInterference Scheduling for HSUPA 124 Configuring HSUPA Frequency Domain Equalization 125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM 126 Configuring EDPCCH Boosting WRFD-020136 AntiInterference Scheduling for HSUPA WRFD-010692 HSUPA FDE NodeB WRFD-010694 UL 16QAM The number of Cells with UL 16QAM function enabled the number of cells with EDPCCH boosting function enabled HSPA+ Uplink 11.5Mbps per User 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement WRFD-010695 UL Layer 2 Improvement The number of Cells with UL L2 Improvement function enabled The number of Cells with DL DC function enabled NodeB WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA NodeB 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2-21 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item the number of cells with antiinterference scheduling for HSUPA function enabled The number of Cells with FDE function enabled License Configured on.. Ltd. . Ltd. None Configuration Method 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementar y Carrier In Multi-carrier 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA +MIMO (trial) WRFD-010713 Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multicarrier WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA +MIMO (trial) the number of cells with DCHSDPA +MIMO function enabled Queuing and Pre-emption NodeB WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption BSC6900 132 Configuring Queuing and Preemption 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction 134 Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight 136 Configuring Web Browsing Acceleration WRFD-021103 Access Class Restriction Access Class Restriction when SPU overload Traffic Priority Mapping on Transport BSC6900 WRFD-050424 Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources BSC6900 WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight BSC6900 WRFD-020132 Web browsing acceleration Web Page Access Acceleration BSC6900 2-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) ..2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item None License Configured on. Ltd... 2-23 .. BSC6900 Configuration Method 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS None WRFD-020133 P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour WRFD-020135 Intelligent InterCarrier UE Layered Management Intelligent InterCarrier UE Layered Management (per Cell) Inter frequency hard handover BSC6900 WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage BSC6900 WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS BSC6900 WRFD-020605 SRNS Relocation Introduction Package SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) None BSC6900 WRFD-020605 01 None 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover WRFD-020605 02 SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover BSC6900 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item P2P Rate Restriction During Busy Hours License Configured on. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. BSC6900 Configuration Method 143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update None 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS 146 Configuring Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO 147 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 148 Configuring NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) WRFD-020605 03 SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update WRFD-020605 04 WRFD-020303 Lossless SRNS Relocation Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage Lossless SRNS Relocation Coverage Based Inter-RAT Handover Between UMTS and GSM/ GPRS Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS BSC6900 BSC6900 WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS BSC6900 WRFD-020307 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO BSC6900 WRFD-020308 Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 None None WRFD-020308 01 NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) BSC6900 2-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co....2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update License Configured on. .. BSC6900 Configuration Method 149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (trial) 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load 155 Configuring DRD Introduction Package 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry 2-25 WRFD-020308 02 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 BSC6900 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (trial) PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load Balance Inter frequency load handover BSC6900 WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service Inter system Service Handover BSC6900 WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load Inter system Load Handover BSC6900 WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package None None WRFD-020400 01 Intra System Direct Retry Intra System Direct Retry BSC6900 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS License Configured on... Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. BSC6900 Configuration Method 157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry 158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect 159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance 161 Configuring Measurementbased Direct Retry 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy 163 Configuring Cell Barring 164 Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management WRFD-020400 02 Inter System Direct Retry WRFD-020400 03 Inter System Redirect Inter System Redirect BSC6900 WRFD-020400 04 Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup None None WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance Inter System Redirect Based on Distance BSC6900 WRFD-020402 Measurement Based Direct Retry Measurement Based Direct Retry Function BSC6900 WRFD-020500 Enhanced Fast Dormancy Fast Dormancy Enhancement (per PS Active User) Cell Barring when IU in fault 3G/2G Common Load Management BSC6900 WRFD-021102 Cell Barring BSC6900 WRFD-020310 3G/2G Common Load Management BSC6900 2-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd..2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item Inter System Direct Retry License Configured on. BSC6900 Configuration Method 165 Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control 167 Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup 168 Configuring TCP Accelerator 169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane 170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction 171 Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM) WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control RAB Downsizing at Admission Control BSC6900 WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup Service Steering in RRC Connection Setup BSC6900 WRFD-020123 TCP Accelerator TCP Accelerator BSC6900 WRFD-020124 Uplink Flow Control of User Plane Uplink Flow Control of User Plane BSC6900 WRFD-020130 Videophone Service Restriction Videophone Service Restriction BSC6900 WRFD-011502 Active Queue Management (AQM) Active Queue Management (AQM) BSC6900 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu License Configured on.. 2-27 ... . BSC6900 Configuration Method 172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast 176 Configuring TFO/TrFO 177 Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of MultiCarriers 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load 179 Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved WRFD-020128 Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service WRFD-020131 Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness BSC6900 WRFD-011000 Cell Broadcast Service Cell broadcast service BSC6900 WRFD-011001 Simplified Cell Broadcast Simplified Cell Broadcast Service TFO/TrFO BSC6900 WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO BSC6900 WRFD-020116 Dynamic Power Sharing in Multi-Carriers the number of NodeBs with PA-SHARING function enabled Multi-carrier switch off based on traffic load NodeB WRFD-020117 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load BSC6900 WRFD-020118 Energy Efficiency Improved the number of NodeBs with energy efficiency improved function enabled NodeB 2-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service License Configured on. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd... . 2-29 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item the number of cells with multicarrier switch off based on QoS function enabled Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup License Configured on. NodeB Configuration Method 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management 183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) 184 Configuring AMR/WBAMR Speech Rates Control 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ None WRFD-020122 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS WRFD-020119 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup NodeB WRFD-020121 Intelligent Power Management None None WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) Wide Band AMR BSC6900 WRFD-020701 AMR/WBAMR Speech Rates Control AMR voice coding rate control BSC6900 WRFD-050405 Overbooking on ATM Transmission ATM IUB overbooking Function BSC6900 WRFD-010617 VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ VoIP over HSPA Introduction Pakage VoIP over HSPA Introduction Pakage BSC6900 WRFD-010617 01 RAB Mapping BSC6900 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co... Ltd. 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item VoIP over HSPA Introduction Pakage License Configured on.... Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. BSC6900 Configuration Method 187 Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA 189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS 193 Configuring AGPS Based LCS 194 Configuring LCS Classified Zone 195 Configuring LCS over Iur WRFD-010617 03 Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA WRFD-010618 IMS Signaling over HSPA IMS Signaling over HSPA BSC6900 WRFD-011501 PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) PDCP ROHC Function BSC6900 WRFD-010619 CS voice over HSPA/HSPA+ CS voice over HSPA BSC6900 WRFD-020801 Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS Cell ID LCS BSC6900 WRFD-020802 OTDOA Based LCS OTDOA LCS BSC6900 WRFD-020803 A-GPS Based LCS AGPS LCS BSC6900 WRFD-020804 LCS Classified Zones LCS Classified Zones BSC6900 WRFD-020805 LCS over Iur LCS over Iur BSC6900 2-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. BSC6900 Configuration Method 196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package 198 Configuring Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator 199 Configuring Flexible Network Architecture 200 Configuring Mobility Control and Service Differentiation 201 Configuring Independent License Control None WRFD-020807 Iupc Interface for LCS service WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 WRFD-021304 01 Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 WRFD-021304 02 Flexible Network Architecture RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 WRFD-021304 03 Mobility Control and Service Differentiation RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 WRFD-021304 04 Independent License Control RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 WRFD-021304 05 WRFD-021304 06 Independent Cell-level FM/ PM/CM Transmission Recourse Sharing on Iub/ Iur Interface RAN Sharing Phase 2 RAN Sharing Function RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 BSC6900 None WRFD-021305 RAN Sharing Enhanced Package BSC6900 202 Configuring RAN Sharing Phase 2 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co... Ltd..RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item Iu-PC Interface for LCS service License Configured on. 2-31 . 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item None License Configured on. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . BSC6900 Configuration Method 203 Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control 204 Configuring IMSI-Based Handover 205 Configuring MOCN Introduction Package 206 Configuring Carrier Sharing by Operators 207 Configuring Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators 208 Configuring MOCN Mobility Management 209 Configuring MOCN Load Balance None WRFD-021305 01 Dedicated Iub Transmission Control WRFD-021303 IMSI Based Handover IMSI Based Handover BSC6900 WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 WRFD-021311 01 Carrier Sharing by Operators MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 WRFD-021311 02 Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 WRFD-021311 03 MOCN Mobility Management MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 WRFD-021311 04 MOCN Load Banlance MOCN Introduction Package MOCN Introduction Package MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 WRFD-021311 05 MOCN Independent Performance Management Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion BSC6900 WRFD-021311 06 BSC6900 210 Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion 2-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.... .RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item IU FLEX License Configured on. BSC6900 Configuration Method 211 Configuring Iu Flex 212 Configuring Iu Flex Load Distribution Management None WRFD-021302 Iu Flex WRFD-021306 Iu Flex Load Distribution Management Enhanced Iu Flex BSC6900 WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management Enhanced Multiband Management Multi Frequency Band Networking Management Enhancement for Multi frequency band Networking management Satellite Communication in Iub Interface BSC6900 WRFD-020160 BSC6900 213 Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management 214 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface 215 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface 216 Configuring MBMS Introduction Package None 217 Configuring MBMS Admission Control WRFD-050104 Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface BSC6900 WRFD-050108 Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface BSC6900 WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package MBMS Function BSC6900 WRFD-010616 01 WRFD-010616 02 MBMS Broadcast Mode MBMS Admission Control MBMS Function MBMS Function BSC6900 BSC6900 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd... 2-33 . BSC6900 Configuration Method 218 Configuring MBMS Load Control None WRFD-010616 03 MBMS Load Control WRFD-010616 04 WRFD-010616 05 MBMS Soft/ Selective Combining MBMS Transport Resource Management MBMS Function MBMS Function BSC6900 BSC6900 219 Configuring MBMS Transport Resource Management 220 Configuring Streaming Service on MBMS None WRFD-010616 06 Streaming Service on MBMS MBMS Function BSC6900 WRFD-010616 07 WRFD-010616 08 MBMS 2 Channels per Cell 16/32/64/128K bps Channel Rate on MBMS MBMS Function MBMS Function BSC6900 BSC6900 221 Configuring 16/32/64/128K bps Channel Rate on MBMS 222 Configuring MBMS Phase 2 223 Configuring MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode 224 Configuring MBMS P2P over HSDPA WRFD-010660 MBMS Phase 2 MBMS P2P over HSDPA MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode BSC6900 WRFD-010660 01 MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode BSC6900 WRFD-010660 02 MBMS P2P over HSDPA MBMS P2P over HSDPA BSC6900 2-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd...2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item MBMS Function License Configured on. 2-35 .. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item MBMS Admission Enhancement License Configured on.. BSC6900 Configuration Method 225 Configuring MBMS Admission Enhancement 226 Configuring InterFrequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users 227 Configuring FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS 228 Configuring MBMS FLC (Frequency Layer Convergence)/ FLD (Frequency Layer Dispersion) None WRFD-010660 03 MBMS Admission Enhancement WRFD-010660 04 Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users None None WRFD-010627 FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS None None WRFD-010626 MBMS FLC (Frequency Layer Convergence)/ FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) MBMS FLC (Frequency Layer Convergence)/ FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) BSC6900 WRFD-010624 MBMS 8 Channels per Cell 256Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS MBMS 16 Channels per Cell MBMS over Iur MBMS 8 Channels per Cell 256Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS MBMS 16 Channels per Cell MBMS over Iur BSC6900 WRFD-010625 BSC6900 None WRFD-010628 BSC6900 None WRFD-010661 BSC6900 229 Configuring MBMS over Iur Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. .. Ltd.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . BSC6900 Configuration Method 230 Configuring Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH 231 Configuring MSCH Scheduling 232 Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics 233 Configuring Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) 234 Configuring One Tunnel 235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface None WRFD-010662 Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH WRFD-010663 MSCH Scheduling MSCH Scheduling BSC6900 WRFD-010665 MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics BSC6900 WRFD-020114 Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) BSC6900 WRFD-020111 One Tunnel One Tunnel BSC6900 WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface IP Transportation in Iub Interface BSC6900 WRFD-050411 Fractional IP Function on Iub Interface Hybrid Iub IP Transmission Fractional IP BSC6900 WRFD-050403 IUB Hybrid IP Transportation Function IUB ATM/IP Dual Stack Transportation Function BSC6900 236 Configuring Hybrid Iub IP Transmission 237 Configuring ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB WRFD-050404 ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB BSC6900 2-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH License Configured on. RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item IP Transportation in Iu Interface License Configured on. Ltd.... BSC6900 Configuration Method 238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface 239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface 240 Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission 241 Configuring Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP 242 Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission 243 Configuring UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission 244 Configuring ATM SwitchingBased Hub NodeB 245 Configuring AAL2 SwitchingBased Hub NodeB WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface WRFD-050410 IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface IP Transportation in Iur Interface BSC6900 WRFD-050420 FP MUX for IP Transmission FP MUX BSC6900 WRFD-050422 Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP BSC6900 WRFD-050408 Overbooking on IP Transmission IP IUB overbooking Function BSC6900 WRFD-050412 UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission BSC6900 WRFD-050105 ATM Switching Based Hub NodeB None None WRFD-050106 AAL2 Switching Based Hub NodeB None None Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2-37 . .2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item None License Configured on. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. None Configuration Method 246 Configuring IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB None WRFD-050107 IP routing Based Hub NodeB WRFD-050406 ATM QoS Introduction on Hub NodeB (Overbooking on Hub NodeB Transmission) Ethernet OAM HUB IUB overbooking Function BSC6900 WRFD-050425 None None 247 Configuring Ethernet OAM 248 Configuring Clock Synchronizatio n on Ethernet in NodeB 249 Configuring Synchronous Ethernet WRFD-050501 Clock Sync on Ethernet in NodeB the number of NodeBs with IP Clock function enabled NodeB WRFD-050502 Synchronous Ethernet The Number of NodeBs with Ethernet Synchronizatio n Function Enabled RNC Node Redundancy NodeB WRFD-040202 RNC Node Redundancy BSC6900 250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy 251 Configuring RRU Redundancy 252 Configuring Transmit Diversity 253 Configuring 4Antenna Receive Diversity WRFD-040203 RRU Redundancy None None WRFD-010203 Transmit Diversity None None WRFD-010209 4-Antenna Receive Diversity None None 2-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co... 2-39 .. NodeB Configuration Method None WRFD-010210 Control Channel Parallel Interference Cancellation (CCPIC) Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km WRFD-021308 None None 254 Configuring Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km None WRFD-021309 Improved Downlink Coverage High Speed Access Improved Downlink Coverage None BSC6900 WRFD-010206 None 255 Configuring High Speed Access 256 Configuring Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell 257 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507) None WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell the number of RRUs with in independent demodulation of signals in one cell PDCP Header compression NodeB WRFD-011500 PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507) BSC6900 WRFD-050302 Fractional ATM Function on Iub Interface HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) Fractional ATM BSC6900 WRFD-021200 Hierarchical Cell Structure BSC6900 258 Configuring HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) 259 Configuring Intra Frequency Load Balance WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load Balance Intra frequency load balancing BSC6900 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item the number of NodeBs with CCPIC function enabled License Configured on. Ltd... BSC6900 Configuration Method 260 Configuring Potential User Control 261 Configuring Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g 262 Configuring NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g 263 Configuring GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g 264 Configuring GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g 265 Configuring Warning of Disaster 266 Configuring Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier WRFD-020105 Potential User Control WRFD-070004 Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g Handover Based on Load on Iur-g BSC6900 WRFD-070005 NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g BSC6900 WRFD-070006 GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g BSC Load Balancing Based on Iur-g BSC6900 WRFD-070007 GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g BSC Service Distribution Based on Iur-g BSC6900 WRFD-020127 Warning of Disaster Warning of Disaster BSC6900 WRFD-021001 Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier None None 2-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd...2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item Potential user control License Configured on. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item Push To Talk License Configured on. BSC6900 Configuration Method 267 Configuring Push to Talk 268 Configuring RNC Offload (Trial) 269 Configuring Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS) 270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode CoTransmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) 272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) WRFD-020134 Push to Talk WRFD-012001 RNC offload (trial) None None MRFD-221801 Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS) the number of NodeBs with Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing function enabled GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (UMTS) None NodeB MRFD-221802 GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (UMTS) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (NodeB) NodeB MRFD-221501 None MRFD-221504 TDM-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) None None Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 2-41 ... 0MHz Central Frequency point separation between GSM and UMTS mode(UMTS) 2.2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide RAN Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item the number of NodeBs with Bandwidth sharing of MBTS Multimode CoTransmission function enabled None License Configured on.. NodeB Configuration Method None MRFD-221505 Bandwidth sharing of MBTS Multimode CoTransmission (NodeB) MRFD-221601 Multi-mode BS Common Reference Clock(NodeB) None 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) 274 Configuring 2.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. Ltd.0MHz Central Frequency point separation between GSM and UMTS mode(UMTS) NodeB 2-42 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS) MRFD-221703 2. a license control item is defined for each feature. 3-1 . 3. Then you can activate the license for it to take effect. 3. whereas those related to the NodeB can be activated only on the M2000.1 Activating the BSC6900 License This section describes how to activate the BSC6900 license. 3. you need to allocate the license to the NodeBs in the RAN. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 3 Activating the UMTS License 3 About This Chapter Activating the UMTS License In the case of certain UMTS features.. they can also share the resources defined in a NodeB license after you allocate the license to the telecom operators. The license control item of a feature must be activated before the configuration and use of the feature. Ltd.2 Allocating a license to Telecom Operators When multiple telecom operators share one RAN. The license control items related to the RNC can be activated on the M2000 or RNC LMT.3 Allocating a License to NodeBs After uploading a NodeB license file of a RAN to the M2000 server. Step 5 Run the ACT LICENSE command to activate the license. Exit the task and contact Huawei. Step 3 Run the LST LICENSE command and enter the filename of the license to be activated to query the file information. The file information complies with the information of Go to Step 4.. Step 7 Run the BSC6900 MML command CMP LICENSE to check whether the running license on the host is consistent with that on the OMU... If. run the SET LICENSE command to active the license for the primary operator first and then for secondary operators. 3-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Then. on the OMU If the running license on the host is inconsistent with that on the OMU End the task and contact Huawei. run the SET LICENSE command repeatedly.. Step 6 If the primary operator and secondary operators exist... If. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . If the BSC6900 is ineffective. Prerequisite l l The LMT is started and you have logged in to the BSC6900.1 Activating the BSC6900 License This section describes how to activate the BSC6900 license. Step 4 Run the LST CFGMODE command to query the BSC6900 configuration status. The BSC6900 is in service. Ltd.. The file information does not comply with the information of the file that you apply for. the file that you apply for.. Procedure Step 1 Run the BSC6900 MML command LST ESN and record the Equipment Serial Number (ESN) of the BSC. Step 2 Run the BSC6900 MML command DLD LICENSE to download the license file from the FTP server to the \ftp\license directory of the main area directory of the OMU. Then.. If multiple secondary operators exist.3 Activating the UMTS License RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. If the running license on the host is consistent with that End the task or go to Step 8. run the SET CFGDATAEFFECTIVE command to switch it to the effective state. Figure 3-1 License Distributed to Operator Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. run the SET LICENSECTRL command to enable the license control function of the BSC6900 to enter the grace protection period.. ----End 3. Step 3 Right-click a license. Prerequisite You have uploaded a valid NodeB license file to the M2000 server. select an RNC node whose NodeB license file is already uploaded to the M2000 server. see License Control in Emergencies. The NodeB License Management window is displayed.RAN Feature Activation Guide 3 Activating the UMTS License Step 8 In the case of high traffic. 3-3 . Procedure Step 1 Choose License > NE License Management > NodeB License Management. As show in Figure 3-1. they can also share the resources defined in a NodeB license after you allocate the license to the telecom operators.2 Allocating a license to Telecom Operators When multiple telecom operators share one RAN. For details. Step 2 From the navigation tree in the left pane of the NodeB License Management window. and then choose License Distributed to Operator from the shortcut menu. you can allocate a NodeB license to them by referring to 3. The NodeB License Management window is displayed. 3-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 5 Perform operations according to license allocation policies. Then you can activate the license for it to take effect. click the tab of a telecom operator. The license allocation information about all the NodeBs related to the telecom operator is displayed in a list. Step 2 From the navigation tree in the left pane of the NodeB License Management window. After a NodeB license file is uploaded to the M2000. NOTE l You can set a function control item to either 0 or 1. For descriptions of the values. 0 indicates that the function is not enabled while 1 indicates that the function is enabled. l You can hold down Ctrl or Shift to select multiple NodeBs at a time. Step 4 Double-click a NodeB to which you need to allocate the license. and then choose Modify from the shortcut menu to set a control item value to all the selected NodeBs. Procedure Step 1 Choose License > NE License Management > NodeB License Management. After an inactive license is allocated to NodeBs. l You can click Settings in the Modify dialog box to add or delete one or multiple control items to be set. you can allocate the license to NodeBs immediately. Ltd. If a RAN is shared by multiple telecom operators. you can click Clear to clear the preset values in the column of the control item. it indicates that the control item is not supported by NodeBs.2 Allocating a license to Telecom Operators. To view the values indicating that the control item is not supported by NodeBs. ----End 3.. set available resources and functions for the NodeB. Right-click the selected NodeBs. see Parameter Description in the dialog box. You can allocate an inactive license to NodeBs. For details about the parameters.3 Allocating a License to NodeBs After uploading a NodeB license file of a RAN to the M2000 server. click the status description on the right in the Modify dialog box. see Parameters of NodeB License Information. select an RNC node whose NodeB license file is already uploaded to the M2000 server. Prerequisite You have uploaded a valid NodeB license file to the M2000 server. set available functions and resources for each telecom operator. Step 3 Optional: In the lower part of the license information area. You can also create a scheduled task for delivering preset license allocation information to NodeBs at a certain non-busy hour. l When setting a certain control item. it is activated automatically. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and then click OK. Then. or right-click the NodeB and choose Modify from the shortcut menu.3 Activating the UMTS License RAN Feature Activation Guide Step 4 In the License Distributed to Operator window. you need to allocate the license to the NodeBs in the RAN. l If a control item is unavailable in the Modify dialog box. If setting resource control item values fails or the resource control item values used by NodeBs are inconsistent with the corresponding values set on the M2000. In this case. and then click . ----End Result When delivering license allocation information to NodeBs. 3-5 . and the license may fail to be allocated to NodeBs. The Task Management window is displayed. click Yes. 2. Deliver license allocation information to 1.. the total number of resources used by NodeBs may exceed the maximum available resource number specified in the license. see Parameters for Setting the Common Information About Timing TasksCommon Information About Timing Tasks and Parameters for Creating/Modifying/Copying Scheduled NodeB License Allocation Tasks... You can click Details to view the license allocate information. and then choose License NodeBs on a scheduled basis Distribute Task from the shortcut menu. Ltd. 2. Then .. If resource control item values are incorrectly set. right-click a license record. right-click a license record. In the license information area. select the license record. the M2000 delivers only new control item values and the control item values that are inconsistent on the NodeBs and the M2000. In the displayed Message dialog box. Set the parameters of the scheduled task for delivering license allocation information. the M2000 reports the EVT-513 The Amount of Used NodeB License's Resource Exceeds the Threshold event. the M2000 reports the EVT-514 Changes in the Usage of NE License Resources event. Allocate a license to NodeBs immediately 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and you need to synchronize the license allocation information saved on the M2000 to the NodeBs. For details. In the license information area. Alternatively. and you need to set the resource control items and allocate the license to NodeBs again.. and then choose Distribute from the shortcut menu. NOTE The control item values that have been delivered to NodeBs are still valid after an M2000 upgrade or a license capacity expansion. see Synchronizing a NodeB License. For details about the task parameters.RAN Feature Activation Guide 3 Activating the UMTS License If you want to . . 8/13.8/13. so as to meet different QoS requirements.6/27. Set Switch for RRC established on E_FACH to OFF.6/27.RAN Feature Activation Guide 4 Configuring 3..4/6.2 kbit/s RRC Connection and RAB Assignment.2 kbit/s RRC Connection and RAB Assignment This section describes how to activate. NOTE Do not set Channel type for RRC establishment to FACH.8/13. as shown in Figure 4-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Context This feature enables RRC connection establishment and release and RAB assignment for services of different rates. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010510 3. l l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. verify. License – This feature is not under license control. l Verification Procedure 1.2 kbit/s RRC Connection and RAB Assignment 4 Prerequisite Configuring 3.4/6. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 4-1 . This feature is fundamental to service provision. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.4/6. Start Iub interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT.6/27. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCESTCAUSE to set the channel type and bit rate corresponding to a specific RRC connection establishment cause. This feature does not need to be deactivated. ----End Example //Activating 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . – If the value of transmissionTimeInterval is 20. you can infer that an RRC connection is established for a 27. Ltd. If you find an RRC_RRC_CONN_REL_CMP message in the traced data.8/13.6/27. View the transmissionTimeInterval and nrOfTransportBlocks IEs in the ulTransportFormatSet IE associated with the DCH whose dCH-ID value is 32.6 kbit/s service.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release.8/13.8 kbit/s service. 3. Establish a service on the UE. – If the value of transmissionTimeInterval is 10 and the maximum value of nrOfTransportBlocks is 1.4/6.6/27. you can infer that an RRC connection is established for a 6.. you can infer that an RRC connection is established for a 3. and perform Uu interface tracing. 4. Release the service on the UE. view the dCH-ID in the DCH-Specific-FDD-Item IE in the NBAP_RL_SETUP_REQ message. you can infer that the RRC connection is released. you can infer that an RRC connection is established for a 13.4 Configuring 3. The result shows that the ID of the transport channel that carries signaling is 32. l Deactivation Procedure 1.2 kbit/s service. //set the channel type and bit rate corresponding to a specific RRC connection establishment cause 4-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 kbit/s RRC Connection and RAB Assignment RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 4-1 Iub Interface Trace dialog box 2.4/6. Among the traced Iub data.4 kbit/s service. – If the value of transmissionTimeInterval is 40. – If the value of transmissionTimeInterval is 10 and the maximum value of nrOfTransportBlocks is 2. 4-3 . SigChType=DCH_6. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.6K_SIGNALLING. EFachSwitch=OFF.8K_SIGNALLING. SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST.8/13. SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST. EFachSwitch=OFF.4/6. EFachSwitch=OFF.RAN Feature Activation Guide 4 Configuring 3. EFachSwitch=OFF.4K_SIGNALLING.6/27. SigChType=DCH_3. SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST.2K_SIGNALLING.2 kbit/s RRC Connection and RAB Assignment SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST. SigChType=DCH_13. SigChType=DCH_27.. . The conversational class has the following fundamental characteristics: l l Preservation of the time relationships between information entities in a stream and limitation of the transmission delay and delay jitter within an acceptable range. and background. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010501 Conversational QoS Class.9 kbit/s. They differ in their sensitivity to delay.8 kbit/s Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 56 kbit/s. 10. 5. 7. and 28.RAN Feature Activation Guide 5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class 5 Prerequisite Configuring Conversational QoS Class This section describes how to activate.75 kbit/s CS transparent data services (conversational class) at the rates of 64 kbit/s. 3GPP defines four traffic classes: conversational.4 kbit/s. 5-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. 7. 32 kbit/s. Ltd. interactive. Most typical applications of the conversational class are voice services and videophone services in the CS domain and VoIP services in the PS domain. 5.7 kbit/s.95 kbit/s. l l l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. streaming. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Conversational pattern (stringent requirement on the delay).2 kbit/s.2 kbit/s. Context Based on QoS requirements. Others – The UE and the CN support the conversational class. Huawei RAN supports the following basic types of conversational services: l l CS AMR speech services at the rates of 12. Conversational services are applicable in both the CS and PS domains. verify. The conversational class is highly sensitive to the delay and therefore has a high requirement on real-time transmission. License – This feature is not under license control. 6.15 kbit/s. and 4. DL_DCH).. 16 kbit/s. In this case. which indicates the downlink rate of the conversational service.8 kbit/s. set CS voice channel type and VOIP channel type to DCH(UL_DCH. 5-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric Uni directional downlink. The first value indicates the downlink rate of the conversational service. and 8 kbit/s Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. View the trafficClass IE in the rRB-Parameters IE of the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message to verify that the traffic class is conversational. the uplink and downlink transmission uses symmetric rates.5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class RAN Feature Activation Guide l PS bidirectional symmetric voice services at the rates of 64 kbit/s. Initiate Iub interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. Check the DPC (that is. which indicates the rate applicable in both the uplink and the downlink. the uplink and downlink transmission uses asymmetric rates. and the second indicates the uplink rate of the service. 4. In this step. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Symmetric bidirectional. Figure 5-1 Iub interface trace dialog box 2. In this case. View the maxBitrate and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . then the maxBitrate IE contains one value. 3. That is. as shown in Figure 5-1. then the maxBitrate IE contains one value. Establish a conversational service on the UE. the downlink rate of the service is 0. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric bidirectional. 42. then the maxBitrate IE contains two values. which indicates the uplink rate of the conversational service. 32 kbit/s. the uplink rate of the service is 0. Verification Procedure 1. then the maxBitrate IE contains one value. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. That is. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric Uni directional Uplink. the source) of the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message among the traced Iu data to determine whether the service is a CS service or PS service. Ltd. RAN Feature Activation Guide 5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class 5. View the guaranteedBitRate (the guaranteed bit rate of the conversational service) and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message by following the same rules as those for viewing maxBitrate. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 5-3 . ----End Example //Activating conversational QoS class SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: CSVoiceChlType=DCH. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VoipChlType=DCH. Ltd. This feature does not need to be deactivated.. . – This feature is not under license control. there are four traffic classes: conversational. verify. Ltd. They are transmitted in only one direction and serve individual users. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010502 Streaming QoS Class.. QoS indicates the sensitivity of services to the delay. Streaming services are applicable in both the CS and PS domains. The most typical applications of the streaming class are fax services in the CS domain and streaming video services in the PS domain. Streaming services are real-time services. Others – The UE and CN support streaming services. The transmission of streaming services must follow the time sequence of information entities . The streaming class has the following features: l l The time sequence of information entities in a stream is not changed. streaming. such as audio and video programs. interactive. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Context Based on QoS requirements. Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The streaming class is a relatively recent development in data communications. and background. which raises a number of new requirements in both telecommunication and data communication systems. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 6-1 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class 6 Prerequisite l l l l License Configuring Streaming QoS Class This section describes how to activate. as shown in Figure 6-1 Verification Procedure 1. 3. View the maxBitrate and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. the maxBitrate IE contains one value. NOTE In the tests on 384 kbit/s streaming services. the maxBitrate IE contains one value. the uplink rate of the service is 0. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric Uni directional Uplink. the source) of the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message among the traced Iu data to determine whether the service is a CS service or PS service. Expected result: – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric bidirectional. If the assigned rate of a streaming service is lower than this threshold. 3. Figure 6-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box 2. and the second indicates the uplink rate of the service. Use a UE to set up a streaming service.6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Symmetric bidirectional. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric Uni directional downlink. Check the DPC (that is. the settings of the thresholds cannot ensure that the services are set up on R99 services. which indicates the downlink rate of the streaming service. the maxBitrate IE contains one value. 6-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the downlink rate of the service is 0.. That is. Check the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message and check that the value of the trafficClass information element (IE) in rRB-Parameters is streaming. l Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLHSDPA to disable the HSDPA capability of the cell. In this case. Start Iu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set the HSDPA/ HSUPA rate threshold for streaming services. the streaming service is set up on R99 channels. which indicates the uplink rate of the streaming service. the uplink and downlink transmission use the same rate. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . you can disable the HSDPA and HSUPA capabilities of the cell to enable the streaming services to be set up on R99 channels. In this case. 4. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLHSUPA to disable the HSUPA capability of the cell. the maxBitrate IE contains two values. The first value indicates the downlink rate of the streaming service. In this case. Ltd. 2. which indicates the rate in both the uplink and the downlink. ----End Example //Activating Streaming Class QoS SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlStrThsOnHsdpa=D384. DEA UCELLHSUPA: CellId=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 6-3 . UlStrThsOnHsupa=D384. View the guaranteedBitRate (the guaranteed bit rate of the streaming service) and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message by following the same rules as those for the maxBitrate IE. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. This feature does not need to be deactivated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class 5.. DEA UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1. . 7-1 . 32 kbit/s. and 8 kbit/s. In summary. Others – The UE and CN support interactive services. Context Based on QoS requirements. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 64 kbit/s. a person or an entity at the destination sends a data request to a remote server and expects a response message within a specific time. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 7 Configuring Interactive QoS Class 7 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Interactive QoS Class This section describes how to activate. QoS indicates the sensitivity of services to the delay. It is characterized by the request/ response pattern of end users. Another characteristic is that the packets should be transparently transferred at a low Bit Error Rate (BER). 285 kbit/s. License – This feature is not under license control. 16 kbit/s. The interactive class is a typical data communication solution. the interactive class has the following fundamental characteristics: request/ response pattern and preservation of the payload. the Round Trip Time (RTT) is one of the key attributes of the interactive class. For example. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Huawei RAN supports the following types of interactive services: PS bidirectional symmetric or asymmetric interactive services at the rates of 384 kbit/s. Ltd. 144 kbit/s. The most typical application of the interactive class is web browsing. streaming. Interactive services are applicable in the PS domain and not applicable in the CS domain. interactive. 128 kbit/s. In this situation. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010503 Interactive QoS Class.. there are four traffic classes: conversational. and background. ----End Example //Activating Interactive QoS Class SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D13900. UlBeTraffThsOnHsupa=D5440. Check the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message and check that the value of the trafficClass information element (IE) in rRB-Parameters is interactive. and the second indicates the uplink rate of the service. the maxBitrate IE contains one value. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set the HSDPA/ HSUPA rate threshold for interactive services. The first value indicates the downlink rate of the interactive service. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .7 Configuring Interactive QoS Class RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. View the maxBitrate and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. the maxBitrate IE contains two values. Use a UE to set up an interactive service. Ltd. If the assigned rate of an interactive service is lower than this threshold. Figure 7-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box 2.. 7-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Expected result: – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric bidirectional. the interactive service is set up on R99 channels. the uplink and downlink transmission use the same rate. That is. 3. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Symmetric bidirectional. Start Iu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. l Deactivation Procedure 1. This feature does not need to be deactivated. as shown in Figure 7-1 l Verification Procedure 1. which indicates the rate in both the uplink and the downlink. A typical type of background service is data services. One of the characteristics of the background class is that the destination does not expect data within a specific time. QoS indicates the sensitivity of services to the delay.. 256 kbit/s. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 128 kbit/s. In summary. verify. Background services are applicable in the PS domain and not applicable in the CS domain. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010504 Background QoS Class. there are four traffic classes: conversational. 8-1 . Another characteristic is that the packets should be transparently transferred at a low Bit Error Rate (BER). and therefore the background class is delay-insensitive. Huawei RAN supports the following types of background services: PS bidirectional symmetric or asymmetric background services at the rates of 384 kbit/s. and background. the background class has the following fundamental characteristics: destination not expecting data within a specific time and preservation of the payload. 64 kbit/s. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. streaming. Ltd. License – This feature is not under license control. Others – The UE and CN support this feature. Context Based on QoS requirements. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 32 kbit/s.RAN Feature Activation Guide 8 Configuring Background QoS Class 8 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Background QoS Class This section describes how to activate. 16 kbit/s. The most typical applications of the background class are download and emails. 144 kbit/s. and 8 kbit/s. interactive. which indicates the rate in both the uplink and the downlink. That is. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . If the assigned rate of a background service is lower than this threshold. Check the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message and check that the value of the trafficClass information element (IE) in rRB-Parameters is background. Figure 8-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box 2. The first value indicates the downlink rate of the background service. View the maxBitrate and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. 8-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Start Iu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. UlBeTraffThsOnHsupa=D5440. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Symmetric bidirectional.. 3. Expected result: – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric bidirectional. as shown in Figure 8-1 l Verification Procedure 1. the background service is set up on R99 channels. the maxBitrate IE contains one value. Ltd. l Deactivation Procedure 1. This feature does not need to be deactivated. ----End Example //Activating Background QoS Class SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D13900. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set the HSDPA/ HSUPA rate threshold for background services. Use a UE to set up a background service. the maxBitrate IE contains two values.8 Configuring Background QoS Class RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. the uplink and downlink transmission use the same rate. and the second indicates the uplink rate of the service. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021104 Emergency Call. – This feature is not under license control. 9-1 . Use a UE to initiate an emergency call. verify. Verification Procedure 1. Procedure l l l Activation Procedure This feature need not be activated. Context This feature grants higher priority to emergency calls so that they are preferentially processed. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Deactivation Procedure This feature need not be deactivated. The emergency call is successfully established. Ltd..RAN Feature Activation Guide 9 Configuring Emergency Call 9 Prerequisite l l l License Configuring Emergency Call This section describes how to activate. compared to normal calls. . l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated..RAN Feature Activation Guide 10 Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity 10 Prerequisite l l l Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity This section describes how to activate. the NodeB should provide sufficient RF channels and demodulation resources to meet the requirements for the number of antenna diversities. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. . verify. and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210604 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity. l Run the NodeB MML command ADD SEC. Expected result: Antenna Magnitude is 2. Context The 2-Antenna Receive Diversity is an effective approach of reducing signal attenuation by using two antennas to receive a signal at the reception end. In this step. Ltd. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Antenna Magnitude to 2. License – This feature is not under license control. 10-1 Verification Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command LST SEC to query the value of Antenna Magnitude. where two received signals are combined after certain processing. Dependencies on Hardware – In receive diversity mode. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ANT2SRN=60. //Verification procedure LST SEC: STN=1. ANT1SRN=60. Ltd. 10-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ANT1N=R0A.. ANTM=2. SECN=0. ANT2N=R0B. SECN=0.10 Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity RAN Feature Activation Guide Example //Activation procedure ADD SEC: STN=1. DIVM=COMMON_MODE. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. when other baseband boards are configured. – One CPRI port supports a maximum of eight cascaded RRUs. each RRU supports only the one-antenna receive mode. Cell coverage can be adjusted simply through software to adapt to actual traffic distribution and changes. verify. Ltd. Context The feature enables multiple sectors to use the resources in the same cell. each RRU supports only the one-antenna receive mode.RAN Feature Activation Guide 11 Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split 11 Prerequisite l Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split This section describes how to activate. In the case of DBS3800. each RRU can support the one-antenna or two-antenna receive mode. the digital combination and split can provide higher capacity and wider coverage without bringing additional noises or signal losses.. Dependencies on Hardware – Only DBS3800. RRU 3828 and RRU3829 can only support maximum of 4 carriers when they are implemented for Cell Digital Combination and Split. which improves CE resource utilization and operation benefits. – With the delay considered. DBS3900 and iDBS3900 support this feature. A maximum of eight RRUs share one cell. when the WBBPa board is configured. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010205 Cell Digital Combination and Split. – One BBU supports combination of UL digital signals on a maximum of two CPRI ports. which improves system spectrum efficiency and resource utilization. License – This feature is not under license control. the optical fiber for interconnecting RRUs in one cell and with neighboring coverage areas should be less than 4 km in length. A maximum of three distributed cells are supported. Compared with the analog combination and split. – In the case of the DBS3900 and iDBS3900. A maximum of 16 RRUs share one cell. 11-1 . – RF modules. Multipleantenna receive modes are not supported. l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. ----End Example 1. ULFREQ=9610. RCN=0. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. ADD SEC: STN=0. In this step. ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=100. PS=0. RT=MRRU. STN=0. DLFREQ=10560. SRNE=61. SRN=60. LOCELL=100. In this step. 2. set Topo Type to CHAIN. SECN=1. //Verification procedure LST SEC: STN=0. SN=1. LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. In this step. In this step. PS=1. ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=100. SRN=61. set Sector Type to DIST_SECTOR(DIST_SECTOR). LOCELL=100. SRN=61. 2. RRUMODE=SYNC.. HPN=0. Run the NodeB MML command LST SEC. //Verification procedure LST SEC: STN=0. Verification Procedure 1. SRNE=61. BBPOOLTYPE=GEN_POOL. 2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD RRU to add an RRU. SECN=1. TT=CHAIN. SECT=DIST_SECTOR. RCN=0. SN=0. SECT=DIST_SECTOR. l Run the NodeB MML command ADD RRUCHAIN to add an RRU chain. RS=UO. SRNB=60. RCN=0. TP=TRUNK. TP=TRUNK. RRUMODE=SYNC. TP=TRUNK. RT=MRRU. Ltd. PS=0. Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a local cell. SECN=1. HSN=0. SECT=DIST_SECTOR. SECN=1. set Sector Type to DIST_SECTOR(DIST_SECTOR). Run the NodeB MML command ADD SEC to add a sector. ADD RRU: CN=0. TT=CHAIN. check that Sector Type is set to DIST_SECTOR(DIST_SECTOR). In this step. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ULFREQ=9610. SRNB=60. SECN=1. PS=0. HPN=0. ADD RRU: CN=0. 4. NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure ADD RRUCHAIN: RCN=0.11 Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. check that Sector Type is set to DIST_SECTOR(DIST_SECTOR). HSN=2. RS=UO. 3. DLFREQ=10560. Set a group of RRUs in consecutive numbering to the RRUs to be used by the distributed sector. RT=MRRU. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL. HISPM=FALSE. ADD SEC: STN=0. NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure ADD RRUCHAIN: RCN=0. ADD RRU: CN=0. HISPM=FALSE. STN=0. SRN=60. 11-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RT=MRRU. BM=COLD. SECN=1. RCN=0. SECT=DIST_SECTOR. TP=TRUNK. ADD RRU: CN=0. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.. URA_PCH. CELL_PCH. Other Prerequisites – The Iu-PS activity factor is already modified. Adjusting the Iu-PS activity factor can prevent PS service admission failures due to the increase in the number of UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. 12 l l l l Configuring UE State in Connected Prerequisite Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. URA_PCH. Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The recommended value of the Iu-PS activity factor is 10%. and CELL_FACH. The Iu-PS activity factor can be modified by running the ADD TRMFACTOR and MOD ADJMAP commands. CELL_FACH) This section describes how to activate. Ltd. URA_PCH. a large amount of bandwidth on the Iu-PS interface is consumed though such users do not have data to transmit. verify. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010202 UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. CELL_FACH) Mode (CELL_DCH. NOTE If there are excessive users in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. CELL_PCH. CELL_FACH). URA_PCH. CELL_PCH. CELL_PCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. This feature helps save radio resources efficiently. 12-1 . License – This feature is not under license control. Context Huawei RAN supports four states of UEs in connected mode: CELL_DCH. Ltd. URA_PCH. The settings of state transition are as follows: 1. l This feature involves the parameter settings of state transition from CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. The state of a UE changes when it requests different services. In this step.. SET UPSINACTTIMER: CellReSelectCounter=9. In this step. set Cell Reselection Counter Threshold to an appropriate value. CELL_PCH. This is referred to as state transition. 3. For the parameter settings of other types of state transition.12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. select the DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. see 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control. URA_PCH. 12-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l ----End Example //Activating UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. see 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control. For details. CELL_PCH. CELL_FACH) RAN Feature Activation Guide A UE can directly enter the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state. l For the parameter settings related to fast dormancy. NOTE 2. CellReSelectTimer=180. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER. l Verification Procedure This feature cannot be verified separately. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeD2FStateTransTimer=65535. It can enter the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state only through state transition from CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS. set BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer and Cell Reselection Timer to appropriate values. see 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy. In this step. CELL_FACH) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 13-1 3. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. 4. or URA_PCH state through the paging control channel (PCCH). 30s. (Optional) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-oriented PS BE service state transition switch. Context In paging type 1. and BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer to 60s. click Trace > UMTS Services. URA_PCH State (Type 1) This section describes how to activate. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS to set the parameter Cell Reselection Counter Threshold to 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. URA_PCH State (Type 1). On the BSC6900 LMT. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010301 Paging UE in Idle. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle. and 30s respectively. CELL_PCH.. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. CELL_PCH. URA_PCH State (Type 1) 13 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Paging UE in Idle. the UTRAN sends a paging message to the UE in idle mode. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. License – This feature is not under license control. BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the parameters Cell Reselection Timer. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set inactivity detection timers for PS services. verify. Ltd. CELL_PCH. CELL_PCH state. l Verification Procedure (Paging a UE in Idle Mode) 1. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. 5. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: CellReSelectTimer=60. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . CELL_PCH. URA_PCH. This feature does not need to be deactivated. Establish an R99 PS service on UE1. l 1. SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=1440. Power on UE1 and UE2. Ltd. Then. ProtectTmrForInt=20. and camp on CELL1.13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle. l Deactivation Procedure 1. BeF2PStateTransTimer=30. Use UE2 to call UE1. click Trace > UMTS Services. 4. Use UE2 to call UE1. The value of rrcstateindicator IE should be URA_PCH. 13-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Verification Procedure (Paging a UE in URA_PCH) 3. The RRC_PAGING_TYPE1 message should be displayed on the Trace Data tab page. PsInactTmrForBac=1440. The RRC_PAGING_TYPE1 message should be displayed. On the BSC6900 LMT. click Submit. Do not send any data from UE1 for 30 seconds. Then. Uu Message Type. the network side should perform UE1 transition to CELL_PCH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. Repeat step 3 through step 5 described in section "Paging a UE in URA_PCH" to perform UE1 transition to CELL_PCH. click Trace > UMTS Services.. BeD2FStateTransTimer=30. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. Use UE2 to call UE1. NOTE Commissioning Procedure (Paging a UE in CELL_PCH State) 1. and the value of rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_PCH. Cause UE1 to perform a cell reselection between CELL1 and CELL2. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. On the HLR. Trace Mode and Save File. Do not send any data from UE1 for another while. 3. 2. and the value of rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. 6. Then. Search for the last RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message in trace data. The RRC_PAGING_TYPE1 message should be displayed. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. 3. l Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. On the BSC6900 LMT. SET UUESTATETRANS: CellReSelectCounter=1. 2. the network side should perform UE1 transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. ProtectTmrForBac=20. For details about how to enable UE transition to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. set the PS service type to background or interactive. CELL_FACH). see 12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. CELL_PCH. Cause UE1 to perform another cell reselection after the Cell Reselection Timer[s] expires. URA_PCH State (Type 1) RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. ----End Example //Activating paging type 1 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. CELL_DCH State (Type 2) This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the parameter BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer[s] to 30s. click Submit. CELL_DCH State (Type 2). Ltd. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. l l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. 2. the UTRAN sends a paging message to the UE in CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state through the DCH or FACH. On the BSC6900 LMT. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 14 Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH. click Trace > UMTS Services. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010302 Paging UE in CELL_FACH. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. 14-1 Verification Procedure (Paging a UE in CELL_DCH State) 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set inactivity detection timers for PS services. License – This feature is not under license control. 2. verify. Then. l (Optional) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-oriented PS BE service state transition switch. Context In paging type 2. Uu Message Type. Trace Mode and Save File. CELL_DCH State (Type 2) 14 Prerequisite Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace.. 3. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 3. you can view that the network side performs UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. Then. l 1. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. click Trace > UMTS Services. ProtectTmrForInt=20. SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=1440. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. 6. and Save File. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. ProtectTmrForBac=20. Use UE2 to call UE1. Establish an R99 PS service on UE1. Establish an R99 PS service on UE1. 4. Do not send any data from UE1 for 30 seconds. and then click Submit. 14-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Verification Procedure (Paging a UE in CELL_FACH State) 5.. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeD2FStateTransTimer=30.14 Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH. Ltd. This feature does not need to be deactivated. l 1. Use UE2 to call UE1. Uu Message Type. On the BSC6900 LMT. The RRC_PAGING_TYPE2 message should be displayed. On the HLR. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . The RRC_PAGING_TYPE2 message should be displayed. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. 2. ----End Deactivation Procedure Example //Activating paging type 2 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. PsInactTmrForBac=1440. 4. The Trace Data tab page is displayed. CELL_DCH State (Type 2) RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. set the PS service type to background or interactive. The value of rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 15-1 . perform the following steps: (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABDCCCMC to set the following event 4A and 4B parameters: – Direction – Event4AThd – Event4BThd – TimetoTrigger4A Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To activate traffic-based BE service rate adjustment. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control 15 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control This section describes how to activate. License – This feature is not under license control. To activate the DCCC algorithm. Context This feature allows dynamic rate adjustment and UE state transition triggered by various reasons. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021101 Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC). perform the following steps: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. This improves the quality of services and increases resource utilization. In this step. Procedure l Activating DCCC 1. set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH. 2. Ltd.. set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH.. perform the following steps: (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to set the RNC-level QoS enhancement algorithm parameters. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . To activate link-stability-based BE service rate adjustment. perform the following steps: (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Ltd. To activate throughput-based BE service rate adjustment. The parameters for ensuring link stability are: – QOS Switch for BE Traffic – First Action for BE Uplink QOS – Second Action for BE Uplink QOS – Third Action for BE Uplink QOS – Wait Timer for BE Uplink Rate – First Action for BE Downlink QOS – Second Action for BE Downlink QOS – Third Action for BE Downlink QOS – Indicator for BE Uplink QOS Event – Srnc Parameter for BE Downlink RLC QOS – DRNC Parameter for BE Downlink RLC QOS 15-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control RAN Feature Activation Guide – TimetoTrigger4B – PendingTime4A – PendingTime4B (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC to set the following RNClevel DCCC algorithm parameters: – DcccStg – UlRateUpAdjLevel – UlRateDnAdjLevel – DlRateUpAdjLevel – DlRateDnAdjLevel – UlDcccRateThd – DlDcccRateThd – UlMidRateCalc – DlMidRateCalc – UlMidRateThd – DlMidRateThd 3. In this step. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC. In this step. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABDCCCMC to set the following event 4B parameters for the DCH: – Period Amount to trigger 4B on DCH – Period Amount after trigger 4B on DCH 4. set DCH Throu Meas Period and HSUPA DCCC strategy. Retain the default values in normal situations. Ltd. The parameters for ensuring link stability are: – BE Trigger Time 6A1 – BE Trigger Time 6B1 – BE Trigger Time 6A2 – BE Trigger Time 6B2 – BE Trigger Time 6D – UL Measurement Filter Coefficient – DL TCP Measurement Filter Coefficient – BE Trigger Time of Event E – BE Reporting Period Unit for Event E – BE Event E Reporting Period or BE Event E Reporting Period minute – BE Trigger Time of Event F – BE Reporting Period Unit for Event F – BE Event F Reporting Period or BE Event F Reporting Period minute (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set the cell-level Call Admission Control (CAC) algorithm parameters. The parameters for ensuring link stability are: – BE Trigger Time 6A1 – BE Trigger Time 6B1 – BE Trigger Time 6A2 – BE Trigger Time 6B2 – BE Trigger Time 6D – BE Trigger Time of Event E – BE Reporting Period Unit for Event E – BE Event E Reporting Period – BE Trigger Time of Event F Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control – Measurement of 6A1 Switch – Measurement of 5A Switch – Measurement of 6D Switch (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQUALITYMEAS to set the RNClevel QoS measurement parameters. (5) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLQUALITYMEAS to set the cell-level QoS measurement parameters. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLRLPWR to set the cell-level downlink transmit power parameters. 15-3 .. The parameters for ensuring link stability are: – Max UL TX power of interactive service – Max UL TX power of background service NOTE The BSC6900 defines default values for Max UL TX power of interactive service and Max UL TX power of background service. Ltd. In this step. (10) To configure inter-frequency handover and inter-RAT handover for the link stability of BE services. The parameters for ensuring link stability are: – Re-TX monitor period – Event A threshold – Hysteresis of Event A – Event A pending time after trigger – Filter Coefficient of RLC Retransmission Ratio NOTE The BSC6900 defines default values for the preceding parameters. set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH. set Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Switch to INTERFREQ. set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH. (6) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS to set the following typical parameters for QoS measurement: – Uplink Event 6A1 Relative Threshold – Uplink Event 6A2 Relative Threshold – Uplink Event 6B1 Relative Threshold – Uplink Event 6B2 Relative Threshold – Statistic Block Number for 5A Event – Event 5A Threshold – Event 5A Interval Block Number – Event Ea Relative Threshold – Event Eb Relative Threshold (7) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABRLC to set Radio Link Control (RLC) parameters for a typical Radio Access Bearer (RAB). a. perform the following steps: 15-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. b.15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control RAN Feature Activation Guide – BE Reporting Period Unit for Event F – BE Event E Reporting Period NOTE The BSC6900 defines default values for the preceding parameters. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. perform the following steps: a. In this step. In this step. Retain the default values in normal situations. (8) Link stability control for BE services is implemented through Inter-frequency handover. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Retain the default values in normal situations.. (9) To configure inter-RAT handover for the link stability of BE services. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM. b. In this step. set Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Switch to INTERRAT and Inter-RAT PS Handover Switch to ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM. b. silver. (11) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC to set the following RNClevel DCCC algorithm parameters: – Uplink Full Coverage Bit Rate – Downlink Full Coverage Bit Rate (12) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDCCC to set the following cell-level DCCC algorithm parameters: – Uplink Full Coverage Bit Rate – Downlink Full Coverage Bit Rate NOTE For details about the settings of measurement control parameters. In this step. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS to set the measurement control parameters of the UE state transition algorithm.. and copper users requesting interactive and background services. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM. In this step. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET to set HSUPA Uplink Rate Adjust Set. see 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC to set the following RNClevel DCCC algorithm parameters: – DCCC Rate Up Fail Time Threshold – DCCC Rate Up Fail Monitor Time length – DCCC Rate Up Fail Penalty Time Length l Activating the UE state transition algorithm 1. 5. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Activating basic-congestion-based BE service rate adjustment (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUSERGBR to set the guaranteed bit rates (GBRs) for gold. 2. In this step. set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the timer parameters of the UE state transition algorithm. 15-5 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control a. turn on the following switches of Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch: – DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH – DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH – DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH – DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH NOTE The HSDPA state transition license must be activated before the HSDPA state transition switch is turned on. set Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Switch to SIMINTERFREQRAT and Inter-RAT PS Handover Switch to ON. Create UL Throughput Bandwidth and DL Throughput Bandwidth monitoring tasks. l Verifying DCCC 1. Traffic-based BE service rate adjustment Set up an R99 BE service. 15-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Figure 15-2. In the Monitor tab page. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC to set Low Activity Bit Rate Threshold. Ltd. Throughput-based BE service rate adjustment (1) On the BSC6900 LMT. check whether the value of the IE periodicalOrEventTrigger is eventTrigger (1). Check whether the information element (IE) trafficVolumeMeasurement exists in the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message traced on the Uu interface..15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control RAN Feature Activation Guide 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set the following timer parameters for checking the low activity of PS users: – Conversational service T1 – Streaming service T1 – Interactive service T1 – Background service T1 – IMS signal T1 – Conversational service T2 – Streaming service T2 – Interactive service T2 – Background service T2 – IMS signal T2 Activating always online 1. as shown in Figure 15-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . open the Monitor window. double-click UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. In addition. Figure 15-1 IE trafficVolumeMeasurement Figure 15-2 IE periodicalOrEventTrigger 2. as shown in Figure 15-3. you can view the bandwidth reduction in UL Throughput Bandwidth.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (2) Set up an R99 BE service and maintain the service without data operations. In the Connection Performance Monitoring tab page. as shown in Figure 15-4. Check whether the value of measurementQuantity in the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message traced on the Uu interface is ue-TransmittedPower (0). l Verifying the UE state transition algorithm Set up an R99 BE service and maintain the service without data operations. 15-7 . In addition. 3. You can view the bandwidth decrease in UL Throughput Bandwidth in the Connection Performance Monitoring tab page. as shown in Figure 15-5. (2) Set up an R99 BE service. check whether the value of the IE periodicalOrEventTrigger is eventTrigger (1). Basic-congestion-based BE service rate adjustment (1) On the BSC6900 LMT. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell congestion status on the Uu interface (the cell is in the basic congestion state). open the Monitor window. Figure 15-3 IE measurementQuantity Figure 15-4 IE periodicalOrEventTrigger 4. In the Monitor tab page. Ltd. Check whether the value of rrc-StateIndicator in the traced RRC_RB_RECFG message is cell-FACH (1).. Link-stability-based BE service rate adjustment Set up an R99 BE service. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Create UL Throughput Bandwidth and DL Throughput Bandwidth monitoring tasks. Figure 15-5 IE rrc-StateIndicator l Verifying always online Set up an R99 BE service and maintain the service without data operations. double-click UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. The message RRC_RB_REL is not traced on the Uu interface. TimeToTriggerA=2. BeUlAct3=InterRatHO. CoexistMeasThdChoice=COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ. AmRlcCfgPara=FLOWCONTROL_PARA. SET UQUALITYMEAS: UlBeTrigTime6A1=D640. DchThrouMeasPeriod=100. DlBeTrigTimeF=64. 2. DlMidRateCalc=HAND_APPOINT. Ltd. //Activating throughput-based BE service rate adjustment SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH-1. OppositeTrchType=TRCH_DCH. DchThrouPendingTime4B=16. MOD UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS: RabIndex=1. UlMeasFilterCoef=D19. PSServiceHOSwitch=ON. Direction=DOWNLINK. UlBeTrigTime6B2=D1280. InterFreqRATSwitch=INTERRAT. BeUlQos5AMcSwitch=YES. SrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch=YES. ChoiceRptUnitForBeF=TEN_MSEC. set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH. UlMidRateCalc=HAND_APPOINT. BeDlAct1=RateDegrade. DelayClass=1. BeUlAct1=RateDegrade. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the related switches. Event4bThd=D16. DlDcccRateThd=D64. TimeToMoniter=6000. RLMAXDLPWR=-30. DlRateDnAdjLevel=3_Rates. UlThd6a1=1. ReTransRatioFilterCoef=1. RlcMode=AM. TenMsecForBeF=480. HangBlockNum5a=512. //Activating traffic-based BE service rate adjustment MOD UTYPRABDCCCMC: RabIndex=1. UlThd6b2=5. BeDlAct2=InterFreqHO. TimetoTrigger4A=D240. PendingTime4B=D4000. DLSF=D128. Event4aThd=D1024. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. DlMeasFilterCoef=D1. //Configuring inter-RAT handover for the link stability of BE services MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1. StaBlkNum5A=500. UlRateDnAdjLevel=3_Rates. SubflowIndex=0. UlBeTrigTime6D=D240. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1. EventAThred=160. CoexistMeasThdChoice=COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ. UlThd6a2=5. BeUlAct2=InterFreqHO. SET UDCCC: HsupaDcccStg=RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH. DchThrouTimetoTrigger4B=2. TrchType=TRCH_DCH. TenMsecForBeE=480. DlBeTrigTimeE=64. Direction=UPLINK. In this step. ThdEa=2. MOD UTYPRABDCCCMC: RabIndex=1. ThdEb=2. Event4bThd=D64. DrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch=YES. DlRateUpAdjLevel=3_Rates. InterFreqRATSwitch=INTERFREQ. TimetoTrigger4B=D2560. PendingTime4A=D4000. CSServiceHOSwitch=OFF. Thd5a=280.. //Setting the DCCC algorithm parameters 15-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MAXBITRATE=12200.15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. UlThd6b1=1. BeDlAct3=InterRatHO. CSServiceHOSwitch=OFF. DlMidRateThd=D128. BeUlQos6DMcSwitch=YES. PSServiceHOSwitch=OFF. RLMINDLPWR=-180. DcccStg=RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_DCH. SET UDCCC: UlDcccRateThd=D64. UlBeTrigTime6A2=D1280. MOD UTYPRABRLC: RabIndex=1. SET UUESTATETRANS: E2FThrouMeasPeriod=30. BeUlEvTrigInd=SINGLE. MOD UCELLRLPWR: CellId=1. BeUlQos6A1McSwitch=YES. Example //Activating DCCC //Activating the DCCC algorithm SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1. CNDOMAINID=CS_DOMAIN. MoniterPrd=1000. //Activating link-stability-based BE service rate adjustment //Setting the QoS-related parameters SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=YES. UlMidRateThd=D128. ChoiceRptUnitForBeE=TEN_MSEC. //Configuring inter-frequency handover for the link stability of BE services MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1. UlRateUpAdjLevel=3_Rates. UlBeTrigTime6B1=D2560. PendingTimeA=1. UserPriority=GOLD. SET UDCCC: FailTimeTh=4. Ltd. BeH2FTvmTimeToTrig=D5000. BeH2FTvmPTAT=D1000. BeD2FStateTransTimer=5. MoniTimeLen=60. D2F2PTvmThd=D64. BeEFach2HTvmTimeToTrig=D0. BeF2ETvmThd=D1024. BearType=R99. //Deactivating DCCC SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-0. ProtectTmrForInt=10. FastDormancyF2DHTvmThd=D3k. ProtectTmrForImsSig=10. BeF2HTvmThd=D1024. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: CellReSelectTimer=180. BeF2HTvmTimeToTrig=D0. BeCpc2FStateTransTimer=5. ProtectTmrForCon=10. BeEFach2CpcTvmThd=D1024. SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET: EdchRateAdjustSet=RATE_144KBPS-1&RATE_384KBPS-1&RATE_1280KBPS-1. THPClass=High. BeEFach2CpcTvmTimeToTrig=D0. PsInactTmrForBac=240. BeF2CpcETvmThd=D1024. //Activating always online SET UPSINACTTIMER:PsInactTmrForInt=240. BeF2CpcETvmTimeToTrig=D0. BeF2CpcHTvmThd=D1024. BeD2EFachStateTransTimer=5. BeEFach2DTvmThd=D1024. BeCpc2EFachStateTransTimer=5. D2FTvmTimeToTrig=D5000. BeEFach2HTvmThd=D1024. DlFullCvrRate=D64. ProtectTmrForBac=10. BeF2DTvmThd=D1024. //Activating the UE state transition algorithm SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1&DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_B E_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. E2FThrouPTAT=4. BeH2FTvmThd=D64. BeF2ETvmTimeToTrig=D0. DlGBR=D16. BeH2EFachStateTransTimer=5. E2FThrouThd=8. F2PTvmTimeToTrig=D5000. MOD UCELLDCCC: CellId=1. DcccUpPenaltyLen=30. E2FThrouMeasPeriod=30. ProtectTmrForStr=10. BeH2FStateTransTimer=5. F2PTvmPTAT=D16000.PsInactTmrForStr=240. BeF2DTvmTimeToTrig=D0. PsInactTmrForCon=240. SET UDCCC: LittleRateThd=D64.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control SET UDCCC: UlFullCvrRate=D64. 15-9 . E2FThrouTimeToTrig=2.. BeF2CpcHTvmTimeToTrig=D0. D2FTvmPTAT=D1000. BeEFach2DTvmTimeToTrig=D0. UlGBR=D16. BeF2PStateTransTimer=5. SET UUESTATETRANS: CellReSelectCounter=9. DlFullCvrRate=D64. PSInactTmrForImsSig=3600. UlFullCvrRate=D64. //Activating basic-congestion-based BE service rate adjustment SET UUSERGBR: TrafficClass=INTERACTIVE. BeE2FStateTransTimer=5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. . 2. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4. Verification Procedure 1. The chosenIntegrityProtectionAlgorithm IE of the latter message indicates the integrity protection algorithm. The Iu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Use UE2 to call UE1.. click Trace > UMTS Services. 16-1 . and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-011401 Integrity Protection. The messages RANAP_SECURITY_ MODE_COMMAND and RANAP_SECURITY_MODE_COMPLETE should be displayed. – This feature is not under license control. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUIA to enable the RNC to support the integrity protection algorithm.RAN Feature Activation Guide 16 Configuring Integrity Protection 16 Prerequisite l l l License Configuring Integrity Protection This section describes how to activate. Keep UE1 and UE2 in idle mode in CELL1. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. verify. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 3. This feature does not need to be deactivated. and then double-click Iu Interface Trace. Ltd. Context This feature protects the network and user data from being listened and modified illegally. On the BSC6900 LMT. Ltd.. 16-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .16 Configuring Integrity Protection RAN Feature Activation Guide Example //Activating integrity protection SET UUIA: IntegrityProtectAlgo=UIA1-1. 2. and then double-click Iu Interface Trace. UE1 and UE2 return to the idle mode. 17-1 Verification Procedure 1. The messages RANAP_SECURITY_ MODE_COMMAND and RANAP_SECURITY_MODE_COMPLETE should be displayed. – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. click Trace > UMTS Services. 4.. – This feature is not under license control. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-011402 Encryption. End the calling. 3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 17 Configuring Encryption 17 Prerequisite l l l Dependencies on Hardware License Configuring Encryption This section describes how to activate. Context The encryption algorithms supported by Huawei RAN include UEA0 and UEA1. 6. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUEA to enable the RNC to support the encryption algorithm. On the BSC6900 LMT. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. The chosenEncryptionAlgorithm IE of the latter message indicates the encryption algorithm. verify. The Iu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. The Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5. The messages RANAP_SECURITY_MODE_COMMAND and RANAP_SECURITY_MODE_COMPLETE should be displayed. Ltd. Keep UE1 and UE2 in idle mode in CELL1. Use UE2 to call UE1. 17 Configuring Encryption RAN Feature Activation Guide chosenEncryptionAlgorithm IE of the latter message indicates the encryption algorithm. ----End This feature does not need to be deactivated. 17-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. Example //Activating encryption SET UUEA: EncryptionAlgo=UEA0-1&UEA1-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. In this step. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 18-1 . This feature does not need to be activated on the downlink DPCH. BSC6900 sets the initial transmit power for a UE and a NodeB before connection is established between them. network parameter settings. l l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. Activate open loop power control on the uplink DPCH. 1. 1. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control 18 Prerequisite Configuring Open Loop Power Control This section describes how to activate.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and QoS requirements. Based on the estimation results. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020501 Open Loop Power Control. Context This feature enables BSC6900 to roughly estimate path loss based on power measurement results. Procedure l Activation Procedure Activate open loop power control on the downlink DPCH. License – This feature is not under license control. verify. set the parameters related to uplink DPCH power control. After obtaining values of these parameters.18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide l The BSC6900 uses the Default Constant Value parameter to calculate the power offset on the uplink DPCCH (DPCCH_Power_offset). the UE calculates the initial transmit power and performs open look power control on the uplink PARCH. set the parameters related to the PARCH to appropriate values. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 1. Verification Procedure Verify open loop power control on the downlink DPCH 1. l 18-2 Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Based on the dpcch-PowerOffset value. which affects the uplink receiving performance. An excessively small value of DPCCH_Power_offset may lead to uplink synchronization failures at the cell edge during initial link establishment. Based on the calculation result. Verify open loop power control on the uplink DPCH 1. which affects uplink coverage. the UE calculates the initial transmit power on the uplink DPCCH (DPCCH_Initial_Power). Use UE 2 to establish a conversation with UE 1. the UE can further calculate the initial transmit power on the uplink DPCCH (DPCCH_Initial_Power) and perform uplink open loop power control. as shown in Figure 18-1. The message NBAP_RL_SETUP_REQ on the Iub interface shows the value of the IE initialDL-transmissionPower. Where. Activate open loop power control on the uplink PRACH.CPICH_RSCP. 2. For details. This value is used for the downlink DPCH open loop power control. DPCCH_Power_offset indicates the initial transmit power offset on the DPCCH. Check whether the IE constantValue whose value is -20 is contained in the RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE5 message by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface. l The formula for calculating DPCCH_Initial_Power is: DPCCH_Initial_Power = DPCCH_Power_offset . l Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UPRACHUUPARAS. Check the IE dpcch-PowerOffset. under the IE ul-DPCH-PowerControlIonfo contained in the RRC message Radio Bearer Setup. Primary CPICH DL TX power indicates the downlink transmit power on the P-CPICH.. l The formula for calculating DPCCH_Power_offset is: DPCCH_Power_offset = Primary CPICH DL TX power + UL interference + Default Constant Value. Figure 18-1 ul-DPCH-PowerControlIonfo IE Verify open loop power control on the uplink PRACH 1. An excessively great value of DPCCH_Power_offset may lead to instantaneous interference on uplink signal reception.331. UL interference indicates the uplink interference. whose value is the same as that of DPCCH Power Offset. CPICH_RSCP indicates the received signal code power (RSCP) that the UE measures on the P-CPICH. In this step. If the message contains this IE. Where. and Default Constant Value is the value of Default Constant Value. see 3GPP TS 25. Ltd. parameters configured for the UE take effect. PhyChId=1. Example //Activating open loop power control on the uplink DPCH SET UFRC: DefaultConstantValue=-22. PreambleRetransMax=20. 18-3 . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.. ----End This feature does not need to be deactivated. PowerRampStep=2. //Activating open loop power control on the uplink PRACH MOD UPRACHUUPARAS: CellId=111. Constantvalue=-20.RAN Feature Activation Guide 18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control 1. . Context In soft handover. Move a UE from cell 1 to cell 2 to ensure that the UE performs a soft handover. set Power Control Switch to PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH. Set Cell Config.. On the BSC6900 LMT. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Downlink power balance adjusts power drift and improves performance of soft handover. 4. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Check whether the active cell set update is complete in the traced Uu-interface messages. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Ltd. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020502 Downlink Power Balance. choose Trace > UMTS Services and double-click Uu Interface Trace. error codes in a TPC command may lead to downlink transmit power drift. 3. Then click Submit. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Figure 19-1 shows the expected result. the smaller the macro diversity gain. The greater the downlink transmit power drift. 2. Uu Message Type. License – This feature is not under license control. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. verify. and Save File.RAN Feature Activation Guide 19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance 19 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Downlink Power Balance This section describes how to activate. thereby achieving best gain in soft handover. In this step. The downlink power balance feature solves the problem of power imbalance between links. 19-1 l Verification Procedure 1. Ltd. 19-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Expected result: the value of dedicatedMeasurementType is transmitted-codepower(2) shown in Figure 19-2. Check the value of the information element dedicatedMeasurementType in the NBAP_DEDIC_MEAS_INIT_REQ message.19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 19-1 RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message traced in Uu interface message tracing 5. Start Iub interface message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. RAN Feature Activation Guide 19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance Figure 19-2 Information element dedicatedMeasurementType Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. 19-3 . ----End Example //Activating downlink power balance SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH-1.19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance RAN Feature Activation Guide l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Deactivating downlink power balance SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH-0.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 19-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. Ltd. set PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH to 0. 2. the service quality may be too high or too low. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to activate the OLPC function.. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020503 Outer Loop Power Control. In the displayed dialog box. choose Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 20-1 Verification Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control 20 Prerequisite Configuring Outer Loop Power Control This section describes how to activate. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. And then click Submit to initiate the trace. When the moving speed of a UE or the multi-path environment changes. This will accordingly lead to severe interference and power waste. verify. Context Outer loop power control guarantees the satisfying quality of services by adjusting the SIR target of the inner loop power control. Outer loop power control is performed on the DCHs carrying the same RRC connection. License – This feature is not under license control. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABOLPC to set the parameters related to OLPC according to network plan. set Monitor Item to UL SIR and OLPC. Otherwise. l l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. the SIR target needs to be adjusted to ensure a desirable service quality. and enter the corresponding IMSI. On the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. The Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box is displayed. Ltd. Click the Monitor on the BSC6900 LMT main page. TrchType=TRCH_DCH..20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to deactivate the OLPC function. If the values are changed. Check whether the values of UL SIR and OLPC are changed. ----End Example //Activating outer loop power control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_OLPC_SWITCH-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 3. Figure 20-1 UL SIR Figure 20-2 OLPC l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. MOD UTYPRABOLPC: RabIndex=11. Use a UE to initiate a PS service. 20-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SubflowIndex=0. this feature is activated. MaxSirtarget=192. EdchTargetLittleRetransNum=10.. TrchType=TRCH_EDCH_10MS. MOD UTYPRABOLPC: RabIndex=55. BLERQuality=-20. Ltd. EdchTargetLargeRetransNum=1100. MOD UTYPRABHSUPAPC: RabIndex=55. MinSirtarget=112. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. TrchType=TRCH_EDCH_10MS. DelayClass=1. //Deactivating outer loop power control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_OLPC_SWITCH-0. 20-3 . Ul16QamInd=FALSE. SubflowIndex=0. UlEcBoostingInd=FALSE. EdPwrInterpolationInd=FALSE. UlL2EnhanceInd=FALSE.RAN Feature Activation Guide 20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control DelayClass=1. SubflowIndex=0. . License – This feature is not under license control. The UE and Node B can adjust transmit power according to the SIR sent by each other. And then click Submit to initiate the trace. When you move UE 1 away from the cell center.RAN Feature Activation Guide 21 Configuring Inner Loop Power Control 21 Prerequisite Configuring Inner Loop Power Control This section describes how to activate. Ltd. The Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box is displayed. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. set Monitor Item to UL SIR and UE Tx Power. answers and starts the conversation. 4. In the displayed dialog box. It is used to adjust the transmit power based on the feedback from the physical layer of the peer end. Click the Monitor on the BSC6900 LMT main page. 1. 21-1 Verification Procedure 2. UE 1 calls UE 2. UE_1 transmit power increases. UE 2 rings. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. It is applied for dedicated channels only. UE 1 moves in the cell to change radio link quality. In this way. l l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. 3. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020504 Inner Loop Power Control. Context Inner loop power control is also known as fast close loop power control. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 5.. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Observe the variation of UL SIR and UE Tx Power in the UL SIR and UE Tx Power Connection Performance Monitoring window. verify. choose Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. radio link fading can be reduced. On the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. The feature does not need to be activated. and enter the corresponding IMSI. UE_1 transmit power decreases. When you move UE_1 towards cell center. Figure 21-1 UL SIR Tracing Figure 21-2 UE Tx Power Tracing l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. ----End 21-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . This feature does not need to be deactivated.21 Configuring Inner Loop Power Control RAN Feature Activation Guide 6.. In this step. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activating NodeB credit resource admission Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Activating power resource admission (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. It helps ensure the QoS and optimize the allocation of system resources. 2. Activating code resource admission Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC with Dl handover credit and code reserved SF set to an appropriate value. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Context This feature enables the BSC6900 to perform admission control on UEs requesting R99 services by considering the status of various resources. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020101 Admission Control. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set power resource admission parameters to appropriate values.RAN Feature Activation Guide 22 Configuring Admission Control 22 Prerequisite l l l License Configuring Admission Control This section describes how to activate. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 3. select associated cell-oriented power admission control algorithms from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 22-1 . and select an appropriate algorithm from both the Uplink CAC algorithm switch and Downlink CAC algorithm switch drop-down lists according to the network plan. – This feature is not under license control.. In the Iu Interface Trace window. Set the PS service type to interactive on the HLR.22 Configuring Admission Control RAN Feature Activation Guide (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. In this step. 4. l Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. 4. Deactivating NodeB credit resource admission (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. 6. l Activating Iub resource admission This feature does not need to be activated. select NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH from the CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to turn on the NodeB-level CE admission switch. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Expected result: The data service is set up successfully. 5. 2. select CRD_ADCTRL from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to turn on the NodeB-level credit admission switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. Connect the UE to a laptop through the USB port and initiate a PS service. Deactivating power resource admission Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. set DL total equivalent user number of CELL_A11 to 1. In this step. 3. In this step. In this step. Expected result: The UE fails to initiate the PS service. deselect CRD_ADCTRL from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list. In this step.. Enable a UE in the idle state to camp on CELL_A11. Deactivating Iub resource admission This feature does not need to be deactivated. Ltd. In this step. set DL total equivalent user number of CELL_A11 to 80. ----End 22-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Verification Procedure The procedure for verifying downlink admission control on R99 non-real-time PS services based on the number of equivalent subscribers is as follows: 1. 4. containing the cause value no-radio-resources-available-intarget-cell. deselect NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH from the CAC algorithm switch drop-down list. set Uplink CAC algorithm switch and Downlink CAC algorithm switch to ALGORITHM_OFF. set UL handover credit reserved SF to an appropriate value. an RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNBMENT_RESP message sent from the RNC to the CN is displayed. Deactivating code resource admission This feature does not need to be deactivated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Deactivation Procedure 1. Connect the UE to a laptop through the USB port and initiate a PS service. In this step. In this step. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. 3. 2. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. DlHOThd=85. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_SECOND. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-1&HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-1&HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-1. MaxUlTxPowerforInt=24. MaxHsdpaUserNum=64. DlConvAMRThd=80. 22-3 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 22 Configuring Admission Control Example //Activating code resource admission MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. UlNonCtrlThdForOther=60. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-1. UlNonCtrlThdForAMR=75. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. UlCellTotalThd=83. //Deactivating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. //Deactivating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-0. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SF32. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-0.. UlHoCeResvSf=SF16. UlNonCtrlThdForHo=80. DlConvNonAMRThd=80. //Activating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-1. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. UlNonCtrlThdForNonAMR=75. DlCellTotalThd=90. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. //Activating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. DlOtherThd=75. MaxUlTxPowerforConv=24. . Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM. 23-1 . set parameters associated with load measurement. select HSDPA_PBR_MEAS and HSUPA_PBR_MEAS from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to activate the cell-level load measurement for HSDPA and HSUPA. TCP.. In this step. 3. including the uplink/downlink load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm trigger/release thresholds and uplink/downlink overload congestion (OLC) algorithm trigger/release thresholds to appropriate values. and non-HSPA power is always activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. report period.RAN Feature Activation Guide 23 Configuring Load Measurement 23 Prerequisite l l l License Configuring Load Measurement This section describes how to activate. 2. In this step. this feature does not need to be activated. set load monitoring parameters. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. In this step. Ltd. Context This feature is used to measure the load for the load control feature. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020102 Load Measurement. 4. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. – This feature is not under license control. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDM. Therefore. The function of measurement on RTWP. and smoothing filter length according to the network plan. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. l Deactivation Procedure 1. In the Monitor navigation tree. On the BSC6900 LMT. In this step. double-click UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring. //Deactivating load measurement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100. TenMsecForUlBasicMeas=100. open the Monitor page. ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas=TEN_MSEC. The measurement on RTWP. DlOlcTrigThd=95. SET ULDM: UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff=D6. DlLdrTrigThd=70.. 2. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-1&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-1. 2. DlLdrRelThd=60. Check whether the downlink carrier TX power is displayed in the Cell DL Carrier TX Power monitoring window. ----End Example //Activating load measurement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100. UlLdrRelThd=45. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff=D6. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-0&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-0. HsupAuRetrnsLdTrigThd=70.23 Configuring Load Measurement RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. Ltd. HsupAuRetrnsLdRelThd=50. UlOlcRelThd=85. Check whether the uplink full-bandwidth RX power of the cell is displayed in the RTWP monitoring window. and non-HSPA power has been activated and cannot be deactivated. UlLdrTrigThd=55. TCP. DlOlcRelThd=85. deselect HSDPA_PBR_MEAS and HSUPA_PBR_MEAS from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to deactivate the cell-level load measurement for HSDPA and HSUPA. MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=1. 23-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and create tasks of monitoring Cell DL Carrier TX Power and RTWP. UlOlcTrigThd=95. Ltd. turn on the following switches of Cell LDC algorithm switch: – UL_UU_LDR: UL UU load reshuffling algorithm – DL_UU_LDR: DL UU load reshuffling algorithm – CELL_CODE_LDR: Code reshuffling algorithm – CELL_CREDIT_LDR:Credit reshuffling algorithm Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. BE service rate reduction. (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. CS domain inter-RAT load handover. Enable the related load reshuffling algorithms.. verify. downsizing the bit rate of AMR voice. and MBMS power downgrading.RAN Feature Activation Guide 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling 24 Prerequisite l l l License Configuring Load Reshuffling This section describes how to activate. – This feature is not under license control. The parameter settings depend on the network plan. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE The following section provides the related parameters and commands. The load reshuffling policies are inter-frequency load handover. uncontrolled realtime traffic QoS renegotiation. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. 1. 24-1 . and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling. Context This feature provides multiple load reshuffling policies for a cell in the basic congestion state to decrease the cell load and increase the access success rate. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. code reshuffling. PS domain inter-RAT load handover. 1. open the Monitor tab page. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBLDR to set the cell-grouplevel or NodeB-level LDR thresholds (Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold). – Inter-frequency load handover Set HandOver Switch to HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH. – Uncontrolled real-time traffic QoS renegotiation Set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH. Enable a UE in idle mode to camp on CELL_A11. Ltd. – CS domain inter-RAT load handover Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH. The value of rrc-Stateinditator is CELL_DCH. 3. 4. – PS domain inter-RAT load handover Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set code LDR threshold (Cell LDR SF reserved threshold) and LDR actions. double-click UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring. On the BSC6900 LMT. 4. create a Cell DL Throughput monitoring task. In this step. 24-2 .. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set the cell-level credit LDR thresholds (Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold). – BE service rate reduction Set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH. – Downsizing the bit rate of AMR voice Set CS Algorithm Switch to CS_AMRC_SWITCH. l Verification Procedure The following section takes R99 non-real-time data services as examples to verify BE service rate reduction in the basic congestion state. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Check the rb-mappinginfo information element (IE) contained in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD to set the LDR period (LDR period timer length). In the displayed dialog box. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 3. turn on the following switches of NodeB LDC algorithm switch: – IUB_LDR: NodeB Iub reshuffling algorithm – NODEB_CREDIT_LDR: NodeB-level credit reshuffling algorithm – LCG_CREDIT_LDR: cell-group-level credit reshuffling algorithm 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the functions used in the LDR actions. Set the related thresholds. Connect the UE to a laptop through the USB port and initiate a data service. Data downloading is normal. Use the UE to log in to the FTP server and then start FTP downloading. 2.24 Configuring Load Reshuffling RAN Feature Activation Guide (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM to set LDR thresholds (UL/DL LDR Trigger/release threshold and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold). In the Monitor Navigation Tree tab page. the RRC_RB_RECFG message is displayed. In the Cell DL Throughput of the Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box. //Setting load reshuffling period SET ULDCPERIOD: LDRPERIODTIMERLEN=10. DlLdTrnsHysTime=1000. run the NodeB MML command STP DLSIM. DlOlcTrigThd=95. To stop simulating power load. DlLdrTrigThd=70.CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SW ITCH-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling 5. //Setting load reshuffling thresholds MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=100. you can view the downlink RB rate decrease configured on the RNC. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CODE_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR1. In the Cell DL Throughput of the Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box. you can view the downlink RB rate increase configured on the RNC. DlLdrSecondAction=InterFreqLDHO. DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8. UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8. //Setting cell-level credit reshuffling thresholds MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=100. Ltd. deselect the following switches from Cell LDC algorithm switch: – UL_UU_LDR: UL UU load reshuffling algorithm – DL_UU_LDR: DL UU load reshuffling algorithm – CELL_CODE_LDR: Code reshuffling algorithm – CELL_CREDIT_LDR:Credit reshuffling algorithm 6. HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_I NTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. //Setting code reshuffling thresholds MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=100. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-1&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-1. MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="nodeb1". DlLdrFirstAction=CodeAdj. //Setting NodeB-level credit reshuffling thresholds MOD UNODEBLDR: NodeBName="nodeb1". To simulate the scenario where power load reaches 75%. DlLdrRelThd=60.. In the Uu Interface Trace dialog box. deselect the following switches from NodeB LDC algorithm switch: – IUB_LDR: NodeB Iub reshuffling algorithm – NODEB_CREDIT_LDR: NodeB-level credit reshuffling algorithm – LCG_CREDIT_LDR: cell-group-level credit reshuffling algorithm ----End Example //Activating Load Reshuffling //Enabling load reshuffling algorithms MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100. 24-3 . In this step. //Turning on load reshuffling function switches SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH-1. UlOlcRelThd=85. UlLdrRelThd=45. CellLdrSfResThd=SF8. UlOlcTrigThd=95. l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. The RRC_RB_RECFG message is displayed in the Uu Interface Trace dialog box. DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8. UlLdrTrigThd=55. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA. DlOlcRelThd=85. 24-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&CELL_CODE_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-0&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-0.24 Configuring Load Reshuffling RAN Feature Activation Guide //Deactivating Load Reshuffling MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100. MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="nodeb1". Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA to enable the OLC algorithm.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLOLC to set the parameter related to OLC-related actions. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. and DL OLC release threshold. 5. Select the IUB_OLC check box under the parameter NodeB LDC algorithm. l Verification Procedure 1. 25-1 2. Context This feature provides load adjustment means to quickly lower the load in overloaded cells. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD to set the OLC period (OLC period timer value). 3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 25 Configuring Overload Control 25 Prerequisite l l l License Configuring Overload Control This section describes how to activate. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM to set UL OLC trigger threshold. verify. Select the UL_UU_OLC and DL_UU_OLC check boxes under the parameter Cell CAC algorithm. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable the air interface OLC algorithm. UL OLC release threshold. – This feature is not under license control. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4. Run the following BSC6900 MML commands to verify whether the activation is successful. DL OLC trigger threshold. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020107 Overload Control. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_OLC-1. NOTE l Deactivation Procedure 1. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_OLC-0&DL_UU_OLC-0.25 Configuring Overload Control RAN Feature Activation Guide – LST UCELLALGOSWTICH – LST UCELLLDM – LST UNODEBALGOPARA – LST ULDCPERIOD – LST UCELLOLC NOTE Consult Huawei engineers about the verification solution to obtain professional technical support. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to dienable the air interface OLC algorithm. MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NodeB1". Clear the UL_UU_OLC and DL_UU_OLC check boxes under the parameter Cell CAC algorithm. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NodeB1". Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA to disenable the OLC algorithm. 25-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET ULDCPERIOD: OlcPeriodTimerLen=3000. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_OLC-1&DL_UU_OLC-1. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_OLC-0. Clear the IUB_OLC check box under the parameter NodeB LDC algorithm. //Deactivating Overload Control MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111.. 2. Ltd. ADD UCELLOLC: CellId=111. ----End Example //Activating Overload Control MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. License – This feature is not under license control. Ltd. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD to set the length of LDR period (LDR period timer length). Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 26 Configuring Code Resource Management 26 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Code Resource Management This section describes how to activate. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Through this. 1. and then enable the required LDR algorithm switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm)) through setting the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set code LDR threshold (Cell LDR SF reserved threshold) and set CodeAdj(Code adjust) as one of the DL LDR actions. therefore increasing the utilization efficiency of the resources. verify. 26-1 2. Context This feature provides downlink code tree allocation and reshuffling. The activation procedure applies to only the code reshuffling function. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE The code allocation function is always activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management. the code resources can be rationally allocated. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. Connect the UE to a laptop on the USB port and enable the UE to initiate a data service. Expected result: Services are set up on the DCH successfully. In the Cell Code Tree Monitor window. 6. 8. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. RMV URESERVEOVSF: CellId=111. The status of cell code congestion is displayed as not congested.. CellLdrSfResThd=SF8. DlLdrFirstAction=CodeAdj. ----End Example //Activating Code Resource Management MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=CELL_CODE_LDR-0. and then deactivate the required LDR algorithm switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR (Code LDR Algorithm)) through setting the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter. Enable the UE to log in to the FTP Internet server and then enable FTP download. SET ULDCPERIOD: LdrPeriodTimerLen=10. 4. 5. CELLID=111. You can view the rbmappinginfo information element (IE) in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. //Verifying Code Resource Management MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. 26-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CellLdrSfResThd=SF8. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV URESERVEOVSF to release the service that occupies code SF32(1). DSP UCELLCHK: CHECKSCOPE=CELLID. DLCODENO=1. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. Ltd. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=CELL_CODE_LDR-1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR with Cell LDR SF reserved threshold set to SF8 and Max user number for code adjust to 1. you can view that the service occupies code SF32(4). Set the PS service type to interactive on the HLR. 7. MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. //Deactivating Code Resource Management MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. The status of cell code congestion is displayed as basic congestion. Enable the UE in the idle state to camp on CELL_A11. DLOVSFSF=SF32. 2.26 Configuring Code Resource Management RAN Feature Activation Guide l Verification Procedure 1. 3. SNA1. see the BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. Other Prerequisites – The CN supports the shared network area (SNA) function. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021301 Shared Network Support in Connected Mode. 5.. configure two SNAs (for example. l l l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Context This feature enables the RAN and CN together to perform UE access restriction in specified location areas. Run the BSC6900 MML command to turn on the soft handover switch. For details. Run the BSC6900 MML command to enable the SNA function. run the MML command ADD SNA on the SGSN to add SNA. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLACINFO to modify the RACs of CELL1 and CELL2. SNA1 and SNA2) on the MSC. For the PS service. License – This feature is not under license control. and SNA2. Verifying the SNA Function of the CS Service Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. Ltd. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) For the CS service.RAN Feature Activation Guide 27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode 27 Prerequisite Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 6. Set up a cell. verify. 4. 27-1 . The RANAP_COMMON_ID message from UE1 should be displayed in Iu trace data. The RANAP_COMMON_ID message from UE1 should be displayed in Iu trace data. 5. the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message sent from the RNC to UE1 on the Uu interface should indicate that CELL2 is not in the monitoring set. UE1 returns to the idle mode in CELL1. . 11. 7. CELL2 belongs to SNA2 but not SNA1. Run the BSC6900 MML command to enable the SNA function. and then double-click Iu Interface Trace. and it should include the SNA ACCESS information IE. 6. End the PS service of UE1. 10. Establish a PS service on UE1. which will not trigger soft handover because UE1 does not belong to SNA_2. which will not trigger soft handover because UE1 does not belong to SNA_2. Move UE1 to CELL2. 8. ----End 27-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Therefore. 4. End the calling. UE1 and UE2 return to the idle mode in CELL1. Establish a PS service on UE1. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1. Run the BSC6900 MML command to disable the SNA function. CELL2 belongs to SNA2 but not SNA1. NOTE 6. The RANAP_COMMON_ID message from UE1 should be displayed in Iu trace data. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable the SNA function. UE1 returns to the idle mode in CELL1. 8. On the BSC6900 LMT. Keep UE1 and UE2 in idle mode in CELL1. 3. End the calling.. Therefore. and it should include the SNA ACCESS information IE. 4. The RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message from the RNC to UE1 and the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message from UE1 to the RNC should be displayed in Uu trace data.27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. Move UE1 to CELL2. Run the BSC6900 MML command to enable the SNA function. Run the MML command ADD SNA on the SGSN to add SNA information. click Trace > UMTS Services. Ltd. 7. The RANAP_COMMON_ID message from UE1 should be displayed in Iu trace data. Move UE1 to CELL2 to trigger soft handover. 5. 11. Add a mapping relation between IMSI of UE1 and SNA1 on the MSC. 9. Use UE1 to call UE2. The RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message from the RNC to UE1 and the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message from UE1 to the RNC should be displayed in Uu trace data. 2. 2. 9. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 10. The Iu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message sent from the RNC to UE1 on the Uu interface should indicate that CELL2 is not in the monitoring cell. UE1 and UE2 return to the idle mode in CELL1. and it should include the SNA ACCESS information IE. and it should include the SNA ACCESS information IE. Run the BSC6900 MML command to disable the SNA function. Use UE1 to call UE2. End the PS service of UE1. l Verifying the SNA Function of the PS Service 1. Move UE1 to CELL2 to trigger soft handover. 3. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-1. SNAC=2. MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=2. SNAC=1. SNA1 and SNA2) on the MSC ADD LOCNOLAI: LOCNONAME="SNA_1". SNAC=2. Ltd. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. LAI="460020001". SAC=0. //Verifying the SNA function of the CS Service SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-0. LAC="1". //Adding SNA information on the SGSN ADD SNAA: BEGIMSI="460071104008338". SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-1. MCCMNC1=K'46002. SNAC=1. //Deactivating the SNA function SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-0. SAC=0. LAI="460020002". //Activating the SNA function of the PS Service MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=1. RAC=2. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. PLMN="46002". 27-3 . SNAC=1. ADD LOCSNA: LOCNONAME=" SNA_2". ENDIMSI="460071104008338". LAC=2. //Activating the SNA function of the CS Service MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-1. LAC=1. //Adding two SNAs (for example. ///Add a mapping relation between IMSI and SNA1 on the MSC ADD IMSIGRP: IMSIPRE=K'460071104008338. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. LAC=2. SNA1 and SNA2) on the SGSN ADD SNA: PLMN="46002".RAN Feature Activation Guide 27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode Example //Adding two SNAs (for example. SNAC=1. MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=2. SAC=0. SAC=0. CAPABILITY=SNA-1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-1. RAC=1. LAC=1. //Verifying the SNA function of the PS Service SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-0. SNAC=2. MOD RNC: RNCID=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ADD SNA: PLMN="46002". SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. LAC="2". RAC=1. SNAGRPN1="1". ADD LOCSNA: LOCNONAME=" SNA_1". ADD SNAGRPCODE: SNAGRPN="1". //Deactivating the SNA function SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-0. ADD SNAGRPCODE: SNAGRPN="2". ADD LOCNOLAI: LOCNONAME="SNA_2". RAC=2.. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. . 2. Therefore. License – This feature is not under license control.RAN Feature Activation Guide 28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover 28 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover This section describes how to activate. In contrast to soft handover. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell.. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. multiple RLs need to be established. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable soft handover. 3. Context This feature enables softer handover within a NodeB. Intra-NodeB softer handover is one type of soft handover. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. the uplink resources of a cell in the same uplink resource group can be fully shared. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UHOCOMM to set Softer handover combination indicator switch to MAY or MUST. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Ltd. To perform softer handover. 28-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . softer handover does not consume additional transmission resources on the Iub interface. softer handover can provide higher combination gain and require less transmission resources on the Iub interface. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020201 Intra NodeB Softer Handover. In this way. verify. Softer handover may occur within the same uplink resource group. it can be observed RNC sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message to UE and UE sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message to RNC. ----End Deactivation Procedure Example //Activating Intra NodeB Softer Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. Verification Procedure 1. Then. 28-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Deactivating Intra NodeB Softer Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-0. SET UHOCOMM: DivCtrlField=MAY. and service is set up successfully. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. l 1. The data transmission remains normal while UE is moving to CELL2. NPrioFlag=FALSE. IntraFreqMeasQuantity=CPICH_EC/NO. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. 6. 5. 4. click Trace > UMTS Services. CellId=2381. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UHOCOMM to set Softer handover combination indicator switch to MUST_NOT.28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover RAN Feature Activation Guide 4. UE initiates PS Dial-up. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. NCellRncId=203. ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RNCId=202. NCellId=3291. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO to set the parameter related to handover. On the BSC6900 LMT. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed.. PeriodMRReportNumfor1C=D16. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. SIB11Ind=TRUE. 2. SET UINTRAFREQHO: FilterCoef=D3. ReportIntervalfor1C=D4000. UE moves from CELL1 to CELL2. 3. SIB12Ind=FALSE. UE is in idle mode and camps on the CELL1. Uu Message Type. click Submit. and Save File. through the Trace Data. macro diversity combining. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. To implement intra-RNC soft handover. the intra-RNC soft handover can be applied to more scenarios. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. Compared with intra-NodeB softer handover. 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. In such a case. License – This feature is not under license control. verify. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Intra-NodeB softer handover and intra-RNC soft handover differ in the place where macro diversity combining is performed. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable soft handover. which is in selective mode. multiple RLs need to be established between NodeBs or within a NodeB. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO to set the parameter related to handover. 29-1 Verification Procedure 1. click Trace > UMTS Services.. 3. is performed within the RNC. Ltd. On the BSC6900 LMT.RAN Feature Activation Guide 29 Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover 29 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover This section describes how to activate. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell. each RL on the Iub interface carries transmission data independently. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020202 Intra RNC Soft Handover. For intra-RNC soft handover. Context Intra-RNC soft handover is one type of soft handover. UE1 moves from CELL1 to CELL2. NPrioFlag=FALSE. UE1 calls UE2. ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RNCId=202. SET UINTRAFREQHO: FilterCoef=D3. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to set Softer handover combination indicator to disable the soft handover.29 Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. NCellId=3291. click Submit. //Deactivating Intra RNC Soft Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-0. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. 29-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Then. and the conversation clear. Both UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on the CELL1. CellId=2381. NCellRncId=203. 4. IntraFreqMeasQuantity=CPICH_EC/NO.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SIB12Ind=FALSE. ReportIntervalfor1C=D4000. it can be observed that RNC1 sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message to UE1. PeriodMRReportNumfor1C=D16. and Save File. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. SIB11Ind=TRUE. 5. and UE1 sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message to RNC1. ----End Example //Activating Intra RNC Soft Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. through the Trace Data. 3. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Uu Message Type. Ltd. 2. 30-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Other Prerequisites – The Iur interface is configured between adjacent RNCs. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This feature enables telecom operators to provide seamless connection services to subscribers. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNRNC or MOD UNRNC to enable crossIur soft handover. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT3GCELL to add a neighboring RNC cell. multiple RLs need to be established between different RNCs. In such a case. verify. macro diversity combining is performed by the SRNC connected through the Iur interface. The SRNC sends the DRNC the radio link establishment signaling over the Iur interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable soft handover. Context Inter-RNC soft handover is one type of soft handover. License – This feature is not under license control. as it can be applied to the RNCs connected through the Iur interface. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Based on the signaling. the DRNC establishes a radio link in the new NodeB.. Inter-RNC soft handover has wider application scenario than soft handover in other forms. To implement inter-RNC soft handover. Other procedures are similar to those of intraRNC soft handover. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.RAN Feature Activation Guide 30 Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover 30 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover This section describes how to activate. QqualminInd=FALSE. 3. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. UE1 calls UE2. ----End Example //Activating Inter RNC Soft Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. PScrambCode=256. QrxlevminInd=FALSE. CellId=2381. UARFCNUplinkInd=TRUE. UARFCNUplink=9750. l Deactivation Procedure 1. SIB12Ind=FALSE. NCellId=222. SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO to set the parameter related to handover. 5. 30-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NPrioFlag=FALSE. Verification Procedure 1. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RNCId=1.. and UE1 sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message to RNC1. and the conversation clear. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . UseOfHcs=NOT_USED. SIB11Ind=TRUE. CellHostType=SINGLE_HOST. CfgRacInd=NOT_REQUIRE. BandInd=Band1. Both UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on the CELL1. 5. CellCapContainerFdd=EDCH_SUPPORT-1. through the Trace Data. click Submit. Ltd. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell. On the BSC6900 LMT. 4. LAC=2506. CnOpGrpIndex=0. NCellRncId=2. MaxAllowedUlTxPowerInd=FALSE. UE1 moves from CELL1 to CELL2. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-0&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-0&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-0. CellId=221. CellName="2222".30 Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover RAN Feature Activation Guide 4. 2. click Trace > UMTS Services. //Deactivating Inter RNC Soft Handover MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. it can be observed that RNC1 sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message to UE1. UARFCNDownlink=10700. EFachSupInd=FALSE. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to disable the cross-Iur soft handover. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. and Save File. Then. ADD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. Uu Message Type. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. If cross-Iur hard handover is required. Run the RNC BSC6900 command ADD UNRNC to add a neighboring RNC. add the neighboring RNC and neighboring RNC cell. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT3GCELL to add a neighboring RNC cell. Ltd. 31-1 . 2. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to set the neighboring cell relations. Context When hard handover is performed. License – This feature is not under license control. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the HandOver switch list. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency or inter-RNC neighboring cell. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover 31 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover This section describes how to activate. the existing connection is interrupted before new connection is set up. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Intra-frequency hard handover is performed between cells on the same frequency. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO to set the parameter related to handover. 4. 3. 2. LAC=H'2506. STATEINDTMR=20. Deactivation Procedure 1. CellHostType=SINGLE_HOST. NPrioFlag=FALSE. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ADD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=2. Then. UARFCNUplink=9750. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to deselect HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the Handover switch list. UE1 moved from CELL1 to CELL2. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. 31-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1. ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1. NPrioFlag=FALSE.31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. PScrambCode=256. Both UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on the CELL1. CellName="311". CellCapContainerFdd=EDCH_SUPPORT-1. EFachSupInd=FALSE. ----End Example //Activating Intra Frequency Hard Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. NCellRncId=1. SIB11Ind=TRUE. 6. UE1 calls UE2. 4. 4. ADD UNRNC: NRncId =2. CellId=111. CfgRacInd=NOT_REQUIRE. Both UE1 and UE2 are subscribed in HLR to support speech service. 5.. and Save File. CellId=311. SIB12Ind=FALSE. it can be observed RRC_MEAS_RPRT message with 1D event that UE1 sends to RNC1. CnOpGrpIndex=0. and the conversation is clear. click Trace > UMTS Services. NCellId=311. HHOTRIG=ON. Uu Message Type. NCellRncId=2. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. through the Trace Date. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. UARFCNDownlink=10700. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. UARFCNUplinkInd=TRUE. SERVICEIND=SUPPORT_CS_AND_PS. l On the BSC6900 LMT. //Deactivating Intra Frequency Hard Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-0. RNCPROTCLVER=R5. SIB11Ind=TRUE. MaxAllowedUlTxPowerInd=FALSE. click Submit. 3. IurExistInd=TRUE. CellId=111. SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-0&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-0&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-0. BandInd=Band1. QqualminInd=FALSE. SIB12Ind=FALSE. NCellId=211. QrxlevminInd=FALSE. DPX=1. TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-oriented PS BE service state transition switch. 32-1 3. 5. verify. Ltd. License – This feature is not under license control. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. Set CELL1 and CELL2 of the RNC as intra-frequency neighboring cells. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCONNMODETIMER to set the periodic cell update timer to 5 minutes. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Intra-RNC cell update means cell update within the RNC. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set inactivity detection timers for PS services. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Verifying Cell Update Triggered by Cell Reselection 1. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010801 Intra RNC Cell Update.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the parameters BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer[s] and BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer[s] to 30s and 60s respectively. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. see the BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. For details. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. click Trace > UMTS Services. 4. Context Cell update is mainly used to update the UE information on the network side when the UE location or behavior is changed. Log on the BSC6900 LMT.RAN Feature Activation Guide 32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update 32 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update This section describes how to activate. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . The UE should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE message to the RNC. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. Run the MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the parameter BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer[s] to 65535. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_PCH. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. 3. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. 5. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed.32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. l Verifying Cell Update Triggered by Uplink Data Transmission 1. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds. set the PS service type to background or interactive. 7. l Verifying Periodic Cell Update 1. Then. Then. with the cell update cause of cell reselection. 6. Do not send any data from UE1 for another while. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 32-2 . Use the UE to transmit data so as to trigger cell update. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_PCH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. For example. 7. click Trace > UMTS Services. 2. 4. Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds.. set the PS service type to background or interactive. Then. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. and the RNC should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. 6. and the RNC should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. Log on the BSC6900 LMT. Uu Message Type. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. Ltd. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1. 5. 4. On the HLR. 3. The UE should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE message to the RNC. On the HLR. Cause the UE to reselect a new cell so as to trigger cell update. 2. with the cell update cause of uplinkdatatransmission. click Submit. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. and Save File. 5. Log on the BSC6900 LMT. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. 3. click Trace > UMTS Services. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeF2PStateTransTimer=65535. Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. 4. On the HLR. set the PS service type to background or interactive. Then. None 7. BeF2PStateTransTimer=60. Do not send any data from the UE for five minutes so as to trigger periodic cell update. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. 32-3 . The UE should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE message to the RNC. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update 6. l Deactivation Procedure 1. SET UCONNMODETIMER: T305=D5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example //Activating intra-RNC cell update SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1.. and the RNC should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. PsInactTmrForBac=0. Then. SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=0. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeD2FStateTransTimer=30. Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds. with the cell update cause of periodiccellupdate. Ltd. . 3. 4.. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to set the parameter IUR CCH support flag to ON. Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. License – This feature is not under license control. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010802 Inter RNC Cell Update. For details. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verifying Cell Update Triggered by Cell Reselection Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set inactivity detection timers for PS services. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the parameter BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer to 30s. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.RAN Feature Activation Guide 33 Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update 33 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-oriented PS BE service state transition switch. 5. Context Cell update is mainly used to update the UE information on the network side when the UE location or behavior is changed. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 33-1 . Configure intra-frequency neighboring cells controlled by different BSC6900s. Inter-RNC cell update means cell update between RNCs. NOTE IUR CCH support flag is also turned on neighboring BSC6900. see the Configuring an Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell. verify. 2. click Submit. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. ----End Example //Activating inter-RNC cell update SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 4. The UE should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE message to neighboring BSC6900. 2. Then. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. 33-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds. Ltd. and local BSC6900 should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. 6. 3. 5. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. SuppIurCch=YES. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. On the HLR. set the PS service type to background or interactive. This feature does not need to be deactivated. Uu Message Type. 7. SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=0. Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. PsInactTmrForBac=0. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeD2FStateTransTimer=30.33 Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. Then. Cause the UE to perform cell reselection from local cell to intra-frequency neighboring cell so as to trigger cell update. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2. Log on the BSC6900 LMT.. click Trace > UMTS Services. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. and Save File. with the cell update cause of cell reselection. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 5. Context The UTRAN registration area (URA) update procedure updates the URA of a UE when an RRC connection exists and the location of the UE is known on the URA level in the UTRAN. route area. verify. 4.RAN Feature Activation Guide 34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update 34 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Intra RNC URA Update This section describes how to activate. and BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer parameters to 60s. Ltd. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLACINFO to set CELL1 and CELL2 as the intra-frequency neighboring cells that belong to the same location area. and 10s respectively.. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS to set the parameter Cell Reselection Counter Threshold to 1. License – This feature is not under license control. BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . IntraRNC URA update means URA update within the RNC. 34-1 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-oriented PS BE service state transition switch. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 10s. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010901 Intra RNC URA Update. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the Cell Reselection Timer. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLURA to configure CELL1 and CELL2 to make them belong to different URAs. and service area. 8. SAC=1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set inactivity detection timers for PS services. This feature does not need to be deactivated. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_PCH. Do not send any data from the UE for five minutes. 7. 3. URAId=0. Keep the UE in URA_PCH state. ADD UCELLURA: CellId=121. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. Make UE1 perform another cell reselection after the Cell Reselection Timer[s] expires. l Verifying Periodic URA Update 1. Configure intra-frequency neighboring cells.34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update RAN Feature Activation Guide 6. The UE should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE message to the RNC. 8. MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=121. The value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be URA_PCH. ----End Example //Activating intra-RNC URA update MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=111. The UE should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE message to the RNC. with the cell update cause of URA reselection. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. 9. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: CellReSelectTimer=60. and the RNC should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCONNMODETIMER to set the periodic cell update timer to 5 minutes. Then. to trigger periodic URA update. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. set the PS service type to background or interactive. ADD UCELLURA: CellId=111. 4. BeD2FStateTransTimer=10. Ltd. with the cell update cause of changeofURA. 7. RAC=1. Then. On the HLR. For details. Perform another cell reselection between CELL1 and CELL2 so as to trigger URA update. LAC=1. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. click Submit. and Save File. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_PCH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. 6. l Deactivation Procedure 1. LAC=1. Uu Message Type. SAC=1. and the RNC should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. Then. Search for the last RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message in trace data. 2. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1. Log on the BSC6900 LMT. URAId=1. 5. Verifying URA Update Triggered by URA Reselection 1. click Trace > UMTS Services. see the BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. RAC=1. Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. Make the UE perform a cell reselection between CELL1 and CELL2. 34-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Do not send any data from the UE for another while.. .RAN Feature Activation Guide 34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update BeF2PStateTransTimer=10. SET UCONNMODETIMER: T305=D5. SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=0. 34-3 . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET UUESTATETRANS: CellReSelectCounter=1. Ltd. PsInactTmrForBac=0. . see the BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Context Inter-RNC URA update means URA update between RNCs. 10s. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Cell2 belongs to RNC_2. On the RNC1 side. Configure the Iur interface. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. verify. BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the Cell Reselection Timer. License – This feature is not under license control. NOTE Cell1 belongs to RNC_1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS to set the parameter Cell Reselection Counter Threshold to 1. and 10s respectively. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.RAN Feature Activation Guide 35 Configuring Inter RNC URA Update 35 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Inter RNC URA Update This section describes how to activate. and BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer parameters to 60s. Ltd. 35-1 4. 5. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010902 Inter RNC URA Update. For details. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. 3. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-oriented PS BE service state transition switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLURA to configure CELL1 and CELL2 to make them belong to different URAs. 5. SET UUESTATETRANS: CellReSelectCounter=1. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_PCH. 35-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=0. URAId=1. 3. On the HLR. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds. 7. SuppIurCch=YES. Verification Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating inter-RNC URA update ADD UCELLURA: CellId=111. set the PS service type to background or interactive. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set inactivity detection timers for PS services. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. 9. SuppIurCch=YES. This feature does not need to be deactivated.. Configure intra-frequency neighboring cells. and the RNC should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: CellReSelectTimer=60. and Save File. Log on the BSC6900 LMT. Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. 7. BeD2FStateTransTimer=10.35 Configuring Inter RNC URA Update RAN Feature Activation Guide 6. URAId=0. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. Make the UE perform another cell reselection after the Cell Reselection Timer[s] expires. The UE should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE message to the RNC. see the BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. Make the UE perform a cell reselection between CELL1 and CELL2. Perform another cell reselection between CELL1 and CELL2 so as to trigger URA update. 6. Then. For details. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_PCH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. Search for the last RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message in Uu trace data. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1. click Submit. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Do not send any data from the UE for another while. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to enable the setup of command channels on the Iur interface. Then. Uu Message Type. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2. The value of rrc-stateindicator IE should be URA_PCH. BeF2PStateTransTimer=10. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. Keep the UE in URA_PCH state. 4. 2. PsInactTmrForBac=0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 8. Ltd. with the cell update cause of CHANGE OF URA. 8. ADD UCELLURA: CellId=121. Then. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. click Trace > UMTS Services. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Context During a DSCR procedure. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Ltd. the RNC autonomously releases the RRC connection carrying nonreal-time RABs and then immediately requests the UE to re-establish an RRC connection for service setup. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021400 Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR). set Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_DSCR. License – This feature is not under license control. In this step. verify. 36-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Only background and interactive services support this feature. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Therefore. The RRC connection re-establishment procedure is triggered by an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message with the cause value of Directed Signaling Connection re-establishment sent from the RNC to the UE. A routing area update follows the RRC connection re-establishment immediately. The DSCR feature is supplementary to the feature WRFD-020605 SRNS Relocation Introduction Package. this feature is applicable only to PS services. The DSCR re-establishes a service through the routing area update procedure. When the Iur resources are insufficient or SRNS relocation fails. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC.RAN Feature Activation Guide 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Reestablishment (DSCR) Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) This section describes how to activate. 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Prerequisite l l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. the DSCR feature ensures uninterrupted PS services.. . Verification Procedure 1. 2. If the UE is not in the CELL_DCH state. 3. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the switches related to SRNS relocation.36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Reestablishment (DSCR) NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide The default value of Handover Type for PS BE Traffic is CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. l If the Iur interface exists. Ltd. run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to turn on the DSCR switch for the DRNC. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Figure 36-1 Uu interface tracing dialog box 36-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. You can modify the value according to the actual requirements. as shown in Figure 36-1 and Figure 36-2. SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR-1. PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. 3. 36-3 . Perform a handover by adding a cell under the DRNC and then removing the source cell. If the value is Directed Signaling Connection re-establishment. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Use the UE to establish a PS BE service. set Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. //Deactivating Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) MOD UNRNC: NRncId=20. ----End Example //Activating Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) MOD UNRNC: NRncId=20. this feature has been activated. Check the value of the IE releaseCause in the rrcConnectionRelease of the message. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: SrnsrSwitch=SRNSR_DSCR_IUR_RESRCE_SWITCH-1&SRNSR_DSCR_LOC_SEPRAT_SWITCH-1 &SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_SWITCH-1&SRNSR_DSCR_SEPRAT_DUR_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC. View the RRC_RRC_CONN_REL message traced on the Uu interface. PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_DSCR. In this step..RAN Feature Activation Guide 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Reestablishment (DSCR) Figure 36-2 RRC CONNECTION RELEASE 2. . RAN Feature Activation Guide 37 Configuring NodeB Clock 37 Prerequisite l l l Configuring NodeB Clock This section describes how to activate. 37-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. Context In normal operation.. the base station needs to track an external clock to calibrate its main clock frequency. Dependencies on Hardware – Ensure that a clock link is available before configuring the LINE clock source. The base station can work in multiple clock synchronization modes: l l l Synchronization with the Iub clock (default mode) Synchronization with GPS Synchronization with the BITS clock In addition to the preceding three synchronization modes. – Ensure that the GPS card is configured before configuring the GPS card clock source. Procedure l NodeB V200R013 Activation Procedure 1. and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210501 NodeB Clock. Ltd. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the MBTS internal clock can work in free-run mode to keep the MBTS running. – Ensure that the USCU is configured before configuring the BITS clock source. License – This feature is not under license control. The synchronization of the base station clock provides the basis for the frame synchronization. verify. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Ltd. Deactivation Procedure 37-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the NodeB MML command DSP CLKSTAT to query the status of the current clock source. Expected result: The value of Current Clock Source State is Normal. Table 37-2 Parameters Clock Synchronization Modes Synchronization with the Iub clock (default mode) Synchronization with GPS Synchronization with the BITS clock Parameter Name Parameter Value Clock Source Type LINE(LINE clock source) GPSCARD(GPS card clock source) BITS(BITS clock source) Verification Procedure 1. l NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .37 Configuring NodeB Clock RAN Feature Activation Guide Table 37-1 Parameters Clock Synchronization Modes Synchronization with the Iub clock (default mode) Synchronization with GPS Synchronization with the BITS clock Parameter Name Parameter Value Selected Clock Source LINECLK(Line Clock) GPS(GPS Clock) BITS(BITS Clock) Verification Procedure 1. Expected result: The value of Current Clock Source State is Normal. Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. Run the NodeB MML command DSP CLKSTAT to query the status of the current clock source. 37-3 . SRCNO=0. //Synchronization with GPS SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. //Verification procedure DSP CLKSTAT: SN=7.. CLKSRC=GPSCARD.RAN Feature Activation Guide 37 Configuring NodeB Clock This feature does not need to be deactivated. //Synchronization with the BITS clock SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. CLKSRC=BITS. CLKSRC=GPS. //Synchronization with the BITS clock SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure //Synchronization with the Iub clock SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. CLKSRC=LINE. //Verification procedure DSP CLKSTAT:. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CLKSRC=BITS. CLKSRC=LINECLK. Ltd. //Synchronization with GPS SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure //Synchronization with the Iub clock SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. . set the parameter Is Root Node to NO. Set the parameter Adjacent Node Type to IUB. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-050301 ATM Transmission Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. otherwise. Ltd. 38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Prerequisite l l Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E does not support this feature. or IUCS. 38-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . HSDPA. the ATM Adaptation Layer type 2 (AAL2) path is used to carry the user plane data on the Iub/Iur/Iu-CS interface. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJNODE to add an adjacent node. IUR. Physical bandwidth resources are dynamically allocated to delay-sensitive services and delay-insensitive services. and the parameter Transport Type to ATM.RAN Feature Activation Guide 38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface This section describes how to activate. and HSUPA). Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. If the node is the lowest leaf node of the switching network. Other Prerequisites – The RAN is based on ATM transmission. interactive. and background) and bearer type (R99. which improves the utilization of transmission links on the Iub interface. l l License – This feature is not under license control. Context In ATM transmission mode. The AAL2 path is provided according to service type (conversational. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set the parameter Is Root Node to YES. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030104 Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface. streaming.. Originate the speech and data services. Ltd. PATHID=1. CARRYUNILNKN=0. //Adding an AAL2 path ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=2. CARRYT=UNI. AAL2PATHT=R99. The parameters CARRYVPI and CARRYVCI must be consistent with those of the AAL2 path configured on the peer end. CARRYF=1. ----End Example //Activating Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface //Adding an adjacent node ADD ADJNODE: ANI=2. In the Iub/Iu-CS ATM transmission scenario. NAME="MSC1". 3. NODET=IUCS. DPX=1. 2. the AAL2 path on the Iur interface is set up successfully. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . //Verifying Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface DSP AAL2PATH: ANI=2. Originate a cross-Iur handover. TRANST=ATM. the parameter Adjacent Node Type of its upperlevel hub node must be NNI_AAL2SWITCH. 38-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP AAL2PATH to query the status of the AAL2 path on the Iub interface. PATHID=1.. CARRYSN=14. If the service access is normal. RSCGRPFLAG=NO. a UE in idle state camps on CELL1 and the control plane is correctly configured. the AAL2 path on the Iub/Iu-CS interface is set up successfully. IsROOTNODE=YES. Optional: In the ATM transmission scenario on the Iur interface. VPI=12. for an adjacent node on the Iub interface. TXTRFX=111. VCI=126. a UE in idle state camps on CELL1 and the control plane is correctly configured.38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide For an adjacent node on the Iur or Iu-CS interface. RXTRFX=111. the parameter Adjacent Node Type of its upper-level hub node must be UNI_AAL2SWITCH. Expected result: The value of Operation state is Available. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH to add an AAL2 path. l Verification Procedure 1. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. 2. If the handover is successful. As specified by 3GPP. If the interface is Iu or Iur. User-Network Interface SAAL (UNISAAL) is used for control-plane connections on the Iub interface and Network-Network Interface SAAL (NNI-SAAL) is used for control-plane connections on the Iur/Iu interface.RAN Feature Activation Guide 39 Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic 39 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic This section describes how to activate. AAL5 connections on the Iub/Iur/Iu interface are all set up by configuring Signaling ATM adaptation layer (SAAL) links. NOTE For details about how to configure the equipment data. Other Prerequisites – The equipment data has been configured for the ATM transmission on the Iub/Iu/Iur interface. Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E does not support this feature. set Interface type to NNI. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. License – This feature is not under license control. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 39-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. AAL5 connections are used to bear the Iub/Iur/Iu signaling and the Iub OAM traffic. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030105 Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD SAALLNK to add an SAAL link. If the interface is Iub. see section Configuring the Equipment Data of the BSC6900UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. set the parameter Interface type to UNI.. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Context In the RAN in ATM transmission mode. verify. SN=2. SAALLNKN=10. SAALLNKN=10. CARRYUNILNKN=2. CARRYSN=14. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNCP to add a NodeB Control Port (NCP) link. Expected result: The value of SAAL link state is AVAILABLE. 39-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP SAALLNK to query the status of the SAAL link. CARRYLNKT=SAAL. //Deactivating Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic RMV UCCP: NODEBNAME="NodeB1". Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV SAALLNK to remove the SAAL link. CARRYVPI=10. ADD UCCP: NODEBNAME="NodeB1". 3.. CARRYVCI=55. l Deactivation Procedure NOTE An SAAL link can carry only one NCP or CCP link. choose to remove the NCP or CCP link carried by the SAAL link. PN=0. based on the actual situation. CARRYSRN=0. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 2. RMV SAALLNK: SRN=1. SN=2. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCCP to remove the CCP link carried by the SAAL link. 1. Example //Activating Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic ADD SAALLNK: SRN=1. SAALLNKN=10. Therefore. ----End Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UNCP to remove the NCP link carried by the SAAL link. CARRYT=UNI. PN=0.39 Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. 3. NOTE An SAAL link can carry only one NCP or CCP link. SN=2. Therefore. choose to perform step 2 or step 3 based on the actual situation. //Verifying Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic DSP SAALLNK: SRN=1. RXTRFX=100. SAALLNKN=10. TXTRFX=100. SAALLNKT=UNI. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCCP to add a Communication Control Port (CCP) link. l Verification Procedure 1. . This feature maximizes the usage of transmission resources in addition to ensuring the QoS. Ltd. License – This feature is not under license control. set TXTRFX and RXTRFX in accordance with the settings in step 1. l Verification Procedure 1. Originate a PS interactive service. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH to add an ATM Adaptation Layer type 2 (AAL2) path. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E does not support this feature. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. If the data rate is 64 kbit/s. 40-1 2. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030106 Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth. Peak cell rate to 100. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Assume that the verification is based on the preceding parameter settings and the peer end is configured with the corresponding AAL2 path link.RAN Feature Activation Guide 40 Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth 40 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth This section describes how to activate. and Sustainable cell rate to 80. set Service type to NRTVBR. verify. Context With the Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth (AAL2 CAC) feature. admission requests are accepted or rejected selectively. the UE successfully accesses the network. For example. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMTRF to set parameters to appropriate values. RSCGRPFLAG=NO. AAL2PATHT=R99. CARRYT=UNI. TXTRFX=100. CARRYF=1. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. the UE fails to access the network. which is the admission bandwidth of the control plane. l Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP AAL2PATH to view that the used bandwidth of the path is about 37 kbit/s. UT=CELL/S. VPI=12. ST=NRTVBR. VCI=126. CARRYSN=14. Originate a PS interactive service. ----End Example //Activation procedure ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=100. 3. SCR=80. RXTRFX=100.40 Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. PCR=100. 40-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CARRYUNILNKN=0. Ltd. ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=0. PATHID=10. If the data rate is 128 kbit/s. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. please refer to Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class. rt-VBR is applicable to delay-sensitive services and nrt-VBR is applicable to delay-insensitive services. UBR and nrt-VBR are applicable to None Delay Sensitive service mapping on the HSDPA/HSUPA. PCR.RAN Feature Activation Guide 41 Configuring CBR. UBR ATM QoS Classes 41 Prerequisite Configuring CBR. UBR ATM QoS Classes This section describes how to activate. Ltd. License – This feature is not under license control. rt-VBR. nrt-VBR. rt-VBR. and CDVT) associated with each type of ATM service. rt-VBR. Context Huawei RAN supports service type of ATM : l l l l l Constant Bit Rate (CBR) Real time Variable Bit Rate (rt-VBR) Non-real time Variable Bit Rate (nrt-VBR) Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR) Enhanced unspecified Bit Rate (UBR+) Configuring UBR+ QoS Class feature. Generally. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. verify. nrt-VBR. and deactivate the basic feature "WRFD-05030107 CBR. UBR ATM QoS Classes". It is recommended for configuring service type of ATM shown as Figure 41-1. nrt-VBR. 41-1 . l l l Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E does not support this feature. The traffic volume on the VCC depends on the parameters (SCR. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. In addition. . UBR ATM QoS Classes RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 41-1 Service type of ATM Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. rt-VBR. Verification Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating CBR. UBR ATM QoS Classes ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=105. nrt-VBR. Ltd. nrt-VBR. UBR ATM QoS Classes RMV ATMTRF: TRFX=105. Deactivating CBR. UT=CELL/S. ST=CBR. //Verifying CBR. rt-VBR. To delete more ATM traffic records. The expected result is that the query result is consistent with the configuration information. l Deactivation Procedure 1. rt-VBR. 41-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. nrt-VBR. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST ATMTRF to query the ATM traffic configuration. UBR ATM QoS Classes LST ATMTRF: TRFX=105. rt-VBR. nrt-VBR. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMTRF to add an ATM traffic record. run this command repeatedly. run this command repeatedly. To add more ATM traffic records. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .41 Configuring CBR. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV ATMTRF to delete an ATM traffic record. PCR=1000. run this command repeatedly. SAALLNK. that is. see the Configuring the Basic Data. AOUa. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. License – This feature is not under license control. l l l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. AAL2PATH. It is recommended to activate VCL CC before activating VCL PM. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT VCLCC to activate the VCL CC or loopback function for a link. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030110 F5. There are three types of links. Configuring F5 This section describes how to activate. UOIa(ATM). AAL2PATH. – VCL PM is applicable to the AOUc and UOIc boards of the BSC6900. or IPOAPVC link exists. For details. PM function provides performance monitoring on the VCL. The SAALLNK. and UOIc boards of the BSC6900. Context This feature supports: l l l ATM CC provides E2E continuity detection on the VCL. AOUc.RAN Feature Activation Guide 42 Configuring F5 42 Prerequisite l Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E does not support this feature. verify.. 42-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . – VCL CC is applicable to the AEUa. To activate the function for multiple links. Ltd. and IPOAPVC. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The basic information about the BSC6900 is configured. SRN=3. VCLTYPE=CC. SAALLNK. AAL2PATH. //Verifying F5 DSP VCLCC: LNKT=SAALLNK. SRN=3.42 Configuring F5 RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. the loopback query result is UP. AAL2PATH. SRN=3. that is. ACT VCLPM: LNKT=SAALLNK. ----End Example //Activating F5 ACT VCLCC: LNKT=SAALLNK. – If the VCL CC is activated and the PVC is functional. To activate the function for multiple links. To deactivate the function for multiple links. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA VCLCC to deactivate the VCL CC or loopback function for a link. Ltd. – If the VCL PM is activated. and LOC. 42-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SN=2. AIS. SRN=3. SN=2. 2. and RDI alarm state is normal. the SINK activated state and SOURCE activated state are UP. SAALLNKN=0.. DEA VCLPM: LNKT=SAALLNK. To deactivate the function for multiple links. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT VCLPM to activate the VCL PM function for a link. There are three types of links. and PM Active Fail Alarm is Normal. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP VCLPM to query the PM result of a VCL. and IPOAPVC. SN=2. and LOC. There are three types of links. – If the loopback is activated and the PVC is functional. SAALLNK. and RDI alarm state is normal. the SINK activated state and SOURCE activated state are PM_UP. There are three types of links. SAALLNKN=0. SAALLNKN=0. run this command repeatedly. 2. SRN=3. and IPOAPVC. SAALLNKN=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP VCLCC to query the CC result of a VCL. SAALLNK. l Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA VCLPM to deactivate the VCL PM for a link. that is. run this command repeatedly. SN=2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SAALLNKN=0. SRN=3. SN=2. that is. run this command repeatedly. SN=2. AAL2PATH. //Deactivating F5 DEA VCLCC: LNKT=SAALLNK. SAALLNKN=0. DSP VCLPM: LNKT=SAALLNK. AIS. and IPOAPVC. l Deactivation Procedure 1. The MDCR of UBR+ ensures the reliability of the OAM connection in case of transmission channel congestion. l Run the MML command ADD ATMTRF to add an ATM traffic record of the UBR + class. It adds the Minimum Desired Cell Rate (MDCR) indication. License – This feature is not under license control. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 43-1 . For details. UBR+ is the enhanced UBR feature.. Other Prerequisites – The basic information about the BSC6900 is configured. UBR+ is particularly applicable to the OAM channels over the Iub interface. and the BE service of the UBR+ fully utilizes transmission bandwidth. Context Huawei RAN supports the UBR+ ATM service class. verify. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 43 Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class 43 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class This section describes how to activate. run this command repeatedly. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see the Configuring the Basic Data. Verification Procedure 1. Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E does not support this feature. Ltd. and deactivate the basic feature "WRFD-050305 UBR+ ATM QoS Class". To add more ATM traffic records. Run the MML command LST ATMTRF to query the ATM traffic configuration. Expected result: The query result is consistent with the configuration information. //Deactivating UBR+ ATM QoS Class RMV ATMTRF: TRFX=105. To delete more ATM traffic records. //Verifying UBR+ ATM QoS Class LST ATMTRF: TRFX=105. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . UT=CELL/S. 43-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ST=UBR_PLUS. Example //Adding UBR+ ATM QoS Class ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=105.. MCR=100. run this command repeatedly.43 Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. ----End Run the MML command RMV ATMTRF to delete an ATM traffic record of the UBR + class. Ltd. Context Flow control is implemented by regulating the input transmission rate. 44-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Dependencies on Hardware – NodeB RRC link priority based flow control is depended on WMPT and WBBP boards.. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-040100 Flow Control. – This feature is not under license control. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCCPUTHD to configure the CPU usage threshold for each flow control item according to the network plan. Ltd. This mechanism is called feedback flow control mechanism. The flow control measures are as follows: l l l l l l Board flow control Control-plane load sharing User-plane load sharing Flow control based on RRC request queuing Flow control based on MPU load Flow control based on traffic growth Procedure l Activation Procedure – Activating board flow control 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.RAN Feature Activation Guide 44 Configuring Flow Control 44 Prerequisite l l l License Configuring Flow Control This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCSW to switch on the flow control and related flow control items. The system limits the flow to the lower one allowed by these two flow control algorithms. Overload threshold is set by the MML command SET SHARETHD. other thresholds take effect only when the packet usage is lower than the critical threshold. l Max capability middle load> Max capability normal load> Sharing out capability middle load. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. The system limits the flow to the lower one allowed by these two flow control algorithms. In this step. Inter-subrack user-plane load sharing is triggered when the user plane load on one subrack exceeds this threshold. new calls will be assigned to other SPUs. That is. – Activating control-plane load sharing 1.. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCMSGQTHD to configure the packet usage threshold for each flow control item according to the network plan. In this step. select RSVDBIT14 in Reserved parameter 1. NOTE l If the CPU usage is higher than this threshold and lower than the overload threshold. – Activating user-plane load sharing 1. l The CPU usage thresholds must meet the following condition: 100 ≥ Critical threshold ≥ Threshold for a flow control item ≥ Restore threshold for a flow control item l The critical threshold is of the highest priority. other thresholds take effect only when the CPU usage is lower than the critical threshold.44 Configuring Flow Control NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide l Flow control is triggered when the CPU usage exceeds the related threshold. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUSERPLNSHAREPARA. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. 2. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL. l The flow control based on the packet usage and that based on the CPU usage are independent. – Activating flow control based on MPU load 1. set Control Plane Sharing Out Threshold to 40 so that the control-plane load sharing function can be triggered easily. In this step. In this step. That is. l The packet usage thresholds must meet the following condition: 100 ≥ Critical threshold ≥ Threshold for a flow control item ≥ Restore threshold for a flow control item l The critical threshold is of the highest priority. – Activating flow control based on traffic growth 1. l The flow control based on the packet usage and that based on the CPU usage are independent. In this step. select CELL_LEVEL in Call Shock Control Switch to switch on the cell-level flow control based on traffic growth. (Optional) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCTRLPLNSHAREPARA. Ltd. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) – Activating flow control based on RRC request queuing 1. set Process switch to RNC_SHARE_SWITCH to switch on load sharing. 44-2 . The default value of Control Plane Sharing Out Threshold is 50. set Percentage of User Plane Sharing Out threshold according to the network plan. NOTE l Flow control is triggered when the packet usage exceeds the related threshold. select RSVDBIT1_BIT19 in Reserved parameter 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. On the LMT.RAN Feature Activation Guide 44 Configuring Flow Control l Verification Procedure – Verifying board flow control 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL. 2. 44-3 . 1. ----End Example //Activating board flow control //Switching on XPU load control Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCACALGOSWITCH to query the state of the switch for flow control based on RRC request queuing. load sharing takes effect. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST FCCPUTHD to query the CPU usage threshold for flow control. – Deactivating flow control based on RRC request queuing – Deactivating flow control based on MPU load 1. – Verifying flow control based on RRC request queuing 1. If the CPU usage of each subsystem is almost the same. Ltd. choose Monitor > Common Monitoring > CPU/DSP Usage Monitoring to observe the CPU usage of each subsystem. 1. – Verifying flow control based on MPU load 1. deselect RSVDBIT14 in Reserved parameter 1. – Verifying flow control based on traffic growth 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST URRCTRLSWITCH to query the state of the switch for flow control based on MPU load. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCALLSHOCKCTRL to query the state of the switch for flow control based on traffic growth. – Deactivating flow control based on traffic growth 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCSW to switch off flow control. deselect RSVDBIT1_BIT19 in Reserved parameter 1. – Deactivating control-plane load sharing – Deactivating user-plane load sharing 1.. In this step. User-plane load sharing does not need to be deactivated. In this step. 3. l Deactivation Procedure – Deactivating board flow control 1. – Verifying control-plane and user-plane load sharing 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST FCSW to query the state of the flow control switch. deselect CELL_LEVEL in Call Shock Control Switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST FCMSGQTHD to query the packet usage threshold for flow control. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to deselect RNC_SHARE_SWITCH in Process switch. LOGCTHD=60. SET UCTRLPLNSHAREPARA: CtrlPlnSharingOutThd=40. LOGRTHD=50. PRINTRTHD=50. //Verifying flow control based on MPU load LST URRCTRLSWITCH: LstFormat=VERTICAL. CRRCCONNCCPUTHD=80. LST FCMSGQTHD: LstFormat=VERTICAL. //Activating user-plane load sharing SET UUSERPLNSHAREPARA: UserPlnSharingOutThd=90. CTHD=95.44 Configuring Flow Control RAN Feature Activation Guide SET FCSW: BRDCLASS=XPU. LOGSW=ON. //Activating flow control based on traffic growth SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL: CallShockCtrlSwitch=CELL_LEVEL-1. LRRCCONNRCPUTHD=70. PRINTRTHD=50. CTHD=95. PRINTCTHD=60. //Deactivating flow control based on RRC request queuing SET UCACALGOSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT14-0. 44-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SMWINDOW=6. PMSW=ON. LOGCTHD=60. SET SHARETHD: BT=XPU. CRRCCONNRCPUTHD=70. CRRCCONNRMSGTHD=70. FDWINDOW=2. TRACESW=ON. PRINTCTHD=60. //Setting packet usage threshold for DPU flow control SET FCMSGQTHD: BRDCLASS=DPU. LST FCCPUTHD: LstFormat=VERTICAL. CRRCCONNCMSGTHD=80. TRACECTHD=60. TRACERTHD=50. //Activating RRC Shaping and Queuing SET UCACALGOSWITCH:RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT14-1.. //Deactivating board flow control SET FCSW: BRDCLASS=XPU. //Deactivating flow control based on traffic growth SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL: CallShockCtrlSwitch=CELL_LEVEL-0. //Activating flow control based on MPU load SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT19-1. SMRRCCONNCMSGTHD=80. PRINTSW=ON. TRACERTHD=50. Ltd. //Verifying board flow control LST FCSW: LstFormat=VERTICAL. LRRCCONNRMSGTHD=70. //Deactivating control-plane load sharing SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=RNC_SHARE_SWITCH-0. LRRCCONNCMSGTHD=80. //Setting CPU usage threshold for DPU flow control SET FCCPUTHD:BRDCLASS=DPU. SMRRCCONNCCPUTHD=80. LOGRTHD=50. TRACECTHD=60. //Deactivating flow control based on MPU load SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT19-0. LRRCCONNCCPUTHD=80. SMWINDOW=9. SMRRCCONNRMSGTHD=70. //Activating control-plane load sharing SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=RNC_SHARE_SWITCH-1. //Verifying flow control based on traffic growth LST UCALLSHOCKCTRL: LSTFORMAT=VERTICAL. FCSW=ON. FCSW=OFF. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SMRRCCONNRCPUTHD=70. //Verifying flow control based on RRC request queuing LST UCACALGOSWITCH: LstFormat=VERTICAL. verify. the NodeB can automatically set up the OM channel with the BSC6900 by using the BOOTSTRAP Protocol (BOOTP) function. NodeB monitors the OM channel.RAN Feature Activation Guide 45 Configuring BOOTP 45 Prerequisite l Dependencies on Hardware l l Dependencies on Other Features Configuring BOOTP This section describes how to activate. The maintenance staff can download the data and software to the NodeB through the OM channel at the far end. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The feature decreases the operation and maintenance costs and enhances the network maintainability and maintenance quality. License – This feature is not under license control. Context This feature enables NodeB to set up the OM channel to the RNC automatically without configuration data. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPOAPVC to add the IPoA PVC for bearing the OM channel.. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031100 BOOTP. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEBIP to add the IP address for the OM channel of the NodeB. 2. In ATM transport mode. This IP address serves as the local address of the IPoA at the BSC6900. 3. NodeB can rebuild it. Ltd. – BOOTP applies only to ATM networking scenarios. – The transmission equipment is in the connected state. 45-1 . NodeB will automatically set up the OM channel using the BOOTP protocol. – This feature does not depend on other features. When the OM channel is broken. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD DEVIP to add the logical IP address for the interface board of the BSC6900. In addition. ADD UNODEBIP: NODEBID=0.131.255.131. NBATMOAMIP="131.255. CARRYVPI=83.132". SN=14. CARRYT=IMA. NBTRANTP=ATMTRANS_IP.132".255. ATMSN=14.131". ATMSRN=0.0". ADD IPOAPVC: IPADDR="131.131.131.45 Configuring BOOTP RAN Feature Activation Guide If the BOOTP configurations at the BSC6900 are completed but no configuration at the NodeB and the NodeB can be maintained on the M2000.0".255. CARRYVCI=80. CARRYIMAGRPN=0.131. MASK="255.131. NBATMOAMMASK="255.131. 45-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. IPADDR="131. TXTRFX=100.. ----End Example //Activation procedure ADD DEVIP: SRN=0.131". Ltd.131. PEERIPADDR="131. DEVTYPE=IPOA_CLIENT_IP. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . it indicates that the NodeB has successfully set up the OM channel by using the BOOTP feature. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. 46-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031101 NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode. the DHCP feature enables the NodeB to set up the OM channel for its remote maintenance. the BSC6900 will send the IP address to the NodeB. 2. In the case that DHCP response is made. Relevant configurations are required at the DHCP server.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEBIP to add the IP address for the OM channel of the NodeB. – Only 3900 series base stations support the DHCP+AACP function. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If Hub NodeB networking is used. Context l l If the configuration file of the NodeB is incorrect. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. – DHCP applies only to IP networking scenarios. Ltd. Dependencies on Hardware – The transmission device is connected properly. No configuration is required on the NodeB side. The following example describes the configurations at the BSC6900.RAN Feature Activation Guide 46 Configuring NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode 46 Prerequisite l Configuring NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode This section describes how to activate. relevant configurations are required on the Hub NodeB side. License – This feature is not under license control. which is BSC6900 or M2000. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEBESN to add the NodeB ESN in response to the DHCP request reported by the NodeB. l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. . //(Optional) Running the following command at the NodeB ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="13.13. NBTRANTP=IPTRANS_IP. the IP address for the DHCP server is configured at the Hub NodeB).0". USENBLB2=Disable.13.255.132". PTIPMASK="255. l Verification Procedure In the case that the DHCP configurations are completed at the BSC6900 (if Hub NodeB networking is used. Therefore. NODEBPT=ETH/TRUNK. Ltd.131". IPSRN=0.0". a lower-level NodeB can obtain an IP address automatically by using the DHCP.255. 46-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.131.131. ADD UNODEBIP: NODEBID=0. NBIPOAMMASK="255. Optional: If Hub NodeB is applied. IPLOGPORTFLAG=NO. if the NodeB can be maintained on the M2000. l Deactivation Procedure This feature need not be deactivated.131. it indicates that the NodeB has successfully set up the OM channel by using this feature. NBLB1="020GKV1082000126".46 Configuring NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode RAN Feature Activation Guide 3.255. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Running the following command at the BSC6900 ADD UNODEBESN: NODEBID=0.131. PTIP="131. run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add a DHCP server IP address. NBIPOAMIP="131.255. IPSN=18. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .13". Context CAUTION This feature is enabled only in scenarios where the traffic volume increases abruptly. On the BSC6900 side: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSECTRL. set Grace Protection Period Switch to ON(ON). in a disaster. verify. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. License – This feature is not under license control. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 47 Configuring License Control for Urgency 47 Prerequisite Configuring License Control for Urgency This section describes how to activate. 2. In this step. both BSC6900 and NodeB support this feature. After this function is enabled. set Grace Protection Period Switch State to ON. a network can reach its maximum capacity that is supported by the hardware.. for example. This documentation describes the procedure of enabling the feature by BSC6900 MML command . 47-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-040300 License Control for Urgency. Ltd. In this step.0. On the NodeB V200R013 side: Run the NodeB MML command SET LICENSECTRL. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. It can be enabled only three times for each R version by BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSECTRL and it can be enabled only fifteen times by WRFD-040202 RNC Node Redundancy and it is valid only for seven days each time. l l l Dependencies on Hardware – Since RAN13. Expected result: Values of Remaining Grace Protection Times and Remaining Grace Protection Days are displayed and the value of Grace Protection Period Switch State is ON. 3. On the NodeB V100R013 Side: Run the NodeB MML command SET LICENSECTRL. set Grace Protection Period Switch State to OFF. Ltd. On the BSC6900 Side: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSECTRL. On the BSC6900 Side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP LICUSAGE to view resource items of the license. On the NodeB V200R013 side or NodeB V100R013 side (1) Run the NodeB MML command DSP LICENSE to view resource items of the license. Expected result: Values of Remaining Grace Protection Times and Remaining Grace Protection Days are displayed and the value of Grace Protection Period Switch State is ON. l On the NodeB V100R013 side: Run the NodeB MML command SET LICENSECTRL. Expected result: All the resource items reach their maximum values. set Grace Protection Period Switch to OFF(OFF). l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command LST LICENSECTRL to query the setting of Grace Protection Period Switch State.47 Configuring License Control for Urgency RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ----End 47-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. In this step. In this step. In this step. On the NodeB V200R013 Side: Run the NodeB MML command SET LICENSECTRL.. Expected result: All the resource items reach their maximum values. set Grace Protection Period Switch to ON(ON). set Grace Protection Period Switch to OFF(OFF). Verification Procedure 1. (2) Run the NodeB MML command LST LICENSECTRL to query the setting of Grace Protection Period Switch State. 2. 48-1 . Ltd. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031000 Intelligently Out of Service. l Run the NodeB MML command SET SMTHPWRSWTCH.5dB) and Smart default time ratio(100ms). Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. verify. set Smart default step(0. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. In this step. 2. this feature enables the NodeB to automatically reduce the pilot transmit power and hand over the UE to other cells. Run the NodeB MML command LST SMTHPWRPARA.RAN Feature Activation Guide 48 Configuring Intelligently Out of Service 48 Prerequisite Configuring Intelligently Out of Service This section describes how to activate. Context Insufficient battery voltage or NodeB reset may lead to service disruption. set Smooth Power Change Function Switch to OPEN(Open). When the preceding problems occur. Run the NodeB MML command SET SMTHPWRPARA. In this step. check whether Smooth Power Change Function Switch is set to OPEN. Run the NodeB MML command LST SMTHPWRSWTCH. In this step. 2. preventing service disruption. Verification Procedure 1. check whether Smart default step(0. License – This feature is not under license control.5dB) and Smart default time ratio(100ms) are set correctly. In this step. PERIOD=1.. //Verification procedure LST SMTHPWRSWTCH:. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd.48 Configuring Intelligently Out of Service RAN Feature Activation Guide Example //Activation procedure SET SMTHPWRSWTCH: SWITCH=OPEN. 48-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET SMTHPWRPARA: STEP=10. LST SMTHPWRPARA:. – This feature does not depend on other features. set Local Cell ID and Load Ratio (%).. NOTE l This command can be successfully executed only when the corresponding logical cell exists. l The downlink network load simulation uses the channelization codes from 112 to 127 whose SF = 128. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l After starting the DL load simulation. Context With the OCNS feature. verify. multiple downlink analog channels are set up on the Uu interface to simulate the interference of multiple codes. In this way. – This feature does not depend on the hardware. 49-1 . – This feature is not under license control. it is advised to reserve the channelization codes in the RNC. l If you start the downlink network load simulation. l Verification Procedure Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the simulated downlink load test of a cell can be performed. Ltd. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to start downlink load simulation.RAN Feature Activation Guide 49 Configuring OCNS 49 Prerequisite l l l Dependencies on Hardware Dependencies on Other Features License Configuring OCNS This section describes how to activate. new service can not be built in the channel resource occupied by the simulation. In this step. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031200 OCNS (Orthogonal Channel Noise Simulator). . //Verification procedure DSP DLSIM: LOCELL=1. 49-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example //Activation procedure STR DLSIM: LOCELL=1. In this step. specify Local Cell ID. LR=80. Run the NodeB MML command STP DLSIM to stop the downlink load simulation. In this step. Ltd. specify Local Cell ID. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the NodeB MML command DSP DLSIM to query the downlink load simulation result. //Deactivation procedure STP DLSIM: LOCELL=1.49 Configuring OCNS RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. The execution result displayed on the LMT shows the simulated load rate. These cabinets can be used for outdoor NodeBs. set Load Shutdown Flag to ENABLE(Enable) and set Load Shutdown Voltage(0. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. License – This feature is not under license control. set Low Voltage Shutdown Flag to ENABLE and set Shutdown Voltage(0. In this step. l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Run the NodeB MML command MOD PMU.1V). 2..RAN Feature Activation Guide 50 Configuring Power Off the Equipment Level by Level 50 Prerequisite Configuring Power Off the Equipment Level by Level This section describes how to activate. Procedure l NodeB V200R013 Activation Procedure 1. Intelligent shutdown of RF units and NodeBs can prolong the working time of the system by making efficient use of the available storage batteries.1V) if needed. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031400 Power Off the Equipment Level by Level. Run the NodeB MML command MOD BATTERY. Context After the mains supply is cut off. Ltd. Run the NodeB MML command LST PMU and query the values of Load Shutdown Flag and Load Shutdown Voltage(0. l Dependencies on Hardware – Cabinets providing AC input power such as APM30. Verification Procedure 1.1V) if needed. 50-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . APM100. verify. In this step. the NodeB powers off devices by level when certain DC voltage thresholds are reached. and APM200. In this step. query the values of Load Shutdown Flag and Load Shutdown Voltage(0. set Load Shutdown Voltage(0. l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure SET SDPA: CN=1. Verification Procedure 1. CSLSDF=DISABLE. set Load Shutdown Flag to DISABLE(Disable). //Verification procedure LST PMU: CN=1. query the values of Low Voltage Shutdown Flag and Shutdown Voltage(0. 2. Ltd. LVSDF=DISABLE. Deactivation Procedure 1. and set Low Voltage Shutdown Flag to DISABLE (Disable). MOD BATTERY: CN=1. Deactivation Procedure 1. set Load Shutdown Flag to ENABLE(Enable). //Verification procedure LST SDPA: CN=1.50 Configuring Power Off the Equipment Level by Level RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. LSDF=DISABLE. SDV=360.1V) if needed. LSDV=430.1V). Run the NodeB MML command MOD PMU and set Load Shutdown Flag to DISABLE(Disable). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the NodeB MML command SET SDPA. LSDF=DISABLE. NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1. LSDF=ENABLE.. PTYPE=APM30.. LVSDF=ENABLE. LVSDF=ENABLE. SDV=360. set Low Voltage Shutdown Flag to ENABLE(Enable). Run the NodeB MML command LST SDPA. Run the NodeB MML command LST BATTERY and query the values of Low Voltage Shutdown Flag and Shutdown Voltage(0. set Shutdown Voltage(0. LST BATTERY: CN=1.1V) if needed.. PTYPE=APM30. 50-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the NodeB MML command SET SDPA. //Deactivation procedure MOD BATTERY: CN=1. In this step. CSLSDF=DISABLE. //Deactivation procedure SET SDPA: CN=1. LSDF=ENABLE. l Run the NodeB MML command MOD BATTERY and set Low Voltage Shutdown Flag to DISABLE(Disable).1V). ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure MOD PMU: CN=1. LSDV=440.1V). LVSDF=DISABLE. MOD PMU: CN=1. RAN Feature Activation Guide 51 Configuring Solar Power Device Management 51 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Solar Power Device Management This section describes how to activate. set Power System Type to SC48200. solar power is being gradually introduced for supplying power for the NodeB. Dependencies on Hardware – Only 3900 series base stations support the feature. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031500 Solar Power Device Management.1kVA) based on the rated power specified on the nameplate of the diesel generator. 51-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . run the NodeB MML command ADD DIESELGEN. Run the NodeB MML command ADD PMU to add a PMU. l Verification Procedure 1. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Optional: If a diesel generator is required. – Set Intelligent Control Flag to ENABLE(Enable). Context As green energy. In this step. Run the NodeB MML command DSP PMU to query the configuration information about the PMU. therefore managing a solar power device. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. which makes the NodeB an eco-friendly base station. License – This feature is not under license control. This feature enables the NodeB to communicate with a solar controller through the 485 serial port. – Set Rated Power(0. Ltd. Run the NodeB MML command RMV PMU to remove a PMU. Expected result: The value of Intelligent Control Flag is ENABLE. Optional: Run the NodeB MML command LST DIESELGEN to query the configuration information about the diesel generator. POWER=500. ICF=ENABLE. ----End Example //Activation procedure ADD PMU: CN=0. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 2. MPN=0. LST DIESELGEN: CN=0. Run the NodeB MML command RMV DIESELGEN to remove a dieselgen. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .51 Configuring Solar Power Device Management RAN Feature Activation Guide Expected result: The value of Power System Type is SC48200. Ltd. //Deactivation procedure RMV DIESELGEN: CN=0.. PTYPE=SC48200. LSDF=ENABLE. 2. ADD DIESELGEN: CN=0. RMV PMU: CN=0. 51-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Verification procedure DSP PMU: CN=0. License – This feature is not under license control.. Vendor Code and Serial No.RAN Feature Activation Guide 52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) 52 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) This section describes how to activate. Run the NodeB MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT to set ALD Power Switch to ON. Other Prerequisites – The TMA is loaded with basic software for its normal operation. Ltd. 3. run the NodeB MML command MOD TMASUBUNIT to set the TMA gain. Dependencies on Hardware – The base station is connected to the Antenna Line Device (ALD) normally. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.. 2. Procedure l NodeB V200R013 Activation Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to scan the Device Name. 4. and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier). Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 52-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . If the device supports TMA gain. verify. Run the NodeB MML command ADD TMA to add a TMA. Context The gain range supported by the Smart Tower-Mounted Amplifier (STMA) varies with models and vendors. Run the NodeB MML command LST TMAGAIN to query the TMA gain.. MODE=NORMAL. SRN=60. NOTE It is recommended that you query the gain range supported by the STMA using the DSP TMAFUN command before adjusting the gain. Run the NodeB MML command ADD ALD to add a TMA. CTRLSRN=60. PWRSWITCH=ON. Verification Procedure 1. Vendor Code and Serial No. SUBUNITNO=1. run the NodeB MML command SET TMAGAIN to set the TMA gain. GAIN=48. SRN=60. PN=R0A. 5. CTRLCN=0. If the device supports TMA gain. Ltd. ADD TMA: DEVICENO=0. Run the NodeB MML command DSP TMA to query the dynamic information about a TMA. RXNO=0. SN=0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Run the NodeB MML command LST RXATTEN to query the RX attenuation value. //Verification procedure DSP TMA: DEVICENO=0. 2. 4.52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide It is recommended that you query the gain range supported by the STMA using the DSP TMADEVICEDATA command before adjusting the gain. MOD TMASUBUNIT: DEVICENO=0. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. SUBUNITNUM=1. Run the NodeB MML command SET RXATTEN to set the attenuation of the RX channel. l NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1. ATTEN=0. CTRLSN=0. 5. Run the NodeB MML command MOD RXBRANCH to modify the RX channel of an RRU. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure MOD ANTENNAPORT: CN=0. MOD RXBRANCH: CN=0.. CTRLSN=0. l 52-2 NodeB V100R013 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SN=0. CONNPN=R0A. CTRLSRN=60. SCN ALD: CTRLCN=0. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to scan Device Name. DEVICENAME="TMA1". Run the NodeB MML command SET ALDPWRSW to set Power Supply Switch to ON(On). 3. Verification Procedure 1. 2. ATTEN=0. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SRN=60. SCN ALD: CN=0. CN=0.. SRN=60. DEVTP=STMA. ACN=R0A. RXNO=0. SRN=60. GAIN=48. AST=TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG. SN=0. ACN=R0A. SUBUNIT=1. PSP=R0A. SRN=60. SRN=60. CN=0. PWRSW=ON. SRN=60. 52-3 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) //Activation procedure SET ALDPWRSW: CN=0. ACN=R0A. ADD ALD: NAME="test". CN=0. SET TMAGAIN: OPMODE=CSAT. ACN=R0A. //Verification procedure LST TMAGAIN: OPMODE=CSAT. CASE=REGULAR. CASE=REGULAR. SET RXATTEN: CN=0. RAN Feature Activation Guide 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt 53 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt. Dependencies on Hardware – The base station is connected to a remote electrical tilt (RET) antenna properly. – The remote control unit (RCU) is compatible with the RET antenna. The RCU is loaded with a configuration file designated for the RET antenna. – The RCU is loaded with the basic software. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. License – This feature is not under license control. Context With this feature activated, users can remotely adjust the tilt of an RET antenna to optimize network performance. l l Calibrating the RET antenna may affect its coverage for a short period of time. Calibrating an RET antenna takes up to 4 minutes. Procedure l NodeB V200R013 Activation Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) If the antenna port is used, run the NodeB MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT. In this step, set ALD Power Switch to ON. If the RET antenna port is used, run the NodeB MML command MOD RETPORT. In this step, set ALD Power Switch to ON. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to obtain the ESN of an ALD. Run the NodeB MML command ADD RET to add an RET antenna. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 53-1 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide For vendor information, see the antenna equipment manual or scan the RET antenna. 5. 6. 7. 8. Run the NodeB MML command CLB RET to calibrate the RET antenna. Run the NodeB MML command MOD RETSUBUNIT to modify parameters concerning an RET antenna subunit. Run the NodeB MML command MOD RETDEVICEDATA to modify parameters concerning the attributes of an RET device. Run the NodeB MML command MOD RETTILT to modify the tilt of the RET antenna. Verification Procedure 1. If the antenna port is used, run the NodeB MML command DSP ANTENNAPORT to query the power switch status for the port. Expected result: ALD Actual Power Switch is ON. 2. If the RET antenna port is used, run the NodeB MML command DSP RETPORT to query the power switch status for the port. Expected result:ALD Actual Power Switch is ON. 3. 4. Run the NodeB MML command DSP RET to query information about the RET antenna. Run the NodeB MML command DSP RETSUBUNIT to query the dynamic information on an RET antenna subunit and an RET antenna's tilt. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. l NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1. 2. 3. Run the NodeB MML command SET ALDPWRSW. In this step, set Power Supply Switch to ON. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to obtain the ESN of an ALD. Run the NodeB MML command ADD ALD to add an antenna device. NOTE For vendor information, see the antenna equipment manual or scan the RET antenna. 4. 5. Run the NodeB MML command CLB ANT to calibrate the antenna device. Run the NodeB MML command SET ANTTILT to set the tilt of antenna device. Verification Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command DSP ANTCON to query the power switch status for the antenna port. Expected result: Power Supply Switch Run Status is ON. 2. Run the NodeB MML command DSP ANTTILT to query the tilt of the RET antenna. Expected result: Current Tilt (0.1 degree) is set to the specified value. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. ----End 53-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure MOD ANTENNAPORT: CN=0, SRN=60, SN=0, PN=R0A, PWRSWITCH=ON; SCN ALD:; ADD RET: DEVICENO=0, DEVICENAME="RET1", CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=60, CTRLSN=0, RETTYPE=SINGLE_RET, POLARTYPE=SINGLE, SCENARIO=REGULAR; CLB RET: OPMODE=SUBUNIT, DEVICENO=0, SUBUNITNO=1; MOD RETSUBUNIT: DEVICENO=0, SUBUNITNO=1; MOD RETDEVICEDATA: DEVICENO=0, SUBUNITNO=1; MOD RETTILT: OPMODE=DEVICENO, DEVICENO=0, TILT=45; //Verification procedure DSP ANTENNAPORT:; DSP RET: DEVICENO=0; DSP RETSUBUNIT: DEVICENO=0, SUBUNITNO=1; l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure SET ALDPWRSW: CN=0, SRN=60, CASE=REGULAR, AST=RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, PSP=R0A, PWRSW=ON; SCN ALD:; ADD ALD: NAME="test", CASE=REGULAR, DEVTP=SINGLE_RET, CN=0, SRN=60, ACN=R0A; CLB ANT: OPMODE=CSAT, CN=0, SRN=60, ACN=R0A, DEVTP=SINGLE_RET; SET ANTTILT: OPMODE=CSAT, CN=0, SRN=60, ACN=R0A, DEVTP=SINGLE_RET, TILT=20; //Verification procedure DSP ANTCON:; DSP ANTTILT: OPMODE=CSAT, CN=0, SRN=60, ACN=R0A; Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 53-3 RAN Feature Activation Guide 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz) 54 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz) This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-060003 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz). Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. License – This feature is not under license control. Context l l The introduction of the feature enables UMTS900 and GSM900 to share the same antenna. The feature helps to share an antenna in the same band and causes little uplink division loss. Compared with the traditional combiner and diplexer, the feature achieves a 3 dB gain. Procedure l NodeB V200R013 Activation Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. Run the NodeB MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT to set ALD Power Switch to ON. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to scan antenna devices and obtain the serial number of the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SASU to configure the SASU and set the antenna DC power switch state of the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command MOD SASUSUBUNIT to set the SASU working mode and the gain of the SASU. Verification Procedure Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 54-1 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz) RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. 2. l Run the NodeB MML command DSP SASU to query the antenna DC power switch state of the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command DSP SASUSUBUNIT to query the SASU working mode and the gain of the SASU. NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Run the NodeB MML command SET ALDPWRSW to turn on the power supply switch of the SASU (Same band Antenna Sharing Unit) port. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to scan antenna devices and obtain the serial number of the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command ADD ALD to configure the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command SET SASUMODE to set the SASU working mode. Run the NodeB MML command SET SASUGAIN to set the gain of the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command SET SASUDCSW to set the antenna DC power switch state of the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command SET SASUDCLD to set the DC load of the SASU. Verification Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Run the NodeB MML command LST ALD to query the configuration information about the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command LST SASUMODE to query the SASU working mode. Run the NodeB MML command LST SASUGAIN to query the gain of the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command LST SASUDCSW to query the antenna DC power switch state of the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command LST SASUDCLD to query the DC load of the SASU. Deactivation Procedure This feature need not be deactivated. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure MOD ANTENNAPORT: CN=0, SRN=60, SN=0, PN=R0A, PWRSWITCH=ON, THRESHOLDTYPE=UER_SELF_DEFINE, UOTHD=1000, UCTHD=1050, OOTHD=1200, OCTHD=1150; SCN ALD: CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=60, CTRLSN=0; ADD SASU: DEVICENO=0, DEVICENAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G", CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=60, CTRLSN=0, DCSWITCH=UMTS; MOD SASUSUBUNIT: DEVICENO=0, SUBUNITNO=1, MODE=NORMAL, BSGAIN=12, UMTSGAIN=12, DCLOAD=20; //Verification procedure DSP SASU: DEVICENO=0; DSP SASUSUBUNIT: DEVICENO=0; l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure SET ALDPWRSW: CN=0, SRN=60, CASE=REGULAR, AST=CUSTOM, PSP=R0A, 54-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz) PWRSW=ON, UOTHD=1000, UCTHD=1050, OOTHD=1200, OCTHD=1150; SCN ALD: CN=0, SRN=60, ACN=R0A; ADD ALD: NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G", CASE=REGULAR, DEVTP=SASU, CN=0, SRN=60, ACN=R0A; SET SASUMODE: OPMODE=NAME, NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G", MODE=BYPASS; SET SASUGAIN: OPMODE=NAME, NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G", CHTP=UMTS, GAIN=12; SET SASUDCSW: OPMODE=NAME, NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G", DCSWITCH=UMTS; SET SASUDCLD: OPMODE=NAME, NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G", DCLOAD=20; //Verification procedure LST ALD:; LST SASUMODE: OPMODE=NAME, NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G"; LST SASUGAIN: OPMODE=NAME, NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G"; LST SASUDCSW: OPMODE=NAME, NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G"; LST SASUDCLD: OPMODE=NAME, NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G"; Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 54-3 RAN Feature Activation Guide 55 Configuring Multiple RAB Package 55 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Multiple RAB Package This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Other Prerequisites – The CN node and UE must have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. Context With the Multiple RAB feature, operators have relatively diversified choices of service solutions. If the Multiple RAB feature is enabled, a large quantity of services can be provided for the upper layers. Huawei products support the following solutions with more than one PS RAB: l l l l l Combination of two PS services Combination of one CS service and two PS services Combination of three PS services Combination of one CS service and three PS services Combination of four PS services Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Details see the verification procedure of following features: 56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services, 57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 55-1 l Verification Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 55 Configuring Multiple RAB Package RAN Feature Activation Guide and Two PS Services, 58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services, 59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services and 60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. ----End Example //Activating Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1; //Deactivating Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0; 55-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services 56 Prerequisite l l Configuring Combination of Two PS Services This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061501 Combination of Two PS Services. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports the combination of two PS services. – The CN node and UE must have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. Context With the Multiple RAB feature, operators have relatively diversified choices of service solutions. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Connect the UE to the portable computer so as to use the UE as a modem. Visit the Internet on the UE. Verify that web pages are displayed normally. On the portable computer, connect to an FTP server and download data. Verify that the data is downloaded normally. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 56-1 l Verification Procedure 1. 2. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services RAN Feature Activation Guide l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. ----End Example //Activating Combination of Two PS Services. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1; //Deactivating Combination of Two PS Services. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0; 56-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services 57 Prerequisite l l Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061502 Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports the combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services. – The CN node and UE must have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. Context With the Multiple RAB feature, operators have relatively diversified choices of service solutions. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Have two UEs ready: UE 1 and UE 2. Connect UE 1 to the portable computer so as to use the UE 1 as a modem. Visit the Internet on UE 1. Verify that web pages are displayed normally (a PS Service). Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 57-1 l Verification Procedure 1. 2. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services RAN Feature Activation Guide 4. 5. l On the portable computer, connect to an FTP server and download data. Verify that the data is downloaded normally (a PS Service). Use UE 2 to call UE 1. Verify that UE 1 rings and the speech quality is acceptable (a CS Service). Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1; //Deactivating Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0; 57-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services 58 Prerequisite l l Configuring Combination of Three PS Services This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061503 Combination of Three PS Services. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports the Combination of Three PS Services. – The CN node and UE must have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. Context With the Multiple RAB feature, operators have relatively diversified choices of service solutions. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Connect UE to the portable computer so as to use the UE as a modem. Visit the Internet on UE. Verify that web pages are displayed normally. Visit the Multimedia service on the UE. Verify that this service is played normally. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 58-1 l Verification Procedure 1. 2. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services RAN Feature Activation Guide 4. l On the portable computer, connect to an FTP server and download data. Verify that the data is downloaded normally. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating Combination of Three PS Services. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1; //Deactivating Combination of Three PS Services. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0; 58-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services 59 Prerequisite l l Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061504 Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports the combination of one CS service and three PS services. – The CN node and UE have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. Context With the Multiple RAB feature, operators have relatively diversified choices of service solutions. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Have two UEs ready: UE 1 and UE 2. Connect UE 1 to the portable computer so as to use the UE 1 as a modem. Visit the Internet on UE 1. Verify that web pages are displayed normally (a PS Service). Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 59-1 l Verification Procedure 1. 2. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services RAN Feature Activation Guide 4. 5. 6. l Visit the Multimedia service on the UE 1. Verify that this service is played normally (a PS Service). On the portable computer, connect to an FTP server and download data. Verify that the data is downloaded normally (a PS Service). Use UE 2 to call UE 1. Verify that UE 1 rings and the speech quality is acceptable (a CS Service). Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1; //Deactivating Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0; 59-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061505 Combination of Four PS Services. as shown in Figure 60-1. Context RAN11.RAN Feature Activation Guide 60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services 60 Prerequisite l l Configuring Combination of Four PS Services This section describes how to activate. Figure 60-1 VoIP service Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports the combination of Four PS Services. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2).0 supports up to four PS RABs per user. A typical application of Multi-RAB is VoIP plus BE service where VoIP may need up to three RABs to transmit SIP signaling. Ltd. Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) (voice). – The CN node and UE have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. verify. 60-1 . and Real-Time Control Protocol (RTCP) (media monitoring) respectively. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. 2. NOTE 2. and the service combination VoIP + BE is supported. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: VoipChlType=DCH. l Deactivation Procedure 1. If you find that the CN assigns three RABs at the same time. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA command to set the VOIP channel type parameter to DCH(UL_DCH. Retain the default value in normal situations.0 supports four PS RABs per user. Other service combination like 4PS BE is also supported. Establish a VoIP service on the UE. you can infer that the VoIP service is established successfully. Ltd. l Verification Procedure 1.) On the portable computer. connect to an FTP server and download data. View the “RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ” message traced on the Iu interface. The BSC6900 defines the default value of the VOIP channel type parameter. ----End Example //Activating Combination of Four PS Services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. SIP signaling and RTP must be assigned at the same time. 3. Initiate Iu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. Verify that the data is downloaded normally. //Deactivating Combination of Four PS Services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 60-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4.60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services RAN Feature Activation Guide RAN11. (If RTCP is assigned. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Connect the UE to the portable computer so as to use the UE as a modem..DL_DCH). Dependencies on Other Features – HSDPA provides a number of methods to increase system throughput. 61-1 . Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLHSDPA to activate this feature. This feature package provides the basic functions of HSDPA to meet the requirements for test or trial operation of HSDPA services. 2. Context High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) is one of the important features defined in 3GPP specifications. Other Prerequisites – The UE is HSDPA-capable.RAN Feature Activation Guide 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package 61 Prerequisite l l Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. HSDPA can significantly increase the downlink peak rate per user. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. – In an ATM network: Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and mobility management. load control. Dependencies on Hardware – NDLP and NBBI in the NodeB do not support this feature. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. and expand the system capacity. Configure Iub transport for HSDPA. 3. Ltd. verify. such as admission control. shorten the round trip delay. It has to coordinate with other features. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHSDPA to set HSDPA-related parameters based on the network plan.. If HSDPA Operational State is set to Disabled. If HSDPA Operational State is set to Enabled. check the TRMMAP index of the adjacent node. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command LST TRMMAP to query the transmission resource mapping. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLHSDPA to deactivate this feature.61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package RAN Feature Activation Guide (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMTRF to configure new records of ATM traffic based on network planning requirements. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH to set associated parameters according to the network plan. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether this feature is activated. this feature has been activated. l Verification Procedure 1. this feature has been deactivated. AAL2 Path Type should be set according to the mapping between service types and AAL paths. – If configured. l Deactivation Procedure 1. (4) Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2PATH to configure an AAL2 path for HSDPA based on network planning requirements. then TRMMAP ID is 1. TX traffic record index and RX traffic record index of the AAL2 path to be added must be the same as those set in the ADD ATMTRF command. Ltd. 2. To avoid the affect on ongoing services. NOTE To ensure that HSDPA services can be set up successfully.. HsPdschMinCodeNum=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . – If not configured. – In an IP network: (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command LST ADJMAP to query whether resource management mapping is configured for the adjacent node. – If configured. if Interface Type is set to Iub Interface. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPPATH to configure the IP path mapping to the HSDPA service. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether the HSDPA feature is deactivated. – If not configured. For example. you can add new AAL2 paths or IP paths. //Configuring Iub transport for HSDPA //ATM network 61-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. HSDPA services must be mapped to the corresponding AAL2 paths or IP paths. no further action is required. AllocCodeMode=Automatic. HsPdschMaxCodeNum=4. In addition. ----End Example // Setting HSDPA-related parameters ADD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000. //Activating HSDPA Introduction Package ACT UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000. run the BSC6900 MML command LST TRMMAP to query the default TRMMAP ID used by the adjacent node based on the settings of Interface Type and Transport Type. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command LST TRMMAP to check whether the IP path mapping to the HSDPA service is configured according to the TRMMAP ID used by the adjacent node. CodeAdjForHsdpaSwitch=ON. TRANST=IP. REMARK="5Mfor-HSDPA". VCI=71.0". RSCGRPFLAG=NO. CARRYIMAGRPN=1. PCR=5150. VPI=13. RXBW=1000. DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL. Ltd. IPADDR="80. PEERIPADDR="10. SCR=5149.255. LstFormat=VERTICAL.1. CellId=3000. //Verifying HSDPA Introduction Package DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL.RAN Feature Activation Guide 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=118. UT=KBIT/S. CARRYT=IMA. //Adding an AAL2 path ADD AAL2PATH: PATHID=2. TXTRFX=118.1". RCR=5150. //Deactivating HSDPA Introduction Package DEA UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000. CARRYSN=0. ST=RTVBR. NT=LOCAL. PEERMASK="255. ST=RTVBR. CARRYF=1. RXTRFX=118. PATHID=2. CellId=3000. PAT=H_NRT. SCR=5149. TXBW=1000. LstFormat=VERTICAL. ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=10.1".PATHT=BE.0. PT=IMA. SBT=BASE_BOARD. VCI=71. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VPI=13.. AAL2PATHT=HSPA.161. PATHID=1.255. 61-3 . PCR=5150. SN=12. ITFT=IUB.1. //IP network ADD IPPATH: ANI=0. . Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. verify. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 62 Configuring 15 Codes per Cell 62 Prerequisite l l l License Configuring 15 Codes per Cell This section describes how to activate. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell. – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA to configure 1 HSSCCHs. Context This feature provides code resources occupied by Huawei HSDPA services. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. An HS-PDSCH can use up to 15 SF16 codes in a cell. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 62-1 . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the number of HS-SCCH codes for each cell is 4. l By default. 62-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To enable the HS-PDSCH to use all 15 SF16 codes. run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLEFACH to deactivate enhanced CELL-FACH before configuring this feature and run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLEFACH to reactivate enhanced CELL-FACH after configuring this feature. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA to set the value of Code Number for HS-SCCH to 1. Ltd. ----End Example //Verifying 15 Codes per Cell MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1. Figure 62-1 Cell Performance Monitoring Verification Procedure 1. Check whether 15 SF16 codes are occupied by the HS-PDSCH in the Cell Performance Monitoring window. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Therefore. l The BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA fails to be executed when CELL-FACH enhancement is activated. 2. HsPdschCodeNum=15. This feature does not need to be deactivated. Click Submit.. 2. Expected result: The HS-PDSCH occupies 15 SF16 codes. Initialize UMTS monitoring on the BSC6900 LMT. the HS-PDSCH can use only 14 SF16 codes. l Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA to set Allocate Code Mode to Manual(Manual) and Code Number for HS-PDSCH to 15.62 Configuring 15 Codes per Cell NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide l The BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA fails to be executed when HSDPA is activated. MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1. as shown in Figure 62-1. Therefore. run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLHSDPA to deactivate HSDPA before configuring this feature and run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLHSDPA to reactivate HSDPA after configuring this feature. l Deactivation Procedure 1. HsScchCodeNum=1. A real-time monitoring window is displayed. AllocCodeMode=Manual. If the default number is used. Context This feature enables the allocation of different codes in the same TTI to different users or the multiplexing of the same code in different TTIs for different users to increase the code resource utilization and system throughput. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 63 Configuring Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex 63 Prerequisite l l Configuring Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex This section describes how to activate. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. Ltd. Verification Procedure This feature does not need to be verified. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Procedure l l l Activation Procedure This feature does not need to be activated. 63-1 . . Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA to set the parameter Scheduling Method to MAXCI(Max C/I Algorithm).RAN Feature Activation Guide 64 Configuring HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RR(Round Robin Algorithm) or PF(PF Algorithm). Context Huawei provides multiple HSDPA scheduling algorithms such as maximum C/I (MAXCI).Before the HSDPA feature is enabled. RR. HARQ must be enabled and HSDPA scheduling algorithms must be set. 1. Ltd.. l This section describes how to set Max C/I. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. proportional fair (PF). RR. and PF). Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. see the description of the feature WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. verify. and Enhanced Proportional Fair (EPF). and PF) This section describes how to activate. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE l HSDPA H-ARQ is activated automatically without any configuration. and PF) 64 Prerequisite l l Configuring HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I. For details on how to set the EPF scheduling algorithm. 64-1 . RR. round-robin (RR). and PF scheduling algorithms. RR. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA to query the settings of the parameter Scheduling Method..64 Configuring HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I. Ltd. and PF) RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. //Verification procedure LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. 64-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SM=MAXCI. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. RR. – If Allocate Code Mode is set to Manual. Ltd. Context This feature provides two code allocation strategies: HSDPA static code allocation and RNCcontrolled dynamic code allocation. When R99 and HSDPA services co-exist. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA.RAN Feature Activation Guide 65 Configuring HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNCControlled Dynamic Code Allocation Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation This section describes how to activate. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 65-1 . set Code Max Number for HSPDSCH to specify the maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes and set Code Min Number for HS-PDSCH to specify the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. this feature enables full use of channelization code resources to expand system capacity. – If Allocate Code Mode is set to Automatic. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation. set Code Number for HS-PDSCH to specify the number of HS-PDSCH codes. set Allocate Code Mode to Manual or Automatic. 65 l l Configuring HSDPA Static Code Prerequisite Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11. If Allocate Code Mode is set to Automatic. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. AllocCodeMode=Automatic. ----End Example //Activating HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11. View the number of codes allocated to the HS-PDSCH in the cell. If Allocate Code Mode is set to Manual. HsScchCodeNum=4. the number of codes allocated to the HS-PDSCH increases with the increase of HSDPA access requests and decreases with the decrease of HSDPA access requests. AllocCodeMode=Manual. HsPdschMinCodeNum=1. On the BSC6900 LMT. the monitoring window of cell code tree usage shows that the number of codes allocated to the HS-PDSCH remains unchanged. The Cell Performance Monitoring tab page is displayed. For example. click to display Cell Performance Monitoring.65 Configuring HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNCControlled Dynamic Code Allocation RAN Feature Activation Guide l Verification Procedure 1.. 2. 3. Ltd. Set Monitor Item to Cell Code Tree Monitor and click Submit. HsPdschCodeNum=5. HsPdschMaxCodeNum=5. the monitoring window of cell code tree usage shows that the number of codes allocated to the HS-PDSCH varies with service access requests in the cell. 65-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLHSDPA to query code allocation mode. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. HSDPA channel power resources can be dynamically allocated and adjusted among users by using the NodeB scheduling algorithm. To achieve high HSDPA performance. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is configured. This feature enables operators to configure the appropriate power control mode of the HS-SCCH. Ltd. Activating the adaptive HS-SCCH power control based on the channel quality indicator (CQI) Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and power of HSDPA physical channels (HS-PDSCH and HS-SCCH). dedicated physical channel (DPCH) power. verify. For R99 services. increasing the power efficiency and system capacity and improving the user experience. the total downlink transmit power of each cell is classified into common channel power. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. power resources except those reserved for common channels are dynamically allocated to DPCHs and HSDPA physical channels. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061004 HSDPA Power Control. the DPCH power can be adjusted by means of inner-loop and outer-loop power control. HS-PDSCH power is controlled by the transport format and resource combination (TFRC) algorithm and therefore does not require power control. Context After an HSDPA service is introduced. 66-1 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 66 Configuring HSDPA Power Control 66 Prerequisite l l Configuring HSDPA Power Control This section describes how to activate.. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. SCCHPWR=0. (2) Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. Expected result: The HS-SCCH power changes with the CQI. (2) Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. In this step. l Verification Procedure 1.66 Configuring HSDPA Power Control RAN Feature Activation Guide (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA. and Code Number for HS-SCCH to 1. HSSCCHFERTRGTINDCH=10. In this step. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Code Number for HS-PDSCH to 5. HSSCCHPWRCMINDCH=CQI. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . set HSSCCH Power Control Method in CELL DCH state to FIXED. Activating the fixed HS-SCCH power control (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA. 2. HsPdschCodeNum=5. AllocCodeMode=Manual. Expected result: The HS-SCCH power remains unchanged. set HSSCCH Power Control Method in CELL DCH state to CQI. 2. HSSCCHPWRCMINDCH=FIXED. HsPdschCodeNum=5. set Allocate Code Mode to Manual. (2) Move the UE between the cell center and the cell edge to view the power change on HS-SCCHs. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA Power Control //Setting the adaptive HS-SCCH power control based on the CQI MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=111. (2) Move the UE between the cell center and the cell edge to view the power change on the HS-SCCH. Verifying the adaptive HS-SCCH power control based on the CQI (1) Use an HSUPA-capable UE to set up a PS service over the HS-SCCH. In this step. In this step. AllocCodeMode=Manual. and Code Number for HS-SCCH to 1. SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=111. Ltd. SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=111. Verifying the fixed HS-SCCH power control (1) Use an HSUPA-capable UE to set up a PS service over the HS-SCCH. HsScchCodeNum=1. set Allocate Code Mode to Manual. Code Number for HS-PDSCH to 5. HsScchCodeNum=1. //Setting the fixed HS-SCCH power control MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=111.. 66-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – For HSDPA services. 67-1 . Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Context This feature implements admission control over HSDPA users in the aspects such as the number of HSDPA users. verify. In this step. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. and service rate thresholds. and HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL.RAN Feature Activation Guide 67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control 67 Prerequisite Configuring HSDPA Admission Control This section describes how to activate. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. HSDPA_PBR_MEAS. The available admission algorithms are HSDPA_GBP_MEAS. Ltd. select related admission algorithms in the Cell CAC algorithm switch parameter. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. remaining power resources. Activate power resource admission.. This feature can ensure the QoS of existing HSDPA users while fully utilizing the resources. In this step. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set power resource admission related parameters and the maximum number of HSDPA users. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. set Uplink CAC algorithm switch and Downlink CAC algorithm switch according to the network planning. Iub interface resources. l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061003 HSDPA Admission Control. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. set Maximum HSDPA user number of the test cell to 64. 2. Ltd. set Uplink CAC algorithm switch and Downlink CAC algorithm switch to ALGORITHM_OFF. NOTE The Iub interface bandwidth can be changed by running the BSC6900 MML command MOD IPPATH or MOD AAL2PATH. Use UE2 to initiate an HSDPA PS service. 2. Use UE1 and UE2 to initiate an HSDPA PS service. set PS service type to background or interactive. set Hsdpa streaming PBR threshold and HSDPA best effort PBR threshold in this step. and the test cell must support HSDPA. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. 3. Release all the PS services. 3.. The Iub interface resource admission is mandatory and is activated automatically. select NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH in CAC algorithm switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set the maximum number of HSDPA users to 1. 8. In this step. In this step. The service should fail to set up. Activate Iub interface resource admission. Deactivate Iub interface resource admission. l Verification Procedure 1. 2. l Deactivation Procedure 1. and the value of the dlTransportChannel-Type IE is dch. deselect NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH in Cell CAC algorithm switch. In this step. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 67-2 . and the value of the dlTransportChannel-Type IE is hsdsch. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. – Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. You can view that the new-H-RNTI IE is under the rb-mappinginfo IE. Activate NodeB credit resource admission. 3. Use UE1 to initiate an HSDPA PS service. 4. On the HLR. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. select CRD_ADCTRL in Cell CAC algorithm switch. Enable two UEs UE1 and UE2 in idle mode to camp on the test cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. After the service is set up successfully. Deactivate power resource admission. – Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. Deactivate NodeB credit resource admission. In this step.67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide If HSDPA_PBR_MEAS is selected in Cell CAC algorithm switch. 5. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. 7. 6. select CRD_ADCTRL in Cell CAC algorithm switch. In this step. Check the RRC_RB_SETUP message over the Uu interface. In this step. You can view that the new-HRNTI IE is not under the rb-mappinginfo IE. Expected result: Services are set up successfully on UE1 and UE2. check the RRC_RB_SETUP message over the Uu interface. UlHoCeResvSf=SF16. //Activating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control The Iub interface resource admission is mandatory and does not need to be deactivated. MaxHsdpaUserNum=64. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-1. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. HsdpaBePBRThd=30. HsdpaStrmPBRThd=70. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_SECOND. 67-3 . MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. Ltd. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. ----End Example //Activating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. MaxUlTxPowerforConv=24. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MaxUlTxPowerforInt=24. //Deactivating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-0. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-1&HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-1&HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-1. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SF32. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-0. //Deactivating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST.. . The NodeB measures the buffered data amount of each MAC-hs queue and the average Uu transmission rate. verify. However.. Therefore. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. The NodeB estimates the buffering time based on the measurements. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 2. Ltd. each MAC-hs queue should not have too much data buffered in the NodeB. the data packets are buffered. The Uu transmission rate of the MAC-hs queue is determined by the scheduling algorithm. The adaptive flow control algorithm is recommended. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context For each MAC-hs queue. HSDPA Flow Control calculates the pre-allocated Iub bandwidth based on the Uu transmission rate and the amount of data buffered in the NodeB. The procedure for HSDPA Flow Control is briefly described as follows: 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control 68 Prerequisite l l l Configuring HSDPA Flow Control This section describes how to activate. 3. For each MAC-hs queue. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. The NodeB adjusts the Iub bandwidth pre-allocated to the MAC-hs queue. if the Iub transmission rate is higher than the Uu transmission rate. it should retain a certain amount of data to prevent wasting the Uu resources due to not having data to transmit. Too much data buffered in the NodeB leads to transmission delay and even packet loss. 68-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the NodeB MML command SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA to set the parameter Flow Control Switch to enable the NodeB HSDPA flow control function. . l Deactivation Procedure You can deactivate the current algorithm by selecting one of the other flow control algorithms. the flow control policy for the ports of the NodeB is either DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING or NO_BW_SHAPING in accordance with the congestion detection mechanism of the NodeB. – When Flow Control Switch is set to NO_BW_SHAPING. service type and Security Parameter Index (SPI) of the two UEs are the same. the NodeB does not adjust the available bandwidth for HSDPA users based on delay and packet loss on the Iub interface. ----End 2. TD=2. Enable an HSDPA-capable UE1 to access the network and originate a PS service. SBT=BASE_BOARD.68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control RAN Feature Activation Guide There are four types of HSDPA flow control algorithm as follows: – When Flow Control Switch is set to STATIC_BW_SHAPING. – When Flow Control Switch is set to BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE. BEAR=ATM. Record the throughput of the two UEs. the total bandwidth of the two UEs is 4 MHz. Create UL Throughput Bandwidth and DL Throughput Bandwidth tasks. 68-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Expected result: The throughput of UE1 is 4 Mbps. SN=6. The NodeB reports the conditions about the air interface to the RNC. – When Flow Control Switch is set to DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING. the NodeB adjusts the available bandwidth for HSDPA users based on delay and packet loss on the Iub interface. the NodeB does not adjust the bandwidth based on delay and packet loss on the Iub interface. l Verification Procedure 1. the NodeB performs Iub shaping and distributes flow to HSDPA users. When the throughput of the two UEs is stable. If user priority. Then. Choose Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring on the BSC6900 LMT. Record the throughput of UE1. the final ratio of the two UEs' throughput is 1:1. the NodeB performs Iub shaping and distributes flow to HSDPA users. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . DR=1. Enable an HSDPA-capable UE2 to access the network (with the same configuration as UE1) and originate a download service. This flow control algorithm is recommended. ITM=TERRESTRIAL. and then the RNC allocates the bandwidth. SWITCH= BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE. PT=IMA. PN=0. 3. Expected result: The throughput of UE1 decreases after UE2 accesses the network. Then. Example //Activating HSDPA Flow Control and setting the flow control mode to adaptive flow control SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA: SRN=0. subtracting Iub bandwidth used by R99 from Iub bandwidth configured. Assume that the current Iub bandwidth is 4 MHz and the bandwidth usage is 100%. considering the data rate on the air interface. For details. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. verify. This feature also enables an HSDPA-capable UE to change cells with a small probability of service interruption. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. The methods of activating intra-frequency. 69-1 .. inter-frequency. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. and inter-RAT handovers are the same for HSDPA users and R99 users. Ltd. see the following sections: – 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover – 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage – 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS – 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance – 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage – 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 69 Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management 69 Prerequisite l l Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management This section describes how to activate. Context This feature enables an HSDPA-capable UE to be handed over to an R99 cell or another HSDPA cell. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061006 HSDPA Mobility Management. . Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .69 Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management RAN Feature Activation Guide – 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service – 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load l l Verification Procedure None Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. ----End 69-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context This feature can provide proper HSDPA services for the UEs of category 1 to category 28. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Verification Procedure This feature does not need to be verified. Procedure l l l Activation Procedure This feature does not need to be activated. l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Ltd. 70-1 ..RAN Feature Activation Guide 70 Configuring HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28 70 Prerequisite Configuring HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28 This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28. . Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 71 Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service 71 Prerequisite l Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service This section describes how to activate.. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Other Prerequisites – The BSC6900 software version should not be earlier than RAN12. such as gaming services and instant messaging services (such as MSN). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061020 Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service. Context l l The NodeB detects HSPA services with low traffic. – The DBS3900/BTS3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. The NodeB enables low traffic services to obtain more resources based on the scheduling and flow control principles of HSPA. – The DBS3800 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. – The NodeB software version should not be earlier than RAN12. 71-1 . Dependencies on Hardware – Only BSC6900 supports this function. verify. – The NodeB protocol version configured at the BSC6900 should not be earlier than R8. Ltd.0. which reduces delay in low traffic services. – The BTS3812E is configured with the EBBI or EDLP board.0. – The UE supports HSPA. In this step.. and copper users to 0. 71-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and copper users according to the actual conditions. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .71 Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. silver. DLCOPPERUEBPS=15. ULSILVERUEBPS=0. DLCOPPERUEBPS=0. silver. Ltd. DLSILVERUEBPS=0. it indicates that the NodeB stops identifying the low traffic services of the user. and copper users. Run the NodeB MML command SET UEQOSENHANCEPARA. DLSILVERUEBPS=14. NOTE Verification Procedure 1. l Run the NodeB MML command SET UEQOSENHANCEPARA to set the burst packet sizes of the gold. //Verification procedure LST UEQOSENHANCEPARA:. silver. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET UEQOSENHANCEPARA: ULGOLDUEBPS=10. ULCOPPERUEBPS=12. ULSILVERUEBPS=11. ULCOPPERUEBPS=0. When the burst packet size of a user is set to 0. l Deactivation Procedure 1. set the burst packet sizes of the gold. DLGOLDUEBPS=13. Run the NodeB MML command LST UEQOSENHANCEPARA to query the burst packet sizes of the gold. DLGOLDUEBPS=0. //Deactivation procedure SET UEQOSENHANCEPARA: ULGOLDUEBPS=0. This feature enables the peak rate on the Uu interface to reach 14. Ltd. When the UE is in poor radio environment. When the UE is in good radio environment. The supported peak rate on the air interface can reach 14.4 Mbit/s. 72-1 . l l l l The HS-PDSCH is used to carry the HS-DSCH data. Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 16QAM is a higher-order downlink data modulation scheme. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE HSDPA Introduction Package must be activated before activating this feature.." Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For the method of activating HSDPA Introduction Package. Context Compared with QPSK.RAN Feature Activation Guide 72 Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation 72 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation This section describes how to activate. verify. see the section "Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package. Other Prerequisites – UE should support the demodulation of 16QAM. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010629 16QAM Modulation. The UE of category 10 can support a maximum of 15 HS-PDSCH codes and 16QAM modulation mode. the transmission can adopt the low-order QPSK modulation mode and small transport blocks to ensure communication quality. the transmission can adopt the high-order 16QAM modulation mode and large transport blocks to achieve high peak rate. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. The HS-PDSCH may use QPSK or 16QAM modulation symbols.4 Mbit/s. however. 1.. In this step. l Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. Start FTP (10 threads) to download given files. NOTE Verification Procedure l For the 16QAM modulation of the HSDPA UE. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. ----End Example //Activating procedure SET MACHSPARA: CME16QAMSW=OPEN. the throughput of category 8 UE can reach 5 Mbit/s. you find that the PS downloading service is normal and the bit rate is higher than 5 Mbit/s. NOTE Only in case of good environment quality of the channel. In this step. the UE in category 8 can support both QPSK and 16QAM modulation schemes. //Deactivating procedure SET MACHSPARA: CME16QAMSW=CLOSE. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. By monitoring the DL throughput and bandwidth. l As defined in 3GPP 25. set 16QAM Switch to OPEN(open). the NodeB license control item must be enabled. Only 16QAM modulation.306. The UE keeps in Cell-DCH state. 72-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Perform the following steps to check whether the download rate can reach 5 Mbit/s. 2. Use the UE to start a PS interactive service of DL 7200 kbit/s. The PS service is carried on the HS-DSCH. which are larger than 1 GB. set 16QAM Switch to CLOSE(close). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .72 Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. enables the throughput of category 8 UE to reach 5 Mbit/s. RAN Feature Activation Guide 73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB 73 Prerequisite Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB This section describes how to activate. 73-1 .. In this step. The NodeB adjusts the allocation of code resources in each TTI according to available code resources and scheduling algorithms. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA. This feature can further improve the utilization of code resources. verify. Verification Procedure 1. set Dynamic Code Switch to CLOSE(close). see the section "Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package. l l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Context This feature implements dynamic code allocation on the NodeB side." 1. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE HSDPA Introduction Package must be activated before activating this feature. Ltd. Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – set Allocate Code Mode to Manual. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. In this step. 2. For the method of activating HSDPA Introduction Package. l Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. set Dynamic Code Switch to OPEN(open). as shown in Figure 73-1. Figure 73-1 User Tracing 5.. Ltd. 4. Use a UE that belongs to category 8 or is capable of higher HSDPA performance to download 200 MB files from the FTP server in the serving cell. select (DL)Hsdpa User Enhanced Schedule Data message. To query the ucMaxPdschCodeNum is 5. 3. as shown in Figure 73-2. 73-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Select Service > Trace Management > Interface Trace Task > User from the navigation tree in Maintenance tab on NodeB LMT.73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB RAN Feature Activation Guide – set Code Number for HS-PDSCH to 5. . Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. In this step. set Dynamic Code Switch to OPEN(open). as shown in Figure 73-3. Ltd. 7. ucMaxPdschCodeNum is less than the value of 5. Trace (DL)Hsdpa User Enhanced Schedule Data message. 73-3 . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB Figure 73-2 Message Browser 6. it indicates the feature has been enabled. //Operations on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=OPEN. //Deactivation procedure //Operations on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=CLOSE. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . //Verification procedure //Operations on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=CLOSE. AllocCodeMode=Manual. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA.73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 73-3 Message Browser l Deactivation Procedure 1.. set Dynamic Code Switch to CLOSE(close). 73-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Operations on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=OPEN. //Operations on the BSC6900 side MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=0. In this step. HsPdschCodeNum=5. Related features include: l l l l WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR WRFD-01061111 HSDPA State Transition WRFD-01061112 HSDPA DRD WRFD-01061113 HS-DPCCH Preamble Support Procedure l For details about activate. 74-1 . Other Prerequisites – UE should support the functions connected with HSDPA Enhanced package. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. see the following sections: – 75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR – 76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition – 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate procedures. verify. Ltd. Context HSDPA enhanced package is introduced on the basis of WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package.. and provides enhancement features to meet the QoS and HSDPA network requirements. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 74 Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package 74 Prerequisite Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package This section describes how to activate. l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. verify. ----End 74-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.74 Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide HS-DPCCH Preamble Support does not need to be activated. verified. Ltd. or deactivated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. This feature allows different users to obtain accurate differentiated experiences. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR. In this step. Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. set Scheduling Method to an option other than EPF(Enhanced PF). the Enhanced Proportional Fair (EPF) algorithm can accurately allocate resources by proportion. Based on the QoS parameters. l Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR 75 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR This section describes how to activate. In this step. weight. and Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) for different users. l Deactivation Procedure 1.. Context The operator can set different QoS parameters such as priority. 75-1 . Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. set Scheduling Method to EPF(Enhanced PF). Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA to check that Scheduling Method is set to EPF. Verification Procedure 1. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR RAN Feature Activation Guide Example //Activation procedure SET MACHSPARA: SM=EPF. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. //Verification procedure LST MACHSPARA. 75-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. //Deactivation procedure SET MACHSPARA: SM=PF. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Check the traced data to ensure that the value of the IE rrc-StateIndicator is cell-FACH (1). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061111 HSDPA State Transition. 76-1 l Verification Procedure 1. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Then. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. and do not perform any data operation for a period of time. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition 76 Prerequisite l l Configuring HSDPA State Transition This section describes how to activate. 2. Set up an HSDPA BE service. Context l l This feature enables the switching between the DCH and HS-DSCH and makes it possible for UEs to enjoy high-speed services.. Log in to the BSC6900 LMT and initiate Uu interface message tracing. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. select the DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH and DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. as shown in Figure 76-1. search for the RRC_RB_RECFG in the traced Uu interface message. This feature also enables a UE with an ongoing BE service or streaming service to move to the CELL_FACH state to save system resources when the UE does not have data transmission for a long period. verify. 76-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. //Deactivating HSDPA State Transition SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 76-1 RRC_RB_RECFG message l Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating HSDPA State Transition SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. Ltd. deselect the DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH and DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. . Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061112 HSDPA DRD. Context This feature enables HSDPA-suitable services to be established on the HS-DSCH cell as much as possible if a UE is HS-DSCH capable. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Ltd. If Blind handover flag is set to FALSE. achieving better service performance. In this step. In this step. set Direct retry switch to DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to check whether DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH or DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH is set to ON. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL. 2. 77-1 l Verification Procedure 1. set Blind Handover Flag of cell 2 (interHuawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UINTERFREQNCELL to query the interfrequency neighboring cells of cell 1 and whether Blind handover flag is set to TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Expected result: The value of DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH or DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH is ON.RAN Feature Activation Guide 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD 77 Prerequisite l l Configuring HSDPA DRD This section describes how to activate. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. go to Step 3. CellId=1. 5. This feature also supports the following scenario: If a UE in an R99 cell (cell 1) originates HSDPA streaming services or BE services. The Uu message tracing or the UE CDT tracing shows that the RRC_RB_RECFG/RRC_RB_SETUP message is sent to the UE in cell 1 and the RRC_RB_RECFG_CMP/RRC_RB_SETUP_CMP message is sent to the RNC in cell 2. the UE is handed over to cell 2 by using directed retry. 77-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. NCellRncId=2.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . NCellId=2. cell 2 is the inter-frequency neighboring cell for blind handover of cell 1 and admission to cell 2 is allowed. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D384. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. In this step. The value of Maximum HSDPA user number in cell 1 is 0.77 Configuring HSDPA DRD RAN Feature Activation Guide frequency neighboring cell of cell 1) to TRUE. Enable the UE in cell 1 to originate a PS FTP download service. l Deactivation Procedure 1. the UE can camp on an HSDPA cell (cell 2) through directed retry. //Verifying HSDPA DRD MOD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=1. Ltd. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-1. If Blind handover flag is set to TRUE. In this scenario. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111. 4. In this step. In this step. MaxHsdpaUserNum=0. set HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) to Cell CAC algorithm switch. therefore. BlindHoFlag=TRUE. ----End Example //Activating HSDPA DRD SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch= DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1. NOTE 6. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. 3. The feature does not need to be deactivated. set Maximum HSDPA user number of cell 1 to 0. set DL BE traffic threshold on HSDPA to an appropriate value. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch= DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH-1. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010630 Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 78 Configuring Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA 78 Prerequisite Configuring Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA This section describes how to activate. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Initiate Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. as shown in Figure 78-1. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package. 78-1 . verify. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. l Verification Procedure 1. Context This feature enables the streaming services to be mapped onto the HS-DSCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH from the drop-down list Service mapping strategy switch.. which improves the utilization of cell resources. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 78 Configuring Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 78-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. view the RRC_RB_SETUP message and check whether the dlTransportChannelType in the rb-MappingInfo information element (IE) is set to hsdsch in the Uu interface trace data. l 1. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Deactivation Procedure ----End Example //Activating Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-1. Establish an HSDPA streaming service on the UE. Check whether the service can receive the data successfully. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH from the drop-down list Service mapping strategy switch. To check whether the establishment is successful. 78-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. //Deactivating Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-0.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC. Other Prerequisites – The neighboring RNC supports this feature. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. In this step. Context This feature enables HSDPA services to be carried on the Iur interface and provides continuous HSDPA services for UEs moving between BSC6900s.RAN Feature Activation Guide 79 Configuring HSDPA over Iur 79 Prerequisite l l l l License Configuring HSDPA over Iur This section describes how to activate. select the HSDSCH support indicator and F-DPCH support indicator check boxes under the parameter Cell Capability Container. l Verification Procedure 1. 79-1 2. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Verify that the feature HSDPA over Iur has been activated by performing the following operations: – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UNRNC to query the configuration of the neighboring RNC. .. set Hsdpa cap ind over IUR for NRNC to ON. – The license controlling this feature has been activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL to configure the neighboring RNC's cell with HSDSCH and Fractional-Dedicated Physical Control Channel (F-DPCH). verify. In this step. CellCapContainerFdd=HSDSCH_SUPPORT-0&FDPCH_SUPPORT-0. In this step. an HSDPA service has been set up successfully.79 Configuring HSDPA over Iur RAN Feature Activation Guide – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UEXT3GCELL to query the configuration of the neighboring RNC's cell. – The serving cell changes to a cell under the neighboring RNC.. – Establish an HSDPA service under the serving RNC. Ltd. CellCapContainerFdd=HSDSCH_SUPPORT-1&FDPCH_SUPPORT-1. CellId=1. //Deactivating HSDPA over Iur MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. 2. 2. deselect the HSDSCH support indicator and F-DPCH support indicator check boxes under the parameter Cell Capability Container. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . CellId=1. IurHsdpaSuppInd=ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. In this step. MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. IurHsdpaSuppInd=OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL. ----End Example //Activating HSDPA over Iur MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. set Hsdpa cap ind over IUR for NRNC to OFF. – If the RNSAP_RL_SETUP_REQ message traced on the Iur interface contains HSDPA-related information elements. Verify that an HSDPA service has been set up by performing the following operations: – Configure the neighboring RNC and its cell with the HSDPA function. 79-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. verify. Dependencies on Hardware – Requirement for the BSC6900 – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Context Using F-DPCH multiplexing. – Requirements for the NodeB – The BTS3812E. BTS3812A.RAN Feature Activation Guide 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA 80 Prerequisite l Configuring SRB over HSDPA This section describes how to activate. During radio resource control (RRC) connection setup. Ltd. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. SRBs can be carried over HSDPA only when all the downlink services of the UE are carried on the HSDPA channels. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board.. EBOI. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EBBI. During radio access bearer (RAB) setup. this feature enables downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) of multiple users to be carried over HSDPA. or EDLP board. this feature can be activated by performing the following operations: Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This helps reduce downlink code resource consumption and call setup delay. Others – The UE complies with the specifications of 3GPP Release 6 or higher versions and supports fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) or E-FDPCH. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA. l Dependencies on Other Features – The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature must be configured before this feature is configured. 80-1 . NOTE l If Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type is set to False. NOTE l If Cell Hspa Enhanced function switch is set to E_F_DPCH_ON. 80-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To verify whether this feature is activated . l If Cell Hspa Enhanced function switch is set to E_F_DPCH_OFF. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Verification Procedure 1. this feature is activated during RAB setup. Figure 80-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. view the information element (IE) dlTransportChannelType and rb-Identity in the RRC_RB SETUP message from the Uu interface trace data. select RRC_RB_SETUP. Ltd.80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l If Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type is set to TRUE. In this step. 2. Recommended Value is False. Run the MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH on the BSC6900 to set the E_F_DPCH is activated by means of the Cell Hspa Enhanced function switch parameter. E_F_DPCH is enabled. 3. set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to HSDPA or HSPA. this feature is activated during RRC connection setup. as shown in Figure 80-1. Run the MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA on the BSC6900 to set the phase at which this feature is activated by means of the Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type parameter. In the displayed dialog box. E_F_DPCH is disabled. Log in to the BSC6900 LMT to enable Uu interface tracing.. Run the MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA on the BSC6900. this feature is activated. as shown in Figure 80-2. set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to HSUPA or DCH. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Setting the type of channel on which SRBs are preferably carried with SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag set to False SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=False. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. 80-3 . ----End Example //Activating SRB over HSDPA //Activating LICENSE SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS.. as shown in Figure 80-3. In this step. //setting the E_F_DPCH function MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. FUNCTIONSWITCH3=SRB_OVER_HSDPA-1. Figure 80-2 Value of the dl-TransportChannelType IE Figure 80-3 Value of the rb-Identity IE l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Setting the type of channel on which SRBs are preferably carried with SrbChlType set to HSDPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSDPA. Run the MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA on the BSC6900. HspaEnhSwitch=E_F_DPCH_ON. and the value of rb-Identity is less than or equal to 4.RAN Feature Activation Guide 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA – If the value of dl-TransportChannelType is hsdsch. 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA //Deactivating SRB over HSDPA RAN Feature Activation Guide //Setting the type of channel on which SRBs are preferably carried with SrbChlType set to DCH SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=DCH.. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 80-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RAN Feature Activation Guide 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target 81 Prerequisite Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target This section describes how to activate. 2. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . set CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service to CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER (CQI Adjusted by Dynamic BLER).. Context With this feature. improving user throughput and cell throughput. verify. or EDLP board. this feature has been Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. check that CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service is set to CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER. l Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E and BTS3812AE are configured with the EBBI. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. EBOI. the NodeB can dynamically select the optimum BLER target value based on the channel quality fluctuation of HSDPA users. 81-1 l Verification Procedure 1. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target. Query the CQI and TBS reported by UEs in the NodeB log. Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA. In this step. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. l l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package License – The license that supports this feature is activated. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. The NodeB then adjusts the Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) accordingly. In this step. If the data buffer has sufficient space and a CQI corresponds to multiple TBSs. CQIADJALGOFNONCON=CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER. //Verifying CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. //Deactivating CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target SET MACHSPARA: CQIADJALGOFNONCON=NO_CQI_ADJ. l Deactivation Procedure 1. If the data buffer has sufficient space and a CQI corresponds only to one TBS.. this feature has not been activated. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ----End Example //Activating CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. set CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service to NO_CQI_ADJ(Not CQI Adjust Algorithm).81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target RAN Feature Activation Guide activated. Ltd. 81-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. verify. Context This feature enables the system to process HSUPA services. Establish a PS service. therefore increasing the uplink rate and system throughput. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to verify that the HSUPA function of the cell is activated. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 82-1 . – The UE supports the HSUPA function. Dependencies on Hardware – The NBBI and the NULP do not support this feature. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLHSUPA to activate the HSUPA function of the cell. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 2. Ensure that the HSUPA function of the cell is activated. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHSUPA to add HSUPA functions of a cell.. Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure 1. It provides basic functions of HSUPA.RAN Feature Activation Guide 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package 82 Prerequisite l Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. 2. ACT UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. Ltd. RMV UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELLHSUPA to remove the HSUPA functions of a cell. //Verifying HSUPA Introduction Package DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. 82-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CellId=111. //Deactivating HSUPA Introduction Package DEA UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111.82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package RAN Feature Activation Guide The IE E-DCH FDD information in the RL SETUP message on the Iub interface and the IE rb-mappinginfo in the RRC_RB_SETUP message on the Uu interface should indicate that the service has been set up and carried on the E-DCH. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLHSUPA to deactivate the HSUPA function of the cell. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Example //Activating HSUPA Introduction Package ADD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. (2) For HSUPA services. Context This feature enables HSUPA and R99 services to simultaneously access the network by using the remaining uplink cell load and other resources. and HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm).. In this step. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. In this step. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. select an uplink Call Admission Control (CAC) algorithm through the parameter Uplink CAC algorithm switch and a downlink CAC algorithm through the parameter Downlink CAC algorithm switch. HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS(HSUPA EDCH RSEPS Meas Algorithm). l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. select the corresponding admission algorithm switches from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061202 HSUPA Admission Control. Activating Power Resource Admission (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Ltd. such as HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR Meas Algorithm).RAN Feature Activation Guide 83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control 83 Prerequisite Configuring HSUPA Admission Control This section describes how to activate. improving the utilization of system resources and ensuring QoS of admitted users. 83-1 . Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set Maximum HSUPA user number of CELL_A11 to 20. The value of rrc-Stateinditator is CELL_DCH. In this step.83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control RAN Feature Activation Guide (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set power resource admission parameters. 2. UE1 and UE2 are in idle state and camp on CELL_A11. In this step. do as follows: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set CAC algorithm switch to NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH(NodeB Credit CAC Switch). do as follows: – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to set the cell-oriented power resource admission switches (Uplink CAC algorithm switch and Downlink CAC algorithm switch) to ALGORITHM_OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP IPPATH or DSP AAL2PATH to check whether any bandwidth is occupied. 7. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set the maximum number of HSUPA users supported by CELL_A11 to 1. Run the following command to check whether Iub resource admission is activated. 3. set Cell CAC algorithm switch to CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission Control Algorithm) to turn on the cell-oriented credit resource admission switch. To disable NodeB Credit Resource Admission. 6. set the NodeB credit resource admission parameters Ul handover credit reserved SF and Dl handover credit and code reserved SF to appropriate values. In this step. The value of ul-TrCH-Type is e-dch. 9. Expected result: An HSUPA PS service is successfully established on UE1 and UE2 respectively. and then check the rb-mappinginfo information element in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. 3. 2. CELL_A11 supports HSUPA. set the PS service type to background or interactive. 4. 2.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 83-2 . and then check the rb-mappinginfo information element in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. Ltd. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. l Deactivation Procedure 1. NOTE Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD IPPATH or MOD AAL2PATH to modify the Iub bandwidth. 5. On the HLR. Release all PS services. Establish an HSUPA PS service on UE2. Activating Iub Resource Admission Iub resource admission is unconditionally performed and does not need to be activated. Establish an HSUPA PS service on UE1. l Verification Procedure 1. 8. To disable Power Resource Admission. Establish an HSUPA PS service on UE1 and UE2 respectively. Activating NodeB Credit Resource Admission (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. RAN Feature Activation Guide 83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. //Activating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-1. In this step. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-1. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SF32. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. UlHoCeResvSf=SF16. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. In this step. 83-3 . 3. deselect the NodeB credit resource admission switch NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH(NodeB Credit CAC Switch) from the CAC algorithm switch drop-down list.. MaxUlTxPowerforInt=24. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-1&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-1&HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS -1. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. MaxUlTxPowerforConv=24. MaxHsupaUserNum=20. //Deactivating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-0. Ltd. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_SECOND. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. Deactivating Iub Resource Admission Iub resource admission is unconditionally performed and does not need to be deactivated. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. //Deactivating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-0. ----End Example //Activating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. deselect the cell-oriented credit resource admission switch CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission Control Algorithm) from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list. . Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA. reduces the uplink and downlink interference. In this step. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Context This feature increases the system power efficiency. E-RGCH Power Offset for Service Radio Links Set (0.. set E-AGCH HPC Mode. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA. and E-HICH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links Set to FOLLOW_TPC. 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. E-RGCH HPC Parameters for Service Radio Links Set. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061203 HSUPA Power Control.25dB).25dB) to appropriate values according to the network plan.25dB). Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA.25dB). verify. set E-AGCH HPC Parameters. Dependencies on Other Features – The features WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package and WRFD-020504 Inner Loop Power Control must be configured before this feature is activated. set E-AGCH Power Offset(0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 84 Configuring HSUPA Power Control 84 Prerequisite l l Configuring HSUPA Power Control This section describes how to activate. 84-1 . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. and EHICH Power Offset for Single Radio Link(0. E-RGCH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links Set. In this step. E-HICH Power Offset for Service Radio Links Set(0. 3. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this step. and EHICH HPC Parameters for Service Radio Links Set to YES. and improves the system capacity by controlling the power on HSUPA physical channels. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA Power Control //Setting the power control mode SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=111. Ltd. 3.84 Configuring HSUPA Power Control RAN Feature Activation Guide 4. On the BSC6900 LMT. Move the UE between the cell center and the cell edge. UlL2EnhanceInd=FALSE. select OLPC and specify the IMSI. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABHSUPAPC to modify power control parameters related to HSUPA services. Use an HSUPA-capable UE to set up a PS service over the enhanced DCH (E-DCH). Ul16QamInd=FALSE. SEHICHPWROFFSET=96. 5. 2. In this step. View the monitor items related to the number of E-DCH retransmissions in the OLPC area. In this step. TrchType=TRCH_EDCH_2MS. 5. This feature does not need to be deactivated. SERGCHPCPARA=YES. DelayClass=1. EdchTargetLargeRetransNum=20. SubflowIndex=0. SERGCHPWROFFSET=100. ERgch3IndStpThs=12. – When the UE is moving towards the antenna. the channel power remains unchanged. l Deactivation Procedure 1. EAGCHPCMOD=FOLLOW_TPC. SERGCHPCMOD=FOLLOW_TPC. SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=111. UlEcBoostingInd=FALSE. EAGCHPWROFFSET=142. In the displayed dialog box. ERgch2IndStpThs=9. EdPwrInterpolationInd=FALSE. – If static power control is used. double-click Connection Performance Monitoring under UMTS Monitoring. SEHICHPCMOD=FOLLOW_TPC. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABOLPC. EdchTargetLittleRetransNum=12. change the number of target retransmissions for large and small retransmissions related to HSUPA services according to the network plan. View the power change on each HSUPA channel. open the Monitor page. set E-RGCH 2-IndexStep Threshold to 9 and E-RGCH 3-Index-Step Threshold to 12. SubflowIndex=0. The values of the monitor items change with UE movement. SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=111. the transmit power of the EAGCH increases. Then. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . TrchType=TRCH_EDCH_2MS. SRLEHICHPWROFFSET=88. 4. the transmit power of the EAGCH decreases. //Changing the number of target retransmissions for large and small retransmissions related to HSUPA services MOD UTYPRABOLPC: RabIndex=48. EAGCHPCPARA=YES. – If dynamic power control is used: – When the UE is moving away from the antenna. l Verification Procedure 1.. //Modifying power control parameters related to HSUPA services MOD UTYPRABHSUPAPC: RabIndex=48. SEHICHPCPARA=YES. 84-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This feature also enables an HSUPA-capable UE to change cells with a small probability of service interruption. and inter-RAT handovers are the same for HSUPA users and R99 users. Context This feature enables an HSUPA-capable UE to be handed over to an R99 cell or another HSUPA cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide 85 Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management 85 Prerequisite l l Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management This section describes how to activate. Ltd. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. inter-frequency. For the activation procedures for configuring HSUPA Mobility Management. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. see the following sections: – 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover – 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage – 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS – 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance – 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management. The methods of activating intra-frequency.. 85-1 . verify. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. 3.85 Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management RAN Feature Activation Guide – 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS – 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service – 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load 2. ----End Verification Procedure None. 85-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. select RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH from the HSUPA DCCC Strategy dropdown list so that the data rate of HSUPA services on the EDCH can increase or decrease. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 86-1 .. In this step. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. In this step. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC.RAN Feature Activation Guide 86 Configuring HSUPA DCCC 86 Prerequisite l l Configuring HSUPA DCCC This section describes how to activate. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context HSUPA DCCC can dynamically adjust the minimum spreading factor (SF) code of HSUPA based on the user throughput and flexibly switch the UE state based on the user traffic. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. In this step. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – The features WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package and WRFD-021101 Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) must be configured before this feature is activated. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 3. select DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list. 2. set HSUPA Credit Consume Type to MBR. Ltd. which improves the Channel Element (CE) resource utilization and system efficiency. Optional: If the NodeB does not enable dynamic CE. the bandwidth increases. In this step. 2. In UL Throughput Bandwidth of Connection Performance Monitoring. Upload a large file for a period of time. 86-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 4. the bandwidth decreases. After the step is performed. deselect DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list. After the service is established. SET UDCCC: HsupaDcccStg=RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH. NOTE The preceding optional step sets the available data rate set of the HSUPA DCCC algorithm. HSUPA services can be of any data rate in the data rate set by using the HSUPA DCCC algorithm. On the BSC6900 LMT. Stop the data upload and wait for a period of time. SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET: EdchRateAdjustSet=RATE_8KBPS-0&RATE_16KBPS-0&RATE_32KBPS-0&RATE_64KBPS-0& RATE_128KBPS-1&RATE_144KBPS-0&RATE_256KBPS-1&RATE_384KBPS-0&RATE_608KBPS1&RATE_1280KBPS-0&RATE_2048KBPS-0&RATE_2720KBPS-0&RATE_5440KBPS-0&RATE_11 480KBPS-0.86 Configuring HSUPA DCCC NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide After the preceding optional step is performed. display the Monitor page. HsupaCeConsumeSelection=MBR. view the RRC_RB_RECFG message on the Uu interface and check that the data rate increases. the data rate of HSUPA services on the EDCH can increase or decrease as required. If the data rate of HSUPA services on the EDCH is expected to increase only. Then. layer 3 of the RNC sends an uplink throughput measurement control message to layer 2. double-click UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. Select UL Throughput Bandwidth and DL Throughput Bandwidth respectively from the Monitor Item drop-down list to create two monitoring tasks. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET. l Verification Procedure 1. //Deactivating HSUPA DCCC SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch= DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0. In the Monitor Navigation Tree. In this step. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Deactivation Procedure 1. view the RRC_RB_RECFG message on the Uu interface and check that the data rate decreases. In UL Throughput Bandwidth of Connection Performance Monitoring. select RATE_UP_ONLY_ON_EDCH from the HSUPA DCCC Strategy dropdown list. 3.. set HSUPA Uplink Rate Adjust Set to a data rate set for rate adjustment by the HSUPA DCCC algorithm. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA DCCC SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1. Ltd. Then. 4. Make the UE establish an HSUPA Best Effort (BE) service. MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NodeB1". make UEs establish PS services. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Context This feature enables a single HSUPA cell to serve a maximum of 20 HSUPA users simultaneously. Use UEs to access the cell one by one. On the BSC6900 LMT. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Monitor Item to Cell User Number. Then. Ltd. deselect HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) and HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) from the drop-down list of Cell CAC algorithm switch. for example. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. 87-1 2. the cell attempts to establish services on DCHs to accommodate additional users. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Verification Procedure 1. click Monitor. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set the maximum number of HSUPA users supported by the cell to 20. Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. upload files through FTP. Then. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. 2. verify. After the maximum is reached.RAN Feature Activation Guide 87 Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell 87 Prerequisite l l l Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061211 20 HSUPA Users per Cell. In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box.. In this step. double-click Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. – If the number of UEs is greater than 20. 3. l Deactivation Procedure 1. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-0. uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels. 87-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MaxHsupaUserNum=20. Ltd.HSUPA. NOTE The 20 HSUPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type.UE. ----End Example /*Activation procedure*/ //Disabling the admission control function in an HSPA cell on the Uu interface MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. //Setting the maximum number of HSUPA users supported by the cell to 20 MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111.87 Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell RAN Feature Activation Guide – If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 20. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) ..Max. HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels.Cell on the M2000. This feature does not need to be deactivated. View the maximum number of users indicated by the counter VS. RAN Feature Activation Guide 88 Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH) 88 Prerequisite l l Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH) This section describes how to activate. and E-AGCH Min Power(0. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters with the following parameter settings: – E-AGCH HPC Parameters is set to YES(YES). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061401 E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH). – E-AGCH Power Offset(0. verify. E-AGCH Max Power(0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Use an HSUPA-capable UE to perform PS services over the E-DCH. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. therefore effectively reducing the power consumption of the E-AGCH.25dB). Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1dB) are set to values that comply with the data plan. – E-AGCH HPC Mode is set to CQI_BASED(Tx Pwr Ctr based on CQI) or HSSCCH_BASED(Tx Pwr Ctr based on HS-SCCH).1dB). Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on hardware. l Verification Procedure 1. Context This feature enables the RAN to use the channel quality indicator (CQI) and HS-SCCH information reported by UEs as a reference.. 88-1 . Ltd. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. SEHICHPCPARA=NO. MAXAGCHPOWER=100. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET MACEPARA: SCHEDULEPARA=NO. l Deactivation Procedure 1.. the transmit power of the E-AGCH decreases. EAGCHPWROFFSET=100. SERGCHPCPARA=NO. NSEHICHPCPARA=NO. set E-AGCH HPC Parameters to NO(NO). NSERGCHPCPARA=NO. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA. Expected result: – When the UE moves away from the antenna. 88-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Deactivation procedure SET MACEPARA: SCHEDULEPARA=NO. – When the UE moves towards the antenna. Ltd. SERGCHPCPARA=NO. EAGCHPCMOD=CQI_BASED.88 Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH) RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. MINAGCHPOWER=-200. NSERGCHPCPARA=NO. Move the UE and observe power changes on each channel carrying HSUPA services. NSEHICHPCPARA=NO. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . In this step. EAGCHPCPARA=YES. EAGCHPCPARA=NO. the transmit power of the E-AGCH increases. SEHICHPCPARA=NO. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. BTS3812A. select the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch.RAN Feature Activation Guide 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI 89 Prerequisite l Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI This section describes how to activate. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. 8. verify. or EULPd board. 7. EBOI. Ltd. EULP. Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on BSC6900 Hardware – This feature does not depend on the BSC6900 hardware. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA. Other Prerequisites – The UE is of HSUPA category 6. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EBBI. 89-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . – Dependencies on NodeB Hardware – The BTS3812E. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. or 9. Context This feature enables a single user to obtain a higher uplink throughput and a shorter delay.. In this step. 89-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA 2ms TTI SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-1. //Deactivating HSUPA 2ms TTI SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. //Configuring SRB over HSPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA. Configure SRB over HSPA by referring to 95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA. an HSUPA service with 2 ms TTI has been set up on the E-DCH. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to verify that the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box is selected. set Rate Threshold of Streaming Services on 2ms TTI of HSUPA and Ratethreshold of BE on 2ms TTI of HSUPA to appropriate values based on the network plan. 2. l 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC.. BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs=D64.89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. In this step. Figure 89-1 HSUPA service with 2 ms TTI carried on the E-DCH 3. Verification Procedure l Deactivation Procedure 1. Use an HSPA-capable UE to establish an HSUPA service. deselect the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. SET UFRC: StreamHsupa2msTtiRateThs=D64. If the RRC_RB_SETUP message shown in Figure 89-1 is traced on the Uu interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. RAN Feature Activation Guide 90 Configuring HSUPA 2 ms/10 ms TTI Handover 90 Prerequisite l Configuring HSUPA 2 ms/10 ms TTI Handover This section describes how to activate. Procedure l Activation Procedure This feature is license controlled. Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on BSC6900 Hardware – This feature does not depend on the BSC6900 hardware. Ltd. EBOI. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board.. l Verification Procedure This feature does not need to be verified. – Dependencies on NodeB Hardware – The BTS3812E. BTS3812A. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2 ms/10 ms TTI Handover. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. see 3. It takes effect after its license is activated.1 Activating the BSC6900 License. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EBBI. Context This feature enables 2 ms TTI UEs to obtain the best performance. For details about how to activate the license. verify. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2 has been configured before this feature is activated. EULP. 90-1 . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or EULPd board. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .90 Configuring HSUPA 2 ms/10 ms TTI Handover RAN Feature Activation Guide l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. Ltd.. 90-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA 2 ms/10 ms TTI Handover SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. FUNCTIONSWITCH3=HSUPA_2ms_10ms-1. BTS3812A. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or 9.74Mbps per User 91 Prerequisite Configuring HSUPA 5. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 7. 8. 91-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .74 Mbit/s or higher in the uplink. Ltd. – Dependencies on NodeB Hardware – BTS3812E.74Mbps per User.RAN Feature Activation Guide 91 Configuring HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User This section describes how to activate. The TRM mapping table contains the mapping relationship between the transmission mode and the service type. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context This feature enables the HSUPA rate at the MAC layer to reach a maximum of 5. EBOI. and BTS3812AE are configured with the EBBI. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD TRMMAP to configure the TRM mapping table based on the network plan.74 Mbit/s. l Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on BSC6900 Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Other Prerequisites – The CN supports the UE rate of 5. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA has been configured before this feature is activated. verify. or EULPd board. which is the HSUPA peak rate defined in 3GPP technical specifications. EULP. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board.. – The UE is of HSUPA category 6. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Use an appropriate mapping policy when configuring the TRM mapping table. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT.74Mbps per User SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-1. must be carried by AAL2PATH that supports HSUPA services. set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to DCH(Both uplink and downlink are preferably carried on DCH). In this step. For example. The real-time monitoring result of UL Throughput & Bandwidth on the BSC6900 side shows that the bandwidth is 5440 kbit/s and that upload through FTP is normal. In this step. The RRC_RB_SETUP message shows that the 2 ms TTI is used in the uplink and the maximum channelization code IE is 2SF2+2SF4. l Verification Procedure 1. if Transport Type is set to ATM. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA. set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to HSPA (Uplink is preferably carried on E-DCH and downlink is preferably carried on HS-DSCH). 3.74Mbps per User NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide The BSC6900 provides a default TRM mapping table. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to enable SRBs to be carried on HSPA channels. 2. Use an HSPA-capable UE to establish a PS service on the E-DCH and HS-DSCH. 2.91 Configuring HSUPA 5. including signaling services. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA 5. 2. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable HSUPA services to use the 2 ms TTI. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to prohibit the 2 ms TTI from being used on HSUPA channels. 3. //Deactivating HSUPA 5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to prohibit SRBs from being carried on HSPA channels. all HSUPA services. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=DCH. deselect the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the Service Mapping Strategy Switch parameter. In this step.74Mbps per User SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-0. Ltd.. 91-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Service Mapping Strategy Switch to MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010632 Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA. l Verification Procedure Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 92-1 . The default value is 256 kbit/s.RAN Feature Activation Guide 92 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA 92 Prerequisite Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA This section describes how to activate. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context This feature allows PS streaming services to be carried on E-DCHs. select the MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. Ltd. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. verify. l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports streaming services. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA.. thereby increasing the utilization of cell resources. 2. set UL streaming traffic threshold on HSUPA to an appropriate value. In this step. In this step. . l Deactivation Procedure 1. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: UlStrThsOnHsupa=D256. ----End Example //Activating Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH-1. Expected result: The traffic type in the RAB assignment message is streaming. In this step. Ltd. Ensure that the MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch is selected. //Deactivating Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH-0. and the RB setup message traced on the Uu interface indicates that the PS service is established on an E-DCH. deselect the MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 92-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Use the UE to establish a PS service. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .92 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. 2. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA to allocate code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs. 4. 93-1 . Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. After the maximum number of users is reached. Context This feature enables a single HSUPA cell to serve a maximum of 60 HSUPA users simultaneously.. and WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to enable SRB over HSPA. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Ltd. In this step. deselect HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) and HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) from the drop-down list of Cell CAC algorithm switch. the cell attempts to establish services on DCHs to accommodate additional users. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and set the maximum number of HSUPA users to 60.RAN Feature Activation Guide 93 Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell 93 Prerequisite l l Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA Users per Cell. uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels. //Enabling SRB over HSPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA. Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully. set Monitor Item to Cell User Number. HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels.Cell on the M2000. Use UEs to access the cell one by one. View the maximum number of users indicated by the counter VS. 3. On the BSC6900 LMT. ErgchEhichCodeNum=3.HSUPA. Then. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SFOFF. – If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 60. //Stopping reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and setting the maximum number of HSUPA users to 60 MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111. In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box. This feature does not need to be deactivated. SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=TRUE. 93-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example /*Activation procedure*/ //Disabling the admission control function in an HSPA cell on the Uu interface MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111.Max. l Deactivation Procedure 1. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-0. UlHoCeResvSf=SFOFF. //Allocating code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. make UEs establish PS services. Ltd. MaxHsupaUserNum=60. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .93 Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. 2. NOTE The 60 HSUPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type.UE. – If the number of UEs is greater than 60. Then. upload files through FTP.. EagchCodeNum=3. double-click Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. for example. click Monitor. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. In this step. Context This feature enables HSUPA services to be carried on the Iur interface so that continuous HSUPA services can be provided for UEs moving between BSC6900s.RAN Feature Activation Guide 94 Configuring HSUPA over Iur 94 Prerequisite l l l License Configuring HSUPA over Iur This section describes how to activate. Verify that the feature HSUPA over Iur has been activated by performing the following operations: – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UNRNC to query the configuration of the neighboring RNC. l Verification Procedure 1. verify. set Cell Capability Container to an appropriate value. . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Hsupa cap ind over IUR for NRNC to ON to enable HSUPA services to be carried on the Iur interface. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to configure data about the neighboring RNC.. – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this step. Dependencies on Hardware – The neighboring RNC supports this feature. 94-1 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL to configure a neighboring RNC's cell with the E-DCH function. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UEXT3GCELL to query the configuration of the neighboring RNC's cell. SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1. – If the RNSAP_RL_SETUP_REQ message traced on the Iur interface contains HSUPA-related information elements. – Add a cross-Iur soft handover link. Ltd.94 Configuring HSUPA over Iur RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. CellId=2. Verify that an HSUPA service has been established on the Iur interface by performing the following operations: – Configure the neighboring RNC and its cell with the HSUPA function. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 94-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Dpx=2. CellCapContainerFdd=EDCH_SUPPORT-1&EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT-1&EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBI N_SUPPORT-1. In this step. TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. ----End Example //Activation procedure MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=2. set Hsupa cap ind over IUR for NRNC to OFF. IurHsupaSuppInd=ON. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . an HSUPA service has been set up successfully. – Establish an HSUPA service under the serving RNC.. //Deactivation procedure MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC. IurHsupaSuppInd=OFF. IurExistInd=TRUE. ServiceInd=SUPPORT_CS_AND_PS. verify.DL_DCH) or HSPA(UL_EDCH. EBOI. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA 95 Prerequisite l – BSC6900 Configuring SRB over HSUPA This section describes how to activate. or EDLP board. – Requirements for the NodeB – The BTS3812E. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EBBI. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA.. Ltd. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. BTS3812A. 95-1 . l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Compared with the function of carrying SRBs on DCHs. Run the MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA on the BSC6900. l Dependencies on Other Features – The WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package feature must be configured before this feature is configured. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. this feature saves code resources and reduces cell load. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context This feature provides high signaling rate and shortens call setup delay. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to HSUPA (UL_EDCH.DL_HSDSCH). Use a UE with the HSPA function to set up an RRC connection on the enhanced DCH (E-DCH). View the RRC_RRC_CONN_SETUP message from the Uu interface trace data. 2. //Deactivating SRB over HSUPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=DCH. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 95-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the MML command LST UFRCCHLTYPEPARA on the BSC6900 to query whether the SRBs are carried over HSUPA. set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to DCH (UL_DCH.DL_DCH) and Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type to FALSE.95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. In this step. SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=FALSE. this feature is activated. //Verifying SRB over HSUPA LST UFRCCHLTYPEPARA:. If the EDCH information is contained in the message.. Run the MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA on the BSC6900. ----End Example //Activating SRB over HSUPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSUPA. SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=TRUE. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. In this step. Context Considering cell uplink power load.. In this step. CE resources. set Process switch to NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH. Ltd. Run the NodeB MML command SET ADPRETRANSSWTCH to activate HSUPA Adaptive Transmission on the NodeB side. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 2. and limited uplink coverage. verify. Dependencies on Hardware – The uplink resource group of the cells that support this feature must be established on a board other than the HBBI or WBBPa. 96-1 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 96 Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission 96 Prerequisite l l Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission This section describes how to activate. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To enable the message containing NodeB private interface data to be transmitted to the NodeB over the Iub interface. this feature enables the BTS to adjust the target number of uplink retransmissions to increase the throughput per user and cell uplink capacity. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission. select PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH from the Power Control Switch drop-down list to activate HSUPA Adaptive Transmission. 96-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. //Activating HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission (NodeB MML command) SET ADPRETRANSSWTCH: SWITCH =OPEN. Ltd. Enable the UE to establish an HSUPA BE service. Then. //Deactivating HSUPA Adaptive Transmission (BSC6900 MML command) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH-0. //Deactivating HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission (NodeB MML command) SET ADPRETRANSSWTCH: SWITCH=CLOSE. Figure 96-1 IE information l Deactivation Procedure 1. as shown in Figure 96-1. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA Adaptive Transmission (BSC6900 MML command) SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH-1. In this step. 2. deselect PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH from the Power Control Switch drop-down list to deactivate HSUPA Adaptive Transmission.96 Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. check whether the NBAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message over the Iub interface carries the target number of HSUPA adaptive retransmissions. Run the NodeB MML SET ADPRETRANSSWTCH to deactivate HSUPA Adaptive Transmission on the NodeB side. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. select the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. In this step. whereas the TTI of UEs at the cell edge is switched to 10 ms to expand the coverage. verify. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage 97 Prerequisite Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010690 TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the switch for this feature. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. select the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2 has been configured before this feature is activated. Optional: If the Uplink Enhanced L2 feature is used. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. The TTI of UEs in the cell center is switched to 2 ms to increase the service rate. In this step. Context This feature dynamically adjusts transmission time intervals (TTIs) based on UE transmit power and uplink service throughput. 97-1 .. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. On the unfolded list. Adjust the distance between the UE and the NodeB to trigger a switching of the TTI from 2 ms to 10 ms. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Analyze the traced messages shown in Figure 97-2 and Figure 97-3. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box. double-click UMTS Services. as shown in Figure 97-1. double-click Uu Interface Trace.. click the Trace tab. The TTI has switched from 2 ms to 10 ms. In the Navigation Tree pane on the BSC6900 LMT. Figure 97-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. Ltd. In the displayed Trace Navigation Tree pane. 3. select RRC_RB_SETUP and RRC_RB_RECFG to trace Uu interface signaling messages. 97-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Verification Procedure 1.97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH can be selected only when DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH has been selected. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage Figure 97-2 2 ms TTI Figure 97-3 10 ms TTI l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the switch for this feature.. Ltd. deselect the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. 97-3 . . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage RAN Feature Activation Guide Example //Activating TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage //Turning on the switch for the feature TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1. Ltd. 97-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Turning on the switch for TTI L2+ for BE services based on coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-1. //Deactivating TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage //Turning off the switch for the feature TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-0. 2. improving the HSUPA performance at cell edge. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation 98 Prerequisite l l l Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation This section describes how to activate. – The UE supports this feature. This feature optimizes the size of a data block and the E-DPDCH power offset. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. If the e-DPDCH-info message contains the minReduced-E-DPDCH-GainFactor information element (IE).. View the RRC_RB_SETUP message. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. it Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH check box from Power Control Switch to activate the feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABHSUPAPC to set Minimum Reduced E-DPDCH Gain Factor. l Verification Procedure Start Uu Interface Trace on the LMT to trace messages on the Uu interface. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Ltd. as shown in Figure 98-1. 98-1 . Dependencies on Hardware – There is no requirement for BSC6900 or NodeB. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020138 HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation. Context Compared with the traditional power compression technology. this feature provides an enhanced power compression function. 98-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. BETAEDMIN=4. ULECBOOSTINGIND=FALSE. ULL2ENHANCEIND=FALSE. Ltd. EDPWRINTERPOLATIONIND=FALSE.. UL16QAMIND=FALSE. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . //Setting the Minimum Reduced E-DPDCH Gain Factor parameter MOD UTYPRABHSUPAPC:RABINDEX=0. TRCHTYPE=TRCH_EDCH_2MS. and the BSC6900 sends the UE the transmit power of the data channel.98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation RAN Feature Activation Guide indicates that this feature takes effect. //Deactivation procedure //Disabling the feature SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH-0. SUBFLOWINDEX=0. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Enabling the feature SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH check box from Power Control Switch to deactivate the feature. Figure 98-1 Viewing the minReduced-E-DPDCH-GainFactor IE l Deactivation Procedure 1. . The relevant parameters must retain the default values. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. uplink system performance needs to be enhanced to adapt to the ever-refreshed HSUPA peak rate. this feature adaptively configures the parameters related to power control on the optimum uplink data channel. l This feature is applicable to the scenarios where dynamic channel configuration control (DCCC) takes effect and the scenarios where dynamic channel element (CE) takes effect (DCCC does not take effect).RAN Feature Activation Guide 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power 99 Prerequisite Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power This section describes how to activate. Ltd. This feature may fail to take effect if these parameter settings are changed. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Based on the changes in subscriber behaviors and network status. NOTE l This feature applies only to HSUPA Best Effort (BE) services whose Transmission Timing Interval (TTI) is 10 ms. Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010712 Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power. l This feature is highly dependent on parameter settings. 99-1 . increasing the HSUPA system capacity. Context As the HSPA/HSPA+ becomes an increasingly popular mainstream technology. select the PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH check box under the parameter Power Control Switch. In this step. l Verification Procedure NOTE l In dynamic CE scenarios. the actual service rate is variable. select RATE_128KBPS. and the BSC6900 configures the Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) power offset (PO) based on the realtime service rate. you are advised to set Reference E-TFCI Power Offset1 to 8. Activation Procedure in the Scenario Where Dynamic CE Takes Effect (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Transport channel type to TRCH_EDCH_10MS. Activation Procedure in the Scenario Where DCCC Takes Effect (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. and the Ul 16QAM Used Indication. RATE_608KBPS. and the BSC6900 configures the HARQ PO based on the realtime service rate. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UTYPRABHSUPAPC to check the parameters related to power offset for typical services. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. (5) Disable dynamic CE on the NodeB side. 1. select the PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH check box under the parameter Power Control Switch. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable HSUPA DCCC. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . check the settings of the following two parameters: if Reference E-TFCI Index1 is set to 4 and Reference E-TFCI Power Offset1 is set to 12. 99-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Traffic Subflow Index to 0.99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power RAN Feature Activation Guide CAUTION Before activating this feature. Figure 99-1 shows an interactive BE service with the CN-assigned rate of 2048 kbit/s. Ul enhanced L2 Used Indication. In this step. and UL EDPCCH Boosting Indication parameters all set to FALSE. RATE_256KBPS. set Initial rate of HSUPA BE traffic to D256. the service rate assigned by the core network (CN) is 2048 kbit/s.. Ltd. HARQ PO for small Retrans at Low Speed is set to 4. whose Service parameter index is set to 55. EdPower Interpolation Priority Used Indication. In the scenarios where DCCC takes effect. and HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed is set to 0. In this step. and clear the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. l The HARQ PO is one of the variable that determines the power offset on the E-DPDCH compared with the DPCCH. As shown in Figure 99-1. HARQ PO for Large Retransmission is set to 0. 1. and RATE_2048KBPS check boxes under the parameter HSUPA UpLink Rate Adjust Set. In this step. (3) (Optional) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET to select adjustable rates for EDCH. 2. In this step. select the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH and DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. upload files to the FTP server. Establish a PS interactive BE service over HSUPA. 99-3 . Ltd.. the user is in the small retransmission state at a low speed. 3. l If the realtime service rate of a single user is higher than a high-rate threshold (such as 300 kbit/ s). The HARQ PO is the value of HARQ PO for small Retrans at Low Speed.RAN Feature Activation Guide 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power Figure 99-1 PO parameters of typical services 2. the user is in the small retransmission state at a high speed. for example. Check the realtime rate of the new BE service and the CN-assigned rate by referring to Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth. NOTE l In multi-user scenarios where the target load is limited and the realtime service rate of a single user is lower than a low-rate threshold (such as 150 kbit/s). as shown in Figure 99-2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The HARQ PO is the value of HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Trace messages over the Uu interface by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface. check the value of HARQ PO in the RRC_RB_RECFG message by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu 99-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 99-3 HARQ PO (4) of a UE for small retransmission at a low speed (256 kbit/s) (2) After the file upload on the FTP is complete.. The HARQ PO is equal to the value of HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed. The value of the HARQ PO in the RRC_RB_SETUP message shows that the user is in the small retransmission state at a high speed. as shown in Figure 99-3. check the uplink data rate of the UE by referring to Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth. Ltd. The data rate of the HSUPA service when accessing the network is 256 kbit/s. Verification Procedure in the Scenario Where DCCC Takes Effect (1) Check the uplink throughput and bandwidth by referring to Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth.99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 99-2 Rate of the new BE service 4. When the data rate is 608 kbit/s. .RAN Feature Activation Guide 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power Interface. The value of the HARQ PO in the RRC_RB_SETUP message shows that the user is in the small retransmission state at a high speed when accessing the network. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 99-4 HARQ PO (0) of a UE for small retransmission at a high speed 5. Verification Procedure in the Scenario Where Dynamic CE Takes Effect (1) Trace messages over the Uu interface by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface. as shown in Figure 99-4. The HARQ PO changes from HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed for 256 kbit/s to that for 608 kbit/s. Ltd. The HARQ PO is equal to the value of HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed. 99-5 . as shown in Figure 99-5. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA. In this step. Figure 99-6 HARQ PO (4) of a UE for small retransmission at a low speed (3) If the feature WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission takes effect.. HARQ PO reconfiguration is triggered when the uplink throughput of the UE is lower than the low-rate threshold. The HARQ PO changes from HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed to HARQ PO for small Retrans at Low Speed. check the uplink throughput and bandwidth by referring to Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth. After the uplink load is limited. Check the value of HARQ PO in the RRC_RB_RECFG message by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface. There is a possibility that the UE 99-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. use another UE to perform a PS interactive service with an uplink rate of 2048 kbit/ s and downlink rate of 7200 kbit/s in the cell. set Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor to 10. as shown in Figure 99-6.99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 99-5 HARQ PO (0) of a UE for small retransmission at a high speed (2) Simulate a situation that the uplink load is limited by changing the target uplink load to 10%. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. TrchType=TRCH_EDCH_10MS. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the switch for this feature. EdPwrInterpolationInd=FALSE. CNDomainId=PS_DOMAIN. TrafficClass=INTERACTIVE. as shown in Figure 99-7. In this step.. clear the PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH check box under the parameter Power Control Switch.RAN Feature Activation Guide 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power switches from small retransmission state to large retransmission state if the cell load increases to a certain value. UlEcBoostingInd=FALSE. The HARQ PO changes from HARQ PO for Small Retrans at Low Speed to HARQ PO for Large Retransmission. 99-7 . SET UFRC: HsupaInitialRate=D256. MaxBitRate=256000. Ul16QamInd=FALSE. SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET: EdchRateAdjustSet=RATE_128KBPS-1&RATE_256KBPS-1&RATE_608KBPS-1&RATE_2048K BPS-1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1. //Verification procedure LST UTYPRABHSUPAPC: QueryType=QUERY_BY_PROPERTY. //Activation procedure in the scenario where dynamic CE takes effect SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH-1. Check the HARQ PO in the RRC_RB_RECFG message by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface. Ltd. UlL2EnhanceInd=FALSE. Figure 99-7 HARQ PO (0) of a UE for large retransmission at a low speed l Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activation procedure in the scenario where DCCC takes effect SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH-1. . Ltd.99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power RAN Feature Activation Guide //Verification procedure in the scenario where dynamic CE takes effect MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=x. 99-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . MaxTargetUlLoadFactor=10 //Deactivation procedure SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH-0. l Verification Procedure NOTE l UE is in idle mode and supports the HSUPA and HSDPA functions. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010637 HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA. verify. this feature dynamically adjusts the uplink Uu throughput and thereby greatly improves resource utilization. In this step. select the NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Process switch. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.. l The bandwidth between the BSC6900 and the NodeB is 1 MHz. Context By monitoring Iub transmission resources. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. set HSUPA Congestion Control Switch to ON(ON). 100-1 . 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.RAN Feature Activation Guide 100 Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion 100 Prerequisite l l Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion This section describes how to activate. traffic class is set to background. That is. UE is of HSUPA category 5 and is correctly registered at the HLR. //Deactivation procedure SET UDPUCFGDATA: HsupaTnlSwitch=OFF. set HSUPA Congestion Control Switch to OFF(OFF). On the BSC6900 LMT. 2. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA. SET UDPUCFGDATA: HsupaTnlSwitch=ON. the maximum bit rates are set to UL 2048 kbit/s and DL 7200 kbit/s. 100-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The uplink throughput of UE is stable and is about 1M. l 1.100 Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. start Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth.. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . In this step. ----End Deactivation Procedure Example //Activation procedure SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. therefore ensuring preemption fairness. it indicates the feature is activated. If the value is 1. The feature does not need to be activated. During preemption of CE resources. Dependencies on Other Features – When this feature and “WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC” are activated at the NodeB at the same time. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management. it indicates the feature is not activated. Ltd. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. 1. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware.RAN Feature Activation Guide 101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management 101 Prerequisite l l Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management This section describes how to activate. “WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC” automatically becomes ineffective at the NodeB. Start Tracing Messages on the Iub Interface on BSC6900 LMT and check whether the value of dynamic-CE-Switch-Private in NBAP_AUDIT_RSP is 1. When the value of dynamic-CE-Switch-Private is 1. verify. see Figure 101-1. This feature helps to quickly adjust CE allocation by considering the Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) and the actual rate of a UE. this feature is used to allocate CE resources in a reasonable way. Context To improve utilization efficiency of channel element (CE) resources.. Huawei RAN introduces the Dynamic CE Resource Management feature. 101-1 Verification Procedure . Else. Set NodeB license control item the number of NodeBs with dynamic CE function enabled to 0 on M2000 client .101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 101-1 dynamic-CE-Switch-Private l Deactivation Procedure 1.. 3. ----End Example //Deactivation procedure DEA UCELLHSUPA: CellId=80. ACT UCELLHSUPA: CellId=80. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLHSUPA to deactivate HSUPA for the cell. 101-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Details see Allocating a License to NodeBs. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLHSUPA to activate HSUPA for the cell. Ltd. and BTS3812AE should be configured with the EBBI. the RF module of Huawei Node B supports one TX channel each.976 Mbps per User l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. verify. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010680 HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User. 102-1 . – The UE category must support cat16. – The BBU3806 should be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. and two interconnected RF modules can provide two TX channels to support 2 x 2 MIMO. Ltd. BTS3812A. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. – The BTS3812E..RAN Feature Activation Guide 102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User 102 Prerequisite l – BSC6900 – NodeB Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User This section describes how to activate. This feature depends on the feature: – WRFD-010684 2 x 2 MIMO or WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA – WRFD-010650 HSDPA 13. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. – For the RF part. Other Prerequisites – CN support user rate of 28Mbps or above. EBOI or EDLP board. cat18(or later). – The BBU3900 should be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. the BBU3806C should be configured with the EBBM board. Verification Procedure l Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User. 3. Ltd. Activate the feature WRFD-010684 2 x 2 MIMO by referring to 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO.102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User RAN Feature Activation Guide Context This feature enables the theoretical HSPA+ MIMO rate per user to reach a maximum of 28 Mbps. l 1. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. Then. Enable a UE in a 2 x 2 MIMO cell to download a 500 MB file from the FTP server. detect the download transmission rate. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to turn on the license switch for the HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User feature.. At this time. the UE initiates BE services in the 2 x 2 MIMO cell and the RNC establishes services on the 2 x 2 MIMO. FUNCTIONSWITCH4=HSPA_DOWN28_PER_USER-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to deactivate the associated license. This feature enhances the user experience for high-speed data services. 102-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. FUNCTIONSWITCH4=HSPA_DOWN28_PER_USER-0. //Deactivating HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User. SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. Enable the UE to subscribe to this feature by referring to CN documents. 2. Procedure l Activation Procedure The theoretical UE peak rate reaches 28 Mbps when the UE services are carried on 2 x 2 MIMO and the following conditions are met: 1. – Dependencies on NodeB Hardware – The BTS3812E. that is. BTS3812A. 14. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010681 HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User. Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on BSC6900 Hardware – This feature does not depend on the BSC6900 hardware. WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2. Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 17. as defined in 3GPP specifications. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. or 18. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. or EDLP board. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. It provides users with high-speed data services. Context This feature enables the theoretical HSPA+ 64QAM rate per user to reach a maximum of 21 Mbps. and BTS3812AE are configured with the EBBI..RAN Feature Activation Guide 103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User 103 Prerequisite l Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User This section describes how to activate. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. EBOI. 103-1 . Ltd. verify. – Dependencies on UE Hardware – The UE supports 64QAM. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010683 Downlink 64QAM. the UE is of category 13. Use the UE to subscribe to this feature by referring to CN documents. //Deactivating HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. ----End Example //Activating HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. FUNCTIONSWITCH4=HSPA_DOWN21_PER_USER-1. 2..103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User RAN Feature Activation Guide The theoretical peak rate of a UE can reach 21 Mbps when 64QAM is used and the following conditions are met: 1. Verification Procedure 1. Activate the feature WRFD-010683 Downlink 64QAM by referring to 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Then. 103-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. Ltd. l Deactivation Procedure 1. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to activate the license controlling the HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to deactivate the feature HSPA + Downlink 21Mbps per User. check the downloading rate. Use the UE in a 64QAM cell to download a 500 MB file from the FTP server. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. FUNCTIONSWITCH4=HSPA_DOWN21_PER_USER-0. set Cell Hspa Plus function switch to DL_L2ENHANCED to turn on the cell-level layer 2 enhancement switch. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2. Context The Downlink Enhanced L2 feature eliminates contradictions between high-rate transmission that requires a large PDU size and cell-edge coverage that requires a small PDU size by using flexible Protocol Data Unit (PDU) sizes. 2x2 MIMO. set Cell_DCH DL L2 enhance max PDU size and Cell_FACH L2 enhance max PDU size. This improves transmission efficiency on the Iub and Uu interfaces and increases the celledge throughput and coverage radius. In this step. Ltd. This feature is a prerequisite for the features DL 64QAM. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. and Enhanced CELL_FACH. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. 104-1 2. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Others – The UE is of 3GPP R7 or later and supports this feature. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to set the RNC-level downlink layer 2 enhancement parameters. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. This feature enables dynamic adjustment of the PDU size. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2 104 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2 This section describes how to activate. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Figure 104-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. this feature is not activated. Check whether the value of the IE dlTransportChannelType in the rb-MappingInfo of the RRC_RB_SETUP message is hsdsch. Figure 104-2 Value of the IE dL RLC PDU size 3. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. View the value of the IE dL RLC PDU size in the RRC_RB_SETUP message. l Deactivation Procedure 104-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Use the UE to establish an HSDPA service. Ltd. as shown in Figure 104-1. this feature has been activated.104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2 RAN Feature Activation Guide l Verification Procedure 1. – If the value of the IE dL RLC PDU size is fixedSize. as shown in Figure 104-2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . – If the value of the IE dL RLC PDU size is flexibleSize.. ----End Example //Activating Downlink Enhanced L2 //Enabling the cell-level downlink L2 enhancement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. In this step. 104-3 . Ltd. HspaPlusSwitch=DL_L2ENHANCED-0. //Deactivating Downlink Enhanced L2 //Disabling the cell-level downlink L2 enhancement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2 1.. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. deselect DL_L2ENHANCED from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch drop-down list box. HspaPlusSwitch=DL_L2ENHANCED-1. . EDLP is needed. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Context This feature enables the FACH to be carried on the HS-DSCH. Based on this feature. and WBBPb or WBBPd is needed. EBBC or EBBCd is needed. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010688 Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH. Ltd. – BBU3806 does not support this feature. 105-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . – 3900 series NodeB: WBBPa does not support this feature. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. verify. the UE can receive data at a higher rate in CELL_FACH state. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 105 Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH 105 Prerequisite l l Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH This section describes how to activate. Other Prerequisites – The UE should support this feature. EBBM is needed by BBU3806C to support this feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to select E_FACH and DL_L2ENHANCED from the drop-down list Cell Hspa Plus function switch. EBBI. – HBBI and HDLP on BTS3812E/BTS3812AE do not support this feature. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. AllocCodeMode=Automatic. ACT UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11. 5. ----End Example //Activating Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. //Deactivating Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. ADD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLEFACH to add enhanced CELL_FACH state parameters of a cell. 105-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHSDPA to add HUDPA parameters of a cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether EFACH is available. 2. CodeAdjForHsdpaSwitch=ON. l 1. ADD UCELLEFACH: CellId=11. Verification Procedure l Deactivation Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 3. HspaPlusSwitch=E_FACH-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1.105 Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLHSDPA to activate HSDPA feature. The value of Status of EFACH is EFACH available. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLEFACH to deactivate this feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLEFACH to activate this feature. HspaPlusSwitch=E_FACH-0&DL_L2ENHANCED-0.. 4. DEA UCELLEFACH: CellId=11. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to clear E_FACH and DL_L2ENHANCED from the drop-down list Cell Hspa Plus function switch. Ltd. ACT UCELLEFACH: CellId=11. Ltd. Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on the NodeB: – The BTS3812E. the BBU3806 is configured with the EBBCd board. and BTS3812AE are configured with the EULPd board. Other Prerequisites – The UE is of release 8 or a later version. and BTS3812AE are configured with the EULPd. With this feature. BTS3812A. verify. or EULP board. To support the E-AI. EBBI..RAN Feature Activation Guide 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH 106 Prerequisite l Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH This section describes how to activate. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb/WBBPd board. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-010688 Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH – WRFD-010695 UL Layer 2 Improvement – WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA – WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. UEs in the CELL_FACH state can transmit uplink data at higher rates. – The NodeB is of release 8 or a later version. EBOI. To support the E-AI. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. It supports Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH. 106-1 . the BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPd board. Context This feature enables the random access channel (RACH) to be mapped onto the E-DCH Dedicated Physical Data Control Channel (E-DPDCH). the BTS3812E. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC/EBBCd board. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010701 Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH. To support the E-AI. BTS3812A. //Deactivating Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH DEA UCELLERACH: CellId=11. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UERACHASC to add information about resources available for one Access Service Class (ASC) in Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH to the cell. l Verification Procedure Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. CommonEdchTTISelect=TTI_10MS. ACT UCELLERACH: CellId=11. namely Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH in a cell. 106-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ADD UERACHASC: CellId=11. In this step. 2. set TTI for Common E-DCH. //Verifying Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL. CellId=11. ADD UERACHACTOASCMAP: CellId=11. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether the ERACH is available. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UERACHACTOASCMAP to add mapping of Access Classes (ACs) to an ASC for Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH. l 1. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLERACH to deactivate this feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UERACHBASIC to add basic information about the Enhanced RACH (ERACH) function..106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLERACH to activate this feature. ----End Example //Activating Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH ADD UERACHBASIC: CellId=11. Other Prerequisites – The UE must be of 3GPP Release-8 or later and support Enhanced DRX. EBOI. EBBI. Context The enhanced discontinuous reception (DRX) feature enables UEs in the enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH state to receive the HS-SCCH discontinuously. When there is no data to transmit. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EULPd. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. the RAN and UEs in the enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH state transmit and receive data at a specified time. Ltd. After this feature is enabled. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010688 Enhanced CELL_FACH. Procedure l Activation Procedure Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the UE shuts down the receiver. verify. Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010702 Enhanced DRX.RAN Feature Activation Guide 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX 107 Prerequisite l – NodeB: Configuring Enhanced DRX This section describes how to activate. The UE detects the HS-SCCH at regular intervals instead of detecting the HS-SCCH continuously. 107-1 . are complete. l Dependencies on Other Features – Configurations of other features. the power consumption of the UE decreases. As a result. BTS3812A. on which this feature depends. or EULP board.. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. you can view that the E-DRX bit is 1 in Cell Trace. the information element Common E-DCH system info is carried in the system information message SIB5/5bis. If enhanced DRX is enabled. Ltd. as shown in Figure 107-2. the information element DRX Interruption by HS-DSCH data in the system information message SIB5/5bis should be set to TRUE. go to Step 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 107-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLEDRX to set parameters related to enhanced DRX based on network planning requirements. the RNC carries the E-DRX indication in the HS-DSCH DATA FRAME type2 to the NodeB on the DCCH or DTCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to select E_DRX(Enhanced Discontinous Reception Function Switch) for Cell Hspa Plus function switch. 4. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLEFACH to activate this feature. run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLEFACH to deactivate enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH. 3. 4. Figure 107-1 Information element in the system information message of enhanced DRX Verification Procedure 3. If enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH is not activated. If the UE is not enabled with enhanced uplink for CELL_FACH. as shown in Figure 107-1. If the UE is enabled with enhanced uplink for CELL_FACH. If the enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH is already activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH is activated. When the UE is in the enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH state. If enhanced DRX is not enabled. you need to deactivate enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH before configuring the related parameters. Therefore. Start Cell Trace on the LMT to trace messages of a cell.. Start Uu Interface Trace on the LMT to trace messages on the Uu interface. the EDRX bit is 0. NOTE 2.107 Configuring Enhanced DRX RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. The BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLEDRX fails to be executed in an active cell enabled with enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH. l 1. EDRXBurst=EDRXBURST_1. which can be viewed in Cell Trace. HspaPlusSwitch=E_DRX-0.. If the UE is enabled with enhanced uplink for CELL_FACH. ADD UCELLEDRX: CellId=11. HspaPlusSwitch=E_DRX-1. the HS-DSCH DATA FRAME type2 carries New IE Flag. EDRXCycle=EDRXCYCLE_8. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to deselect E_DRX(Enhanced Discontinous Reception Function Switch) for Cell Hspa Plus function switch. Figure 107-3 HS-DSCH DATA FRAME type2 l Deactivation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX Figure 107-2 Indication sent from the RNC to the NodeB on the DCCH or DTCH 5. ----End Example //Activating enhanced DRX MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. DEA UCELLEFACH: CellId=11. Ltd. H-RNTI. EDRXT321=EDRXT321_100. 107-3 . and E-RNTI. ACT UCELLEFACH: CellId=11. EDRXInterruptbyHSDSCHData=INTERRUPTION_CFG. //Deactivating enhanced DRX MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. as shown in Figure 107-3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. . RRU3804. each with a TX channel. NOTE Before activating this feature for a cell. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. Ltd. RRU3806. – Two RF units. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. whereas it does not have any special requirement for the capabilities of UEs and will not affect the performance of UEs that do not support MIMO. Context l l When the feature WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA+MIMO has been activated. The increase in the overall cell throughput helps to greatly improve the experience of users in medium and bad radio conditions. RRU3808. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-030011 MIMO Prime. enable virtual antenna mapping for the cell. set MIMO Prime Switch to OPEN(open). are configured.. l l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package License – The license that supports this feature is activated. verify. – The BTS3812E/AE does not support this feature. WRFU. MIMO Prime can increase the capacity of the cell in which MIMO has not been implemented by 5% to 10%. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. MIMO Prime is applicable to various services such as HSDPA and 64QAM. RRU3805. this feature is activated by default and therefore does not require license activation or other operations. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. 108-1 . Dependencies on Hardware – Only the 40 W RRU3801C.RAN Feature Activation Guide 108 Configuring MIMO Prime 108 Prerequisite l Configuring MIMO Prime This chapter describes how to activate. In this step. and 850 MHz/900 MHz/1900 MHz RRU3908 V1support this feature. MIMOPRIMESW=OPEN. Ltd. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Before this feature is activated. 2.MEAN. Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA. Observe the counters VS. the values of both counters differ from 0. ----End Example //Activating MIMO Prime SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. the values of both counters are 0. In this step.APCPhase0CQI. 108-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . check that MIMO Prime Switch is set to Open.APCCQI. //Verifying MIMO Prime LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0.108 Configuring MIMO Prime RAN Feature Activation Guide l Verification Procedure 1. set MIMO Prime Switch to CLOSE(close). After this feature is activated.MEAN and VS. //Deactivating MIMO Prime SET MACHSPARA: MIMOPRIMESW=CLOSE.. In this step. 109-1 . the uplink service cannot be established on the NodeB HSDPA supported Baseband processing and Interface Unit (HBBI) or NodeB HSUPA supported Uplink Processing Unit (HULP) board. – BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. – BBU3806C is configured with the Enhanced Baseband Module (EBBM) board. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010689 HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User. Dependencies on Hardware – It is recommended that the BSC6900 be configured with the Data Processing Unit REV:e (DPUe) board to support more peak-rate users. or BTS3812AE. WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA. either two interconnected RF modules with one TX channel or one RF module with two TX channels is configured. NOTE BBU3806C that is configured with the EBBM board supports the HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User feature only in 64QAM+DC HSDPA mode. rather than in 2x2 MIMO+64QAM mode. and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. NodeB Enhanced HSDPA Supported Baseband Processing and Optical Interface Unit (EBOI). verify. or NodeB Enhanced Downlink Processing Unit (EDLP) board is configured. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-010681 HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User. – On the NodeB side: – BBU3806 is configured with the Enhanced Base Band Card (EBBC) or Enhanced Base Band Card REV:d (EBBCd) board. – To enable the 2x2 MIMO feature. Ltd. – In the case of BTS3812E.RAN Feature Activation Guide 109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User 109 Prerequisite l Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User This section describes how to activate. In addition. BTS3812A. the NodeB Enhanced HSDPA Supported Baseband Processing and Interface Unit (EBBI) . . this feature has been activated. Other Prerequisites – The CN supports the UE rate of 42 Mbit/s or higher. Ltd. Set the BE service rate of the UE at the Home Location Register (HLR) to 42 Mbit/ s. WRFD-010693 DL 64QAM+MIMO. 1. 2.109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User RAN Feature Activation Guide – Or WRFD-010681 HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User. The connection performance monitoring result indicates that the BSC6900 assigns a 42. Then. – The UE is of HSDPA category 19 or higher in the range from 19 to 28. WRFD-010680 HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User. ----End This feature does not need to be deactivated. the UE initiates BE services in the HSDPA cell and the BSC6900 establishes services on the HS-DSCH. Example N/A 109-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. At this time. Start Monitoring DL Throughput and Bandwidth on the BSC6900 LMT. Figure 109-1 Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box Verification Procedure 3. This feature does not need to be activated. this feature has been activated. Enable a UE in an HSDPA cell to download a 500 MB file from the FTP server. as shown in Figure 109-1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Context As indicated in 3GPP Release 8. check whether the download transmission rate is 42 Mbit/s. the downlink peak rate per user reaches up to 42 Mbit/s by using the 2x2 MIMO+64QAM or 64QAM+DC-HSDPA technologies and by using enhanced functions of the related NEs. If yes.1 Mbit/s bandwidth to the UE. that is. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . select CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch list. – The BBU3806 needs to be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. – The BBU3900 needs to be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. BTS3812A. The 64QAM modulation scheme. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. The BBU3806C needs to be configured with the EBBM board. Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E. provides a higher peak rate per user and system capacity than Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK). Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. or EDLP board. Context The 16QAM modulation scheme. which was introduced in 3GPP R7 specifications. EBOI. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2 l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Other Prerequisites – The UE category supports 64QAM. verify. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to configure preferential use of 64QAM.RAN Feature Activation Guide 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM 110 Prerequisite l Configuring Downlink 64QAM This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010683 Downlink 64QAM. provides a higher peak rate per user and system capacity than the 16QAM modulation scheme. In this step.. 110-1 2. and BTS3812AE need to be configured with the EBBI. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. which was introduced in 3GPP R5 specifications. you need to set the switch parameter to 64QAM. As Figure 110-1 shows. 110-2 . 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL to set neighboring BSC6900 cell support 64QAM. – Set HSPA Technologies Retried by UEs to 64QAM. Figure 110-1 Uu interface tracing 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to turn on the cell-level 64QAM switch and enhanced downlink layer 2 function switch. After the commissioning. l Verification Procedure 1. start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. Otherwise. 3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. l Before commissioning the feature. In the Uu interface tracing data. check the value of the dl-64QAM-Configured information element under dl-HSPDSCH-Information in the RRC_RB_SETUP message. MIMO and 64QAM cannot be used together. the network preferentially configures 64QAM for the UE. select 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function Switch) and DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL L2ENHANCED Function Switch) from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch list.110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM RAN Feature Activation Guide – Set Preferred MIMO or 64QAM character to 64QAM. NOTE l If the switch parameter is set to 64QAM. Set parameter Cell Capability Container and select HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT (downlink 64QAM support indicator). Check the RRC_RB_SETUP message and check that the value of the dl-TransportChannelType information element in rbMappingInfo is hsdsch. In this step. you can set the parameter according to the actual network planning. Ltd. l For UEs to 3GPP R7 specifications. Establish an HSDPA service on the UE. the network preferentially configures MIMO for the UE. deselect 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function Switch) from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch list. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Set parameter Cell Capability Container and deselect HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT (downlink 64QAM support indicator). Figure 110-2 Checking the dl-64QAM-Configured information element l Deactivation Procedure 1. MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=0. 2. CellCapContainerFdd=HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT-1. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH-1. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. you can infer that this feature has not been activated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Otherwise. //Deactivation procedure MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. CellCapContainerFdd=HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT-0. CellId=0.. RetryCapability=64QAM-1. MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=0. In this step. SET UFRC: MIMOor64QAMSwitch=64QAM. you can infer that this feature has been activated. HspaPlusSwitch=64QAM-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM – If the value of dl-64QAM-Configured is true as Figure 110-2 shows. HspaPlusSwitch=64QAM-0. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL to cancel neighboring BSC6900 cell support 64QAM. 110-3 . CellId=0. . RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO 111 Prerequisite l Dependencies on Hardware Configuring 2x2 MIMO This section describes how to activate. see "2x2 MIMO Configuration" in the NodeB Technical Description. – The BBU3900 must be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board.. The BBU3806C must be configured with the EBBM board. – For details about the hardware deployment related to MIMO. Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) is a multi-antenna technology. EBOI. – The BBU3806 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. – The UE is of HSDPA category 15 or higher. verify. Ltd.0 or later. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2 – WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. which enables multiple antennas to receive and transmit data. This increases the data transmission rate. – Logical cells have been established on the BSC6900 side. Other Prerequisites – The software version must be RAN11. or EDLP board. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010684 2x2 MIMO. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI. – The BTS3812E. BTS3812A. 111-1 . 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO RAN Feature Activation Guide Context CAUTION Before enabling this feature in an activated cell. In this step. 5. 4. NOTE 2. In this step. 6. Ltd. On the NodeB. set Preferred MIMO or 64QAM character to MIMO. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l If Preferred MIMO or 64QAM character is set to MIMO. When 2x2 MIMO is enabled. set Channel Configuration Strategy Switch to CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH. Otherwise. and UEs use two antennas to receive signals. set Preferred MIMO or 64QAM character to MIMO. (1) Run the NodeB MML command ADD RRUCHAIN to create an RRU chain. and UL_L2ENHANCED(Cell UL L2ENHANCED Function Switch). enable the feature when the traffic of the cell is light. this feature cannot be activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the BSC6900-level MIMO algorithm switch.. Therefore. modify Diversity Mode of the sector and Two Tx Way of the cell. l Ensure that there are sufficient baseband resources on the baseband processing board. 3. set this parameter to a proper value according to the network plan. 111-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to set common parameters among the fundamental resource configuration (FRC) parameters. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. This will interrupt services in the cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH turn on the celllevel MIMO switch and enhanced L2 function switch. l Before verifying the feature. After the verification. In this step. To support this feature. Configure the related data on the NodeB according to the MIMO hardware configuration scheme. (2) Run the NodeB MML command ADD RRU to add an RRU to the chain. DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL L2ENHANCED Function Switch). l MIMO and 64QAM cannot be enabled together for UEs of 3GPP R7. (1) Run the NodeB MML command RMV LOCELL to remove the local cell. the theoretical peak rate of HSDPA users increases from 14 Mbit/s to 28 Mbit/s. the NodeB use two antennas to transmit signals. The following procedure takes the RRU3804 as an example to describe how to configure data for the change from one RRU3804 to two cascading RRU3804s. you need to: l Deactivate the cell. (2) Run the NodeB MML command RMV SEC to remove the sector. MIMO is preferentially configured for the UE. set Cell Hspa Plus function switch to MIMO. 2x2 MIMO is introduced to HSDPA in 3GPP R7. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPRACHASC to add ASC Of PRACH.. NOTE Transit diversity can be classified into PSP and Space Time Transmit Diversity (STTD). run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UAICH to remove AICH. (17) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UFACH to add a FACH. (18) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UFACHDYNTFS to add the transport format set (TFS) of the FACH. In this step. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPRACHTFC to add TFC of PRACH. In this step. (5) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPRACHACTOASCMAP to Add AC-ASC mapping information of PRACH. run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UPICH to remove the PICH. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPRACHBASIC to add PRACH basic information. run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UPRACH to remove the PRACH. Configure STTD on the BSC6900. (12) If an SCCPCH exists. (13) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USCCPCHBASIC to add an SCCPCH. set Two Tx Way to TRUE and configure the antenna data based on the MIMO hardware deployment scheme. (19) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UFACHLOCH to add a logical channel mapped to the FACH. 7. (7) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URACH to add RACH. (9) If AICH exists. (15) If a PICH exists. (10) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UAICH to add AICH. (6) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPRACHSLOTFORMAT to add slot format of PRACH. Step 7 describes the method of configuring STTD. set Diversity Mode to COMMON_MODE and configure the antenna data based on the MIMO hardware deployment scheme.RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO (3) Run the NodeB MML command ADD SEC to add a sector. (8) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URACHDYNTFS to add dynamic TFS of RACH. In this step. (16) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPICH to add a PICH. Ltd. (1) If UPRACH exists. run the BSC6900 MML command RMV USCCPCH to remove the SCCPCH. 111-3 . set STTD Indicator to TRUE. Step 8 describes the method of configuring PSP. (11) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UPRACH to activate PRACH. Modify the transmit diversity mode of a cell on the BSC6900. (4) Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a local cell. In this step. (14) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USCCPCHTFC to add the Calculated Transport Format Combination (CTFC) of an SCCPCH. set STTD Indicator to TRUE. Set STTD Indicator to TRUE. . (21) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPCHDYNTFS to add the transport format set (TFS) of the PCH. – Set DPCH Tx Diversity Mode for Other User to STTD. – Set FDPCH Tx Diversity Mode for Other User to STTD. 10. 8. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLMIMO to activate the MIMOrelated parameter settings. Configure PSP on the BSC6900. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. – Set DPCH Tx Diversity Mode for MIMO User to STTD. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USCPICH to add an S-CPICH for the cell. Ltd. Figure 111-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 111-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Verification Procedure 1. – Set CP1 Support Indicator to CP1_not_Supported.111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO RAN Feature Activation Guide (20) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPCH to add a PCH. – Set STTD Support Indicator to STTD_Supported. as shown in Figure 111-1. (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP. – Set TX Diversity Indication to TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. – Set FDPCH Tx Diversity Mode for MIMO User to STTD. 9. In this step. set TX Diversity Indication to FALSE. (23) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP to set the transmit diversity mode of an MIMO-enabled cell to STTD. (22) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT USCCPCH to activate the SCCPCH. this feature has been activated. clear MIMO from the HspaPlusSwitch drop-down list. check whether the RRC_RB_SETUP message contains the IE mimoParameters. 5. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP. ----End Optional: When PSP is used. Step 4 describes the method of deactivating PSP. //Setting MIMO as the preferred function SET UFRC: MIMOor64QAMSwitch=MIMO. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. – If the RRC_RB_SETUP message does not contain the IE mimoParameters. Step 3 describes the method of deactivating STTD. In this step. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure //Operations on the BSC6900 side //Turning on the BSC6900-level MIMO algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH-1. 2.. (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV USCCPCH to remove the SCCPCH. 3. In this step. Ltd. Check whether the value of the information element (IE) dl-TransportChannelType in the rb-MappingInfo of the RRC_RB_SETUP message is hsdsch. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the cell. this feature is not activated. set TX Diversity Indication to FALSE. 6. 4.RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO 2. as shown in Figure 111-2. as shown in Figure 111-2. Figure 111-2 IE mimoParameters 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 111-5 . run the BSC6900 MML command RMV USCPICH to remove the S-CPICH of the cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLMIMO to deactivate the MIMOrelated parameter settings. – If the RRC_RB_SETUP message contains the IE mimoParameters. In the traced Uu interface data. Use the UE to establish an HSDPA service. NOTE Transit diversity can be classified into PSP and STTD. Optional: When STTD is used. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. STTDInd=TRUE. STTDInd=TRUE. PhyChId=8. ACT USCCPCH:CELLID=1. PhyChId=8. PhyChId=8. ADD UFACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. ADD UPRACHTFC: CellId=1. ACT UPRACH: CellId=1. TrChId=5. TrChId=4. ADD UPRACHACTOASCMAP: CellId=1.9. PhyChId=4. ToAWS=20. SigRbInd=FALSE. STTDSupInd=STTD_Supported. DpchDivModforOther=STTD. FdpchDivModforOther=STTD. RLCSize=240. RMV USCCPCH: CellId=1. TbNumber1=1. PhyChId=8. AccessServiceClass=ASC5. AccessServiceClass=ASC6. //Deactivating the HSDPA cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. PhyChId=6. TbNumber1=1. CTFC=6. TrChId=1. GainFactorBetaD=15. PhyChId=8. ScrambCode=0. PhyChId=8. ADD UPCH: CellId=1. RLCSize=168. DpchDivModforMIMO=STTD. ToAWS=30. PhyChId=4. AccessServiceClass=ASC2. PhyChId=8. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. GainFactorBetaD=15. TxDiversityInd=TRUE. CTFC=4. Constantvalue=-20. PhyChId=4. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. TFsNumber=D3. ChCodingType=TURBO. PowerOffsetPpm=-3. CTFC=0. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. CTFC=1. MaxCmchPi=D13. PhyChId=4. PhyChId=8. PersistScalingFactor=D0. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. RACHSubChNo=SUBCHANEL0-1&SUBCHANEL1-1&SUBCHANEL2-1&SUBCHANEL3-1&SUBCH ANEL4-1&SUBCHANEL5-1&SUBCHANEL6-1&SUBCHANEL7-1&SUBCHANEL8-1&SUBCHANEL 9-1&SUBCHANEL10-1&SUBCHANEL11-1. ADD UFACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. AccessServiceClass=ASC0. PowerRampStep=3. ToAWE=10. PhyChId=4. TFsNumber=D1. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. TFsNumber=D2. PhyChId=4. PreambleSignatures=SIGNATURE0-1&SIGNATURE1-1&SIGNATURE2-1&SIGNATURE31&SIGNATURE4-1&SIGNATURE5-1&SIGNATURE6-1&SIGNATURE7-1. TFCIpresence=EXISTS. PhyChId=4. PowerOffsetPpm=-2. ToAWE=10. PhyChId=4. AccessServiceClass=ASC3. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. TrChId=4. ADD UFACH: CellId=1. ADD URACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. PhyChId=4.9. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. PersistScalingFactor=D0. PhyChId=4.9. 111-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.9.9. MinCmchPi=D0. CTFC=0. TFsNumber=D2. ADD UFACHLOCH: CellId=1. ADD URACH: CellId=1. PHYCHID=8. ADD USCCPCHBASIC: CellId=1. PersistScalingFactor=D0. PersistScalingFactor=D0. TFsNumber=D1. //Activation operation when STTD is used RMV UPRACH: CellId=1. AccessServiceClass=ASC7. RLCSize=168. STTDInd=TRUE. PRACHPhyChId=4. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. SlotFormatNum=D4. PhyChId=8. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. AccessServiceClass=ASC1. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. RateMatchingAttr=220. PhyChId=8. RLCSize=360. ADD UPICH: CellId=1. SlotFormat=D8. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. ADD URACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. GainFactorBetaC=10.. ADD UPRACHTFC: CellId=1. AccessServiceClass=ASC4.9. ADD UAICH: CellId=1. Ltd. TrChId=5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO RAN Feature Activation Guide //Enabling the cell-level MIMO and L2 enhancement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: HspaPlusSwitch=MIMO-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1. ADD UFACH: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. ADD UPRACHSLOTFORMAT: CellId=1. RLCSize=168. ADD UPCHDYNTFS: CellId=1. CTFC=3. PhyChId=8. CP1SupInd=CP1_not_Supported. ADD UPRACHBASIC: CellId=1. GainFactorBetaC=13. TrChId=4. PhyChId=8. PersistScalingFactor=D0. CTFC=2. PhyChId=4. PersistScalingFactor=D0. CTFC=1. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. ChCodingType=CONVOLUTIONAL. PhyChId=4. RMV SEC: STN=0. //Deactivation operation when STTD is used RMV UPRACH: CellId=1. SRN2=61. l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure //Activation procedure //Operations on the BSC6900 side //Turning on the BSC6900-level MIMO algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH-1. TP=TRUNK. ScpichPhyId=5. //Operations on the NodeB side ADD RRUCHAIN: RCN=0. RCN=0. RS=UO. MXPWR=460. PowerRampStep=3. //Adding a sector and setting the transmit diversity mode ADD SEC: STN=0. STN=0. DLFREQ=10795. TT=CHAIN. //Adding a local cell and setting 2-way transmit diversity ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. ANT2N=R0A. Ltd. BM=COLD. SN=0. HISPM=FALSE.. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. PreambleSignatures=SIGNATURE0-1&SIGNATURE1-1&SIGNATURE2-1&SIGNATURE31&SIGNATURE4-1&SIGNATURE5-1&SIGNATURE6-1&SIGNATURE7-1. //Removing a local cell and a sector RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. 111-7 . SRN1=60. ULFREQ=9845. RCN=0. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. ADD RRU: CN=0. HPN=0. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. HSN=2. //Deactivation procedure DEA UCELL: CellId=1. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. SECN=2. ADD RRU: CN=0. CTFC=0. //Enabling the cell-level MIMO and L2 enhancement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: HspaPlusSwitch=MIMO-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1. SN2=0. PhyChId=4. PhyChId=4. //Activation operation when STTD is used RMV UPRACH: CellId=1. ANT2SRN=61. DEA UCELLMIMO: CellId=1. PowerOffsetPpm=-3. DIVM=COMMON_MODE. ANT1SRN=60. ACT UCELL: CellId=1. SECN=2. SECN=2.RAN Feature Activation Guide FdpchDivModforMIMO=STTD. ALMPROCSW=OFF. VAM=FALSE. ADD UPRACHTFC: CellId=1. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. TTW=TRUE. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. //Deactivation operation when PSP is used RMV USCPICH: CellId=1. ADD UPRACHBASIC: CellId=1. RACHSubChNo=SUBCHANEL0-1&SUBCHANEL1-1&SUBCHANEL2-1&SUBCHANEL3-1&SUBCH ANEL4-1&SUBCHANEL5-1&SUBCHANEL6-1&SUBCHANEL7-1&SUBCHANEL8-1&SUBCHANEL 9-1&SUBCHANEL10-1&SUBCHANEL11-1. ANT2N=ANTA. Constantvalue=-20. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RT=MRRU. PhyChId=4. ADD USCPICH: CellId=1. 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO //Activation operation when PSP is used MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. RS=UO. ANTM=2. RMV USCCPCH: CellId=1. PS=1. SN=0. TP=TRUNK. RT=MRRU. SRN=60. //Deactivating the HSDPA cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. PS=0. //Setting MIMO as the preferred function SET UFRC: MIMOor64QAMSwitch=MIMO. ScpichPower=0. HspaPlusSwitch=MIMO-0. RMTCM=FALSE. ALMPROCSW=OFF. ANT1N=R0A. SRN=61. PhyChId=8. //Activating the MIMO-related parameter settings ACT UCELLMIMO: CellId=1. 111-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. TFsNumber=D1. GainFactorBetaD=15. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ADD UFACH: CellId=1. CTFC=0. PowerOffsetPpm=-2.. PersistScalingFactor=D0. TT=CHAIN. RLCSize=360. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. PhyChId=8. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. ScpichPower=0. PhyChId=8. TrChId=4. AccessServiceClass=ASC7. ADD USCCPCHBASIC: CellId=1. CTFC=1. TFCIpresence=EXISTS. STTDInd=TRUE. CTFC=6. PhyChId=4. AccessServiceClass=ASC5. TbNumber1=1. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. PhyChId=8. RLCSize=168. PhyChId=8. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1.9. TxDiversityInd=TRUE. PhyChId=6. RCN=0. ToAWE=10. CTFC=1. PhyChId=8. FdpchDivModforOther=STTD. TFsNumber=D2. SigRbInd=FALSE. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. TP=TRUNK. CP1SupInd=CP1_not_Supported. ADD RRU: CN=0. ADD UAICH: CellId=1. ACT UPRACH: CellId=1. RT=MRRU. PS=0. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. PhyChId=8.9. AccessServiceClass=ASC3. PhyChId=4. DpchDivModforMIMO=STTD. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. CTFC=3. ChCodingType=TURBO. ADD UFACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. ADD UPRACHSLOTFORMAT: CellId=1. ADD URACH: CellId=1.9. ADD UPCHDYNTFS: CellId=1. HSN=0.111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO RAN Feature Activation Guide GainFactorBetaC=13. GainFactorBetaC=10. TFsNumber=D1. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. ToAWE=10. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. Ltd. SlotFormatNum=D4. RateMatchingAttr=220. PersistScalingFactor=D0. PhyChId=4. ACT USCCPCH:CELLID=1. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. ScpichPhyId=5. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. ADD UPICH: CellId=1. PersistScalingFactor=D0.9. GainFactorBetaD=15. ADD UFACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. CTFC=4. AccessServiceClass=ASC4. AccessServiceClass=ASC0. AccessServiceClass=ASC2. TrChId=1. RMV USCCPCH: CellId=1. ToAWS=30. ToAWS=20. HPN=0. PhyChId=4. PhyChId=8. PhyChId=4. PhyChId=8. PhyChId=8. MaxCmchPi=D13. TFsNumber=D3. ADD URACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. TrChId=5. TFsNumber=D2. PhyChId=8. PRACHPhyChId=4. TrChId=4. RLCSize=240. ADD UFACH: CellId=1. TrChId=5. PhyChId=8.9. RLCSize=168. PhyChId=8. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. //Activating the MIMO-related parameter settings ACT UCELLMIMO: CellId=1. ScrambCode=0. //Activation operation when PSP is used MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. STTDSupInd=STTD_Supported. TbNumber1=1. CTFC=2.9. STTDInd=TRUE. STTDInd=TRUE. ChCodingType=CONVOLUTIONAL. PersistScalingFactor=D0. AccessServiceClass=ASC1. ADD USCPICH: CellId=1. ADD UPCH: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. AccessServiceClass=ASC6. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. RS=UO. ADD UPRACHTFC: CellId=1. TrChId=4. MinCmchPi=D0. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. ADD UPRACHACTOASCMAP: CellId=1. RLCSize=168. ALMPROCSW=OFF. PersistScalingFactor=D0. DpchDivModforOther=STTD. PhyChId=4. SRN=60. PersistScalingFactor=D0. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. FdpchDivModforMIMO=STTD. ADD UFACHLOCH: CellId=1. ADD URACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. SlotFormat=D8. //Operations on the NodeB side ADD RRUCHAIN: RCN=0. PHYCHID=8. ANT1SRN=60. RMV SEC: STN=0. HISPM=FALSE. //Deactivation operation when STTD is used RMV UPRACH: CellId=1. MXPWR=430. //Removing a local cell and a sector RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. DEA UCELLMIMO: CellId=1. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. SRN1=60. RMV USCCPCH: CellId=1. //Adding a sector and setting the transmit diversity mode ADD SEC: STN=0. ANT2SRN=61. HspaPlusSwitch=MIMO-0. SECN=2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ULFREQ=9630. VAM=FALSE. 111-9 . SECN=2. SRN2=61.. ANT2N=R0A. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. Ltd. SN2=0. RCN=0. TTW=TRUE. TP=TRUNK. RS=UO. RT=MRRU.RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO ADD RRU: CN=0. ACT UCELL: CellId=1. STN=0. //Adding a sector and setting the transmit diversity mode (assuming that DBS3800 is used) ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. PS=1. PhyChId=8. SRN=61. //Deactivation procedure DEA UCELL: CellId=1. ANTM=2. RMTCM=FALSE. ANT2N=ANTB. PhyChId=4. DIVM=COMMON_MODE. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. DLFREQ=10580. //Deactivation operation when PSP is used RMV USCPICH: CellId=1. SECN=1. ALMPROCSW=OFF. ANT1N=R0A. . WBBPb3. WBBPb4. the WBBPb1.0. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2 – WRFD-010684 2×2 MIMO – WRFD-010683 Downlink 64 QAM l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – The NodeB software version should not be earlier than RAN12. – Two RRUs (for example RRU3804) with single TX channels. – The UE is of HS-DSCH category 19 or 20.0. Ltd. – The BSC6900 software version should not be earlier than RAN12. or one RRU (for example the RRU3805 or RRU3808) with a dual TX channel needs to be configured. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010693 DL 64QAM+MIMO. Other Prerequisites – The CN supports 3GPP Release 8. Dependencies on Hardware – In the case of the 3900 series base station.. MIMO and 64QAM can be used in combination to increase the peak throughput of a single user. and DBS3900. WBBPd1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM+MIMO 112 Prerequisite l Configuring Downlink 64QAM +MIMO This section describes how to activate. WBBPb4. or WBBPd2 board needs to be configured. WBBPb3. – In the case of the BTS3900. or WBBPd1 board needs to be configured. Context In 3GPP Release 8. the EBBI or EDLP board needs to be configured. WBBPb2. WBBPb2. as specified by the 3GPP specifications. BTS3900A. – In the case of the BTS3812E and BTS3812AE. the WBBPb1. 112-1 . verify. and 64QAM_MIMO(Cell 64QAM+MIMO Function Switch) from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch list. IMS signaling. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to turn on the following four cell-level switches: In this step. l The PS streaming service. In this step. set Query Mode to LOCALCELL(Query Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 64QAM.112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM+MIMO RAN Feature Activation Guide With 64QAM+MIMO. or MIMO+64QAM because the data flow is small and the gain is insignificant. Data Planning Parameter Local Cell ID Cell ID DL streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA DL BE traffic threshold on HSDPA Example 1 1 D64 D64 Source Network planning Network planning Network planning Network planning Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. select CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH. 6. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to configure preferential use of 64QAM+MIMO. 112-2 . Ltd. NOTE l The SRB. and the combined services with previous services can be carried on MIMO+64QAM.. PS background service. and CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch list. PS interactive service. l Verification Procedure 1. select MIMO_64QAM from the Prefered MIMO_64QAM or DC_HSDPA character list. 2. In this step. select 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function Switch). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 3. the peak throughput of a single user can reach 42Mbit/s. and PS conversational services are not carried on MIMO. compared to 28Mbit/s with MIMO or 21Mbit/s with 64QAM only. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the following three BSC6900-level switches: In this step. 5. set DL streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA and DL BE traffic threshold on HSDPA according to the actual network planning. CS service. In this step. CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH. set DL 64QAM MIMO to TRUE. DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL L2ENHANCED Function Switch). Optional: If the streaming service needs to use HSDPA. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify a local cell. In this step. select MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH from the Service Mapping Strategy Switch list. MIMO(Cell MIMO Function Switch). Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL to query the configuration information of the local cell. 112-3 . deselect CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch list. DSP UCELLCHK:CellId=1. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlStrThsOnHsdpa=D64. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH-0. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to turn off the cell-level 64QAM+MIMO switch. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-1. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. 4. The execution result displayed on the LMT shows the DL 64QAM+MIMO capability. HspaPlusSwitch=64QAM-1&MIMO-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1&64QAM_MIMO-1. 2. In this step. LOCELL=1. //Operations on the BSC6900 side SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH-1&CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH-1&CFG_HSDPA_MIMO _WITH_64QAM_SWITCH-1. l Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLALGOSWITCH to verify the configuration result of the cell algorithm switch. DL64QAM_MIMO=TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check that the cell supports 64QAM+MIMO. DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D64. In this step. //Verification procedure //Operations on the NodeB side LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. deselect 64QAM_MIMO(Cell 64QAM+MIMO Function Switch) from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch list. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to verify the configuration result of the connection-oriented algorithm switch. LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH: LstFormat=VERTICAL. HspaPlusSwitch=64QAM_MIMO-0. //Operations on the BSC6900 side LST UCELLALGOSWITCH:CellId=1. Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the BSC6900-level 64QAM+MIMO switch. Ltd. 2. SET UFRC: MIMO64QAMorDCHSDPASwitch=MIMO_64QAM. //Deactivation procedure //Operations on the BSC6900 side MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM+MIMO Localcell by ID) and then specify Local Cell ID. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Operations on the NodeB side MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1.. 3. . . improving performance of MIMO and HSDPA co-carrier. as specified by the 3GPP protocols. you need to deactivate the cell. 113 Configuring Performance Prerequisite l Dependencies on Hardware This feature is only supported by 40W RRU3801C. WRFU. RRU3929. MRFUe. The feature adopts MIMO in Primary/Secondary common Pilot (PSP) mode. and 850M/900M/1900M RRU3908V1. 113-1 . l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010685 Enhanced L2 – WRFD-010684 2x2 MIMO l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 17. you should enable the feature when the traffic of the cell is low. or 18. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RRU3828. – The UE is of category 15. RRU3804. RRU3829. RRU3808.0. RRU3928. Context CAUTION Before enabling the feature in an existing cell. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010700 Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA. WRFUd. Virtual Antenna Mapping (VAM). This. MRFUd. 16. Therefore. Other Prerequisites – The software version should not be earlier than RAN12. RRU3805. Ltd. however. will interrupt services in the cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier This section describes how to activate. RRU3806. and Intelligent Interference Control (ICC). verify. 2. 5.. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST USCPICH and check whether an SCPICH is already configured.113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier RAN Feature Activation Guide Data Planning Parameters Site Number Sector number Local cell ID Cell ID SCPICH ID Transmit power of SCPICH [0. . 2. In this step. (2) Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a local cell. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. Modify values of VAM for the cells. Modify values of VAM for the cells. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP to modify the cell basic information. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate MIMO cells. Configure the PSP function on the BSC6900 side. Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA and check whether the value of IIC Switch is OPEN. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL and check whether the value of VAM is TRUE. (2) Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a local cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate MIMO cells. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. Set IIC Switch to OPEN (open). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Deactivation Procedure 1. – Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USCPICH to add a secondary common pilot channel (SCPICH). Set VAM to TRUE(TRUE). 3. set TX Diversity Indication to FALSE. 113-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 dB] Example 0 2 1 1 5 0 Source Network planning Network planning Network planning Network planning Network planning Network planning Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. 4. (1) Run the NodeB MML command RMV LOCELL to remove the local cell. Ltd. 3. (1) Run the NodeB MML command RMV LOCELL to remove the local cell. Set VAM to FALSE(FALSE). l 1. SECN=2. //Operations at the NodeB //Removing a local cell RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. STN=0. ScpichPhyId=5. //Adding a local cell and setting Two Tx Way and VAM ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. ANT2N=ANTA. SECN=2. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. MXPWR=460. TTW=TRUE. ADD USCPICH: CellId=1. SN2=0. MXPWR=460. //Deactivation procedure //Operations at the BSC6900 //Deactivating an MIMO cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. LOCELL=1. //Checking whether IIC switch is turned on LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP to modify the cell basic information. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. //Adding a local cell and setting VAM ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. VAM=TRUE. SRN1=60. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. SRN2=61. DLFREQ=10795. SN2=0. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Configuring the PSP function MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. ULFREQ=9845. ULFREQ=9845. HISPM=FALSE. Ltd. //Verification procedure //Operations at the NodeB //Checking parameter settings of VAM of the local cell LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. – Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV USCPICH to remove a secondary common pilot channel (SCPICH). VAM=FALSE. SRN1=60. 4. 5. 113-3 . set TX Diversity Indication to TRUE. RMTCM=FALSE.RAN Feature Activation Guide 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier 3. ANT2N=ANTA. In this step. ScpichPower=0. DLFREQ=10795. SRN2=61. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA.. Disable the PSP function on the BSC6900 side. TTW=TRUE. HISPM=FALSE. RMTCM=FALSE. Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure //Operations at the BSC6900 //Deactivating an MIMO cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. Set IIC Switch to CLOSE (close). STN=0. //Operations at the NodeB //Removing a local cell RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. //Turing on the IIC switch SET MACHSPARA: IICSW=OPEN. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Checking configuration information about an SCPICH LST USCPICH: CellId=1. //Turing off the IIC switch SET MACHSPARA: IICSW=CLOSE. SRN2=61. MXPWR=460. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. SRN2=61. DLFREQ=10795. 113-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. TTW=TRUE. SRN1=60. ScpichPower=0. ANT2N=ANTB. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. TTW=TRUE. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Checking configuration information about an SCPICH LST USCPICH: CellId=1. ANT2N=ANTB. SECN=2. //Turing on the IIC switch SET MACHSPARA: IICSW=OPEN.. SECN=2. HISPM=FALSE. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. //Operations at the NodeB //Removing a local cell RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. STN=0. VAM=FALSE. ULFREQ=9845. //Verification procedure //Operations at the NodeB //Checking parameter settings of VAM of the local cell LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. DLFREQ=10795. SN2=0. TxDiversityInd=TRUE. RMTCM=FALSE. VAM=TRUE. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Removing an SCPICH RMV USCPICH: CellId=1. //Adding a local cell and setting VAM (assuming that DBS3800 is used) ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. SRN1=60. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. SN2=0. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Configuring the PSP function MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. RMTCM=FALSE. //Deactivation procedure //Operations at the BSC6900 //Deactivating an MIMO cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. STN=0.113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier //Turing off the IIC switch SET MACHSPARA: IICSW=CLOSE. RAN Feature Activation Guide l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure //Operations at the BSC6900 //Deactivating an MIMO cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. ScpichPhyId=5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. //Adding a local cell and setting Two Tx Way and VAM (assuming that DBS3800 is used) ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. MXPWR=460. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Removing an SCPICH RMV USCPICH: CellId=1. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. LOCELL=1. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. //Checking whether IIC switch is turned on LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1. ULFREQ=9845. ADD USCPICH: CellId=1. //Operations at the NodeB //Removing a local cell RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. HISPM=FALSE. RAN Feature Activation Guide 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 113-5 . TxDiversityInd=TRUE. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. Ltd. . Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA and RFD-010684 2×2 MIMO. Ltd. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 24. and EDLP boards. 22. verify.. including HSDPA category 21. two RF units must be interconnected. 23. Other Prerequisites – In 2×2 MIMO mode. 26. MIMO ensures a comparatively high throughput for the UEs when a large number of HSDPA-capable UEs camp on an overloaded cell. Context DC-HSDPA and MIMO can achieve gains under different conditions. Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection dynamically selects DC-HSDPA or MIMO for newly accessing UEs. and the BBU3806C must be configured with the EBBM board.RAN Feature Activation Guide 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection 114 Prerequisite l Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection This section describes how to activate. – This feature is mutually exclusive to the features WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial). BTS3812A. In addition. 25. – In DBS3800. When one or two carriers in DC-HSDPA networking support MIMO. – The UE has the HSDPA Category21 or higher capability. the BBU3806 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. 27. DC-HSDPA ensures a comparatively high throughput for the UEs when few HSDPA-capable UEs camp on a cell that has a light load. – The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. EBOI. and 28. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010704 Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection. 114-1 . and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI. the uplink service cannot be established on the HBBI or HULP board. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH deselected in the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch drop-down list. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC with DL TX Power Threshold of Secondary Cell and Threshold of HSDPA Users in Secondary Cell set to appropriate values. Expected result: As shown in Figure 114-2. Turn off the RNC-oriented DC+MIMO algorithm switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA with DL streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA and DL BE traffic threshold on HSDPA set to appropriate values based on network planning. the RRC_RB_SETUP message in the Uu tracing result contains the mimoParameters IE when the downlink power of the secondary cell covered by the DC carrier group is greater than or equal to DL TX Power Threshold of Secondary Cell set in Step 1 and the number of HSDPA users is greater than or equal to Threshold of HSDPA Users in Secondary Cell set in Step 1. Set HSDPA thresholds for downlink streaming services and HSDPA thresholds for downlink BE services. 4. On the BSC6900 LMT. 3. Ltd. choose Monitor > Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring and select Cell DL Carrier TX Power in the Monitor Item: drop-down list. 3. Check whether the value of the IE dl-TransportChannelType in the rb-MappingInfo of the RRC_RB_SETUP message is hsdsch. 2. The RRC_RB_SETUP message in the Uu tracing result contains the dlSecondaryCellInfoFDD IE when the downlink power of the secondary cell covered by the DC carrier group is smaller than DL TX Power Threshold of Secondary Cell set in Step 1 and the number of HSDPA users is smaller than Threshold of HSDPA Users in Secondary Cell set in Step 1. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. This ensures an optimum service bearing mode.. Set the TX power threshold and HSDPA user number threshold of the secondary cell for the DC/MIMO dynamic selection algorithm. Query the DL power load of the secondary cell covered by the DC carrier group.114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection RAN Feature Activation Guide based on the current number of HSDPA-capable UEs and downlink load of the carriers that support MIMO. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH selected in the Service Mapping Strategy Switch drop-down list. 114-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Verification Procedure 1. Optional: Turn on the HSDPA algorithm switch for streaming services if HSDPA is required for streaming services. Have a UE access the secondary cell and initiate an HSDPA service. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH deselected in the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch drop-down list.RAN Feature Activation Guide 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection Figure 114-1 mimoParameters message Figure 114-2 dl-SecondaryCellInfoFDD IE l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Deactivation procedure SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH-0. DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D64. //Setting the HSDPA threshold for downlink streaming services and HSDPA threshold for downlink BE services SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlStrThsOnHsdpa=D64. //(Optional) Enabling the HSDPA algorithm switch for streaming services if HSDPA is required for streaming services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-1.. //Verification procedure SET UFRC: SecCellTcpThd=10. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Turning off the RNC-oriented DC+MIMO algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH-0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SecCellHUserNumThd=1. Turn off the DC/MIMO dynamic selection algorithm switch. Ltd. 114-3 . . improve the HSPA+ user capacity per cell and save the battery consumption of the UE. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 SRB over HSUPA and WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA. Ltd. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 115 Configuring CPC .DTX /DRX This section describes how to activate.DTX /DRX 115 Prerequisite l Configuring CPC .DTX /DRX. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Context This feature is related to DTX and DRX. and EDLP (supporting DRX) boards. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. EBOI. Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on BSC6900 Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010686 CPC . 115-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . BTS3812A. It can reduce the interference between UEs. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. In this step. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EBBI. EULP/EULPd (supporting DTX). select DTX_DRX from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch drop-down list. Other Prerequisites – The UE is of 3GPP Release 7 or later and supports this feature. – Dependencies on NodeB Hardware – The BTS3812E. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. as shown in Figure 115-1. In this step. Figure 115-1 Uu interface tracing task 2.DTX /DRX RAN Feature Activation Guide 2.115 Configuring CPC . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 3. Create a Uu tracing task on the BSC6900 LMT.. In this step. l Verification Procedure 1. select HSPA (Uplink is preferably carried on E-DCH and downlink is preferably carried on HS-DSCH) from the Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB drop-down list. as shown in Figure 115-2. 3. select CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch drop-down list. Use an HSPA-capable UE to establish a new service. Ltd. Check whether the following IEs are included in the RRC_RB_SETUP message. Figure 115-2 IE information – dtx-drx-TimingInfo – dtx-drx-Info l 115-2 Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH-1.DTX /DRX 1. 115-3 . Ltd. HspaPlusSwitch=DTX_DRX-1..RAN Feature Activation Guide 115 Configuring CPC . deselect DTX_DRX from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch drop-down list. HspaPlusSwitch=DTX_DRX-0.DTX /DRX MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=0. In this step. Example //Activating CPC . //Deactivating CPC .DTX /DRX MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. . l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Other Prerequisites – The UE must be Release-7 (or later) to support this feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA. verify. With this feature. select CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH in the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter to switch on the HS-SCCH less operation function. Context This feature supports the HS-SCCH less operation function. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. This increases the capacity of downlink data services.. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . In this step. select HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION in the Cell Hspa Plus function switch parameter to activate the HS-SCCH less operation function at the cell level. UE can receive data from HS-PDSCH without sending data on HS-SCCH. In this step. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA. 116-1 2. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010687 CPC-HS-SCCH Less operation.RAN Feature Activation Guide 116 Configuring CPC-HS-SCCH Less Operation 116 Prerequisite l l Configuring CPC-HS-SCCH Less Operation This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Use an HSPA-supportive UE to initiate a PS service. You can find the hs-scch-LessInfo IE which contains the parameters related to CPC-HSSCCH less operation. as shown in Figure 116-1. deselect CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH in the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter to switch off the HS-SCCH less operation function.. 2. Ltd. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Check the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. ----End 116-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The service is carried on E-DCH and HS-DSCH. deselect HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION in the Cell Hspa Plus function switch parameter to deactivate the HS-SCCH less operation function at the cell level. NOTE How to make the service on E-DCH. see section 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package. Figure 116-1 RRC_RB_SETUP Information l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step.116 Configuring CPC-HS-SCCH Less Operation RAN Feature Activation Guide l Verification Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=0. Ltd. //Deactivating CPC-HS-SCCH Less operation SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH-0. HspaPlusSwitch=HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 116-3 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 116 Configuring CPC-HS-SCCH Less Operation Example //Activating CPC-HS-SCCH Less operation SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH-1. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=0. HspaPlusSwitch=HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION-0.. . 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to enable SRB over HSPA. Dependencies on Hardware – In order to support this feature. EULP. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. EBBCd is needed for BBU3806. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. WBBPd is needed for BBU3900. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable HSPA state transition. EBOI. EULPd is needed for BTS3812E and BTS3812AE. EBBI. WBBPb. 117-1 2. increasing capacity of voice services or other low-rate services. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step. deselect the HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) and HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) check boxes under the parameter Cell CAC algorithm switch. Context This feature enables an HSDPA cell to serve a maximum of 96 users performing VoIP or other low-rate services. and select the DTX_DRX(Cell DTX_DRX Function Switch) check box under the parameter Cell Hspa Plus function switch. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010623 64 HSDPA Users per Cell and WRFD-010686 CPC-DTX/DRX. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. EBBC.RAN Feature Activation Guide 117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell 117 Prerequisite l Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. Ltd. EBBM is needed for BBU3806C. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010653 96 HSDPA Users per Cell. HSDPA.Cell on the M2000.117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell RAN Feature Activation Guide 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and set the maximum number of HSDPA users per cell to 96. In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box. 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Use UEs to access the cell successively and then establish PS services. l Deactivation Procedure 1. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SFOFF. UlHoCeResvSf=SFOFF. MaxHsdpaUserNum=96. //Enabling SRB over HSPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA. //Disabling HSPA state transition SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0. //Stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and setting the maximum number of HSDPA users to 96 MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111.. SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA to allocate code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs.Max. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-0. //Allocating code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. EagchCodeNum=1. l Verification Procedure 1. Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully. double-click Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. ----End Example /*Activating 96 HSDPA Users per Cell*/ //Disabling the admission control function in an HSPA cell on the Uu interface and enabling the DTX-DRX function MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. This feature does not need to be deactivated. Then. ErgchEhichCodeNum=6. 117-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – If the number of UEs is greater than 96. HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels. Check the maximum number of users through the counter VS. download files through FTP. – If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 96. set Monitor Item to Cell User Number. click Monitor. HspaPlusSwitch=DTX_DRX-1. uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels. 5. for example. Ltd. On the BSC6900 LMT. NOTE The 96 HSDPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type.UE. 3. EULPd is needed for BTS3812E and BTS3812AE. EBOI. EBBCd is needed for BBU3806.. verify. WBBPd is needed for BBU3900. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010639 96 HSUPA Users per Cell.EBBM is needed for BBU3806C. and select the DTX_DRX(Cell DTX_DRX Function Switch) check box under the parameter Cell Hspa Plus function switch.RAN Feature Activation Guide 118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell 118 Prerequisite l Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA Users per Cell and WRFD-010653 96 HSDPA Users per Cell. In this step. Dependencies on Hardware – In order to support this feature. Context This feature enables an HSUPA cell to serve a maximum of 96 users performing VoIP or other low-rate services. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. deselect the HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) and HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) check boxes under the parameter Cell CAC algorithm switch. WBBPb. EBBC. Ltd. EBBI. 118-1 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable HSPA state transition. EULP. increasing the capacity of voice services or other low-rate services per cell. 4. ErgchEhichCodeNum=6. NOTE The 96 HSUPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type. HspaPlusSwitch=DTX_DRX-1. 5. upload files through FTP. Then. //Disabling HSPA state transition SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SFOFF. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and set the maximum number of HSUPA users per cell to 96. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .HSUPA. //Stopping reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and setting the maximum number of HSUPA users to 96 MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA to allocate code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs. 118-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 96. On the BSC6900 LMT. In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box. uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to enable SRB over HSPA.118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully.UE.Cell on the M2000. – If the number of UEs is greater than 96. Check the maximum number of users indicated by the counter VS. //Allocating code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111.Max. Ltd. l Verification Procedure 1. click Monitor. UlHoCeResvSf=SFOFF. double-click Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. set Monitor Item to Cell User Number. l Deactivation Procedure 1. EagchCodeNum=1. Use UEs to access the cell successively and then establish PS services. //Enabling SRB over HSPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA. SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=TRUE. MaxHsupaUserNum=96. ----End Example /*Activation procedure*/ //Disabling the admission control function in an HSPA cell on the Uu interface and enabling the DTX-DRX function MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. This feature does not need to be deactivated. for example.. HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels. 2. Ltd. especially in cells with VoIP users or a large number of low-rate users.RAN Feature Activation Guide 119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell 119 Prerequisite l l Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. Context This feature can increase the capacity of voice services in a cell. This feature enables an HSDPA cell to serve a maximum of 128 users performing VoIP or other low-rate services. Note that these users must adopt the CPC-DTX/DRX mode. Dependencies on Hardware – The feature is only available for 3900 series NodeB. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 119-1 2. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010654 128 HSDPA Users per Cell. verify.. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. deselect the HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) and HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) check boxes under the parameter Cell CAC algorithm switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable HSPA state transition. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010653 96 HSDPA Users per Cell and WRFD-010670 128 HSUPA Users per Cell. 3900 series NodeB (except BTS3902E) requires WBBPd2/WBBPd3 board which is one type of WBBPd. and select the DTX_DRX(Cell DTX_DRX Function Switch) check box under the parameter Cell Hspa Plus function switch. On the BSC6900 LMT. ----End Example /*Activating 128 HSDPA Users per Cell*/ //Disabling the admission control function in an HSPA cell on the Uu interface and enabling the DTX-DRX function MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. 119-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – If the number of UEs is greater than 128. //Disabling HSPA state transition SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0. double-click Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to enable SRB over HSPA. – If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 128. MaxHsdpaUserNum=128. NOTE The 128 HSDPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type. Use UEs to access the cell successively and then establish PS services. for example. download files through FTP. This feature does not need to be deactivated. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and set the maximum number of HSDPA users per cell to 128. l Deactivation Procedure 1.Max. Then. l Verification Procedure 1. Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully.HSDPA. click Monitor. ErgchEhichCodeNum=8. SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=TRUE. UlHoCeResvSf=SFOFF. EagchCodeNum=1. 4. In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box. HspaPlusSwitch=DTX_DRX-1. //Enabling SRB over HSPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SFOFF. uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels. set Monitor Item to Cell User Number.UE. 3.Cell on the M2000. Check the maximum number of users through the counter VS. HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels. //Allocating code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. Ltd.119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA to allocate code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs. 2. //Stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and setting the maximum number of HSDPA users to 128 MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111. Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010639 96 HSUPA Users per Cell and WRFD-010654 128 HSDPA Users per Cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable HSPA state transition. 120-1 2. 3900 series NodeB (except BTS3902E) requires WBBPd2/WBBPd3 board which is one type of WBBPd. Dependencies on Hardware – The feature is only available for 3900 series NodeB. and select the DTX_DRX(Cell DTX_DRX Function Switch) check box under the parameter Cell Hspa Plus function switch. verify. deselect the HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) and HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) check boxes under the parameter Cell CAC algorithm switch. This feature enables an HSUPA cell to serve a maximum of 128 users performing VoIP or other low-rate services. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Ltd. such as VoIP users. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell 120 Prerequisite l l Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010670 128 HSUPA Users per Cell. Context This feature can increase the capacity of voice services in a cell with a large number of low-rate users. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. Note that these users must adopt the CPC-DTX/DRX mode. UlHoCeResvSf=SFOFF. for example. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SFOFF. uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels. Verification Procedure 1. – If the number of UEs is greater than 128. ErgchEhichCodeNum=8. 3. HspaPlusSwitch=DTX_DRX-1. – If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 128. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to enable SRB over HSPA. 2. HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and set the maximum number of HSUPA users to 128. 120-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Enabling SRB over HSPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA.UE.. This feature does not need to be deactivated.HSUPA. set Monitor Item to Cell User Number. upload files through FTP. //Allocating code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. Check the maximum number of users indicated by the counter VS. ----End Example /*Activating 128 HSUPA Users per Cell*/ //Disabling the admission control function in an HSPA cell on the Uu interface and enabling the DTX-DRX function MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. On the BSC6900 LMT.Cell on the M2000. MaxHsupaUserNum=128. //Disabling HSPA state transition SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box. EagchCodeNum=1.Max. Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully. double-click Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. Then. 4. NOTE The 128 HSUPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA to allocate code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs. l Deactivation Procedure 1. click Monitor. Ltd.120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=TRUE. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-0. //Stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and setting the maximum number of HSUPA users to 128 MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111. Use UEs to access the cell successively and then establish PS services. 5. Dependencies on Hardware – In the case of the DBS3800. and the downlink resource group must be set up on the EBBI or EDLP board. – In the case of the BTS3812E or BTS3812AE. the EULPd board must be included in the uplink resource group. the EULPd board needs to be configured. Ltd. 121-1 . – When configured with EBBI/EDLP+EULPd. Context CAUTION Activate this feature when the traffic volume in a cell is low. the base station does not support HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation. In this case. after the cell is deactivated.0. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation.. the services in this cell are disrupted. verify.0. – The BSC6900 software version should not be earlier than RAN12. – When configured with HBBI/HDLP+EULPd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the base station can support HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation. The reason is that the cell must be deactivated before this feature is activated. Other Prerequisites – The NodeB software version should not be earlier than RAN12. – In the case of the 3900 series base station. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. l l l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. the WBBPb board needs to be configured. the EBBCd board needs to be configured.RAN Feature Activation Guide 121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation 121 Prerequisite l Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation This section describes how to activate. set IC to TRUE. as shown in Figure 121-1. In this way.. see Adding an EBBC or EBBCd Board. Expected result: The value of IC MODE is ENABLED. The uplink resource group must contain the WBBPd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. For details. both the boards support HSUPA uplink interference cancellation. see Adding a Baseband Board to a 3900 Series Base Station. Select Service > Realtime Specific Monitoring > Cell RTWP from the navigation tree in Maintenance tab on NodeB LMT.121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation RAN Feature Activation Guide Interference Cancellation (IC) is performed to cancel the interference caused by the uplink high rate E-DPDCH data of other users. In this way. In this step. the WBBPd must be configured on slot 2 or slot 3 on the BBU3900 to support the uplink data IC integrated interference cancellation function. the column 1-4 indicates the state of this feature enabled. Ltd. 2. cell of the group can support the IC feature. both the boards support HSUPA uplink interference cancellation. improving the demodulation signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) and increasing the uplink capacity of the UMTS network. Therefore. 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . The column 1-3 indicates the state of this feature disabled. For details about how to configure the active and standby BTSs. see Adding a Baseband Board to BTS3812E or BTS3812AE. If the value of column 1-4 is less than the value of column 1-3. Figure 121-1 Cell RTWP 1 Verification Procedure l 121-2 Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. it indicates the feature has been enabled. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the local cell. Run the NodeB MML command DSP LOCELL to query the status of a specified local cell. For details about how to configure the active and standby BTSs. l If the BTS3812E or BTS3812AE is configured with two EULPd boards. If the UMTS cell has been activated. 3. NOTE l For 3900 series base stations. run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. l 1. it is recommended that two uplink resource groups be allocated to the two boards separately. l If the DBS3800 is configured with two EBBCd boards. it is recommended that two uplink resource groups be allocated to the two boards separately. IC_MODE=TRUE. 121-3 . ----End Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the local cell. IC_MODE=FALSE. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. Example //Activation procedure DEA UCELL: CellId=1. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set IC to FALSE. //Deactivation procedure MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. //Verification procedure DSP LOCELL: LOCELL=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation 1.. ACT UCELL: CellId=1. In this step. . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.. 122-1 . verify. – The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBCd board. – The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPd board in slot 2 or slot 3. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E or BTS3812AE must be configured with the EULPd board. For detailed installation steps. see the BBU3900 Installation Guide. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation 122 Prerequisite l Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation This section describes how to activate. – Set the MAC-e Schedule Para to YES. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Set the Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 2. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation. Context This feature is applicable in cells enabled with the WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation feature. 3. Reallocate the license of this feature on M2000 LMT. Set Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 2. it indicates dual-threshold scheduling with HSUPA interference cancellation feature has been enabled. Set Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Figure 122-1 Cell RTWP 1 4. 2. 2. Ltd. Set Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 0. The column 1-3 indicates the state of this feature disabled. the column 1-4 indicates the state of this feature enabled. 5. If the value of column 1-4 is less than the value of column 1-3.122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. ----End 122-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the value of column 1-4 is less than the value of column 1-3.. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. Select Service > Realtime Specific Monitoring > Cell RTWP from the navigation tree in Maintenance tab on NodeB LMT. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. and set Allocated to 0. Figure 122-2 Cell RTWP 2 l Deactivation Procedure 1. Check the Cell RTWP window. and the values of column 1-4 and column 1-3 increase by 10. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. it indicates HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation feature has been enabled. NOTE The prerequisite of the foregoing result is the cell power limit does not over. as shown in Figure 122-1. Use multi users to carry out upload service. SEHICHPCPARA=NO. NSEHICHPCPARA=NO. SCHEDULEPARA=YES. SCHEDULEPARA=YES. SEHICHPCPARA=NO. SCHEDULEPARA=YES. MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT=2. EAGCHPCPARA=NO. EAGCHPCPARA=NO. SERGCHPCPARA=NO. NSERGCHPCPARA=NO. SERGCHPCPARA=NO. MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT=2. SEHICHPCPARA=NO.. //Verification procedure SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0. SERGCHPCPARA=NO. MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT=0. SERGCHPCPARA=NO. MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT=0. NSEHICHPCPARA=NO. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NSERGCHPCPARA=NO. EAGCHPCPARA=NO. //Deactivation procedure SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation Example //Activation procedure SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0. SEHICHPCPARA=NO. NSEHICHPCPARA=NO. SCHEDULEPARA=YES. NSERGCHPCPARA=NO. NSERGCHPCPARA=NO. 122-3 . NSEHICHPCPARA=NO. Ltd. SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0. EAGCHPCPARA=NO. . – The BBU3806 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.. Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E/BTS3812AE must be configured with the HBBI/HULP/EBBI/EBOI/ EULP or EULPd board. Downlink services can be established only on the EBBI/EBOI or EDLP board.RAN Feature Activation Guide 123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA 123 Prerequisite l Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA This section describes how to activate. This feature can eliminate the strong external interference and maintain high HSUPA throughput. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. Context In commercial networks. the uplink data transmission of HSUPA at some sites is affected randomly by strong external interference. the BBU3806C must be configured with the EBBM board. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. improving user experience. l l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. NOTE This feature is not proposed for multi-RRU cells. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. verify. 123-1 . Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA. the HSUPA throughput of the site is significantly reduced and user experience is affected. When a site is strongly interfered. 5. – Set the Anti-Interference Scheduling Switch to OFF(OFF). Exception result: the value of Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA Function (per Cell) is bigger than 0. For example: Run the NodeB MML command SET DESENS. The column 1-3 indicates the state of this feature disabled.123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA RAN Feature Activation Guide (1) Set the MAC-e Schedule Para to YES(YES). set Desensitization Intensity to 6. 3. it is recommended to set the Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor to 75. Use a UE to carry out HSUPA upload task. Make interference. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. Verification Procedure 1. the Mac-e scheduling parameters of all local cells under the NodeB will be set. Figure 123-1 Cell RTWP (feature disabled) 4. NOTE If Local Cell ID is not specified. Run the NodeB MML command DSP LICENSE to display license information. as shown in Figure 123-1. 123-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Select Service > Realtime Specific Monitoring > Cell RTWP from the navigation tree in Maintenance tab on NodeB LMT. the recommended value is 90. 2. 2. (3) Own Cell UL Load Ratio – In indoor coverage scenarios. the recommended value is 60. l Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . (2) Set the Anti-Interference Scheduling Switch to ON(ON). – Set the MAC-e Schedule Para to YES(YES). (4) It is recommended to set the Min UL Cover Load Threshold(dB) to 13. – In non-indoor coverage scenarios. Ltd. (2) Own Cell UL Load Ratio – In indoor coverage scenarios. Select Service > Realtime Specific Monitoring > Cell RTWP from the navigation tree in Maintenance tab on NodeB LMT. 123-3 . OWNCELLULLOADRATIO=60. the recommended value is 60. – Set the Anti-Interference Scheduling Switch to OFF(OFF). the Mac-e scheduling parameters of all local cells under the NodeB will be set. NSERGCHPCPARA=NO. Figure 123-2 Cell RTWP (feature enabled) l Deactivation Procedure 1. LOADTHRESH4MINULCOV=13. SEHICHPCPARA=NO. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 7. (3) It is recommended to set the Min UL Cover Load Threshold(dB) to 13. as shown in Figure 123-1. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0. NOTE If Local Cell ID is not specified.RAN Feature Activation Guide 123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA 6. the recommended value is 90. The column 1-3 indicates the state of this feature enabled. OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW=ON. MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=0. (1) Set the Anti-Interference Scheduling Switch to ON(ON). MaxTargetUlLoadFactor=75. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. SCHEDULEPARA=YES. EAGCHPCPARA=NO.. NSEHICHPCPARA=NO. it indicates the feature has been enabled. – Set the MAC-e Schedule Para to YES(YES). SERGCHPCPARA=NO. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. – In non-indoor coverage scenarios. Ltd. If the values of column 1-3 in Figure 123-1 are bigger than the values of 1-3 in Figure 123-2. SCHEDULEPARA=YES. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . NSEHICHPCPARA=NO. OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW=OFF. SERGCHPCPARA=NO. NSERGCHPCPARA=NO. SCHEDULEPARA=YES. OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW=ON. EAGCHPCPARA=NO. SERGCHPCPARA=NO. SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0. SET DESENS: LOCELL=0. OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW=OFF. 123-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. EAGCHPCPARA=NO.123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA RAN Feature Activation Guide //Verification procedure DSP LICENSE:. SEHICHPCPARA=NO. SEHICHPCPARA=NO. EAGCHPCPARA=NO. NSEHICHPCPARA=NO. NSERGCHPCPARA=NO. DI=6. Ltd. SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0. NSERGCHPCPARA=NO. OWNCELLULLOADRATIO=60. //Deactivation procedure SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0. SEHICHPCPARA=NO. NSEHICHPCPARA=NO.. SCHEDULEPARA=YES. SERGCHPCPARA=NO. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. the EULPd board must be included in the uplink resource group. – The NodeB software version should not be earlier than RAN12. – When configured with HBBI/HDLP+EULPd. the base station can support HSUPA frequency domain equalization (FDE). the WBBPd board needs to be configured. Dependencies on Hardware – In the case of the 3900 series base stations. as specified by the 3GPP specifications. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. therefore suppressing the inter-path interference on the EDPDCH. the SNR on the EDPDCH is increased and the UL system capacity of Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the EULPd board needs to be configured. – When configured with EBBI/EDLP+EULPd. – In the case of the DBS3800.. Other Prerequisites – The BSC6900 software version should not be earlier than RAN12. Context HSUPA FDE equalizes the spectrum in the frequency domain on the HSUPA E-DPDCH through the UL receiver of the NodeB. In this case. Ltd. 124-1 . In this manner. verify.0. the base station does not support HSUPA FDE. the EBBCd board needs to be configured. – In the case of the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE. – WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI.0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 124 Configuring HSUPA Frequency Domain Equalization 124 Prerequisite l Configuring HSUPA Frequency Domain Equalization This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature HSUPA Frequency Domain Equalization. – The UEs must belong in E-DCH categories 6 or 7. and the downlink resource group must be set up on the EBBI or EDLP board. In this step.. //Verification procedure DSP LOCELL: LOCELL=1. Expected result: The value of FDE MODE is ENABLED. l Deactivation Procedure 1. set FDE to FALSE. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . set FDE to TRUE. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the local cell. The rate of HSUPA services is also increased in multipath environment. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. FDE_MODE=FALSE.124 Configuring HSUPA Frequency Domain Equalization RAN Feature Activation Guide the HSUPA network is expanded. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. FDE_MODE=TRUE. ----End Example //Activation procedure MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the local cell. NOTE For UEs of category 6 and category 7 at a transmission rate higher than 2 Mbit/s. 124-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the feature brings notable gains if multipath channels are used in the uplink. In this step. //Deactivation procedure MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. Ltd. Run the NodeB MML command DSP LOCELL to query the configuration information about the local cell. Verification Procedure 1. – In the case of the DBS3800. It is recommended that the feature WRFD-010692 HSUPA FDE be activated to help increase the data throughput on the Uu interface. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010694 Uplink 16QAM. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA – WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – The UE is of E-DCH category 7. – For the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE. Context l l This feature can help increase the system capacity in the uplink so that HSUPA users can obtain a higher peak rate. the WBBPd1 or WBBPd2 board needs to be configured. the EBBCd board needs to be configured. and the downlink cells are set up on the EBBI or EDLP board. – In the case of the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE.. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as specified by the 3GPP specifications. verify.0. – The NodeB software version should not be earlier than RAN12. the uplink resource groups are set up on the EULPd board. 125-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Other Prerequisites – The CN supports the "peak rate per user" introduced by UL 16QAM.RAN Feature Activation Guide 125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM 125 Prerequisite l Configuring Uplink 16QAM This section describes how to activate. – The BSC6900 software version should not be earlier than RAN12. Dependencies on Hardware – In the case of the 3900 series base station. the EULPd and EBBI/EDLP boards need to be configured.0. 125-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – If the EDCH information IE does not contain the indicator of uplink 16QAM.125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Use the UE to perform a dialing test of the PS service. In this step. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the NodeB MML command DSP LOCELL to query the configuration information of the local cell. In the Uu interface trace data. 2. l Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify a local cell. set UL 16QAM to TRUE. you can infer that this feature has not been activated. Ensure that an HSUPA service is established. start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. 3. view the EDCH information information element (IE) in the RRC_RB_SETUP message. – As shown in Figure 125-2. Analyze the trace messages.. Figure 125-1 Uu Interface tracing Verification Procedure 1. 4. if the EDCH information IE contains the indicator of uplink 16QAM. you can infer that this feature has been activated. As Figure 125-1 shows. . ----End Example //Activation procedure MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM Figure 125-2 Indication of uplink 16QAM l Deactivation Procedure 1. 125-3 . UL_16QAM=TRUE. set UL_16QAM to FALSE. Ltd. //Verification procedure DSP LOCELL: LOCELL=1. //Deactivation procedure MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. UL_16QAM=FALSE. In this step. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the local cell. . The UE is of 3GPP Release-7 or later and supports this feature. In this way.RAN Feature Activation Guide 126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting 126 Prerequisite l Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting This section describes how to activate. Ltd. – 3900 series base stations are configured with WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:d (WBBPd) boards. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010697 E-DPCCH Boosting. the requirement for Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) power is lowered. Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E/BTS3812AE is configured with the Enhanced NodeB HSPA supported Uplink Processing unit REV:d (EULPd) board. Configure the bandwidth over the Iub interface in ATM transmission mode. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. (1) Configure the type of primary and secondary paths required by various services: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP. 1. verify. Context An E-DCH Dedicated Physical Control Channel (E-DPCCH) is used for channel estimation to improve the estimation accuracy when the HSUPA service data is demodulated. increasing the HSUPA service rate. – The DBS3800 is configured with the Enhanced Base Band Card REV:d (EBBCd) board. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. you are advised to configure the network bandwidth over the Iub interface to 16 Mbit/s or higher if ATM transmission is applied and to 15 Mbit/s or higher if IP transmission is applied. 126-1 . In this step. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE When this feature is enabled together with the feature WRFD-010694 Uplink 16QAM. specify Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Service type. Forward Bandwidth. specify TRMMAP ID. Silver user TRMMAP index. and change the activation factor. In this step. 2. set Interface Type to IUB (Iub Interface) and Transport Type to IP(IP). In this step. In this step. (5) Add an AAL2 path: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . specify Traffic index. and specify SRB primary path and SRB secondary path. and specify Gold user TRMMAP index. 126-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Interface Type to IUB (Iub Interface) and Transport Type of the adjacent node and interface type to ATM(ATM). Silver user TRMMAP index. Ltd. set Channel Configuration Strategy Switch to CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH. Bronze user TRMMAP index. In this step. and Factor table index. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. (1) Configure the type of primary and secondary paths required by various services: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP. and Backward Bandwidth. (1) Turn on the E-DPCCH Boosting algorithm switch: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Bronze user TRMMAP index. In this step. IP path type. set Service Mapping Strategy Switch to MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH to ensure that streaming services are carried over HSUPA. 3. In this step. (4) Add ATM traffic records corresponding to the type of the primary and secondary paths set in 1. (5) Set the mapping from the PHB to the DSCP based on the service type: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET PHBMAP. specify Factor table index and Remark. and specify Gold user TRMMAP index.1 (you are advised to configure the network bandwidth over the Iub interface to 16 Mbit/s or higher): Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMTRF. Configure the E-DPCCH Boosting function. (2) If streaming services are to be enabled with E-DPCCH Boosting. and change the activation factor.126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting RAN Feature Activation Guide TRMMAP ID. (2) Add an activation factor table: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMFACTOR. (6) Add an AAL2 route: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2RT. In this step. In this step. (3) Add the TRM mapping to an adjacent node: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJMAP. specify Interface Type. and Peak cell rate.. specify TX traffic record index and RX traffic record index. Transport Type. set Interface Type to IUB (Iub Interface) and Transport Type to ATM(ATM). (4) Add an IP path (you are advised to configure the network bandwidth over the Iub interface to 15 Mbit/s or higher): Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPPATH. (2) Add an activation factor table: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMFACTOR. In this step. and specify SRB primary path and SRB secondary path. specify Factor table index and Remark. Rate unit. set Interface Type to IUB (Iub Interface) and Transport Type of the adjacent node and interface type to IP(IP). Configure the bandwidth over the Iub interface in IP transmission mode. (3) Add the TRM mapping to an adjacent node: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJMAP. and Factor table index. In this step. (4) Configure HSUPA-related parameters for a cell: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHSUPA. (7) Turn on the E-DPCCH Boosting retry algorithm switch: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. Establish PS BE HSUPA services with the uplink rate higher than 1 Mbit/s. NOTE Retain the default values of Code Number for E-AGCH. Trace messages over the Uu interface by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface to check whether the RRC_RB_SETUP message carries the e-TFC-BoostInfo information element (IE) that includes the e-TFCI-Boost and delta-T2TP fields. set Cell Hspa Plus function switch to EDPCCH_BOOSTING. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. specify UL streaming traffic threshold on HSUPA and UL BE traffic threshold on HSUPA. 126-3 . as shown in Figure 126-1. Ltd. Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor. as shown in Figure 126-2. set HSPA Technologies Retried by UEs to EDPCCH_BOOSTING. (8) Enable the E-DPCCH Boosting function for a cell on the NodeB side: Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL. Code Number for E-RGCH/ E-HICH. l Verification Procedure 1. Figure 126-1 Tracing messages over the Uu interface 3. In this step. 2.. (5) Activate the HSUPA function for a cell: Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLHSUPA. Trace messages over the Iub interface by referring to Tracing Messages on the Iub Interface to check whether the NBAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message carries the eTFCI-Boost-Information IE that includes the e-TFCI-BetaEC-Boost and uLDelta-T2TP fields. and Target Non-serving E-DCH to Total E-DCH Power Ratio. In this step. (6) Enable the E-DPCCH Boosting function for a cell: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting (3) Set the rate threshold for BE services and streaming services carried over HSUPA: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. TMIGLD=15. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. ITFT=IUB. 126-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. TRANST=ATM. (2) Method 2: Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to disable the EDPCCH Boosting function in a cell on the NodeB side. TRANST=ATM. – If either of the messages described in the preceding two steps does not carry the corresponding IEs. do as follows: (1) Method 1: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. CNMNGMODE=SHARE. TMISLV=15. deselect the EDPCCH_BOOSTING check box under the parameter Cell Hspa Plus function switch to disable the E-DPCCH Boosting function in a cell on the BSC6900 side. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . FTI=20. do as follows: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. //Adding an activation factor table ADD TRMFACTOR: FTI=20.126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 126-2 Tracing messages over the Iub interface – If the messages described in the preceding two steps carry the corresponding IEs.. In this step. deselect the CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH check box under the parameter Channel Configuration Strategy Switch. the E-DPCCH Boosting function has taken effect. TMIBRZ=15. REMARK="Iub". //Adding the TRM mapping to an adjacent node ADD ADJMAP: ANI=4. Example /*Activating E-DPCCH Boosting */ /*Configuring the network bandwidth over the Iub interface in ATM transmission mode*/ //Configuring the type of the primary and secondary paths required by various services ADD TRMMAP: TMI=15. SRBPRIPATH=RT_VBR. To disable the E-DPCCH Boosting function of all cells under the BSC6900. ITFT=IUB. the E-DPCCH Boosting function has not taken effect. In this step. SRBSECPATH=UBR. ----End 2. To disable the E-DPCCH Boosting function in a single cell. VCI=72. PEERIPADDR="1. CARRYT=IMA. TXTRFX=151. TRANST=IP. PCR=16000. ADD IPPATH: ANI=0. TXTRFX=150. RXBW=30001. RSCGRPFLAG=NO.1". CARRYF=2. ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=151.1. REMARK="Iub".1.1".1. TXBW=45001. CARRYSN=14. RSCGRPFLAG=NO. PEERMASK="255. //(Optional) Setting streaming services to ensure that they are carried over HSUPA SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH-1. //(Optional) Setting the mapping from the PHB to the DSCP SET PHBMAP: SRN=0. VPI=7. TIMERCU=10. SCR=15000. //Adding IP paths ADD IPPATH: ANI=0. SN=14. SET PHBMAP: SRN=0. TRANST=IP. CARRYT=IMA.RAN Feature Activation Guide 126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting //Adding ATM traffic records corresponding to the type of the primary and secondary paths required by various services ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=150. CARRYFLAG=NULL. CNMNGMODE=SHARE. PATHCHK=DISABLED. AAL2PATHT=SHARE. OWNERSHIP=YES. RXBW=30000. //Adding AAL2 routes ADD AAL2RT: NSAP="H'45020304050607088F0000000000000000000000". PCR=16000. CARRYIMAGRPN=0. /*Configuring the E-DPCCH Boosting function*/ //Turning on the E-DPCCH Boosting algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch= CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH-1. TXBW=45000. ANI=4.2".1. ST=RTVBR. AAL2PATHT=SHARE. 126-5 .255. ST=UBR. OWNERSHIP=LOCAL. ADD AAL2RT: NSAP="H'45020304050607088F0000000000000000000000". TIMERCU=10. PATHCHK=DISABLED. SRBPRIPATH=AF11. PATHID=1. TRMLOADTHINDEX=0. CARRYSN=14. //Adding AAL2 paths ADD AAL2PATH:ANI=4. DSCP=40. ITFT=IUB. VPI=7. FTI=21. RXTRFX=151. //Adding an activation factor table ADD TRMFACTOR: FTI=21. RTX=1. CARRYF=2. RXTRFX=150. SN=14. TMIGLD=16. OWNERSHIP=LOCAL. ANI=4. UlBeTraffThsOnHsupa=D64. TRANST=IP. TRANST=IP. PATHID=2. ADD AAL2PATH:ANI=4. PATHID=2. SRBSECPATH=AF12.. VCI=71. VLANFlAG=DISABLE. IPADDR="1.2". //Setting the rate threshold for BE services and streaming services carried over HSUPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: UlStrThsOnHsupa=D64. DSCP=41.255.1. RTX=2. PATHT=AF12. ITFT=IUB. /*Configuring the network bandwidth over the Iub interface in IP transmission mode*/ //Configuring the type of the primary and secondary paths required by various services ADD TRMMAP: TMI=16. PATHID=2.1. TMISLV=16. VLANFlAG=DISABLE.255.255". PEERMASK="255. //Adding the TRM mapping to an adjacent node ADD ADJMAP: ANI=0. CARRYFLAG=NULL. OWNERSHIP=YES. IPADDR="1. UT=KBIT/S.1. PEERIPADDR="1. TRMLOADTHINDEX=0.255. PHB=AF12. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PHB=AF11.1. CARRYIMAGRPN=0. Ltd. TMIBRZ=16. ITFT=IUB. ITFT=IUB.255". PATHT=AF11. UT=KBIT/S. HspaPlusSwitch= EDPCCH_BOOSTING-0. NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio=0. //Disabling the E-DPCCH Boosting function in a cell on the BSC6900 side MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. //Enabling the E-DPCCH Boosting function for a cell MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1..126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting RAN Feature Activation Guide //Configuring the HSUPA function for a cell ADD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=1. //Disabling the E-DPCCH Boosting function in a cell on the NodeB side MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. /*Deactivating E-DPCCH Boosting */ //Disabling the E-DPCCH Boosting function in all cells on the RNC side SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch= CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH-0. //Enabling the E-DPCCH Boosting function in a cell on the NodeB side MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . HspaPlusSwitch= EDPCCH_BOOSTING-1. MaxTargetUlLoadFactor=75. //Activating the HSUPA function for a cell ACT UCELLHSUPA: CellId=1. Boosting=TRUE. Ltd. ErgchEhichCodeNum=1. EagchCodeNum=1. //Turning on the E-DPCCH Boosting retry algorithm switch SET UFRC: RetryCapability=EDPCCH_BOOSTING-1. BOOST=FALSE. 126-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2. Ltd. and the UE uplink registration rate reaches 11.. Others – The UE supports the feature WRFD-010697 E-DPCCH Boosting. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA with Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To enable the SRB to carry over HSUPA. 8. and the UE belongs to class 7.5Mbps per User 127 Prerequisite l Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11. and WRFD-010697 EDPCCH Boosting.5 Mbps or higher. – 3900 series base stations need to be configured with the WBBPd board. – The DBS3800 needs to be configured with the EBBCd board.5Mbps per User This section describes how to activate. the UE increases its uplink peak rate to 11. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010694 UL 16QAM. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010698 HSPA+ Uplink 11.5Mbps per User. verify. Context With the original HSUPA peak rate of 5.5 Mbps by using the technologies introduced in 3GPP Release 7. or 9 in terms of HSUPA capability classification. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – The CN supports this feature. including 16QAM and E-DPCCH Boosting.RAN Feature Activation Guide 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E/BTS3812AE needs to be configured with the EULPd board. 127-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .74 Mbps. 6. Ltd. the uplink throughput of the UE in MAC layer can reach 11. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell Hspa Plus function switch set to EDPCCH_BOOSTING. Create a task under UL Throughput and Bandwidth on the BSC6900 LMT.5Mbps per User RAN Feature Activation Guide RB set to HSUPA(Uplink is preferably carried on E-DCH. To enable the switch for cell-level UL 16QAM. 7. To enable the 2 ms TTI switch.5 Mbps. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 2. 3. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Channel Configuration Strategy Switch set to CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell Hspa Plus function switch deselect to UL_16QAM . 2. Enable a UE of 3GPP Release 7 or later versions and supporting UL 16QAM to access the network and to establish PS services on the E-DCH and HS-DSCH. Upload by FTP is normal. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell Hspa Plus function switch set to UL_L2ENHANCED. ----End Example /* Activating the HSPA+ Uplink 11. and EDPCCH_BOOSTING to TRUE. l Verification Procedure 1. To enable cell-level Boosting. Ideally. To enable the switch for cell-level UL Layer 2 Improvement. To enable the algorithm switch for RNC-level E-DPCCH Boosting. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Service Mapping Strategy Switch set to MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH.127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11. 5. UL_L2ENHANCED to TRUE. and downlink is preferably carried on DCH). 2.. To disable the switch for RNC-level UL 16QAM. //Enabling the 2ms TTI switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-1. 127-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Deactivation Procedure 1. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Channel Configuration Strategy Switch set to CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL with UL_16QAM set to TRUE. To disable the switch for cell-level UL 16QAM. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Channel Configuration Strategy Switch deselect to CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH . //Enabling the switch for RNC-level UL 16QAM SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH-1. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell Hspa Plus function switch set to UL_16QAM . 4. 8. To enable the switch for RNC-level UL 16QAM.5Mbps per User feature*/ //Enabling the SRB to carry over HSUPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSUPA. RAN Feature Activation Guide 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11. UL_16QAM=TRUE. 127-3 ..HspaPlusSwitch=UL_16QAM-0. //Enabling the algorithm switch for cell-level Boosting MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1.5Mbps per User feature*/ //Disabling the switch for RNC-level UL 16QAM SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH-0. //Enabling the switch for cell-level UL 16QAM MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. Ltd. //Setting the UL Layer 2 Improvement. UL 16QAM. /* Deactivating the HSPA+ Uplink 11. HspaPlusSwitch= EDPCCH_BOOSTING-1. //Enabling the switch for cell-level UL Layer 2 Improvement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1.HspaPlusSwitch=UL_16QAM-1. HspaPlusSwitch=UL_L2ENHANCED-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Disabling the switch for cell-level UL 16QAM MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. and Boosting functions MOD LOCELL: CellId=1. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR.5Mbps per User //Enabling the algorithm switch for RNC-level Boosting SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch= CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH-1. UL_L2+=TRUE. Boosting=TRUE. . – The NodeB version is RAN12. or the BBU3806 and Enhanced Base Band Card REV:d (EBBCd) are configured.. the Base Band Processing Unit 3806 (BBU3806) and Enhanced Base Band Card (EBBC). – In the case of the BTS3900. NodeB Enhanced Uplink Processing Unit (EULP). or NodeB Enhanced Uplink Processing Unit REV:d (EULPd) board is configured. – The UE supports UL Layer 2 Improvement. – In the case of the BTS3812E or BTS3812AE. 128-1 .0 or later. Ltd. WBBPb2. – In the case of the DBS3800. BTS3900A. Context This feature enables the radio link layer to use a flexible Protocol Data Unit (PDU) size for data transmission based on the radio transmission environment on the Uu interface.0 or later.RAN Feature Activation Guide 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement 128 Prerequisite l Dependencies on Hardware Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010695 UL Layer 2 Improvement. the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:b (WBBPb) board (including WBBPb1. l Dependencies on Other Features – The WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package feature has been configured before this feature is activated. the NodeB Enhanced HSDPA Supported Baseband Processing and Interface Unit (EBBI). Other Prerequisites – The BSC6900 version is RAN12. NodeB Enhanced Downlink Processing Unit (EDLP). or DBS3900. and WBBPb4) or the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:d (WBBPd) board (including WBBPd1 or WBBPd2) is configured. WBBPb3. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. meeting the high-speed data transmission requirement and increasing the data transmission efficiency. Ltd. reducing the bit error rate (BER) caused by power limitation and improving the data transmission efficiency.. set UL_L2+ to TRUE. In this step. 2. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level. data is transmitted in a large PDU size. Figure 128-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 3. set UL L2 Enhanced to TRUE. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Verification Procedure 1. NOTE Generally. In this step. the effective throughput of the entire system is increased. l Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. select the DL_L2ENHANCED (Cell DL L2ENHANCED Function Switch) check box under the parameter Cell Hspa Plus function switch.128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement RAN Feature Activation Guide l When the UE is located at the cell edge. use the default values of Cell_DCH UL L2 enhance max RLC PDU size and Cell_DCH UL L2 enhance min RLC PDU size of the BSC6900. 128-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. As a result. In this step. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. When the UE is located in the cell center. set Cell_DCH UL L2 enhance max RLC PDU size and Cell_DCH UL L2 enhance min RLC PDU size to appropriate values. data is transmitted in a small PDU size. NodeB V100R013: Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to enable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to set parameters related to UL Layer 2 Improvement at the BSC6900 level. as shown in Figure 128-1. In this step. NodeB V200R013: Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to enable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level. this feature is not activated. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Turning on the cell-level switch for UL Layer 2 Improvement on the BSC6900 side MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. HspaPlusSwitch=UL_L2ENHANCED-1. UL_L2+=TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to disable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level. – If the value of the IE rlc-PDU-Size is flexibleSize. //Deactivation procedure //Turning off the cell-level switch for UL Layer 2 Improvement on the Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Use an UE to establish an HSUPA service.. deselect the DL_L2ENHANCED (Cell DL L2ENHANCED Function Switch) check box under the parameter Cell Hspa Plus function switch. NodeB V200R013: Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to disable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level. In the Uu interface tracing data. 3. In this step. as shown in Figure 128-2. this feature has been activated. set UL_L2+ to FALSE. In this step. Ltd. 3. //NodeB V200R013 MOD LOCELL: CellId=1. – If the value of the IE rlc-PDU-Size is fixedSize. //Enabling UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level on the NodeB side //NodeB V100R013 MOD LOCELL: CellId=1. 2. set UL L2 Enhanced to FALSE. UL_L2PLUS=TRUE. Figure 128-2 Value of the IE rlc-PDU-Size l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. check the value of the information element (IE) rlcPDU-Size in the RRC_RB_SETUP message.RAN Feature Activation Guide 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement 2. NOTE The type of services that use this feature is limited by the HSUPA rate threshold. NodeB V100R013: Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to disable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level. 128-3 . 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement RAN Feature Activation Guide BSC6900 side MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: HspaPlusSwitch=UL_L2ENHANCED-0.. Ltd. UL_L2PLUS=FALSE. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 128-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //NodeB V200R013 MOD LOCELL: CellId=1. UL_L2+=FALSE. //Disabling UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level on the NodeB side// NodeB V100R013 MOD LOCELL: CellId=1. DPUe boards are recommended because the downlink 42 Mbit/s throughput of DC-HSDPA users may be affected if the BSC6900 is configured with DPUb boards. – For 3900 series base station. – The two cells must belong to the same sector. – The UEs must belong in categories 21 or later. Other Prerequisites – One local cell can belong to only one DC group. as specified by the 3GPP specifications. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA. verify. the BBU3806 needs to be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd. and the UL baseband resources of DC-HSDPA cells cannot be carried on the HBBI or HULP board. They can be carried on the EBBI or EULP board. BBU3900 needs to be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd.0 or later. – For distributed cells. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 or later.. – The two cells must belong to the same DL resource group. – The NodeB software version is RAN12. – For DBS3800 base station. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation – WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2 l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. – For the BSC6900. two local cells of the same DC group should be served by the same RRU or by two cascaded RRUs respectively. 129-1 . – The BSC6900 software version is RAN12. – The BTS3812E or BTS3812AE needs to be configured with the EBBI or EDLP board. the BBU3806C needs to be configured with the EBBM.RAN Feature Activation Guide 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA 129 Prerequisite l Dependencies on Hardware Configuring DC-HSDPA This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 4. In this step. l The BE or streaming service can be carried over the DC-HSDPA. The gain of downlink throughput is higher when the UE is located at the cell edge. In this step. therefore increasing the downlink peak throughput of the UE.129 Configuring DC-HSDPA RAN Feature Activation Guide Context CAUTION Activate this feature when the traffic volume in a cell is low. NOTE l The CS service. Data Configuration Plan Parameters ID of local cell 1 ID of local cell 2 Cell ID DL streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA DL BE traffic threshold on HSDPA Example 1 2 1 and 2 D64 D64 Source Network planning Network planning Network planning Network planning Network planning Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the logical cell of local cell 1. after the cell is deactivated. The two cells can schedule the UE simultaneously. set Prefered MIMO_64QAM or DC_HSDPA character to DC_HSDPA. Dual Cell-HSDPA (DC-HSDPA) allows an UE to establish downlink connections simultaneously to two inter-frequency co-coverage cells that are configured with consecutive frequencies and controlled by one NodeB.. 129-2 . 2. IMS signaling. SRB signaling. the services in this cell are disrupted. or PS conversational service is carried on a single carrier instead of DC-HSDPA because the amount of data is small and the gain is insignificant when DCHSDPA is used. The reason is that the cell must be deactivated before this feature is activated. select CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch list. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. The BE/streaming combined service is carried over the DC-HSDPA preferentially. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the logical cell of local cell 2. Ltd. 7. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA. In this step. 12. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. – Set Code Adjust Switch for HSDPA to ON. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 15. Ensure that the parameter is set to the same value. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. set this parameter according to actual network planning. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLFREQUENCY to modify one of the two UARFCNDownnlink parameters. Run the NodeB MML command ADD DUALCELLGRP to add a DC group of local cell 1 and local cell 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the logical cell of local cell 2. – Set Allocate Code Mode to Automatic.RAN Feature Activation Guide NOTE 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA If the switch parameter is set to DC_HSDPA. as shown in Figure 129-1. Ltd. the network preferentially configures DC_HSDPA for the UE. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP to change the time offset of a cell. 13. 14. 11. – The parameter DL streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA is rate threshold for the decision to set up a PS domain background/interactive service on the DCH in the uplink. 129-3 . select DC_HSDPA and DL_L2ENHANCED from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch list. NOTE With neighboring frequencies. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the logical cell of local cell 1. l Verification Procedure 1. After the verification is complete.. Ensure that the two cells in the DC-HSDPA work in the neighboring frequencies. 10. – The parameter DL BE traffic DCH decision threshold rate threshold for the decision to set up a PS domain background/interactive service on the DCH in the downlink. In this step. the UARFCNDownnlinks of the two cells differ in the range of a value that is greater than or equal to 19 to a value that is smaller than or equal to 25. set First Local Cell ID and Second Local Cell ID respectively to the ID of local cell 1 and local cell 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELL to view the UARFCNDownnlink of the two cells. – Set User Number for Code Adjust for HSDPA. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. 6. In this step. Set this parameter to DC_HSDPA before the verification. select MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH from the Service Mapping Strategy Switch list. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELL to query the parameter Time Offset (TCELL) of the two cells. Optional: If streaming services need to use HSDPA. 8. 5. 9. Click Uu Interface Trace on the LMT. Perform dialing tests on FTP services for a UE to ensure that data is transmitted on HSDPA channels. For cells with Cell DC-HSDPA Function Switch turned on. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . – If the dl-SecondaryCellInfoFDD information element is not contained. On the Trace tab page of the LMT.129 Configuring DC-HSDPA RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 129-1 Uu Interface Trace dialogue box 2. 3. it indicates that the feature is activated. – If the dl-SecondaryCellInfoFDD information element is contained. as shown in Figure 129-2. 4. check whether RRC_RB_SETUP messages contain the dl-SecondaryCellInfoFDD information element. Ltd.. trace RRC_RB_SETUP messages on the Uu interface. Figure 129-2 RRC_RB_SETUP message l Deactivation Procedure 129-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. it indicates that the feature is not activated. CellId=1. In this step. run the following command: RMV DUALCELLGRP: LOCELL=1.. //Deactivation procedure //To set Channel Configuration Strategy Switch. TCell=CHIP512. //Modifying the time offset of the cell MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. AllocCodeMode=Automatic. ////Querying the parameter Time Offset (TCELL) of the cell LST UCELL: LstType=ByCellId. //Setting DL streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlStrThsOnHsdpa=D64. //Querying the UARFCN of the cell LST UCELL: LstType=ByCellId. 129-5 . //Setting channel configuration strategy switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH-1. //Configuring local cell 1 and local cell 2 as a DC-HSDPA cell group ADD DUALCELLGRP: FIRSTLOCELL=1. deselect CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch list. //To activate cell. 4. run the following command repeatedly: DEA UCELL: CellId=1. 3. NOTE 2. run the following command: ACT UCELL: CellId=1. //Setting Cell Hspa Plus function switch MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. CodeAdjForHsdpaUserNumThd=3. //Setting service mapping strategy switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-1. //To deactivate cell. HspaPlusSwitch=DL_L2ENHANCED-1&DC_HSDPA-1 //Setting allocate code mode MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA 1. SECONDLOCELL=2. //To remove the DC-HSDPA cell group. HspaPlusSwitch=DC_HSDPA-0. To remove a DC-HSDPA cell group. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the logical cell of the local cell 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the logical cell of the local cell 1. CodeAdjForHsdpaSwitch=ON. run the following command: DEA UCELL: CellId=1. you only need to remove one local cell in the group. Example //Activation procedure //To deactivate cells. DEA UCELL: CellId=2. Run the NodeB MML command RMV DUALCELLGRP to remove the DC-HSDPA cell group. //Setting preferred MIMO_64QAM or DC_HSDPA character SET UFRC: MIMO64QAMorDcHSDPASwitch= DC_HSDPA. //Activating the cells ACT UCELL: CellId=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Ltd. DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D64. ACT UCELL: CellId=2. CellId=1. run the following command: MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. . Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. the feature has the following functions: l Disables the downlink secondary carrier function when the downlink traffic is light but the buffer has been occupied by a large amount of data. Other Prerequisites – The UE must be of HS-DSCH category 21. In this case. verify. 26. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA to set the Mac-hs scheduling parameters with the DC HSDPA Cell Act Deact Switch set to ON(ON). Ltd. Context For a user that uses DC-HSDPA/DC-HSDPA+MIMO in the downlink and DCH/SC-HSUPA in the uplink. the user becomes a singlecarrier user. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 22. 24 to support DC-HSDPA or HSDSCH category 25.. In this case. 130-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 28 to support DC-HSDPA+MIMO. l Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Prerequisite l l l l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.RAN Feature Activation Guide 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010713 Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier. 23. the user becomes a dual-carrier user. Re-activate the downlink secondary carrier function when the buffer can accommodate a large amount of data and throughput is high. 27. In this step. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&D RA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0. clear DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH. 2. Five seconds later. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . which indicates that the feature has been activated. Check whether the Secondary DC HSDPA Cell Act Deact Switch is turned on. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA to set the Mac-hs scheduling parameters with the Secondary DC HSDPA Cell Act Deact Switch set to OFF (OFF). SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=2. SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=2. SECCELLACTDEASW=OFF. Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA to query the Mac-hs scheduling parameters. l Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 130-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Use a DC-HSDPA UE to perform PS services in a DC-HSDPA cell. DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH. //Verification procedure LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1. LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=2. //Deactivation procedure SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1. Do not upload or download data after required connections are established. SECCELLACTDEASW=ON. SECCELLACTDEASW=ON. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1.130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide If the Mac-hs scheduling parameters of two DC-HSDPA cells must be set. 3. l Deactivation Procedure 1. and DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch list. the UE becomes an SC UE. SECCELLACTDEASW=OFF. set DC HSDPA Cell Act Deact Switch to ON(ON) for each cell.. Ltd. – 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd boards. 27. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA and WRFD-010684 2×2 MIMO. 26. – To support DC-HSDPA+MIMO. and 28 on the HSDSCH). Dependencies on Hardware – The HBBI and HDLP boards in the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE do not support the DCHSDPA+MIMO feature. the DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd boards. Context Introduced in the R9 protocol. the DC-HSDPA+MIMO feature combines the DS-HSDPA feature in the R8 protocol and the MIMO feature in the R7 protocol. Others – This feature is dependent on the UE capability (class 25. This feature allows two inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring carriers under a NodeB that use the same frequency band to simultaneously transmit HSDPA data to a UE. the maximum capability of the DBS3800 is DC+MIMOx1.. To support this feature. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial). Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. only one frequency in a dual cell (DC) group can be configured with MIMO. the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI and EDLP boards. In addition. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. That is. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) 131 Prerequisite l Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) This section describes how to activate. 131-1 . run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA with DL streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA and DL BE traffic threshold on HSDPA set to appropriate values according to the network plan.HSDPA.Mean.HSDPA. To check DC-HSDPA+MIMO call drops.UE. query the counter VS.HSDPA.RAB. 5. check whether the values of HS-DSCH FDD Secondary Serving Information and MIMO Activation Indicator are contained in the RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION READY message over the Iub interface and whether the values of Downlink secondary cell info FDD and Secondary cell MIMO parameters are contained in the RADIO BEARER SETUP message over the Uu interface.AbnormRel to obtain the number of DC-HSDPAMIMO RABs abnormally released on the primary carrier in a DC group (including RF Failure).CAT25. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE with Function Switch5 set to HSPA_DL84M_PER_USER. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell Hspa Plus function switch set to DL_L2ENHANCED and DCMIMO_HSDPA. and query the counter VS. 6. To set the HSDPA threshold for downlink streaming services and for downlink BE services. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHSDPA with related parameters set to appropriate values according to the network plan. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. To add the HSDPA parameters for a cell. Enable UE tracing and establish HSPA BE services. you need to enable the algorithm switch for streaming services carried over HSDPA: Run theBSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITC with Service Mapping Strategy Switch set to MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH. query the counter VS.SuccEstab to obtain the number of successful DCHSDPA-MIMO RAB setups on the primary carrier in a DC group.HSDPA.HSDPA. Then.Max. 2.DCMIMO.NormRel to obtain the number of DC-HSDPA-MIMO RABs normally released on the primary carrier in a DC group.RAB.28 to obtain the average number of HSDPA users of CAT25 to CAT28 in a cell. l Verification Procedure 1.AttEstab to obtain the number of DC-HSDPA-MIMO RAB setup attempts on the primary carrier in a DC group.28 to obtain the maximum number of HSDPA users of CAT25 to CAT28 in a cell. To check the number of online DC-HSDPA+MIMO users. Optional: If HSDPA is required for streaming services.RAB.DCMIMO.DCMIMO. and query the counter VS. and query the counter VS.131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. To activate the HSDPA function for a cell. you need to activate the license controlling the downlink peak rate of 84 Mbit/s if the downlink throughput per user is expected to reach 84 Mbit/s. Optional: When the DC-HSDPA+MIMO feature is used. run the BSC6900MML command ACT UCELLHSDPA. query the counter VS.CAT25. To check DC-HSDPA+MIMO service setup.UE. 2. To enable the algorithm switch for RNC-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO.. l 131-2 Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To enable the switch for cell-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO and the algorithm switch for DL Layer2 Improvement. 7. 4.RAB. run theBSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Channel Configuration Strategy Switch set to CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH and CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH. 4.HSDPA.DCMIMO. 3. 3. //(Optional) Enabling the algorithm switch for streaming services over HSDPA If HSDPA is required for streaming services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-1. //Disable the switch for cell-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. ----End Example /*Activating DC-HSDPA+MIMO*/ //Enabling the algorithm switch for RNC-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH-1&CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) 1. To disable the switch for cell-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO. DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D64. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. HspaPlusSwitch=DCMIMO_HSDPA-0. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. //Setting HSDPA thresholds for downlink streaming services and for downlink BE services SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlStrThsOnHsdpa=D64. 2. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell Hspa Plus function switch not set to DCMIMO_HSDPA. To disable the algorithm switch for RNC-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO. HspaPlusSwitch=64QAM-1&MIMO-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1&64QAM_MIMO-1&DC_HSDPA-1&DCM IMO_HADPA-1 //Adding the HSDPA parameters for a cell ADD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1. 131-3 . AllocCodeMode=Automatic. //Enabling the switch for cell-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO and the algorithm switch for DL Layer2 Improvement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. /*Deactivating DC-HSDPA+MIMO*/ //Disabling the algorithm switch for RNC-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH-0. //Activating the HSDPA function for a cell ACT UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1.. CodeAdjForHsdpaSwitch=ON. Ltd. FUNCTIONSWITCH5=HSPA_DL84M_PER_USER-1. //Activating the downlink peak rate of 84 Mbit/s SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. run the BSC6900MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Channel Configuration Strategy Switch not set to CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH. . l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT to turn on the queuing and preemption switches. providing better service for high-priority users.RAN Feature Activation Guide 132 Configuring Queuing and Preemption 132 Prerequisite l Configuring Queuing and Preemption This section describes how to activate. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UQUEUEPREEMPT to check whether the queuing and preemption switches are turned on. Context This feature supports queuing and preemption to implement service differentiation in congested networks. verify. Ltd. l Verification Procedure 1.. set Preempt algorithm switch to ON and set Queue algorithm switch to ON. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature requires the CN to bring the information element allocation/retention priority (ARP) to BSC6900 during RAB assignment so that BSC6900 can obtain service priorities with RAB parameters. 132-1 . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010505 Queuing and Preemption. //Deactivating Queuing and Preemption SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: PreemptAlgoSwitch=OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT to turn off the queuing and preemption switches. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. 132-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. QueueAlgoSwitch=ON. set Preempt algorithm switch to OFF and set Queue algorithm switch to OFF. QueueAlgoSwitch=OFF. ----End Example //Activating Queuing and Preemption SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: PreemptAlgoSwitch=ON. Ltd. In this step.132 Configuring Queuing and Preemption RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. – The UE supports NACC and PS handover. set AC control threshold and AC restore threshold to appropriate values. In this step. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCCPUTHD.RAN Feature Activation Guide 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction 133 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Access Class Restriction This section describes how to activate. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST FCCPUTHD to query the settings of AC control threshold and AC restore threshold.. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Context When the cell or system is overloaded. Dependencies on Hardware – BSC6900 supports NACC RAN Information Management (RIM) and PS handover. verify. set AC Restriction Switch to ON and other parameters to appropriate values. In this step. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UACALGO. Ltd. – The CN SGSN supports NACC and PS handover. Start Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. Verification Procedure – Verifying Access Class Restriction based on CPU overload 1. controlling potential load requirements of the system. this feature can restrict user access based on the allowed service class by broadcasting system information. 133-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021103 Access Class Restriction. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. as shown in Figure 133-2. In this step. 3. set CN Domain ID to CS_DOMAIN. If the traced RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 message indicates that the cell is barred. Enable a large number of UEs to access a cell until the CPU usage exceeds the AC restore threshold. 2. If the value is not 0. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. Reduce the number of UEs in the cell until the CPU usage is lower than the AC restore threshold. 133-2 . Start Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT and select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 as the message type. Run the BSC6900 MML command RST UIU. as shown in Figure 133-1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the feature has been activated. If the value of barred IE in the RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 message is 0. set AC control threshold and AC restore threshold to their original values. set Process switch to SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST and BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST. In this step. Figure 133-1 RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 message 6. Ltd. Start Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT and select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 as the message to be traced. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCCPUTHD.. In this step. If the traced message does not indicate that the cell is barred. the feature is not activated. the feature is not activated.133 Configuring Access Class Restriction RAN Feature Activation Guide 4. the feature has been activated. 5. 7. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) – Verifying Access Class Restriction based on the access failure on the Iu interface 1. 133-3 . ACCTHD=40. set AC Restriction Switch to OFF.. //Verifying Access Class Restriction based on CPU overload SET FCCPUTHD: BRDCLASS=XPU. RSTCNTYPE=ALL_NODES. CNDOMAINID=CS_DOMAIN. SSN=1. SN=2. AcIntervalOfCell=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction Figure 133-2 RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 message l Deactivation Procedure 1. STP CPUUSAGETST: SRN=0. STR CPUUSAGETST: SRN=0. SET FCCPUTHD: BRDCLASS=XPU. RST UIU: CnOpIndex=0. SN=2. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UACALGO. ACU=45. ACCTHD=80. //Verifying Access Class Restriction based on the access failure on the Iu interface SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST-1&BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST-1 . SSN=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Deactivating Access Class Restriction SET UACALGO: AcRstrctSwitch=OFF. AcRstrctPercent=5. In this step. ----End Example //Activating Access Class Restriction SET UACALGO: AcRstrctSwitch=ON. AcRstrctIntervalLen=6. ACRTHD=70. STPMODE=MANULSTP. ACRTHD=35. . . l The default 14 transport resource mappings (indexed from 0 to 13) are added when the system is initialized. NOTE l Before setting the type of a mapping path for a service. ensure that this type of path is available. 2. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 134-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and you cannot modify them. the service may fail to be set up. and THP of the user. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ARP. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050424 Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Operators can flexibly configure the mapping to provide differentiated services while guaranteeing the QoS. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Otherwise.RAN Feature Activation Guide 134 Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources 134 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources This section describes how to activate. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJMAP to add the TRM mapping to the adjacent node. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP to add the transport resource mapping. Context This feature enables the dynamical mapping of the services onto the transport bearers according to the TC. l The primary path and the secondary path for the same service type must be different. REMARK="15"..134 Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide Before running this command. Ltd. 134-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. CNMNGMODE=SHARE. ITFT=IUB. ITFT=IUB. l Deactivation Procedure 1. l Verification Procedure This feature can be verified only by running the LST commands. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV TRMMAP to remove the transport resource mapping. ----End Example //Activating Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources ADD TRMMAP: TMI=15. FTI=13. TRANST=IP. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST TRMMAP to check whether the transport resource mapping is correct. 1.ITFT=IUB. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . MOD TRMMAP: TMI=15.CNMNGMODE=SHARE. VOICEPRIPATH=AF11. //Verifying Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources LST TRMMAP: TMI=15. TMIGLD=15. TMIBRZ=15. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV ADJMAP to remove the TRM mapping to the adjacent node. ITFT=IUB. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD TRMMAP to modify the mapping. TRANST=IP. TRANST=IP. CCHSECPATH=RT_VBR. RMV TRMMAP: TMI=15. NOTE Do not modify Interface Type and Transport Type in the MOD TRMMAP command. //Deactivating Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources RMV ADJMAP: ANI=10. ensure that the adjacent node or the NodeB is added by running the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJNODE or ADD UNODEB. ADD ADJMAP: ANI=10. TMISLV=15. If the mapping is incorrect. this feature enables the RAN to preferentially guarantee the GBR of high-priority users. only uplink Uu interface resources can be differentially scheduled. When this feature is enabled together with the optional feature WRFD-01061402 Enhanced Fast UL Scheduling. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight. – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-050405 Overbooking on ATM Transmission. CE resources. and Iub transmission resources do not meet the GBR requirements of all online users. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR has been configured before this feature is applied in the downlink over the Uu interface. When this feature is enabled together with the optional feature RFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. The RAN can thereby provide differentiated services under a certain level of fairness. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – WRFD-01061402 Enhanced Fast UL Scheduling or WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management has been configured before this feature is applied in the uplink over the Uu interface.RAN Feature Activation Guide 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight 135 Prerequisite l l Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight This section describes how to activate. or WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-050408 Overbooking on IP Transmission have been configured before this feature is applied in the downlink over the Iub interface. Ltd. – WRFD-010637 HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion has been configured before this feature is applied in the uplink over the Iub interface. Context When Uu interface resources.. verify. 135-1 . both uplink Uu interface resources and CE resources can be differentially scheduled. check the information element (IE) schedulingPriorityIndicator in the NBAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message to obtain the SPI value. as shown in Figure 135-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH.135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. and copper users. 5. 7. Figure 135-3. which is the actual SPI value for the NodeB.. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USPIWEIGHT to set RNC-specific scheduling priority weight. check the IE schedule-Prior-Indication-Weight-Private to obtain the SPI weight. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UOPERCAPARATERANGE to set operator-specific reference rates and rate thresholds of all levels in the uplink and downlink. 8. and Figure 135-4. l Verification Procedure 1. 4. silver. Establish services on UE A and UE B. Assume that the SPI and SPI weight of UE A are 7 and 50 respectively and the SPI and SPI weight of UE B are 7 and 100 respectively. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCAPARATERANGE to set RNC-specific reference rates and rate thresholds of all levels in the uplink and downlink. set Process switch to NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH. Figure 135-2. In the traced Iub interface messages. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USCHEDULEPRIOMAP to set the scheduling priority mapping information. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUSERPRIORITY to configure gold. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UTHPCLASS to set priorities of PS interactive services to appropriate values. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UOPERSPIWEIGHT to set operator-specific scheduling priority weight. Ltd. 135-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 6. RAN Feature Activation Guide 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight Figure 135-1 SPI and SPI weight of UE A in the uplink Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 135-3 . Ltd.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd.135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 135-2 SPI and SPI weight of UE A in the downlink Figure 135-3 SPI and SPI weight of UE B in the uplink 135-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. ARP6Priority=Silver. ARP10Priority=Silver. as shown in the NBAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message. ARP9Priority=Silver. THP2Class=High. ARP12Priority=Copper. and copper users SET UUSERPRIORITY: ARP1Priority=Gold. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the throughput of users with higher SPI weight is lower than that of users with lower SPI weight. this feature has taken effect. ARP8Priority=Silver. Ltd. ARP2Priority=Gold. silver. this feature has not taken effect. ARP14Priority=Copper. l Deactivation Procedure 1. PriorityReference=ARP. CarrierTypePriorInd=NONE. Check the real-time throughput of UEs by referring to Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth and Monitoring DL Throughput and Bandwidth. ARP5Priority=Gold.. ARP15Priority=Copper.RAN Feature Activation Guide 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight Figure 135-4 SPI and SPI weight of UE B in the downlink 2. //Setting the priorities of PS interactive services SET UTHPCLASS: THP1Class=High. ARP7Priority=Silver. This feature does not need to be deactivated. ----End Example /*Activating Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight*/ //Configuring gold. ARP4Priority=Gold. THP3Class=High. Generally. 135-5 . The throughput of UE B is approximately twice the throughput of UE A. ARP11Priority=Copper. if the throughput of users with higher SPI weight is higher than that of users with lower SPI weight. ARP13Priority=Copper. ARP3Priority=Gold. UlRateThreshold7=10000. UlRateRange8SPIWeight=80. DlRateThreshold5=2000.. THP9Class=Medium. DlRateRange10SPIWeight=100. THP11Class=Low. DlRateThreshold9=32000. UlRateThreshold4=768. UlRateThreshold3=512. UlRateThreshold2=384. DlRateRange1SPIWeight=10. UlRateThreshold9=7500. SPI=7. //Setting the RNC-specific reference rates and rate thresholds of all levels in the uplink and downlink SET UCAPARATERANGE: DlCapacitySelect=MBR. DlRateThreshold3=512. DlRateThreshold1=128.135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight RAN Feature Activation Guide THP4Class=High. UlRateThreshold2=256. UlRateRange5SPIWeight=50. UlRateThreshold9=45000. UlCapacitySelect=MBR. UlRateThreshold5=4000. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . UlRateThreshold3=512. UlRateThreshold6=8000. UlRateRange4SPIWeight=40. THP7Class=Medium. DlRateThreshold4=1000. //Setting the RNC-specific scheduling priority weight SET USPIWEIGHT: SPI=7. UlRateThreshold1=128. DlRateRange9SPIWeight=90. THP8Class=Medium. UlRateThreshold8=5500. UlRateRange10SPIWeight=100. THP12Class=Low. DlRateThreshold5=4000. DlRateThreshold9=45000. DlRateThreshold7=10000. //Setting the operator-specific scheduling priority weight ADD UOPERSPIWEIGHT: CnOpIndex=0. DlRateRange3SPIWeight=30. //Enabling the switch for a NodeB private interface SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1. //Setting the scheduling priority mapping information SET USCHEDULEPRIOMAP: TrafficClass=INTERACTIVE. DlRateRange6SPIWeight=60. UlRateRange1SPIWeight=10. DlRateThreshold3=512. 135-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. UlRateRange3SPIWeight=30. RateRangeSPIWeightInd=TRUE. DlRateRange7SPIWeight=70. DlRateThreshold8=16000. DlRateThreshold1=128. DlRateRange4SPIWeight=40. DlRateThreshold8=20000. THP14Class=Low. DlRateThreshold2=256. DlRateThreshold6=8000. THP10Class=Medium. UlRateRange9SPIWeight=90. DlRateRange8SPIWeight=80. UlRateThreshold7=2500. UlRateThreshold6=1500. DlRateThreshold4=1000. UlRateRange7SPIWeight=70. SPI=7. UlRateThreshold5=1000. UlRateThreshold8=20000. UlRateThreshold1=128. DlRateThreshold6=4000. UserPriority=GOLD. Ltd. THP5Class=High. //Setting the operator-specific reference rates and rate thresholds of all levels in the uplink and downlink ADD UOPERCAPARATERANGE: CnOpIndex=0. THP6Class=Medium. RateRangeSPIWeightInd=TRUE. UlRateRange6SPIWeight=60. UlRateThreshold4=1000. THPClass=High. DlRateThreshold7=8000. DlRateRange5SPIWeight=50. UlRateRange2SPIWeight=20. SpiWeight=100. THP13Class=Low. DlRateRange2SPIWeight=20. DlRateThreshold2=384. THP15Class=Low. The HBBU board does not support this feature. see Inserting a Board. – DBS3800 series base stations are configured with EBBC or EBBCd boards. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020132 Web Browsing Acceleration. Context This feature enables the RNC to identify web browsing services by parsing packets and thereby to preferentially allocate higher bandwidth to these services. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BRD to add a NIUa board. web browsing services take shorter time and the user experience is improved.RAN Feature Activation Guide 136 Configuring Web Browsing Acceleration 136 Prerequisite l Configuring Web Browsing Acceleration This section describes how to activate. 136-1 .. The NIUa board can be housed in the same slot as the DPUb or DPUe board. – The Network Intelligence Unit REV:a (NIUa) board is ready. The WBBPa board does not support this feature. For details of inserting a NIUa board. set the Board Class to NIU. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this step. and set the Board Type to NIUa. 2. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Set the initial Scheduling Priority Indicator (SPI) weight on the BSC6900 LMT. HBBI and HDLP boards do not support this feature. verify. As a result. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3812E and BTS3812AE series base stations are configured with EBBI or EDLP boards. – 3900 series base stations are configured with WBBPb or WBBPd boards. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Verification Procedure 1. //Turning on the switch for a NodeB private interface SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1. TrafficPriority=HIGH. ServPriAdjCoefMiddle=10. In this step. SN=8. – If the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not turned on. this feature has been activated. select the NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Process switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. //Adding the priority mapping of HTTP services ADD UIPSERVICEQOS: CnOpIndex=0. ----End Example //Activating Web Browsing Acceleration //ADD a NIUa Board ADD BRD: SRN=0.136 Configuring Web Browsing Acceleration RAN Feature Activation Guide – If the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is turned on. 4. TrafficType=HTTP. SPIWEIGHT=10. 136-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ServPriAdjCoefLow=1. //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is turned on SET USPIWEIGHT: SPI=4. //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not turned on SET UFRC: DefaultSPIWeight=10.BytesPayldHTTP. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 3. set Scheduling Priority Indicator and SPI Weight to appropriate values based on the network plan.IuPS. Ltd. MPUSUBRACK=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UIPSERVICEQOS to add the priority mapping of HTTP services.Rx is not 0. In this step. MPUSLOT=0. If it is not 0. //Setting scheduling priority weight that corresponds to services of each priority SET UDPUCFGDATA: ServPriAdjCoefHigh=100. 5. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to set Default SPI Weight to an appropriate value based on the network plan. BRDCLASS=NIU. Verify that the value of the counter VS. This feature does not need to be deactivated. BRDTYPE=NIUa.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA to set scheduling priority weight that corresponds to services of each priority to appropriate values. run the BSC6900 MML command SET USPIWEIGHT to configure weight of each SPI. . In this step. set the Board Class to NIU. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020133 P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour. thereby improving the user experience of P2P users and full utilizing network resources. thereby improving the user experience of other delay-sensitive services and reducing operating costs. see Inserting a Board. 137-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Context This feature restricts point to point service (P2P) traffic during busy hours. Ltd. – The Network Intelligence Unit REV:a (NIUa) board is ready. and set the Board Type to NIUa. The HBBU board does not support this feature. During nonbusy hours. The WBBPa board does not support this feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BRD to add a NIUa board. The NIUa board can be housed in the same slot as the DPUb or DPUe board. HBBI and HDLP boards do not support this feature.RAN Feature Activation Guide 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour 137 Prerequisite l Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour This section describes how to activate. – DBS3800 series base stations are configured with EBBC or EBBCd boards. Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3812E and BTS3812AE series base stations are configured with EBBI or EDLP boards. l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. P2P downloads are not restricted. – 3900 series base stations are configured with WBBPb or WBBPd boards. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details of inserting a NIUa board. ----End Example //Activating P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour //ADD a NIUa Board ADD BRD: SRN=0. – If the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not turned on. TrafficType=P2P. Set the initial Scheduling Priority Indicator (SPI) weight on the BSC6900 LMT. In this step. In this step. Verify that the value of the counter VS. This feature does not need to be deactivated. this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UIPSERVICEQOS to add the priority mapping of P2P services. run the BSC6900 MML command SET USPIWEIGHT to configure weight of each SPI. //Setting scheduling priority weight that corresponds to services of each priority SET UDPUCFGDATA: ServPriAdjCoefHigh=100. ServPriAdjCoefLow=1. – If the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is turned on. If it is not 0.. TrafficPriority=LOW. SPIWEIGHT=10. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. l Verification Procedure 1. //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is turned on SET USPIWEIGHT: SPI=4. //Adding the priority mapping of P2P services ADD UIPSERVICEQOS: CnOpIndex=0. MPUSUBRACK=0. ServPriAdjCoefMiddle=10.BytesPayldP2P.IuPS. 3. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to set Default SPI Weight to an appropriate value based on the network plan.Rx is not 0. 4. 5. //Turning on the switch for a NodeB private interface SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1. set Scheduling Priority Indicator and SPI Weight to appropriate values based on the network plan. MPUSLOT=0. BRDCLASS=NIU. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA to set scheduling priority weight that corresponds to services of each priority to appropriate values. l Deactivation Procedure 1. select the NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Process switch.137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not turned on SET UFRC: DefaultSPIWeight=10. BRDTYPE=NIUa. SN=8. Ltd. 137-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this step. set FuncSwitch1 to INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERING.RAN Feature Activation Guide 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management 138 Prerequisite l l Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management This section describes how to activate. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UDEVICETYPEIMSI. Context This feature allows the RAN to intelligently distinguish between UEs and data cards in multicarrier scenarios and to separately set up services on different carriers. set IMSI Segment Choice to MultiIMSI and specify the IMSI number range by setting Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLLICENSE twice to enable the layered terminal management function for cell F1 and cell F2 respectively. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 4. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020135 Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management. 138-1 3. In this step. set Direct Retry Switch to DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH. Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure The following methods assume that cell F1 and cell F2 are used. set Device Type Steering DRD Switch to ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. In this step. 2. 1. – Set SIB11 Indicator to TRUE(Send). In this step. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSELRESEL to make UEs in idle mode keep triggering inter-frequency measurement. set Inter-freq cell reselection threshold for idle mode of cell F1 to 0. you must configure interfrequency neighboring cells for cell F2 during network optimization so that this feature can be enabled. When this feature is activated and cell F2 provides discontinuous coverage. and cell F2 is a services balancing frequency. In this step. In this step. – Set SIB11 Indicator to TRUE(Send). l Verification Procedure 1. set Inter-freq cell reselection threshold for idle mode of cell F2 to 127. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 138-2 . (5) For cell F2 that provides discontinuous coverage. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL to set inter-frequency neighboring cell parameters (cell F1 to cell F2). – Method 2 Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLACCESSSTRICT to forbid UE access to cell F2. it is recommended to run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSELRESEL to prevent UEs in idle mode from camping on the edge of cell F2.138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management RAN Feature Activation Guide IMSI Segment Start Value and IMSI Segment End Value. set Min Quality Level to -10 and Min RX level to -48. On the Trace tab page of the BSC6900 LMT. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UDEVICETYPEPRIOGROUP to add terminal type priorities. Set the parameters according to the network condition. it is recommended to turn on the SIB4 message switch. 7. In this step. If the IMSI of a terminal falls into the IMSI number range. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLSETUP twice to bind a terminal type priority to cell F1 and cell F2 respectively. – Method 1 (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSELRESEL to make it difficult for UEs in idle mode to trigger inter-frequency measurement. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL to set inter-frequency neighboring cell parameters (cell F2 to cell F1). the terminal is regarded as a data card. Cell F1 is a preferred camping frequency. select the SIB4 check box under the parameter SIB Switch. Optional: Configure preferred camping. – Set IdleQoffset1sn and IdleQoffset2sn to -20. – Set SIB12 Indicator to FALSE(Do not send). NOTE This feature does not depend on the camping policy setting of an existing network. 5. 6. Ltd. – Set IdleQoffset1sn and IdleQoffset2sn to 20. (6) When the UE state transition function is enabled. – Set SIB12 Indicator to FALSE(Do not send). initiate Uu interface tracing.. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH to turn on the SIB4 message switch of cell F2. as shown in Figure 138-1. RAN Feature Activation Guide 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management Figure 138-1 Uu interface tracing task 2. 138-3 . Figure 138-2 Message tracing l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The R99 PS service is established in cell F1. On the HLR. 4. Use data card A to establish an R99 PS service. 3. and check the messages traced on the Uu interface.. set the PS service type to background or interactive. The priority of data cards in cell F1 (the cell ID is 11013) is higher than that of data cards in cell F2 (the cell ID is 11014). as shown in Figure 138-2. The BSC6900 sends an RRC_RB_SETUP message to data card A in cell F2. Check that data card A is in idle mode and camps on cell F2. Ltd. Data card A responds to the BSC6900 with an RRC_RB_SETUP_CMP message in cell F1. //Turning on the single-service DRD switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1. NCellId=11013. PeerCellId=11014. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ADD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=11014. //Configuring cell reselection for cell F2 MOD UCELLSELRESEL:CellId=11014. //Turning on the SIB4 message switch for cell F2 MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=11014. Example //Activating Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management //Turning on the layered terminal management switch SET UDRD: DPGDRDSwitch=ON. IMSIEnd="502808888800080". PeerIsValid=VALID. SAC=H'0000. NodeBName="NodeB2". //Adding terminal type priorities ADD UDEVICETYPEPRIOGROUP: DPGId=1. LoCell=0. CellId=11013. TCell=CHIP256. LoCell=1. IMSIStart="502808888800070". set Device Type Steering DRD Switch to OFF. IdleSintersearch=0. NCellRncId=3012. //Configuring an IMSI number range ADD UDEVICETYPEIMSI: IMSISegIndex=1. NCellId=11014. QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO. //Configuring co-coverage inter-frequency neighboring cell parameters (cell F2 to cell F1) MOD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=3012. SIB12Ind=FALSE. ConnSintrasearch=5. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. UARFCNUplink=9612. SIB11Ind=TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELLLICENSE to disable the layered terminal management function for the cell. MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=11014. SpgId=8. SpgId=8. ReservedDP=1. //Binding terminal type priorities to cells ADD UCELLSETUP: CellId=11013. //Deactivating Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management //Turning off the layered terminal management switch SET UDRD: DPGDRDSwitch=OFF. CellName="Cell1". PeerCellId=11013. SibCfgBitMap=SIB4-1. CellId=11014. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. //Enabling the layered terminal management function for cell F1 and cell F2 ADD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=11013. Qqualmin=-10. Ltd. INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERING-1. QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO. BandInd=Band1. IdleQoffset1sn=-20. UARFCNDownlink=10562. DPGId=1. SAC=H'0000. LAC=H'2501. ReservedDP=1. IdleQoffset1sn=20. UARFCNUplinkInd=TRUE.138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. SIB12Ind=FALSE. IdleSintersearch=127. PScrambCode=2. UARFCNUplink=9612. //Configuring cell reselection for cell F1 MOD UCELLSELRESEL:CellId=11013. DPGId=2. ConnSintersearch=2. ADD UDEVICETYPEPRIOGROUP: DPGId=2. CnOpGrpIndex=0. 2. PeerIsValid=VALID.. CellName="Cell2". UEDP=1. UARFCNDownlink=10562. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. IdleQoffset2sn=20. IMSISegChoice=MultiIMSI. NCellRncId=3012. QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO. TCell=CHIP256. CnOpGrpIndex=0. //Configuring co-coverage inter-frequency neighboring cell parameters (cell F1 to cell F2) MOD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=3012. ADD UCELLSETUP: CellId=11014. UEDP=2. SsearchRat=2. PScrambCode=2. IdleQoffset2sn=-20. Qrxlevmin=-48. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERING-1. DataCardDP=1. SIB11Ind=TRUE. DataCardDP=2. BandInd=Band1. In this step. UARFCNUplinkInd=TRUE. NodeBName="NodeB1". 138-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. LAC=H'2501. RMV UCELLLICENSE: CellId=11014. 138-5 . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd..RAN Feature Activation Guide 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management //Disabling the layered terminal management function for a cell RMV UCELLLICENSE: CellId=11013. . Ltd. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add an interfrequency neighboring cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERFREQHOCOV (RNC level) to configure parameters related to coverage-based inter-frequency hard handover. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage. Context This feature introduces inter-frequency hard handover triggered by Active Set quality measurement event 2D or by Uplink Radio Link Qos or emergency blind handover triggered by event 1F. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step. 139-1 . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage 139 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. 2. select HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the HandOver Switch drop-down list. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports relevant measurements and the handover procedure.. 3. . check whether the RNC has sent the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and the traced message contains the information element interFrequencyMeasurement. Ltd. Check whether the RNC has sent the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and the traced message contains thresholds for triggering events 2D and 2F and the reporting mode. After the event 2D measurement report is reported. Figure 139-2 Inter-frequency measurement control message l 139-2 Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 3. as shown in Figure 139-2. 5. 2.139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. Attenuate signals in the current cell that the UE accesses to trigger reporting of event 2D by the UE. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. Figure 139-1 Event 2D measurement report 4. Check whether the RNC has sent the UE an RRC_MEAS_RPRT message and the traced message contains an event 2D measurement report shown in Figure 139-1. InterFreqReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER. In this step. //Deactivating Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-0. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. HOCovPrio=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NCellId=100. Example //Activating Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1 ADD UINTERFREQNCELL:RncId=1. SIB12Ind=FALSE.RAN Feature Activation Guide 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage 1. CIOOffset=0. deselect HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from HandOver Switch. 139-3 . SIB11Ind=TRUE. CellId=1. BlindHOFlag=FALSE. ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV: CellId=1. InterFreqMeasTime=60.. Ltd. NPrioFlag=FALSE. NCellRncId=9. . verify. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS 140 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERFREQHOCOV (BSC6900 level) to configure parameters related to DL-QoS-based inter-frequency hard handover. Context When the load of services is high in a cell and downlink QoS decreases. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add an interfrequency neighboring cell. guaranteeing QoS requirements. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to activate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for BE services. 3. 140-1 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to activate the inter-frequency hard handover. this feature enables the UE to be handed over to an inter-frequency cell. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to activate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for AMR and AMR-WB services. 5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ensure that the UE reports to the BSC6900 an RRC_MEAS_RPRT message. 140-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. which carries the 6A measurement control information.. as shown in Figure 140-1. as shown in Figure 140-2. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to activate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for VP services.140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS RAN Feature Activation Guide 6. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . which carries the 6A1 report. 2. Figure 140-1 RRC_RB_RECFG message 3. Ensure that the BSC6900 sends to the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message. Verification Procedure 1. Ltd. Log in to the BSC6900 LMT and start Uu Interface Trace. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to deactivate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for BE services. Figure 140-3 RRC_RB_RECFG message l Deactivation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS Figure 140-2 RRC_RB_RECFG message 4. check that the corresponding traced message indicates that the BSC6900 has sent the inter-frequency measurement control message to the UE. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 140-3 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Then. Ensure that the BSC6900 sends to the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and starts inter-frequency measurement of the event or period type. as shown in Figure 140-3. ADD UINTERFREQNCELL:RncId=1.140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. SET UQOSACT: AMRQosPerform=YES. HOCovPrio=1. SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=YES. ADD UCELLQOSHO: CellId=111. CellId=1. NCellRncId=9. DlQosVpInterFreqHoSwitch=YES. DlQosAmrInterFreqHoSwitch=YES. Ltd. DlQosVpInterFreqHoSwitch=NO. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to deactivate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for VP services. SIB11Ind=TRUE. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to deactivate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for AMR and AMR-WB services. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. SET UQOSACT: AMRQosPerform=NO. SET UQOSACT: VPQosPerform=YES. DlQosWAmrInterFreqHoSwitch=YES. 3. 140-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. BeDlAct1=None. BeDlAct3=None. BeDlAct1=InterFreqHO. NCellId=100. DlRscpQosHyst=5. BeDlAct2=None. NPrioFlag=FALSE. ULQosMcTimerLen=20. Example //Activating Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1.. SIB12Ind=FALSE. SET UQOSACT: VPQosPerform=NO. SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=NO. //Deactivating Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS RMV UCELLQOSHO: CellId=111. or SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=YES. DLQosMcTimerLen=20. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . CIOOffset=0. BlindHOFlag=FALSE. or SET UQOSACT: AMRQosPerform=YES. DlQosAmrInterFreqHoSwitch=NO. or SET UQOSACT: VPQosPerform=YES. DlQosWAmrInterFreqHoSwitch=NO. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD DEVIP to add a device IP address to an interface board. static SRNS relocation is an optimal relocation mode. – Set Peer IP address to the IP address of the serving GPRS support node (SGSN). Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPOAPVC to add an Internet Protocol over ATM (IPoA) permanent virtual circuit (PVC). In this step: – Set IP address to the device IP address of the interface board. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context This feature supports the SRNS relocation procedure based on the standard Iu interface defined by 3GPP specifications. – Both the SRNC and the DRNC support this feature. Ltd. Therefore. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02060501 SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved). 141-1 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) 141 Prerequisite l l Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) This section describes how to activate. verify. Others Prerequisites – The CN supports this feature. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020605 SRNS Relocation Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. 2. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. The static SRNS relocation procedure does not involve the UE and radio connections are not affected during the relocation. 7. – Set Local IP address to the IP address of the SRNC on the Iu interface. Ltd. In this step. Initiate interface message tracing on both RNC1 LMT and RNC2 LMT. and separation time. respectively to the subrack number and slot number of the Iu-PS interface board carrying the IP path. as shown in Figure 141-2. NOTE SRNS relocation can be triggered by Iur transmission resource optimization. In this step: – Set Adjacent Node ID to the adjacent node ID of the SGSN. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the BSC6900 to the DRNC. 5. Configure Iu interface message tracing.. select the HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH check box under the parameter HandOver Switch and select the SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_SWITCH check box under the parameter SRNSR Algorithm Switch. – Set Peer IP address to the Iu IP address of the DRNC on the Iu interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. delay optimization. In this step: – Set Subrack No. The preceding procedure takes delay optimization as an example to describe the data configuration. set SHO cross IUR trigger to an appropriate value based on the network plan. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT3GCELL to add a cell to the neighboring RNC. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path for static SRNS relocation. In this step. In this step.141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) RAN Feature Activation Guide – The VPI and VCI must be the same as those configured on the SGSN side. – Set Forward route address to the IP address of the SGSN gateway. 4. – Set Destination IP Address to the IP address of the DRNC on the Iu interface. 3. The following procedure takes SRNS relocation from SRNC (RNC1) to DRNC (RNC2) as an example. as shown in Figure 141-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USRNSR. You can run the command LST IPOA on the SGSN maintenance terminal to query the settings of the VPI and VCI on the SGSN side. 141-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. location separation. 9. and Slot No. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Configure Iur interface message tracing. 8. l Verification Procedure 1. and set Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. – Set Interface Type to IUR(Iur Interface). 6. select the All service check box under the parameter SRNS Relocation-Allowed Traffic Type. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell. RAN Feature Activation Guide 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) Figure 141-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box Figure 141-2 Iur Interface Trace dialog box Call drops do not occur during SRNS relocation if all the following messages are traced: – On the Iu interface of RNC1: – RNC1->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED – CN->RNC1 RANAP_RELOCATION_COMMAND – On the Iu interface of RNC2: – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_REQ – CN->RNC2 RANAP_RELOCATION_REQ_ACK – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_DETECT – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_COMPLETE – On the Iur interface between RNC1 and RNC2: – RNC1->RNC2: RNSAP_RELOCATION_COMMIT Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 141-3 .. IPADDR="172.255.254". CellId=111. CARRYVCI=50.12. UARFCNUplinkInd=TRUE.255. UseOfHcs=NOT_USED.181". TXBW=100000. MTU=1696. PEERMASK="255.255. QrxlevminInd=FALSE. PEERIPADDR="172.255. //Setting the type of service that allows SRNS relocation SET USRNSR: SrnsRabCnDomainType=ALL. CnOpGrpIndex=0. SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1. PATHT=EF. //Adding a cell to the neighboring RNC ADD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. NCellId=311.12. //Setting the type of service that allows cross-Iur handovers MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. 141-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. EFachSupInd=FALSE.10. CARRYT=NCOPT. SIB12Ind=FALSE. DEVTYPE=IPOA_CLIENT_IP. SIB11Ind=TRUE. SN=24.255". MaxAllowedUlTxPowerInd=FALSE. CARRYVPI=182. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) RAN Feature Activation Guide – On the Iu interface of RNC1: – CN->RNC1 RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMMAND – RNC1->CN RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMPLETE l Deactivation Procedure 1. CellName="111". SN=24. //Adding an IP path for static SRNS relocation ADD IPPATH:ANI=1. LAC=1. //Setting the BSC6900-level algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. DSTIP="172. PScrambCode=0. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. UARFCNUplink=12. MASK="255. NCellRncId=2. SrnsrSwitch=SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_SWITCH-1. PRIORITY=HIGH. In this step. PEERT=IUPS. BandInd=Band2.10.12. QqualminInd=FALSE. PATHCHK=DISABLED.255. Ltd. SRN=0. DSTMASK="255. TXTRFX=105.. PEERIPADDR="172.10. CARRYNCOPTN=0.10. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .226". VLANFLAG=DISABLE. PATHID=3. NPrioFlag=FALSE.254". //Adding an intra-frequency neighboring cell ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1. deselect the HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH check box under the parameter HandOver Switch and deselect the SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_SWITCH check box under the parameter SRNSR Algorithm Switch. //Adding an Internet Protocol over ATM (IPoA) permanent virtual circuit (PVC) ADD IPOAPVC:IPADDR="172.181".12. ITFT=IUPS. RXTRFX=105. CfgRacInd=NOT_REQUIRE. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0.255". OverLayMobilityFlag=FORBIDDEN.12.0". ----End Example //Activating SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) //Adding a device IP address to an interface board ADD DEVIP:IPADDR="172. //Adding an IP route from the BSC6900 to the DRNC ADD IPRT:SRN=0.10. REMARK="Reloc route-RNC226".10.255. RXBW=100000. UARFCNDownlink=412. CellCapContainerFdd=DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT-0. CellId=2. TRMLOADTHINDEX=2.12. CellHostType=SINGLE_HOST.226". NEXTHOP="172.10.12.181". SrnsrSwitch=SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_SWITCH-0. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2.. //Deactivating SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) //Setting the BSC6900-level algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-0. 141-5 . SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC.RAN Feature Activation Guide 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. . Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or the resources for the connection setup on the Iur interface are insufficient. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell. Other Prerequisites – The SRNC and the DRNC must support this feature simultaneously. 3. 142-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the HandOver switch list. 2. This feature is enabled when the Iur interface does not exist. Ltd. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – The CN must support this feature simultaneously.. UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on Cell 111. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. verify. this feature enables the UE to move between RNCs. Context When the Iur interface is unavailable. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover 142 Prerequisite l l Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02060502 SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to set HHO cross IUR trigger to ON and Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. 142-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Take RNC1 as the SRNC. No call drops occur during the transition. You can view the transition procedure on the Iu interface tracing pane of RNC1.. as shown in Figure 142-1. When the Iur interface between RNC1 and RNC2 is unavailable. l Verification Procedure 1. Ltd. and RNC2 as the DRNC for example.142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover RAN Feature Activation Guide 4. Initiate standard interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT to perform the verifying procedure. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . this feature enables the UE to move between RNCs. ----End Example //Activating SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover //Add an intra-frequency neighboring cell Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 142-3 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover Figure 142-1 SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated.. and set Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2. //Turn on HHO cross IUR trigger. SIB12Ind=FALSE.142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover RAN Feature Activation Guide ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RncId=1. BlindHOFlag=FALSE. CellId=111. NPrioFlag=FALSE. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 142-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. HHOTRIG=ON. SIB11Ind=TRUE.. //Select HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH and HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the HandOver switch list SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1. NCellId=312. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. NCellRncId=2. PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. Instead. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02060503 SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update. verify. The source cell and target cell belong to different RNCs..RAN Feature Activation Guide 143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update 143 Prerequisite l l Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update This section describes how to activate. inter-RNC cell/URA update normally does not trigger the relocation. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-020605 SRNS Relocation Introduction Package. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Other Prerequisites – The CN and the DRNC must support this feature simultaneously. The SNSR relocation can be triggered by cell reselection of UEs in the CELL_FACH. Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or the Iur-CCH is not available. SNSR relocation triggered by cell/URA update is performed when the following conditions are met: l l l The cell update is complete. Between the RNCs exist the Iur interface. Ltd. or URA_PCH state. CELL_PCH. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. The interface does not support the CCH. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. The relocation is started after the Cell Update or URA Update message from the UE is forwarded from the target RNC to the source RNC over the Iur interface. 143-1 . Context If the Iur interface supports the Iur-CCH. the relocation is triggered through the static relocation procedure. On the HLR. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_NON_BE_ STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. 5. Ltd. set the UE to support background services of UL64K/DL 384K..143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on Cell 111. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to set the related switches so that the DCCC and state transition are supported. – Set DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH to 1. PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. 4. ----End Example //Activating SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update. you can infer that no call drops occur during the transition. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to set IUR CCH support flag to NO and Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. 2. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2. The Iur interface between RNC1 and RNC2 is working properly. SuppIurCch=NO. On the Iu interface tracing pane of RNC1 – RNC1->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED – CN to RNC1: RANAP_RELOCATION_COMMAND On the Uu interface tracing pane of RNC2 – CN->RNC2 RANAP_RELOCATION_REQ – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_REQ_ACK – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_DETECT – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_COMPLETE On the Iur interface tracing between of RNC1 RNC2 – RNC1->RNC2: RNSAP_RELOCATION_COMMIT l Verification Procedure 1. – Set DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH to 1. Initiate standard interface tracing on the RNC LMT to perform the verifying procedure as follows: If the following messages are displayed. 143-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to set the following switches in the Dynamic resource allocation switch parameter: – Set DRA_DCCC_SWITCH to 1. 6. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeD2FStateTransTimer=10. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer to 10. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage. This type of handover is applicable to inter-RAT interworking based on coverage or caused by moving UEs. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERRATHOCOV (RNC level) to configure parameters related to coverage-based inter-RAT handover to GSM. 2. verify. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage 144 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage This section describes how to activate. 144-1 . Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to add an inter-frequency neighboring GSM cell. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports relevant measurements and the handover procedure. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. 3. Ltd. select HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH from the HandOver Switch list. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. Context This feature supports measurement-based inter-RAT handover triggered by event 2D or uplink UE QoS and urgent blind inter-RAT handover triggered by event 1F. In this step. Figure 144-2 Inter-frequency measurement control message l 144-2 Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. Check in the traced messages whether the RNC has sent the UE an inter-RAT measurement control message shown in Figure 144-2. Under Uu Message Type. Under Uu Message Type. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. 3. Figure 144-1 Event 2D measurement report 4. 5. select RRC_MEAS_CTRL. Check whether event 2D shown in Figure 144-1 has been reported in the traced messages. Ltd. Attenuate signals in the current cell that the UE accesses to trigger reporting of event 2D by the UE.144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage RAN Feature Activation Guide 1.. select RRC_MEAS_RPRT. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage 1. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELLINTERRATHOCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERRATHOCOV (RNC level) to remove or restore the parameters related to coverage-based inter-RAT handover to GSM. //Deactivating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch= HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0. 144-3 . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to deactivate this feature. ----End Example //Activating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=&HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1.. . In this step. 4. 3. this feature enables the UE to be handed over to an inter-RAT cell. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports relevant measurements and the handover procedure.. guaranteeing QoS requirements. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS. verify. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSHO to set BSC6900-level parameters related to Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH. Context When the load of voice and PS BE services is high in a cell and downlink QoS decreases.RAN Feature Activation Guide 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS 145 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to add an inter-RAT neighboring cell. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to turn on QoS switches for different traffic classes. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 145-1 . which carries the 6A measurement control information.145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. Check that the BSC6900 sends to the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message. Ensure that the UE sends to the BSC6900 an RRC_MEAS_RPRT message. 145-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. as shown in Figure 145-2. as shown in Figure 145-1. Figure 145-1 RRC_RB_RECFG message 3. which carries the 6A1 report. Log in to the BSC6900 LMT and start Uu Interface Trace.. 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . as shown in Figure 145-3. check that the corresponding traced message indicates that the BSC6900 sends the inter-frequency measurement control message to the UE. Run the BSC6900 command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 145-3 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Then. In this step. Ltd. deselect HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ensure that the BSC6900 sends to the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and starts inter-frequency measurement of the event or period type. Figure 145-3 RRC_RB_RECFG message l Deactivation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS Figure 145-2 RRC_RB_RECFG message 4. AMRQosPerform=NO. DlQosAmrInterRatHoSwitch=YES. DlQosWAmrInterRatHoSwitch=YES.145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS RAN Feature Activation Guide HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH from the drop-down list of HandOver Switch. VPQosPerform=NO. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 145-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VPQosPerform=YES. SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=NO. BeDlAct1=InterRatHO.. DlQosAmrInterRatHoSwitch=YES. DlQosWAmrInterRatHoSwitch=YES. 2. Example //Activating Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to turn off QoS switches for different traffic classes. Ltd. AMRQosPerform=YES. //Deactivating Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0. SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=YES. Procedure l Activation Procedure The license controlling this feature has been activated. Other Prerequisites – The UE complies with 3GPP Release 6 or later. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020307 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – One or multiple of the following features must be configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage – WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service – WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load – WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. due to the limitation of UE and network support capability. Context Before VP services are handed over to the 2G system. 146 l l Configuring Video Telephony Prerequisite Dependencies on Hardware – The CN complies with 3GPP Release 6 or later. this feature enables the fallback of video telephony to speech to ensure continuous calls. the service may not be implemented. Ltd. Therefore. However.RAN Feature Activation Guide 146 Configuring Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO This section describes how to activate.. Service Change and UDI Fallback (SCUDIF) is introduced in 3GPP Release 6 to provide the mechanism to provide the mechanism to fall back to speech without experiencing call drops in these scenarios. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 146-1 . ----End 146-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. In the RAB_MODIFY_REQ message. which contains the 3A report. check that the BSC6900 sends an RAB_MODIFY_REQ message to the CN. 2.146 Configuring Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO RAN Feature Activation Guide l Verification Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Start Iu Interface Trace and Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT.. the value of the IE alternativeRABConfigurationRequest is alternative-RABconfiguration-Requested. Ltd. check in the Uu Interface Trace dialog box that the UE sends to the BSC6900 an RRC_MEAS_RPRT message. After VP services are established. In the Iu Interface Trace dialog box. 3. verify.. Context This feature provides the inter-RAT relocation procedure for NACC and PS services to shorten the interruption time of PS services caused by inter-RAT handover. The inter-RAT Handover Enhanced Package includes the following features: l l WRFD-02030801 NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) WRFD-02030802 PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS Procedure l For details about how to activate.RAN Feature Activation Guide 147 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 147 Prerequisite l l Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020308 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature is required only when one or several of the following inter-RAT handover features are introduced: – WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage – WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service – WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load – WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Hardware – BSC should support NACC RIM (RAN Information Management) and PS handover procedure. see the following sections: – 148 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. and deactivate this feature. 147-1 . Ltd. 147 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 RAN Feature Activation Guide – 149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS ----End 147-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. The NACC refers to Network Assisted Cell Change from UTRAN to GERAN. Ltd. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to open the following switches in the HandOver switch parameter: – HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH – HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH – HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH NOTE When PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is ON.. this switch no longer takes effect. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-020308 PS Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2. because the network provides GERAN (P) SI for the UE. Context This feature supports the standard NACC procedure defined in 3GPP specifications. verify. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. which is different from the normal cell change order procedure.RAN Feature Activation Guide 148 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) 148 Prerequisite l l Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) This section describes how to activate. 148-1 . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02030801 NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. . 148-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.148 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. the UE should support NACC. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL(for new neighboring cell) or MOD UEXT2GCELL (for the existing neighboring cell) to set Inter-RAT cell support RIM indicator to TRUE. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to set HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH in the HandOver switch parameter to 0. ----End Example //Activating NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_ RELOCATION_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. Therefore. To implement this feature. //Deactivating NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) MOD UEXT2GCELL: SuppRIMFlag=FALSE. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UEXT2GCELL to check whether the interRAT neighboring cell supports the RIM procedure. NACC. the NACC-supportive UEs are required for activation. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to check the settings of the PS inter-RAT handover. and Relocation switches. 2. NOTE l Verification Procedure 1. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT2GCELL to set Inter-RAT cell support RIM indicator to FALSE. Ltd. l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this feature. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Context This feature enables the relocation of PS services (including non-real-time PS services and realtime PS services) between systems. handover between UTRAN and GERAN would be performed. The PS handover is different from NACC or normal cell change function. In inter-system handover scenarios. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02030802 PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS. both the handover from UTRAN to GERAN and the handover from GERAN to UTRAN are supplied. especially for real-time PS services. this feature can greatly improve user perception. either NACC or normal cell change order would be selected. If both the UE and the network support PS handover. 149-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. With this feature. the service interruption for PS service inter-system handover is reduced by a great extent.RAN Feature Activation Guide 149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS 149 Prerequisite l l Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS This section describes how to activate. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-020308 PS Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to open the following switches in the HandOver switch parameter: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. with which the relocation procedure between 3G and 2G is applied. verify. just like the CS inter-system handover. Otherwise. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.. Ltd. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UEXT2GCELL to ensure the inter-RAT cell supports PS Handover. GSMCellIndex=1. 2. InterRATFilterCoef=D6. MOD UEXT2GCELL: SuppPSHOFlag=FALSE. l Verification Procedure 1. ADD UEXT2GCELL: GSMCellIndex=1.149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS RAN Feature Activation Guide – HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH – HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH 2. CID=1. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTERRATHOCOV to set inter-RAT handover measurement related parameters. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT2GCELL to set the SuppPSHOFlag parameter to FALSE. ----End Example //Activating PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWI TCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to add a neighboring GSM cell for the UMTS cell. MCC="460". Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL to add a neighboring GSM cell to the UMTS coverage and to set the Inter-RAT cell support PS HO indicator parameter to TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to set HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH in the HandOver switch parameter to 0. SuppPSHOFlag=TRUE. CellId=100. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . NBscIndex=1. FilterCoefOf2D2F=D4. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to check the status of PS inter-RAT handover switch and the Relocation HO switch. BCC=1. RAC=1. GSMCellName="GSMCELL1". BcchArfcn=512. 3. LAC=1. LdPrdRprtSwitch=ON. //Deactivating PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH-0.. ADD U2GNCELL: RNCId=1. 3. 149-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET UINTERRATHOCOV: InterRatReportMode=PERIODICAL_REPORTING. CnOpGrpIndex=1. NCC=1. 4. UseOfHcs=NOT_USED. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UINTERRATHOCOV to check inter-RAT handover measurement related parameters. l Deactivation Procedure 1. MNC="01". RatCellType=GPRS. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLSIBSWITCH or MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports both UMTS and LTE. Huawei UMTS supports PS handovers from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell For details. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side. see the RAN12. verify. – The LTE network supports this feature. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 150 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 This section describes how to activate. In this step. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor. The Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Context The feature Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 provides the following functions: l l Huawei UMTS supports bidirectional cell reselection between a UMTS cell and an LTE cell.. After the information about the frequencies of neighboring LTE cells is configured and SIB Switch is set to SIB19.0 Optional Feature Description. 150-1 . Dependencies on Hardware – The UE is a UMTS<E dual-mode terminal. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1. set SIB Switch to SIB19. the BSC6900 sends SIB19 messages to UEs. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box.150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 RAN Feature Activation Guide SIB19 message contains the neighboring LTE cell list and LTE cell reselection parameters. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . If the LTE equipment is provided by Huawei. Ltd. double-click Uu Interface Trace. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD UCELLSELRESEL. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to configure the information about the frequencies of neighboring cells. Inter-RAT measurement is performed based on the settings of RSCP threshold for low-prio-freq measurement initiation and Ec/No threshold for low-prio-freq measurement initiation. In the Navigation Tree pane on the BSC6900 LMT. Configure the related data. such as the neighboring cell relationships between cells. set Absolute priority level of the serving cell to an appropriate value. On the unfolded list. click the Trace tab. see the LTE document Idle Mode Management Parameter Description. see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor. 4. In the displayed Trace Navigation Tree pane. on the LTE side. The measurement result provides a reference to cell reselection. The UE makes cell reselection decisions based on the configured information about the frequencies of neighboring cells. For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side. select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE19 to trace Uu interface SIB19 message. double-click UMTS Services.. l Verification Procedure 1. In this step. 150-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. 2. RAN Feature Activation Guide 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 Figure 150-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. l To deactivate this feature in a specific cell. This method is not recommended. deselect the SIB19 check box under the parameter SIB Switch to turn off the SIB19 switch in a cell. In such a case. this feature is not activated. 1.. l To deactivate this feature in all cells under a BSC6900. you can either turn off the SIB19 switch or deactivate the license. this feature has been activated. Analyze the traced messages. the BSC6900 stops sending SIB19 messages to UEs. deactivate the license. you are advised to turn off the SIB19 switch. as shown in Figure 150-2. Ltd. – If the SIB19 message is not traced on the Uu interface. – If the SIB19 message has been traced on the Uu interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH. In this step. the configured absolute priority of the serving cell Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 150-3 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . After the switch is turned off. Figure 150-2 SIB message tracing l Deactivation Procedure NOTE To deactivate this feature. ThdPrioritySearch1=2. MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1. SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-1. EARFCN=1. Ltd. 2. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. //Deactivating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1. NonhcsInd=NOT_CONFIGURED. QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO. FUNCTIONSWITCH5=LQW1ULM01-0. ThdPrioritySearch2=2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 RAN Feature Activation Guide and the configured information about the frequencies of neighboring cells become ineffective. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to deactivate the license controlling the feature Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1. BlacklstCellNumber=D0. MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1. SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. 150-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NPriority=2. QrxlevminExtSup=FALSE.. SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-0. Example //Activating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1. configure an LTE cell. After the UE reports a 3C measurement report of the LTE cell. not a PS handover procedure. 2. 151 l l l l Configuring Service-Based PS Prerequisite Dependencies on Hardware – There is no requirement for BSC6900 and NodeB. the operator can choose to hand over the high-speed PS services from the UMTS network to the LTE network. In this step. Context With this feature. Set LTE Cell Supporting PS HO Indicator to NotSupport and set BlackCell List Flag to False. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Others – The SGSN and UE support this feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to set RNC-Oriented Non-Coverage-Based UMTS-LTE Handover Measurement Algorithm Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This helps fully utilize the UMTS and LTE network resources. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . the BSC6900 initiates a PS redirection procedure. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 151-1 3. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (trial) Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (trial) This section describes how to activate. improving the user experience. 4.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (trial). Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ULTECELL. If in the message the rrcConnectionRelease message contains the IE EUTRA-TargetFreqInfo. this feature takes effect. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC to modify the basic configuration of a typical radio access bearer (RAB). In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to set CellOriented Non-Coverage-Based UMTS-LTE Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters. l Verification Procedure Start Uu interface tracing on the LMT to trace messages on the Uu interface. The measurement result serves as the basis for handover decision. Figure 151-1 Viewing the IE e-UTRA-FrequencyInfo View the RRC_CONN_REL message. After receiving this message. The measurement control message sent by the BSC6900 contains the LTE cell information. the UE is handed over to the LTE network and the UE reestablishes PS services in the LTE cell. as shown in Figure 151-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . View the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message. the RRC connection release message carries the LTE cell information. After receiving the message. 6. Ltd. The BSC6900 sends these parameters to the UE by means of a measurement control message. as shown in Figure 151-2.151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (trial) RAN Feature Activation Guide Parameters. set Service-Based Handover to LTE Allowed to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM. the UE measures the signal quality in the LTE cell.. 5. If the measurementCommand message contains the information element (IE) e-UTRAFrequencyInfo. 151-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Configuring a neighboring LTE cell ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1. //Modifying the basic configuration of a typical RAB MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=1. MCC="460". U2LTEFilterCoef=D6. TrigTime3C=D10. TargetRatThdRSRP=20. U2LTEMeasTime=30. LTECellName="LTECELL". EUTRANSHIND=HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM. //Deactivation procedure //Disabling HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Enabling HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. TAC=10.. LTEBand=10. LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity. 151-3 . U2LTEFilterCoef=D6. TargetRatThdRSRQ=30. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. LTEArfcn=500. TargetRatThdRSRQ=30. U2LTEMeasTime=30. //Configuring an LTE cell ADD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=0. MNC="01". LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP. //Setting the parameters related to the RNC-oriented non coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handover measurement algorithm SET UU2LTEHONCOV: LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity. Ltd. EUTRANCELLID=8. TrigTime3C=D10. Hystfor3C=2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (trial) Figure 151-2 Viewing the IE EUTRA-TargetFreqInfo l Deactivation Procedure 1. TargetRatThdRSRP=20. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH. CnOpGrpIndex=1. Hystfor3C=2. CellId=2. CellPHYID=100. LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP. LTECellIndex=1. //Setting the parameters related to the cell-oriented non coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handover measurement algorithm ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1. . The purpose is to reduce the load of this cell. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add an interfrequency neighboring cell supporting blind handover.RAN Feature Activation Guide 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance 152 Prerequisite l l Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance This section describes how to activate. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable the required load reshuffling (LDR) algorithms: – UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm) – DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm) – CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm) 2. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load Balance. Run the BSC6900 MML commands SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and MOD UCELLHOCOMM. 152-1 3. Dependencies on Other Features – The two optional features WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated.. set HandOver Switch to HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH. Context This feature enables some UEs in a cell to be handed over to the inter-frequency same-coverage cells if the cell is in the primary congestion state. or to add an inter-frequency Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. set LDR period timer length to an appropriate value.152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance RAN Feature Activation Guide neighboring cell supporting measurement by setting the parameter DrdOrLdrFlag to an appropriate value. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERFREQHONCOV (BSC6900 level) to set parameters related to load-based inter-RAT hard handover to appropriate values. set Code congestion select inter-freq indication to TRUE(TRUE). run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR. 4. close Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 5. l Verification Procedure 1. select InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover) as an LDR action and set other parameters related to LDR actions to appropriate values. In this step. see the verification procedure in 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling. Deactivation Procedure 1.. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR. 6. set InterFreq Load Handover Method Selection to MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO). DL LDR release threshold. 8. l To check whether Inter Frequency Load Balance. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to deactivate the following LDR algorithms: – UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm) – DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm) – CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm) 2. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML commands SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and MOD UCELLHOCOMM to deactivate the inter-frequency handover. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD. Set LDR-related thresholds as follows: – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM to set power LDR thresholds (UL LDR trigger threshold. 152-2 . has been activated. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set Cell LDR SF reserved threshold to an appropriate value. 9. 7. In this step. DL LDR trigger threshold. In this step. which is one of LDR actions. and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold) to appropriate values. Ltd. In this step. – LST UCELLALGOSWITCH – LST UCELLLDR – LST UCELLLDM – LST ULDCPERIOD – LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH – LST UINTERFREQNCELL – LST UCELLHOCOMM – LST UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(cell level) – LST UINTERFREQHONCOV (BSC6900 level) 2. UL LDR release threshold. Run the following BSC6900 MML commands to check whether this feature has been activated. In the case of measurement-based inter-frequency handover. DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. Restore the parameter settings modified in the activation procedure. PeriodFor2C=4. Ltd. InterFreqCovHOThdEcN0=-16. DlLdrTrigThd=70. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=TRUE. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-0. InterFreqRATSwitch=INTERFREQ. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111.RAN Feature Activation Guide 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH through HandOver Switch. 4. CellLdrSfResThd=SF8. InterFreqFilterCoef=D3. DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20. SIB11Ind=TRUE. Example //Activating Inter Frequency Load Balance MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000. TrigTime2C=D640. 152-3 . CellId=111. InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE. BlindHoFlag=FALSE.. MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=111. DrdOrLdrFlag=TRUE. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CODE_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR1. InterFreqRATSwitch=INTERRAT. 3. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. UlLdrRelThd=45. DlLdrRelThd=60. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. InterFreqMeasTime=60. DlLdTrnsHysTime=1000. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&CELL_CODE_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR0. //Deactivating Inter Frequency Load Balance MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. NPrioFlag=FALSE. UlLdrTrigThd=55. Hystfor2C=6. ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV: CellId=111. NCellId=222. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection=MEASUREHO. CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd= FALSE. SIB12Ind=FALSE. MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=111. MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=111. SET ULDCPERIOD: LdrPeriodTimerLen=10. AmntOfRpt2C=5. set Code congestion select inter-freq indication to FALSE(FALSE). NCellRncId=22. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1. In this step. ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=11. . verify. Ltd. In this step. balancing load between the two systems. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service. 153-1 2. This feature forwards appropriate services in a UMTS system to a GSM/GPRS system. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM. Context This feature provides a mechanism for performing handover between GSM/GPRS and UMTS systems on the basis of services. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service 153 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service This section describes how to activate.. 3. This feature also prevents the handover from adversely affecting services based on service attributes. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to set neighbor relation with the neighboring GSM cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL to add a neighboring GSM cell. 4. set InterRAT CS handover switch or Inter-RAT PS handover switch to ON. select HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH from the HandOver Switch list. Ltd. Figure 153-1 Inter-frequency measurement control message l Deactivation Procedure 1. CSServiceHOSwitch=OFF. In this step. set InterRAT CS handover switch or Inter-RAT PS handover switch to OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERRATHONCOV (RNC level) to configure parameters related to non-coverage-based inter-frequency handover to GSM. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. select RRC_MEAS_CTRL. ADD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=111.. Under Uu Message Type. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM. PSServiceHOSwitch=OFF. CSServiceHOSwitch=ON. After services are set up.153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service RAN Feature Activation Guide 5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . PSServiceHOSwitch=ON. view in the traced messages whether the RNC has sent the UE an inter-frequency measurement control message shown in Figure 153-1. 2. //Deactivating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=111. 153-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Verification Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to add the GSM cell as a neighboring cell of the UMTS cell..RAN Feature Activation Guide 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load 154 Prerequisite l l Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load This section describes how to activate. Context This feature is an important part of Load Reshuffling (LDR). 4. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLLDR to set the inter-RAT handover policy for the UMTS cell. It enables some UEs in a UMTS cell to be blindly handed over to a GSM or GPRS cell to reduce the load of the UMTS cell. In this step. 3. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. set DL LDR fourth action to Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package or WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured correspondingly before this feature is activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to activate the inter-RAT handover. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Ltd. select the HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter HandOver Switch. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Dependencies on Other Features – If this feature is used for HSDPA or HSUPA load control. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL to add the information about a GSM cell. 154-1 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to deactivate the load-based handover. UL LDR fourth action. BCC=2. DL LDR fifth action. l Deactivation Procedure 1. set DL LDR fourth action. UL LDR fourth action to CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain inter-rat should be load handover). NBscIndex=2. In this step. ----End Example //Activating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. DlLdrFifthAction=PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO. Use a UE in the UMTS cell to call another UE in the same cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM to reduce the downlink LDR threshold. LdPrdRprtSwitch=OFF. 154-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The following message can be traced on the Uu interface: the RRC_HO_FROM_UTRAN_CMD_GSM message from the RNC to the UE. UlLdrFifthAction=PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO. BlindHOPrio=1. the RANAP_RELOCATION_COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC. the RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC. In this step. 2. DL LDR fifth action to PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load handover). CID=2. The following messages can be traced on the Iu interface: the RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message from the RNC to the CN. 5. BcchArfcn=1000. GSMCellIndex=2. l Verification Procedure 1. RAC=H'01. RatCellType=GSM. CellId=2. and the RANAP_RELOCATION_COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC. BlindHoFlag=TRUE. and UL LDR fifth action to NoAct. The following messages can be traced on the Iu interface: the RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message from the RNC to the CN. ADD UEXT2GCELL: GSMCellIndex=2. Ltd. UlLdrFourthAction=CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. ADD U2GNCELL: RncId=1.154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load RAN Feature Activation Guide CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain inter-rat should be load handover). and UL LDR fifth action to PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load handover). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 2. CnOpGrpIndex=1. NCC=2. The call is set up successfully.. MCC="460". Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to deactivate the inter-RAT handover. deselect the HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter HandOver Switch. and the RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMPLETE message from the RNC to the CN. LAC=H'0012. UseOfHcs=NOT_USED. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV (at the cell level) or SET UINTERRATHONCOV (at the RNC level) to configure parameters related to non-coverage-based inter-frequency handover to GSM. 3. DlLdrFourthAction=CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO. NPrioFlag=FALSE. Initiate Iu interface message tracing and Uu interface message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. GSMCellName="2". ADD UCELLLDR: CellId=1. MNC="07". DlLdrFifthAction=NoAct. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0. DlLdrFourthAction=NoAct. UlLdrFifthAction=NoAct.RAN Feature Activation Guide 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV: CellId=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. UlLdrFourthAction=NoAct. 154-3 . //Deactivating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=1.. . Context This feature supports co-coverage inter-frequency or inter-RAT directed retries and redirection. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 155 Configuring DRD Introduction Package 155 Prerequisite l l l Configuring DRD Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. This feature consists of the following features: l l l l WRFD-02040001 Intra System Direct Retry WRFD-02040002 Inter System Direct Retry WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect WRFD-02040004 Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup Procedure l For the procedures for activating. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. and deactivating the preceding features.. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. verifying. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package. 155-1 . Ltd. see the following sections: – 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry – 157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry – 158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect – 159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. . turn on the cell-level switches: Service Steering DRD Switch. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Uplink load balance DRD Switch for DC-HSDPA. 156-1 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Context This feature supports inter-RAT directed retries during RRC connection or radio resource bearer (RAB) assignment. Load balance DRD switch for DCH. In this step. Uplink load balance DRD Switch for DC-HSDPA. Load balance DRD switch for HSDPA. Code Balancing DRD Switch. set Direct retry switch to DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH. and Device Type Steering DRD Switch. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040001 Intra System Direct Retry. verify. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDRD. DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry 156 Prerequisite l l Configuring Intra System Direct Retry This section describes how to activate. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Load balance DRD switch for HSDPA. and Device Type Steering DRD Switch. turn on the RNC-level switches: Service Steering DRD Switch. In this step. Load balance DRD switch for DCH. and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH.. Ltd. Measurement-Based DRD Switch. 3. In this step. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Code Balancing DRD Switch. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. 2. (2) The BSC6900 sends an RRC_RB_SETUP message from cell 1 to the UE. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=OFF. DPGDRDSwitch=ON. Method 2: Verifying this feature during radio bearer (RB) setup (1) Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=ON. the cell-level parameter settings take effect. l Verification Procedure 1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Method 1: Verifying this feature during RRC connection setup (1) Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT.156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide If a cell is configured with both the RNC-level and cell-level parameters. this feature has been activated. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=OFF. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=ON. 156-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=OFF. //Deactivating Intra System Direct Retry SET UDRD: ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=OFF. The UE sends an RRC_RB_SETUP_CMP message from cell 2 to the BSC6900. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=ON. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=OFF. DPGDRDSwitch=OFF. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD to turn off the RNC-level switches. (2) The UE sends an RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message from cell 1 to the BSC6900. Use a UE to initiate a PS interactive service. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=OFF. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=OFF. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=OFF. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Use a UE to initiate a PS interactive service. MOD UCELLDRD: CellId=10. MOD UCELLDRD: CellId=10. (3) The UE sends an RRC_RRC_CONNECT_SETUP_CMP message from cell 2 to the BSC6900. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=ON. ----End Example //Activating Intra System Direct Retry SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1&DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1&DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWI TCH-1. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=OFF. If the service is set up successfully in cell 2 and the data transmission is normal. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDRD to turn off the cell-level switches. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=ON. This indicates that this feature has been activated. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=ON. SET UDRD: ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=ON. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=ON. 2. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=ON. DPGDRDSwitch=OFF. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=OFF. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=OFF. The BSC6900 sends the UE an RRC_RRC_CONN_SETUP message containing the scrambling code of cell 2. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=ON.. DPGDRDSwitch=ON. Ltd. 157-1 2. Uplink load balance DRD Switch for DC-HSDPA. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040002 Inter System Direct Retry. and turn on the following RNC-level switches: Service Steering DRD Switch.. Code Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context This feature supports inter-RAT directed retries during RAB assignment. In this step. DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. set Direct retry switch to DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH. 3. Load balance DRD switch for HSDPA. Turn on the following cell-level switches: Service Steering DRD Switch. Load balance DRD switch for DCH. MeasurementBased DRD Switch. verify. set the cell-level parameter Max inter-RAT direct retry number to a value other than zero. Code Balancing DRD Switch. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and Device Type Steering DRD Switch. In this step. set the RNC-level parameter Max inter-RAT direct retry number to a value other than zero. Load balance DRD switch for DCH. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Load balance DRD switch for HSDPA. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDRD. and DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry 157 Prerequisite l l Configuring Inter System Direct Retry This section describes how to activate. the cell-level parameter settings take effect. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=ON. l Verification Procedure 1. DPGDRDSwitch=ON. (2) The BSC6900 responds to the CN with a RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RSP message containing the cause value "direct retry. DRMaxGSMNum=3. Use a UE to initiate a PS interactive service. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=ON. DRMaxGSMNum=0. In the Uu Interface Trace dialog box. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=ON. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=OFF. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=OFF. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=OFF. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=OFF. and Device Type Steering DRD Switch." l Deactivation Procedure 1. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=OFF. 2. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=ON. Turn off the cell-level switches. ----End Example //Activating Inter System Direct Retry SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1&DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH-1&DR_INTER_RAT_D RD_SWITCH. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . view the following procedure: (1) The core network (CN) sends a RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message to the BSC6900. DPGDRDSwitch=OFF. MOD UCELLDRD: CellId=11. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=ON. In this step. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=ON. DPGDRDSwitch=OFF. 2.. MOD UCELLDRD: CellId=11. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=OFF. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=ON. NOTE If a cell is configured with both the RNC-level and cell-level parameters. Turn off the RNC-level switches. Ltd. //Deactivating Inter System Direct Retry SET UDRD: DRMaxGSMNum=0. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=OFF. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=ON. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=ON. set Max inter-RAT direct retry number to 0. SET UDRD: DRMaxGSMNum=3. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=ON.157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry RAN Feature Activation Guide Balancing DRD Switch. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=OFF. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDRD. In this step." (3) The BSC6900 sends the CN a RELOCATION REQUIRED message containing the cause value "direct retry. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=ON. set Max Inter-RAT direct retry number to 0. 157-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. DPGDRDSwitch=ON. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=OFF. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=OFF. Uplink load balance DRD Switch for DC-HSDPA. (2) The BSC6900 responds with an RRC_CONN_REJ message. In this step.. 2. Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Direct Retry Switch to DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH. 158-1 . set ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT. 2. Start Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. The following procedure is traced on the Uu interface: (1) The UE sends an RRC_SETUP_REQ message. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect 158 Prerequisite l l Configuring Inter-System Redirect This section describes how to activate. In this step. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect. verify. Context This feature allows inter-system redirection during RRC connection setup. Use a UE to initiate an RRC connection setup request. Ltd. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure 1. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. carrying GSMTargetCellInfo in the IE redirectioninfo. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. SET UDRD: ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch=Allowed_To_Inter_RAT.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Example //Activating Inter-System Redirect SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD.158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. Ltd. //Deactivating Inter-System Redirect SET UDRD: ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch=OFF. 158-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set RRC redirect switch to OFF or Only_To_Inter_Frequency. In this step. verify. 2. In this step. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 5. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 4. set Direct Retry Switch to DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH. add an inter-frequency cell by setting the related parameters according to the network plan. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USPG. Context With this feature. turn on Service differential drd switch and Measurement-Based DRD Switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. service steering and load sharing among different frequencies or bands are implemented during RAB setup based on the service type and cell load. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 159-1 3. In this step. Ltd. set the cell service priority by setting the related parameters according to the network plan. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040004 Service Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup 159 Prerequisite l l Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup This section describes how to activate. add a service priority group and set the service priority of each type of service according to the network plan. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. In this step. SpgId=2. In this step. NCellId=2. PriorityServiceForR99NRT=1. PriorityServiceForHSDPA=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. the BSC6900 sends an RRC_PH_CH_RECFG message to the UE. DrdOrLdrFlag=TRUE. //Deactivating Service Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup SET UDRD: ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=OFF. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=2. SIB12Ind=FALSE. NPrioFlag=FALSE. ----End Example //Activating Service Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=1. – The UE in periodical mode sends an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message to the BSC6900 to measure the signal quality of the target cell. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=ON. NCellRncId=1. SET UDRD: ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=ON. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 159-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ADD USPG: SpgId=1. 2. ADD USPG: SpgId=2.. PriorityServiceForHSDPA=2. – The UE sends an RRC_RB_RECFG_CMP message from the inter-frequency neighboring cell. PriorityServiceForR99NRT=2. l Deactivation Procedure 1. PriorityServiceForR99RT=1. – The UE responds with an RRC_PH_CH_RECFG_CMP message. BlindHoFlag=FALSE. PriorityServiceForExtRab=1. PriorityServiceForExtRab=1. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=OFF. InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE. PriorityServiceForR99RT=2. Ltd. – The BSC6900 sends the UE an RRC_RB_RECFG message containing the primary scrambling code and frequency of the inter-frequency neighboring cell. This cell carries low-priority services.159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup RAN Feature Activation Guide l Verification Procedure 1. SpgId=1. PriorityServiceForHSUPA=1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1. turn off Service differential drd switch and Measurement-Based DRD Switch. In the Uu Interface Trace dialog box. view the following procedure: – After the UE in a cell sends an RRC_RB_SETUP_CMP message. The target inter-frequency neighboring cell has light load and carries highpriority services. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. SIB11Ind=TRUE. PriorityServiceForHSUPA=2. Use a UE in a cell to initiate a PS interactive service. CellId=1. – The BSC6900 enters the compressed mode. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance 160 Prerequisite l l Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance This section describes how to activate and verify the optional feature WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance. – Set Propagation delay threshold as specified in 3GPP TS 25. the RAN redirects a UE to a GSM cell based on the distance threshold when the UE initiates an RRC connection setup request. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. To solve this problem.433 – Set Redirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on the network plan. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION to set the cell-level parameters. – Set Redirection Switch to ON. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION to set the BSC6900-level parameters. – To activate this feature in a cell. the UE may experience call drops when the UE moves out of the pilot polluted area.. This feature can be activated by using either of the following methods according to the feature area: – To activate this feature in the entire BSC6900. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Context If a UE initiates a CS voice call with a long distance to the antenna of a 3G cell. 160-1 . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance RAN Feature Activation Guide – Set Redirection Switch to ON. 3. Figure 160-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. Check the messages traced on the Uu interface. use the UE to establish a CS voice call. – As shown in Figure 160-2. l Verification Procedure 1. Ltd. – Set Propagation delay threshold as specified in 3GPP TS 25. Then. if the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message contains the information element (IE) GSM-Targetcellinfo. and this feature has been activated. Place the UE in a place where the UE is far away from the NodeB and pilot signals are strong. Initiate Uu interface message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. – If the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message does not contain the IE GSMTargetcellinfo. – Set Redirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on the network plan. as shown in Figure 160-1. the RAN has redirected the UE to the GSM network.433. this feature is not activated. 160-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Simulate a scenario where pilot pollution occurs. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. DelayThs=100. In this step. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION. //Deactivating this feature in a specified cell MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION. ----End Example //Activating Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance //Activating this feature in the entire BSC6900 SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: RedirSwitch=ON. //Deactivating Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance //Deactivating this feature in the entire BSC6900 SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: RedirSwitch=OFF. //Activating this feature in a specified cell ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1. – To deactivate this feature in a cell. RedirFactorOfLDR=80. Ltd. 160-3 . This feature can be deactivated by using either of the following methods according to the feature area: – To deactivate this feature in the entire BSC6900. set Redirection Switch to OFF. RedirSwitch=ON.RAN Feature Activation Guide 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance Figure 160-2 GSM-Targetcellinfo IE l Deactivation Procedure 1. RedirFactorOfLDR=70. RedirFactorOfNorm=60. RedirSwitch=OFF. DelayThs=100. set Redirection Switch to OFF. In this step. RedirFactorOfNorm=60. . This feature depends on the feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. 3. the RNC can immediately initiate inter-frequency or inter-system measurements. set the Flag of MBDR Cell to TRUE(send). turn on the switch of Cell-Oriented inter-frequency measurement MBDR Switch. according network planning to set the MBDR Cell Periority. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL.RAN Feature Activation Guide 161 Configuring Measurement-based Direct Retry 161 Prerequisite l l Configuring Measurement-based Direct Retry This section describes how to activate. The RNC can then perform direct retries according to the measurement results when the RAB assignment is received from the CN. verify and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020402 Measurement based Direct Retry. improving the network performance. Ltd. Context After the setup of the UE RRC connection. 2. This feature can increase the success rate of DRD and reduce the drop rate caused by DRD with blind handover. turn on the switch of Cell-Oriented inter-RAT measurement MBDR Switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLMBDRINTERRAT. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 161-1 . l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you can view the inter-frequency measurement control information on the Uu interface. close the MBDR Switch. cell congestion occurs.&PSR99_INTERFR EQ-0. if handover based on inter-frequency measurement is used to achieve load reshuffling (LDR). NCellRncId=2. BlindHoFlag=FALSE. CellId=1. //Set the Flag of MBDR Cell to TRUE(send). InterRatActiveType=CSAMR_INTERRAT-1. ----End Example //Activating Measurement based Direct Retry //Turn on the switch of Cell-Oriented inter-frequency measurement ADD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ: CellId=1. according network planning to set the MBDR Cell Periority ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .161 Configuring Measurement-based Direct Retry RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. At this time. //Deactivating Measurement based Direct Retry MOD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ: InterFreqActiveType=CSAMR_INTERFREQ-0&CSNONAMR_INTERFREQ-0. SIB12Ind=FALSE.&PSHSPA_INTERFREQ-1. MBDRFlag=TRUE. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. //Turn on the switch of Cell-Oriented inter-RAT measurement ADD UCELLMBDRINTERRAT: CellId=1. InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE. MBDRPrio=2. NCellId=2. InterFreqActiveType=CSAMR_INTERFREQ-1&CSNONAMR_INTERFREQ-1. InterFreqReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. SIB11Ind=TRUE.&PSR99_INTERFR EQ-1..&PSHSPA_INTERFREQ-0. NPrioFlag=FALSE. After the UE sends the inter-frequency measurement report. 161-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. When a large number of UEs access the cell. the UE will be handed over to another cell. Deploying this feature only cannot solve the signaling storm problem produced by smart UEs. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. The license can be activated by performing the following operation: Run the SET LICENSE command. 162-1 . – F2 cells are barred. – Frequency F2 carries HSPA services. set Fast Dormancy Enhancementper PS Active User to an appropriate value. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020500 Enhanced Fast Dormancy. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy 162 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy This section describes how to activate. In this step. This feature is a component of the comprehensive solution. verify. and all users camp on F1 cells. Context As the number of smart UEs keeps increasing in mobile networks. Operators should use this feature together with professional services to optimize the quality of service of the entire network. With rich experience in network optimization. Wait RB reconfiguration response timer and RL restoration timer in the SET USTATETIMER command are set to 11000 and 15000 respectively.. l Other Prerequisites When the network is a service-layered network as follows and RSVDBIT1_BIT29 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command has been set to 0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the networks face signaling storms produced by these UEs. – Frequency F1 carries R99 services. Huawei provides a comprehensive end-to-end solution to respond to network challenges based on network characteristics. retain the configured value. The recommended value of the Iu-PS activity factor is 10%. Inappropriate parameter settings may lead to network failures. NOTE After this feature is enabled. CAUTION The Iu-PS activity factor of all services must be set to an appropriate value. If this feature is not enabled. the Enhanced Fast Dormancy feature is introduced. the UE will send a signaling connection release indication (SCRI) message to request the BSC6900 to release the RRC connection and move the UE state to idle mode. the number of UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state increases sharply. CELL_PCH. reducing signaling processing costs: l l The BSC6900 receives an SCRI message from the UE. 2. Run the MML commands ADD TRMFACTOR and MOD ADJMAP to change the Iu-PS activity factor. UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state consume a large number of Iu-PS bandwidth resources although they do not transmit any data. Otherwise. the BSC6900 will move the UE to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state instead of the IDLE mode under either of the following conditions. The CELL_FACH/CELL_DCH inactivity timer on the BSC6900 expires. signaling storms occur. Modifying the Iu-PS activity factor does not bring a negative effect to the entire network. If this feature is enabled. or URA_PCH. l Do not configure the parameters related to this feature without Huawei professional technical support. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. If the configured Iu-PS activity factor is smaller than 10%. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. however. the BSC6900 will move the UE state to idle mode after the BSC6900 receives an SCRI message from the UE or the UE inactivity timer expires. l Huawei engineers will recommend appropriate parameter settings for this feature based on the network conditions. Always on line can be provided for PS services of intelligent UEs to improve user experience. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable the feature Enhanced Fast Dormancy at the BSC6900-level. Always on line. a large number of PS service setups fail.. When there is no PS data transfer. Ltd. To prolong UE battery life.162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy RAN Feature Activation Guide CAUTION l Consult Huawei engineers about the comprehensive solution to obtain professional technical support. and the CPU usage of the SPU boards increases sharply. If UEs are frequently switched between RRC connection states and idle mode. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 162-2 . Adjusting the Iu-PS activity factor can prevent PS service admission failures due to the increase in the number of UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. will increase the power consumption of intelligent UEs. deselect the RSVDBIT1_BIT21 check box under the parameter Reserved Parameter 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable the Type Allocation Code (TAC) match function. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set the value of the CELL_PCH inactivity timer. it is recommended that a new SCCPCH be added. 9. If a CS service is initiated after the UE performs a D2F procedure. Therefore. The recommended value of the CELL_PCH inactivity timer is 360 seconds. When this switch is turned off. 8. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set the value of the CELL_FACH inactivity timer. 4. the state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH is allowed. After this feature is enabled. NOTE 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable cell update during CS service setup. deselect the RSVDBIT1_BIT29 check box under the parameter Reserved Parameter 1. When this switch is turned off. In this step. which may lead to FACH congestion. 10. deselect the RSVDBIT1_BIT20 check box under the parameter Reserved Parameter 1. the number of CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH (D2F) procedures performed increases. 7. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to disable the state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH. set Fast Dormancy User FACH/E_FACH2DCH/HSPA 4A Threshold to D1k. 11. In this step. 6. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set the value of the CELL_DCH inactivity timer. Ltd. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UIMEITAC to add the IMEI TACs of smart UEs to the whitelist. a cell update procedure may be initiated during the CS service setup. The recommended value of the CELL_FACH inactivity timer is 10 seconds. The switch RSVDBIT1_BIT21 specifies whether to allow cell update during CS service setup. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable the state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH triggered by FACH congestion. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS. In this step. The recommended value of the CELL_DCH inactivity timer is 4 seconds. the state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH is not allowed. 162-3 . the FACH will carry a large amount of data. The switch RSVDBIT1_BIT29 specifies whether to allow the state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH. NOTE After this feature is enabled. cell update is allowed during CS service setup.RAN Feature Activation Guide 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy 3. The BSC6900 compares the queried UE IMEI with the configured IMEI TAC and then performs operations as follows: Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. When this switch is turned on.. set Fast Dormancy Switch to ON. Ltd. You can set a procedure for specified UEs by running the MML command ADD UIMEITAC. OFF Configured ON OFF Not configured Not involved The BSC6900 enables the Enhanced Fast Dormancy feature for the UEs complying with 3GPP Release 5 or later. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. The BSC6900 does not enable this feature for the UEs that are added to the IMEI TAC list but not contained in the blacklist. 162-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The BSC6900 enables the Enhanced Fast Dormancy feature for the UEs complying with 3GPP Release 5 or later. you can configure UEs of a certain type to support the CELL_DCH-toCELL_FACH-toCELL_PCH procedure rather than the CELL_DCH-toCELL_PCH procedure.162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy RAN Feature Activation Guide Table 162-1 Processing procedure after the comparison Setting of FD_TAC_MAT CH_SWITCH in the MML command SET URRCTRLSWI TCH (RNC level) ON Setting of IMEI TAC in the MML command ADD UIMEITAC Setting of Fast Dormancy Switch in the MML command ADD UIMEITAC (UE level) ON Processing Procedure Configured The BSC6900 enables the Enhanced Fast Dormancy feature for the UEs with a matched TAC. For example. the license for this feature has been configured. 12. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to turn on the switch for the cell-level enhanced fast dormancy feature. Keep the UE in idle mode for a period.. Figure 162-1 Status of the Enhanced Fast Dormancy license 2. Ltd. perform no operation for four seconds after a Web page is opened. the UE is in the CELL_DCH state. this switch is turned on. If the RRC_RB_SETUP message shown in Figure 162-2 is traced. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 162-5 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Initiate Uu interface message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. For example. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP LICUSAGE to query the state of the license for this feature. use the UE to browse a Web page. For example. Use a smart UE to set up a PS service in the CELL_DCH state. If the result shown in Figure 162-1 is returned. l Verification Procedure 1. Figure 162-2 UE in the CELL_DCH state 4. NOTE By default. 3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy Setting of FD_TAC_MAT CH_SWITCH in the MML command SET URRCTRLSWI TCH (RNC level) OFF Setting of IMEI TAC in the MML command ADD UIMEITAC Setting of Fast Dormancy Switch in the MML command ADD UIMEITAC (UE level) OFF Processing Procedure Configured The BSC6900 does not enable the Enhanced Fast Dormancy feature for UEs with a matched TAC. For details. Figure 162-3 State transition to the CELL_PCH state 5. Use the UE to continue PS services such as web page browsing.162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy RAN Feature Activation Guide If the RRC_RB_RECFG message shown in Figure 162-3 is traced. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Figure 162-4 Cell update Figure 162-5 Channel reconfiguration l Deactivation Procedure To deactivate this feature. Cell update or channel reconfiguration occurs.. Check the RRC_CELL_UPDATE message as shown in Figure 162-4 and Figure 162-5. the UE will move from the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state and then to the CELL_PCH state. see the script in the example. 162-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you need to restore the values of all related function switches and parameters to their original values. //Enabling the Enhanced Fast Dormancy feature at the BSC6900 level SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH-1. //Setting the traffic threshold of event 4A during the state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH to D1k SET UUESTATETRANS: FastDormancyF2DHTvmThd=D1k. 162-7 . //Setting the value of the CELL_FACH inactivity timer to 10 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach=10. 2. FastDormancy=ON. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. TAC=01177600. //Enabling the IMEI Type Allocation Code (TAC) match function SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH-1. do as follows: 1. ----End Example //Activating Fast Dormancy Enhancement //Activating the license controlling Fast Dormancy Enhancement SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET CFGDATAEFFECTIVE to set the subrack to effective mode. //Adding the IMEI TACs of smart UEs to the whitelist ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Fast_Dormancy. Run the MML commands to deactivate this feature. //Enabling the Enhanced Fast Dormancy feature at the cell level ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. //Enabling cell update during CS service setup SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT21-0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see the script in the example.RAN Feature Activation Guide NOTE 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy If this feature must be deactivated when the SPUa or SPUb board is being reset. FastDormancyEnhancement=141120.. //Setting the value of the CELL_DCH inactivity timer to 4 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch=4. Description="Smart Phone". //Setting the value of the CELL_PCH inactivity timer to 360 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForPreFstDrm=360. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET CFGDATAINEFFECTIVE to set the subrack to ineffective mode. For details. //Disabling the state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH triggered by UEs SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT29-0. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL-1. Ltd. //Deactivating Fast Dormancy Enhancement //Disabling the Enhanced Fast Dormancy feature at the BSC6900 level SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH-0. 3. //Enabling the state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH triggered by FACH congestion SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT20-0. . //Setting the value of the CELL_FACH inactivity timer to 10 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach=10. 162-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. //Enabling the IMEI Type Allocation Code (TAC) match function SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . //Setting the traffic threshold of event 4A during the state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH to D1k SET UUESTATETRANS: FastDormancyF2DHTvmThd=D1k. //Setting the value of the CELL_PCH inactivity timer to 360 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForPreFstDrm=360.162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy RAN Feature Activation Guide //Setting the value of the CELL_DCH inactivity timer to 4 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch=4. select SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST and BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST from the Process switch dropdown list. 163-1 . cells can be barred either automatically or manually to facilitate operators' maintenance when the cells are running improperly.RAN Feature Activation Guide 163 Configuring Cell Barring 163 Prerequisite l l l Dependencies on Hardware License Configuring Cell Barring This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Ltd. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URNCALLCELLBLK to configure parameters related to barring of all cells served by an RNC in a network.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNOPALLCELLBLK to configure parameters related to operator-specific barring of all cells in a network. – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021102 Cell Barring. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. Procedure l Activation Procedure – Setting automatic cell barring 1. 2. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this step. – Setting manual cell barring 1. Context If the cell barring feature is enabled. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UIUTIMERANDNUM to enable interruption protection by specifying CN protection timer. verify. Figure 163-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box – Block CS and PS domains. Under Uu Message Type. Ltd. 2. Expected result: PS domain IE information is not contained. View whether IE information related to CS and PS domains is contained in the traced messages. select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE1.163 Configuring Cell Barring RAN Feature Activation Guide – Block the PS domain or the PS domain is disconnected.. View whether information element (IE) information of the PS domain is contained in the traced messages. which prevents UEs from being admitted to PS services. 163-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Figure 163-1. as shown in Figure 163-2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Perform the following steps to verify whether this feature is activated: 1. Perform the following steps to verify whether this feature is activated: NOTE Perform the same verification procedure when blocking the CS domain or the CS domain is disconnected. select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. or block the CS domain and turn on BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST. CS and PS domains are disconnected. Expected result: The IE information is not contained. Under Uu Message Type. 1. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. 2. Ltd. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. 163-3 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 163 Configuring Cell Barring Figure 163-2 Uu Interface Trace dialog box – Bar PS services of UEs served by an operator. select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3. Under Uu Message Type.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Expected result: The IE information is not contained. as shown in Figure 163-3. Perform the following steps to verify whether this feature is activated: NOTE Perform the same verification procedure when barring CS services of UEs served by an operator. View whether IE information related to CS and PS domains is contained in the traced messages. 1. 2. //Deactivating Cell Barring SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH = SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV URNCALLCELLBLK to remove parameters related to barring of all cells served by an RNC in a network. = BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST-1. = BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST-0. 163-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CNId=0. Ltd. deselect SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST and BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST from the Process switch dropdown list. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCNOPALLCELLBLK to remove parameters related to operator-specific barring of all cells in a network. ----End Example //Activating Cell Barring SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH SET UIUTIMERANDNUM: CnOpIndex=0.163 Configuring Cell Barring RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 163-3 Uu Interface Trace dialog box l Deactivation Procedure – Deactivating automatic cell barring 1. = SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST-0. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step. 2.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . StateIndTmr=20000. – Deactivating manual cell barring 1. In this step. Dependencies on Hardware – The CN should support this feature. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature is required only when one of the following features is available: – WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service – WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load – WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) – WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package – WRFD-020308 Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context The 3G/2G Common Load Management applies to inter-RAT handover and inter system direct retry.RAN Feature Activation Guide 164 Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management 164 Prerequisite l Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management This section describes how to activate. select HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH through the HandOver Switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the inter-RAT handover.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020310 3G/2G Common Load Management. – The BSS should support this feature. 164-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. The load of source cell and target cell is considered during inter-RAT handover from 3G to 2G or from 2G to 3G and inter system direct retry. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTERRATHONCOV to enable the 3G/ 2G common load management function.164 Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTERRATHONCOV to set the parameter Send Load Info to GSM Ind to OFF and the parameter NCOV Reloc Ind based on GSM cell load to OFF. NcovHoOn2GldInd=ON. ----End Example //Activating 3G/2G Common Load Management SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UINTERRATHONCOV to check whether the parameters Send Load Info to GSM Ind and NCOV Reloc Ind based on GSM cell load are set to ON. Ltd. select the Send Load Info to GSM Ind and NCOV Reloc Ind Based on GSM Cell Load. //Deactivating 3G/2G Common Load Management SET UINTERRATHONCOV: SndLdInfo2GsmInd=OFF. In this step. Consult Huawei engineers about the verification solution to obtain professional technical support. SET UINTERRATHONCOV: SndLdInfo2GsmInd=ON. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST U2GNCELL to ensure the inter-RAT neighboring cell for the GSM system is added correctly. NcovHoOn2GldInd=OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL to add a GSM cell neighboring to the UMTS coverage. 164-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. NOTE 3.. l Verification Procedure 1. . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBLDR to set the NodeB-level LDR credit spreading factor (SF) reserved threshold. In this step. DL_UU_LDR. In this step. In this step. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. LCG_CREDIT_LDR. 3. and CELL_CREDIT_LDR. Dependencies on Hardware – The NEs in the core network must support selective configuration of the maximum bit rate (MBR) and guaranteed bit rate (GBR). Ltd. set Ul LDR Credit Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR. In this step. Context This feature enables the BSC6900 to initiate Iu renegotiation on the MBR and GBR of PS realtime services to reduce the rate of real-time services. 165-1 2. set Cell LDC algorithm switch to UL_UU_LDR. 4. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM to set the cell-level LDR trigger threshold. set UL/DL LDR Trigger threshold and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold according to the network plan.RAN Feature Activation Guide 165 Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface 165 Prerequisite l l l Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable the cell-level LDR algorithm. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA to enable the NodeB-level LDR algorithm. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface. set NodeB LDC algorithm switch to IUB_LDR. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-0&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 7. Ltd. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch= UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0. //Enabling the NodeB-level LDR algorithm MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NODEB1". 2. 2. l Verification Procedure 1. set LDR period timer length according to the network plan. set DL LDR first action to QOSRENEGO. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to disable the cell-level LDR algorithm. and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR from the NodeB LDC algorithm switch drop-down list box. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch= UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. DL_UU_LDR.165 Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface RAN Feature Activation Guide SF reserved threshold and Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-1&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-1. 6. In this step. 5. Trigger LDR in the cell according to the cell LDR threshold specified in the activation procedure. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to enable QoS renegotiation on real-time services. In this step. In this step. this feature has been activated. 165-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example /*Activating RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface*/ //Enabling the cell-level LDR algorithm MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. deselect UL_UU_LDR. LCG_CREDIT_LDR. set Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold and DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan. If RAB MODIFY REQUEST is traced on the Iu interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD. 3. //Enable QoS renegotiation on real-time services MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. and CELL_CREDIT_LDR from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list box. Establish a PS streaming service. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set the NodeB credit LDR threshold for the local cell. deselect IUB_LDR. DlLdrFirstAction=QoSRenego. /*Deactivating RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface*/ //Disabling the cell-level LDR algorithm MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. //Disabling the NodeB-level LDR algorithm MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NODEB1". Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA to disable the NodeB-level LDR algorithm.. set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH. 166-1 – Activating RAB rate reduction 1. set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Other Prerequisites – For Iu QoS negotiation. the CN nodes do not need to support this feature. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the CN nodes must support this feature. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.RAN Feature Activation Guide 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control 166 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control This section describes how to activate. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. verify. Ltd. In this step. and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH. – For RAB rate reduction.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Context This feature supports the procedures for Iu QoS negotiation and RAB rate reduction. and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Procedure l Activation Procedure – Activating QoS negotiation 1. If it contains the IE "altRAB-Parameters". as shown in Figure 166-2. Start Iu message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT and establish a PS service. Figure 166-2 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message on the Iu interface 166-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. as shown in Figure 166-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Figure 166-1 Iu message tracing 3.. View the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message.166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control RAN Feature Activation Guide l Verification Procedure – Verifying QoS negotiation 1. the CN supports Iu QoS negotiation. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to query the activation result. 2. Ltd. as shown in Figure 166-4. If it contains the IE "ass-RAB-Parameters". as shown in Figure 166-3. and the MaxBitrate is the data rate negotiated by the RNC. Figure 166-4 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message on the Iu interface l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Start Iu message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT and establish a PS service. View the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message..RAN Feature Activation Guide 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control – Verifying RAB rate reduction 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to query the activation result. rate negotiation at admission control takes effect. Figure 166-3 Iu message tracing 3. 166-3 . Ltd. //Deactivating Rate Negotiation at Admission Control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0. deselect DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list box. – Deactivating RAB rate reduction 1. deselect DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list box. PsSwitch =PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-1&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0. 166-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. In this step. PsSwitch =PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1. and deselect PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH from the PS rate negotiation switch drop-down list box. ----End Example //Activating Rate Negotiation at Admission Control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1. In this step. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and deselect PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH from the PS rate negotiation switch drop-down list box. PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-1. PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-0.166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control RAN Feature Activation Guide – Deactivating QoS negotiation 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. verify. set Direct Retry Switch to DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE The adaptive multirate (AMR) service that is redirected to an inter-RAT cell during RRC connection setup is used as an example. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the RRC directed retry decision (DRD) function. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UREDIRECTION. In this step. or radio access technologies (RATs) can be achieved during radio resource control (RRC) connection setup based on the service type and cell load. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Context With this feature. set cell-level Traffic Type to AMR and Redirection Switch to ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT. In this step. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 167 Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup 167 Prerequisite l l Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup This section describes how to activate. 167-1 2. 3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. bands. In this step. service steering and load sharing among different frequencies. 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup. set RNClevel Traffic Type to AMR and Redirection Switch to ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UREDIRECTION. If "redirectioninfo" of the message contains "GSM-TargetCellInfo.. Ltd. In this step. RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT. 2. //Setting the RNC-level DRD switch SET UREDIRECTION: TrafficType=PSHSPA. ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd=FALSE. //Setting the RNC-level DRD switch SET UREDIRECTION: TrafficType=AMR. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION. RedirFactorOfLDR=100." The BSC6900 responds with an RRC_CONN_REJ message. ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd=FALSE. RedirSwitch=OFF. 2. ReDirUARFCNDownlink=10713. In this step. l Deactivation Procedure 1. RedirFactorOfLDR=0. set Redirection Switch to an appropriate value to disable the cell-level RRC DRD based on service steering. /*Deactivating Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup*/ //Disabling the RRC DRD function SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-0. l Verification Procedure 1. Use a UE complying with the 3GPP Release 5 to send an RRC_SETUP_REQ message with the cause value "Originating Conversational Call. set Redirection Switch to an appropriate value to disable the RNC-level RRC DRD based on service steering. RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 167-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RedirSwitch=OFF. the cell-level parameter settings take effect. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable the RRC DRD function. //Setting the cell-level DRD switch MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1. RedirBandInd=BAND1. TrafficType=AMR. RedirFactorOfNorm=0. ReDirUARFCNDownlink=10563.167 Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide If a cell is configured with both the RNC-level and cell-level parameters." this feature has been activated. ----End Example /*Activating Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup*/ /*Enabling the RRC DRD function*/ SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1. 3. RedirBandInd=BAND1. TrafficType=PSHSPA. //Setting the cell-level DRD switch MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=100. RedirFactorOfNorm=0. RAN12.0 or later. Procedure l Activation Procedure Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 168-1 . Other Prerequisites – Downlink TCP accelerator requires that the BSC6900 version is RAN11. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020123 TCP Accelerator. – Uplink TCP accelerator requires that the BSC6900 version is RAN12. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. In addition. Based on this feature in RAN11. Context The TCP Accelerator feature in RAN11. and uplink data packet sequencing technology are adopted.RAN Feature Activation Guide 168 Configuring TCP Accelerator 168 Prerequisite l l l l License Configuring TCP Accelerator This section describes how to activate. the Acknowledgment (ACK) splitting technology. reducing the impact of packet loss on the performance of uplink TCP data transmission.0 or later. and deactivate this feature. – The license controlling this feature has been activated. verify.0 introduces the TCP Accelerator feature to optimize the data transmission in the uplink. NOTE Data configurations are required only at the BSC6900 to activate. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. These technologies aim at accelerating the slow start and restore processes during uplink data transmission.0 optimizes the data transmission performance in the downlink. ACK splitting monitoring technology. Ltd.0. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA to turn on the TCP accelerator switch. Use a test terminal to upload a file of 200 KB to the FTP server. Then. compare the upload time taken before and after the TPE_UPLINK_SWITCH is turned on.. 168-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UDPUCFGDATA to check whether the TCP accelerator switch is turned on. Use a test terminal to download a file of 200 KB from the FTP server.168 Configuring TCP Accelerator RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. //Deactivating TCP Accelerator Turning off the TCP accelerator switch at the RNC SET UDPUCFGDATA: TpeSwitch=TPE_DOWNLINK_SWITCH-0&TPE_UPLINK_SWITCH-0. If the switch is turned on. 3. Then. In this step. l Verification Procedure 1. compare the download time taken before and after the TPE_DOWNLINK_SWITCH is turned on. select TPE_DOWNLINK_SWITCH or TPE_UPLINK_SWITCH from TPE switch according to the actual requirements. Ltd. this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA to turn off the TCP accelerator switch. ----End Example //Activating TCP Accelerator Turning on the TCP accelerator switch at the RNC SET UDPUCFGDATA: TpeSwitch=TPE_DOWNLINK_SWITCH-1&TPE_UPLINK_SWITCH-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Deactivation Procedure 1. deselect TPE_DOWNLINK_SWITCH or TPE_UPLINK_SWITCH from TPE switch according to the actual requirements. 2. In this step. 2. set Process switch to NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH. this feature controls uplink traffic by sending Transport Format Combination Control messages. this feature prevents uplink packet loss caused by lack of flow control. Ltd. and increases transmission efficiency. By doing this.RAN Feature Activation Guide 169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane 169 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane This section describes how to activate.. In this step. In addition. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. Turn on other related switches if flow control over the uplink user plane is required. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020124 Uplink Flow Control of User Plane. verify. NOTE NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH controls all the functions that are achieved by using the private messages on the Iub interface. This feature detects uplink packet loss for R99 services by using private information elements (IEs) on the Iub interface. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Run the NodeB MML command SET R99FLOWCTRLSWTCH to turn on the celllevel switch for uplink user plane flow control. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Context The Uplink Flow Control of User Plane feature is a Huawei proprietary feature. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 169-1 . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . If there is an IE trafficClass-Private.. Observe the NBAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message in the traced Iub data. Establish an R99 BE service on the UE. Check the IE iE-Extensions in DCH-FDDInformationItem. Start an Iub interface tracing task on the BSC6900 LMT.169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. Ltd. as shown in Figure 169-1. the feature at the BSC6900 has been activated. as shown in Figure 169-2. 169-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 169-1 Iub interface trace dialog box 2. . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. LOCELL=1. 169-3 . SET R99FLOWCTRLSWTCH: SWITCH=OPEN. Run the NodeB MML command SET R99FLOWCTRLSWTCH to turn off the celllevel switch for uplink user plane flow control. LOCELL=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane Figure 169-2 TrafficClass-Private l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Deactivating Uplink Flow Control of User Plane SET R99FLOWCTRLSWTCH: SWITCH=CLOSE. ----End Example //Activating Uplink Flow Control of User Plane SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1. . Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Use two VP-capable UEs to camp on the same cell. Context This feature disables the videophone (VP) function of a cell through cell-level configurations to meet telecom operators' requirements for information security in restricted areas. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP.RAN Feature Activation Guide 170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction 170 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Videophone Service Restriction This section describes how to activate. set Cell VP Limit Indicator to TRUE. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. 2.. In this step. Initiate Iu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the cell. set Cell ID to an appropriate value. 2. and then use one UE to initiate a VP to the other UE. verify. 3. In this step. set Cell ID to an appropriate value. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLL to activate the cell. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL on another RNC that controls the neighboring cell. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020130 Videophone Service Restriction. 170-1 Verification Procedure 1. set Cell VP Limit Indicator to TRUE. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this step. Ltd. set Cell VP Limit Indicator to FALSE. set Cell VP Limit Indicator to FALSE. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . In this step. UCELL: CellId=1111. VPLimitInd=FALSE. 170-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1111. 2. 4. VPLimitInd=TRUE. UCELLSETUP: CellId=1111. CellId=1111. In this step. //Deactivating Videophone Service Restriction DEA MOD ACT MOD UCELL: CellId=1111. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the cell. VPLimitInd=TRUE. Example //Activating Videophone Service Restriction DEA UCELL: CellId=1111.170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction RAN Feature Activation Guide The BSC6900 sends an RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RSP message to the CN. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL on another RNC that controls the neighboring cell. 3. set Cell ID to an appropriate value. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP. ACT UCELL: CellId=1111. l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. CellId=1111. In this step. set Cell ID to an appropriate value. VPLimitInd=FALSE.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLL to activate the cell. UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. l Verification Procedure 1. verify. In the displayed UE Trace dialog box. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 171 Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM) 171 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM) This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011502 Active Queue Management (AQM). select the Dynamic resource allocation switch check box under the parameter DRA_AQM_SWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-level AQM switch. select the Debug Mode check box. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context The AQM feature can improve user’s feeling when HTTP and download services simultaneously exist. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Ltd. In this step. Initiate UE tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. as shown in Figure 171-1. 171-1 . Establish a BE service on the UE. Verify the value of the information element (IE) "ucAqmSwitch" contained in the message PdcpSetupInfo as follows: – If the value of the IE "ucAqmSwitch" is 1.171 Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM) RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 171-1 UE Trace dialog box 2. 171-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. this feature is not activated. deselect the DRA_AQM_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic resource allocation switch. //Deactivating Active Queue Management (AQM) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_AQM_SWITCH-0. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Ltd.. this feature has been activated. In this step. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ----End Example //Activating Active Queue Management (AQM) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_AQM_SWITCH-1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. – If the value of the IE "ucAqmSwitch" is 0. 0 or later. The feature grants high scheduling priorities to specific services on which telecom operators focus. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. – DBS3900 or BTS3900 is configured with the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:b (WBBPb) or WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:d (WBBPd) board. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – DBS3800 is configured with the Enhanced Base Band Card (EBBC) or Enhanced Base Band Card REV:d (EBBCd) board. Context This feature enables BSC6900 to adjust the user scheduling priority by identifying the characteristics of IP data streams and modifying the initial Scheduling Priority Indicator (SPI) Weight of downlink services. By doing this. – The NodeB software version is RAN12. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 or later. Others Prerequisites – Only BSC6900 supports this feature. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020128 Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service. verify. such as services from specific servers or http services.. Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3812E is configured with the Enhanced NodeB HSPA/HSPA+ supported Baseband processing and Interface unit (EBBI) or Enhanced NodeB HSPA supported Downlink Processing (EDLP) board. – The BSC6900 version is RAN12. Ltd. the bandwidth required for processing the services is guaranteed.RAN Feature Activation Guide 172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service 172 Prerequisite l Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service This section describes how to activate. 172-1 . In this step. l Verification Procedure 1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Set the initial SPI Weight on the BSC6900 LMT. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. 172-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. By doing this. In this step. 5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA. When the resources (for example. In this step. In this step. run the BSC6900 MML command SET USPIWEIGHT. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. sufficient bandwidth is available for services with high scheduling priorities.. In this step. set the parameters Scheduling Priority Indicator and SPI Weight based on the actual network plan. In this step. deselect the DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. select the NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Process switch. SPIWEIGHT=10. 3. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UIPSERVICEQOS. //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the license control switch for the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not turned on SET UFRC: DefaultSPIWeight=10.172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service RAN Feature Activation Guide In addition. select the DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. – If the license controlling the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not activated. //Turning on the switch for a NodeB private interface SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1. resources on the air interface) are limited. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. activating this feature may increase the throughput of FTP services and shorten the network delay of HTTP services. the feature lowers the scheduling weight of some non-paying services that consume a large amount of bandwidth. – If the license controlling the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the license control switch for the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is turned on SET USPIWEIGHT: SPI=4. set the parameters related to the Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service feature to appropriate values based on the network plan. set Service Priority Adjusting Coefficient to an appropriate value. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. 2. set Default SPI Weight based on the actual network plan. TrafficPriority=HIGH. PortNum=8080. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Deactivating Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH-0.100". TrafficType=SPI. MatchType=IPAndPort. //Setting the scheduling priority weight corresponding to high-priority services SET UDPUCFGDATA: ServPriAdjCoefHigh=100.255. 172-3 .0.255".RAN Feature Activation Guide 172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service //Turning on the switch for the Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service feature SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH-1. Ltd.. ProtocolType=TCP.168.255. IPMask="255. //Setting the parameters related to the Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service feature ADD UIPSERVICEQOS: CnOpIndex=0. RecIndex=1. IPAddress="192. . the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI or EDLP board. To support this feature. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Ltd. Context In scenarios where R99 and HUSUPA users share the same TRX.. 173-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . WBBPa boards in the 3900 series base stations do not support this feature.RAN Feature Activation Guide 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness 173 Prerequisite l Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness This section describes how to activate. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Hardware – The HBBI and HULP boards in the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE do not support this feature. the DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. If the BBU3806C is configured. To support this feature. the EBBM board must be added. that is. To enable the algorithm switch for cell-level rate reduction for BE services based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020131 Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness. this feature provides fair services for the two types of users and improves HSUPA user experience by considering R99 and HSUPA user satisfaction with throughput. – The BBU3806 in the DBS3800 does not support this feature. the 3900 series base stations must be configured with WBBPb or WBBPd boards. verify. the ratio of effective rate to guaranteed bit rate (GBR). – To support this feature. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the dropdown list Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. To set the common measurement period based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness. The BSC6900 side sends a COMMON MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST message to the NodeB side. Establish PS BE services on the HSUPA and R99 UEs. as shown in Figure 173-1. Figure 173-1 Iub interface tracing dialog box 2. 3. 5. Initiate Iub interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. To set the fairness threshold for R99 and HSUPA users. run the BSC6900 MML command SET USATLDCPERIOD with Fairness period timer length set to an appropriate value according to the network plan. To set the common measurement period based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness in a satellite communications environment. 4.. 173-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD with Fairness period timer length set to an appropriate value according to the network plan.173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness RAN Feature Activation Guide UCELLALGOSWITCH with BE rate reduction switch based on fairness set to ON. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 2. Ltd. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM with Fairness threshold set to an appropriate default value according to the network plan. l Verification Procedure 1. as shown in Figure 173-2. The NodeB side submits fairness common measurement reports to the BSC6900 side. To enable the DCCC algorithm switch for applying the dynamic channel reconfiguration control algorithm to the RNC. ----End Example /*Activating the Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness feature //Enabling the algorithm switch for cell-level rate reduction for BE services based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11011. //Setting the common measurement period based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness SET ULDCPERIOD: FairnessPeriodTimerLen=11. Where. BERateReductionOnFairnessSwitch=OFF. Where. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. //Enable the DCCC algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness Figure 173-2 fairness common measurement report l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Setting the common measurement period based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness in a satellite communications environment SET USATLDCPERIOD: FairnessPeriodTimerLen=11. Where. To disable the algorithm switch for cell-level rate reduction for BE services based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with BE rate reduction switch based on fairness set to OFF..FairnessThd=150. [PARA]CellId[/PARA] is set to the cell ID for the algorithm switch. BERateReductionOnFairnessSwitch=ON. 173-3 . //Setting the fairness threshold for R99 and HSUPA users MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=11011. [PARA]CellId[/PARA] is set to the cell ID for the algorithm switch. /*Deactivating the Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness feature //Disabling the algorithm switch for cell-level rate reduction for BE services based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11011. [PARA]CellId[/PARA] is set to the cell ID for the algorithm switch. . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011000 Cell Broadcast Service. 174-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. verify. Context This feature supports the standard cell broadcast procedure specified in the related protocol and therefore helps the cell broadcast center (CBC) implement cell broadcast services. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD DEVIP to add the device IP address of the interface board. 2. The ATM network is used as an example in this document. Others – The UE is capable of receiving cell broadcast messages. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPOAPVC to add an Internet Protocol over ATM (IPoA) permanent virtual circuit (PVC). Dependencies on Other Features – This feature and the feature WRFD-011001 Simplified Cell Broadcast cannot be used together. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV URNCCBCPUID to disable the configuration of the built-in CBC. Procedure l Activation Procedure External CBCs are deployed in an ATM or IP network. 1. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 3.. 4.RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service 174 Prerequisite l l Configuring Cell Broadcast Service This section describes how to activate. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCBPARA to turn off CB Switch. 11. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCTCH to add the common traffic channel (CTCH) to a cell. PhyChId=8. Ltd.11".11. 7. run the following commands: DEA ADD ADD ACT USCCPCH: CellId=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the interface board to the CBC. 5. NOTE To set up a CTCH on FACH5. If the ping operation is successful. The VPI and VCI must be the same as those configured on the SGSN. UFACHLOCH: CellId=0. To query the specific settings. 174-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.12. SN=16. 8. USCCPCH: CellId=0. PhyChId=8.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLCBSDRX to add the CBS discontinuous reception (DRX) scheduling parameter. Check whether the CBS function works properly. run the LST IPOA command on the SGSN maintenance terminal. 6. PING IP: SRN=0. SIPADDR="12. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLCBSSAC to add a CBS area. The peer IP address is the IP address for interconnection between serving GPRS support node (SGSN) and RNC. l Verification Procedure 1.12. (3) Check whether the CBS socket is connected properly.174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide The IP address is the device IP address (DEVIP) of the interface board. TrChId=5. DESTIP="11. as shown in Figure 174-1. If the ping operation fails. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . check the configuration. the IP address of the CBS. (2) Ping the CBC IP address on the RNC. To do this. 9. it indicates that the data transmission from CBC to RNC is normal. 10. If the ping operation is successful. (1) Ping the CBS IP address of the RNC on the CBC. The source IP address is the device IP address. CTFC=7. trace messages over the Iu interface and view whether the SABP_LOAD_QUERY is sent to the RNC. it indicates that the data transmission from RNC to CBC is normal. that is. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCBSADDR to add the CBS socket IP address. The route passes the IP address of the SGSN. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLCBS to enable the CBS function of the cell. PhyChId=8. USCCPCHTFC: CellId=0.12". RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service Figure 174-1 Viewing the SABP_LOAD_QUERY message (4) As shown in Figure 174-2. 174-3 . as shown in Figure 174-3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Figure 174-2 Viewing the SABP_LOAD_QUERY_CMP message (5) Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether the CBS function works. the 0SABP_LOAD_QUERY_CMP message returned from the RNC contains the information element (IE) availablebandwidth.. (1) Use the MTC tool to send messages on the CBC. Check the broadcast messages sent. (2) Trace messages on the Iu interface to check whether the SABP_WRITE_REPLACE message is sent to the RNC. as shown in Figure 174-4.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 174-3 Viewing the CBS function 2. Ltd. It is recommended that the time interval for sending messages be within 10s and the number of messages sent be more than two (0 indicates infinity). 174-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the SABP_WRITE_REPLACE_CMP message returned from the RNC contains a broadcast message with the IE number-ofbroadcasts-completed.RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service Figure 174-4 Viewing the SABP_WRITE_REPLACE message (3) As shown in Figure 174-5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. 174-5 . 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 174-5 Viewing the SABP_WRITE_REPLACE_CMP message (4) Trace messages on the Uu interface to check whether the UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message beginning with 01 is sent from the RNC. Ltd. as shown in Figure 174-6.. 174-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . as shown in Figure 174-7. select the message being sent and click delete. 174-7 . Stop the RNC from sending broadcast messages.. (2) Trace messages on the Iu interface to check whether the SABP_KILL message is sent to the RNC. (1) On the CBC. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service Figure 174-6 Viewing the UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message 3. 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 174-7 Viewing the SAB_KILL message (3) Trace messages on the Iu interface. as shown in Figure 174-8. The SABP_KILL_CMP message returned from the RNC contains the IE numberof-broadcast-completed. 174-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. Ltd. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCBSADDR to disable Cell Broadcast Service. FUNCTIONSWITCH1=CBS-1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service Figure 174-8 Viewing the SABP_KILL_CMP message (4) It can be viewed from the Uu interface trace data that the RNC stops sending the UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message beginning with 01. 174-9 . Example //Activating Cell Broadcast Service //Configuring the license controlling Cell Broadcast Service SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. CNOPERATORINDEX=1. CBSSAC=0. RAN Feature Activation Guide //Configuring the device IP address of the interface board ADD DEVIP: SRN=5.12. TXTRFX=103.11.255.11. //Configuring a CBS area ADD UCELLCBSSAC: CellId=0. DSTIP="11.11. CARRYVCI=32. //Configuring the CBS socket IP address ADD UCBSADDR: SRN=5. PEERT=OTHER.120". //Deactivating Cell Broadcast Service //Removing the CBS socket IP address RMV UCBSADDR: CnOpIndex=1.12".12. REMARK="SGSN_CBS".255.0". RXTRFX=103. //Disabling the inner CBS function for the RNC SET URNCCBPARA: CBSwitch=OFF. PEERIPADDR="12.12. NEXTHOP="12.12. MASK="255. FachId=4.0". SN=18.12". SN=2. //Enabling the cell-level CBS ACT UCELLCBS: CellId=0. CARRYNCOPTN=0. CARRYVPI=255.255".174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service //Removing the configuration of the built-in CBC RMV URNCCBCPUID: CnOpIndex=1. //Configuring a route from the interface board to CBC ADD IPRT: SRN=5.12.12. 174-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.12. DSTMASK="255. MsgInd=OFF.255.255.11". SN=18. CBCMASK="255.120".12".255.255.12".. PRIORITY=HIGH. CnOpIndex=1. CnOpIndex=1.11. RNCIPADDR="12. CARRYT=NCOPT. //Configuring the CBS DRX scheduling parameter ADD UCELLCBSDRX: CellId=0.12. CBCIPADDR="11. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . DEVTYPE=IPOA_CLIENT_IP. IPADDR="12.12. //Configuring the IPoA PVC ADD IPOAPVC: IPADDR="12.12. //Configuring the CTCH for a cell ADD UCTCH: CellId=0. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature and the feature WRFD-011000 Cell Broadcast Service cannot be used together. – The UE is capable of receiving cell broadcast messages. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Context This feature is used to send simple cell broadcast messages by running a BSC6900 MML command on the M2000 or BSC6900 LMT when the cell broadcast center (CBC) is not configured.RAN Feature Activation Guide 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast 175 Prerequisite l l Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast This section describes how to activate. 3.. In this step. Others – Only BSC6900 supports this feature. 175-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCBPARA. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCBSADDR to remove the IP address of the external CBC. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011001 Simplified Cell Broadcast. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URNCCBCPUID to configure the SPU subsystem of the built-in CBC. verify. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. set CB Switch to ON(ON) to enable the built-in CBC for the RNC. 2. Ltd. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCBPARA.175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast RAN Feature Activation Guide 4. After activating the CBS function on the RNC. SSN=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLCBS to enable the CBS function for a cell.. //Enabling the built-in CBC for the RNC SET URNCCBPARA: CBSwitch=ON. 2. set CB Switch to OFF(OFF) to turn off the CBS switch for the BSC6900. 175-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . In this step. FUNCTIONSWITCH4=SIMPLE_CELL_BORADCAST-1. ----End Example //Activating Simplified Cell Broadcast //Enabling the license controlling Simplified Cell Broadcast SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. Ltd. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCTCH to add the common traffic channel (CTCH) to a cell. as shown in Figure 175-1. RepeatNum=0. //Configuring the SPU subsystem of the built-in CBC ADD URNCCBCPUID: CnOpIndex=1. if the UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message beginning with 01 is traced on the Uu interface. //Removing the IP address of an external CBS RMV UCBSADDR: CnOpIndex=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLCBSSAC to add a CBS area and a broadcast message. Figure 175-1 UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message Verification Procedure 1. CNOPERATORINDEX=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLCBSDRX to add the CBS discontinuous reception (DRX) scheduling parameter. 7. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. the CBS function works properly. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLCBS to disable the CBS function for a cell. RepeatPeriod=10. 6. SRN=0. Check whether the CBS function works properly. SN=2. MsgContent="HELLO.SIMPLE CBS". CBSSAC=0. MsgContent="welcome! it is cell 0". //Activating the CBS function for a cell ACT UCELLCBS: CellId=0. //Deactivating Simplified Cell Broadcast //Disabling the CBS function for a cell DEA UCELLCBS: CellId=0. //Verifying Simplified Cell Broadcast //Modifying the CBS configuration for a cell MOD UCELLCBSSAC: CellId=0. //Configuring a CBS area and a broadcast message ADD UCELLCBSSAC: CellId=0. //Disabling the CBS function for the BSC6900 SET URNCCBPARA: CBSwitch=OFF. 175-3 . Ltd. CnOpIndex=1.. FachId=4. MsgInd=ON.RAN Feature Activation Guide 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast //Configuring the CTCH for a cell ADD UCTCH: CellId=0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CBSSAC=0. //Enabling the CBS function for a cell ACT UCELLCBS: CellId=0. CnOpIndex=1. //Configuring the CBS DRX scheduling parameter ADD UCELLCBSDRX: CellId=0. MsgInd=ON. . you can view the RRC TFC CTRL message indicating rate Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the IuUP V2 switch to support TFO/TrFO. This feature can prevent speech quality deterioration caused by the interpretation between different coder and decoders (CODECs). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO. – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. – The UE supports this feature. – This feature does not depend on other features.RAN Feature Activation Guide 176 Configuring TFO/TrFO 176 Prerequisite l l l l Dependencies on Hardware Dependencies on Other Features License Configuring TFO/TrFO This section describes how to activate. 176-1 l Verification Procedure 1. – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Ltd. Context This feature helps implement the functions of TFO/TrFO by identifying the Iu user plane (IuUP) V2 core network (CN) and processing related services. Enable UE1 to call UE2. Select CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH from the CS Algorithm Switch drop-down list. UE2 answers and starts a conversation with UE1. Other Prerequisites – The CN node supports this feature.. The TrFO can also save the transmission resources. verify. When UE1 moves to the cell edge. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. Deselect CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH from the CS Algorithm Switch drop-down list. 176-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH-1.176 Configuring TFO/TrFO RAN Feature Activation Guide reduction sent from RNC to UE1 over the Uu interface. This indicates that this feature is activated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. l Deactivation Procedure 1.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the IuUP switch. //Deactivation procedure SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH-0. Context Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers means that among multiple carriers.0. Run the NodeB MML command ADD PAGRP to add a power sharing group. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020116 Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. 177-1 . the carrier bearing HSPA service can dynamically share the unused power resource of another carrier. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 177 Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers 177 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers This section describes how to activate. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. the carrier with higher emitting power cannot share the unused power resource of the carrier with lower emitting power.. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. For asymmetrical power configuration. This function increases the utilization of the power amplifier as well as the HSPA service rate of the cell. Other Prerequisites – The NodeB software version should be no earlier than RAN11. 2. This rate is based on the configured maximum transmit power of the source local cell. l The rate of idle power that must be reserved for the source local cell. l The source local cell must support only R99 services. This rate is based on the configured maximum transmit power of the source local cell. DLOCELL=2. l Deactivation Procedure 1. l Verification Procedure 1. 4. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .177 Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide l Dynamic spectrum sharing cannot be configured with dynamic power sharing. you can infer that the feature is enabled. If the throughput is greatly increased after the power sharing group is configured. l The maximum rate of idle power that the source local cell is allowed to share with the destination local cell is recommended to set to default value. Run the NodeB MML command RMV PAGRP to remove the power sharing group. ----End Example //Activation procedure ADD PAGRP: SLOCELL=1. Use multiple HSDPA UEs to perform high-speed downloading in the destination local cell. Reserving the idle power for the source local cell helps avoid power fluctuation in the source local cell caused by power sharing that is not timely. Before configuring the power sharing group. //Deactivation procedure RMV PAGRP: DLOCELL=2. l A power sharing group consists of a source local cell and a destination local cell. 177-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and the destination local cell must support HSDPA services. l The source local cell and the destination local cell must use the same RF module and be configured with the same maximum power. Run the NodeB MML command ADD PAGRP to add a power sharing group. MAXSHRTO=50. increase the load in the destination local cell to 90% by means of load simulation.. Ltd. SHMGN=10. Check the throughput of the destination local cell after the power sharing group is configured. Check the throughput of the destination local cell. 3. This reduces power consumption. the traffic volume becomes low from midnight to early morning of the next day. 178-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . during an idle period that is configurable by operators. From RAN10. Period Judge Timer Length Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Huawei provides operators with adaptive carrier power management to reduce power consumption. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. The traffic volume varies with time. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For example. the RNC dynamically shuts down the carriers on which there is no service and uses the other carriers in the same area. in the radio access network are the principal contributor of power consumption and CO2 emissions when they are functioning.0 on. set Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch For RNC.RAN Feature Activation Guide 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load 178 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load This section describes how to activate. particularly the base stations.. verify. a base station in the Central Business District (CBD) has a higher traffic volume in the daytime. which requires more than one carrier to serve all the subscribers. Context l The power consumption evaluation of the products in mobile networks shows that the devices. The carriers will be turned on again when the traffic on the other carriers becomes congested or when the idle period ends. l Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020117 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load. In this step. If multiple carriers are used in the same coverage area. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA. – This feature takes effect only when cell 2 is served by the same NodeB as cell 1. set up two inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cells where no user is admitted. 3. Start alarm browsing on the BSC6900 LMT. – If the neighboring cell is not configured. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to check whether Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is turned on. 4. and set the following parameters to appropriate values. this feature has been activated.DynClose. – If Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is turned on. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UINTERFREQNCELL to check whether an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell is configured for cell 1. specify the shutdown period.178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load RAN Feature Activation Guide for Cell Dynamic Open. At a time during the period specified by running the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN (for example. 09:10): – If an ALM-22202 UMTS Cell Unavailable is reported at cell 1 with the cause value of cell dynamic shutdown. run the MML command MOD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to modify the related parameters. In this step. In this step. Assume that the ID of the inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell is 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL. – If Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is turned off. 4. In this step. – Cell Dynamic ShutDown Type – Cell Dynamic ShutDown Total User number Threshold – Cell Dynamic ShutDown Hsdpa User number Threshold – Cell Dynamic ShutDown Hsupa User number Threshold – Cell Dynamic ShutDown Neighbour Cell Load Remain threshold NOTE Default values of the above parameters are recommended.CellSetup and check whether this feature is deactivated by viewing the counter VS. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 178-2 . NOTE This feature takes effect only when the GBP measurement switch for the inter-frequency cocoverage neighboring cell is turned on.DynOpen. Ensure that the total number of users in cell 1 and cell 2 is 0. 2. set Cell CAC algorithm switch to HSDPA_GBP_MEAS. set Blind Handover Flag to TRUE.CellDel on the M2000.. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to turn on Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch. set Blind Handover Flag to TRUE. l Verification Procedure 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – If this alarm is not reported or is reported but the cause value is not cell dynamic shutdown. and Protect Timer Length for Cell Dynamic ShutDown to appropriate values. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell. Assume that the cell ID is 1. Check whether this feature is activated by viewing the counter VS. 2. – If the neighboring cell is configured. Ltd. this feature is not activated. Alternatively. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. CellId=1. NPrioFlag=FALSE. 178-3 . NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-1. StartTime1=08&59. DynShutDownType=CONDITIONALSHUTDOWN. SIB12Ind=FALSE. Ltd. InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE. //Turning on the GBP measurement switch for an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=2. DynShutdownSwitch=ON_1. SIB11Ind=TRUE. 2. set Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch For RNC to OFF(switch off).. //Adding inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cells for the cell where this feature is activated (cell 1 and cell 2 in the following command are served by the same NodeB) ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=110. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. EndTime1=10&59. NCellRncId=110. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA to deactivate this feature at the RNC. //Deactivating Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load for cell 1 RMV UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN: CellId=1. In this step. NCellId=2. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to deactivate this feature for cell 1. ----End Example /*Activation procedure*/ //Turning on the RNC-level switch for dynamic shutdown SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA: DynCellShutDownSwitch=ON. /*Deactivation procedure*/ //Deactivating Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load at the RNC SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA: DynCellShutDownSwitch=OFF.RAN Feature Activation Guide 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Turning on the cell-level switch for dynamic shutdown ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN: CellId=1. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. BlindHoFlag=TRUE. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. . the function dynamic adaptation of PA parameters is introduced in the case of HSDPA services to further improve the PA efficiency under the condition of low load. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – The RRU3801C of the NodeB does not support this feature. 179-1 . Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Dependencies on Hardware – MTRU of the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE does not support this feature. improving the PA efficiency. perform the following operations to enable devices to adjust PA parameters dynamically based on the traffic load during a specified period of time. Ltd. the function is not supported by the system by default..RAN Feature Activation Guide 179 Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved 179 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved This section describes how to activate. To enable the system to support the function. the function is supported by the system as long as the license is activated. the NodeB adjusts the PA bias voltage based on output power that varies with the traffic load. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. verify. When HSDPA services are performed. l l When there is no HSDPA service. When HSDPA services are performed. improving the PA efficiency and reducing the static PA power consumption. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020118 Energy Efficiency Improved. Context l Based on efficient power amplifier (PA) techniques. – set Dynamic Voltage Adjustment Switch to ON. l Deactivation Procedure 1. which indicates that the function is activated. l Verification Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the NodeB MML command SET OPTDYNADJPARA to set the dynamic voltage adjustment parameters. In the returned result. DYNADJENDTIME=6. DYNADJSTARTTIME=0. Ltd. //Deactivation procedure SET OPTDYNADJPARA: DYNADJSWITCH=OFF. Run the NodeB MML command SET OPTDYNADJPARA to set the dynamic voltage adjustment parameters. 179-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. set Dynamic Voltage Adjustment Switch to OFF.179 Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. //Verification procedure LST OPTDYNADJPARA:. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET OPTDYNADJPARA: DYNADJSWITCH=ON.. Check that Start Time and End Time are set to the required values. check that Dynamic Voltage Adjustment Switch is set to ON. – Set Start Time and End Time as required. Run the NodeB MML command LST OPTDYNADJPARA to query the dynamic voltage adjustment parameters. set Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch to ON_1(switch on1). Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. this feature can be enabled to reduce the power consumption. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to check whether Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is set to ON for this cell. Context This feature guarantees the data rate for only DCH and high-priority HSDPA users. set Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch for RNC to ON(switch on).RAN Feature Activation Guide 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS 180 Prerequisite l l Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS This section describes how to activate. only Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) is guaranteed. (1) If Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is set to OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA. 180-1 . l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. and therefore increase profits of operators. First Cell Dynamic ShutDown Interval End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the remaining bandwidth of neighboring cells can meet the preceding requirements for rate. verify. In this step. specify First Cell Dynamic ShutDown Interval Start Time. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN. For lowpriority HSDPA users. 2. Ltd. Assume that the cell ID is 2003. In this step. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020122 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to modify the settings of the preceding parameters to the specified settings. add two inter-frequency co-coverage cells that have bidirectional neighboring cell relationships. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . – If the alarm is not reported or is reported at cell 2003 but the cause is not cell dynamic shutdown. 3. the feature is not activated. set Cell ID to 2003 to deactivate this feature for cell 2003. this feature has been activated. set Cell Dynamic ShutDown Type to QOSSHUTDOWN (QosShutDown). Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH. 4.DynOpen. (1) This feature takes effect only when cell 2004 is under the same NodeB as cell 2003. In this step. this feature has not been activated. Start alarm browsing on the BSC6900 LMT. (2) If the neighboring cell is not configured. and specify High-Priority Scheduling Indicator. 2. Ensure that the total number of users in cell 2003 and cell 2004 is 0. In this step. l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step.180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS RAN Feature Activation Guide Time..CellDel is not 0. Ltd. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UINTERFREQNCELL to check whether cell 2003 is configured with an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell. 3. NOTE This feature takes effect only when the GBP measurement switches of both cell 2003 and cell 2004 are turned on. (3) If the neighboring cell is configured.DynClose. If the value of the counter VS. set Cell CAC algorithm switch to HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(HSDPA GBP Meas Algorithm). set Blind Handover Flag set to TRUE. the feature is activated. (2) If Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is turned on. Assume that the ID of the inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell is 2004. 4. In this step. ----End Example /*Activation procedure*/ 180-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.CellSetup is not 0. At a time during the period specified in the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN (for example. set Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch for RNC to OFF(switch off). You can also view whether the feature is activated by checking certain counters on the M2000: If the value of the counter VS. l Verification Procedure 1. In this step. 2. and these cells do not carry any services. 09:10): – If the alarm ALM-22202 UMTS Cell Unavailable is reported at cell 2003 with a cause of cell dynamic shutdown. set Blind Handover Flag to TRUE. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN. Alternatively. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA to deactivate this feature for the RNC. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. SIB11Ind=TRUE. //Turning on the cell dynamic shutdown switch ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN: CellId=2003.RAN Feature Activation Guide 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS //Turning on the cell dynamic shutdown switch for the RNC SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA: DynCellShutDownSwitch=ON. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-1. 180-3 . NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. NCellId=2004. //Turning on the GBP measurement switches for a cell (cell 2003)and its inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell (cell 2004) ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=2003. ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=2004. CellId=2003. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. DynShutDownType=QOSSHUTDOWN. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. /*Deactivation procedure*/ //Deactivating Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS for the RNC SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA: DynCellShutDownSwitch=OFF. BlindHoFlag=TRUE. NPrioFlag=FALSE. NCellRncId=110. SIB12Ind=FALSE. EndTime1=11&55. //(Optional) Deactivating Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS for cell 2003 RMV UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN: CellId=2003. HighPriSPI=SPI11-1&SPI12-1&SPI13-1. Ltd. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. //Adding an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell (cell 2004) to a cell (cell 2003) whose TRXs are shut down (cells 2003 and 2004 are under the same NodeB) ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=110. StartTime1=11&50. DynShutdownSwitch=ON_1. InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-1. . Procedure l NodeB V200R013 Activation Procedure 1. 181-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 2. In this case. In case of mains failure. the backup power system starts to operate. the reserved cell continues to provide services for the users in this sector. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have special requirements for hardware. For the cells that need to provide services continuously during the level-1 shutdown period. this feature can implement hierarchical carrier shutdown based on the shutdown duration and cell priority.RAN Feature Activation Guide 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup 181 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup This section describes how to activate. NOTE It is recommended that at least one cell be reserved for a sector. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL with Local Cell ID and Sector Type specified in order to set reserved cells. set Reserved Cell to TRUE. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020119 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOWPOWERPARA to set the intelligent power shutdown switch with the NodeB ISD Switch set to ENABLE. Context In case of mains failure. Set Level 1 power off Delay (s) and Level 2 power off Delay (s) based on the backup capability of the batteries. Ltd. This prevents service disruption due to abrupt cell shutdown. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL to query the configuration information about local cells. Verification Procedure 1. the smooth power change function reduces the TX power of the PCPICH so that the services in the cell are handed over to neighboring cells. the smooth power change function reduces the TX power of the PCPICH so that the services in the cell are handed over to neighboring cells. 3. set Reserved Cell to TRUE. This prevents service disruption due to abrupt cell shutdown.181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. NOTE It is recommended that at least one cell be reserved for a sector. For the cells that need to provide services continuously during the level-1 shutdown period. Set LEVEL1 DELAY and LEVEL2 DELAY based on the backup capability of the batteries. check whether the NodeB ISD Switch is set to ENABLE. If you need to use the smooth power change function. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 181-2 . Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL with Local Cell ID and Sector Type specified in order to set reserved cells. NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1. Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command SET ITELSHUTDOWN to set the intelligent power shutdown switch with the ISD SWITCH set to ENABLE. NOTE 3. check whether the NodeB ISD Switch is set to ENABLE. If you need to use the smooth power change function. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOWPOWERPARA to query the configuration information about the intelligent power shutdown switch.. In case of mains failure. Before a cell is shut down. Check whether the value of Reserve Cell of each local cell is correct. If the Smooth Power Change Function Switch is set to OPEN. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the reserved cell continues to provide services for the users in this sector. and whether the Level 1 power off and Level w power off are set correctly. If the smooth power change function is already used. and whether the Level 1 power off Delay (s) and Level 2 power off Delay (s) are set correctly. it indicates that this function is enabled. run the NodeB MML command SET SMTHPWRSWTCH to set the intelligent power shutdown switch with the Smooth Power Change Function Switch set to OPEN. NOTE Before a cell is shut down. On the LMT. Run the NodeB MML command LST ITELSHUTDOWN to query the configuration information about the intelligent power shutdown switch. Ltd. run the NodeB MML command LST SMTHPWRSWTCH to check whether the intelligent power shutdown switch is turned on. 2. run the NodeB MML command SET SMTHPWRSWTCH to set the intelligent power shutdown switch with the Smooth Power Change Function Switch set to OPEN. 2. On the LMT. l Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOWPOWERPARA to turn off the intelligent power shutdown switch with the NodeB ISD Switch set to DISABLE. Verification Procedure 1. LOCELL=1. //Deactivation procedure MOD LOWPOWERPARA: ISD=DISABLE. ----End Run the NodeB MML command SET ITELSHUTDOWN to turn off the intelligent power shutdown switch with the ISD Switch set to DISABLE. SET SMTHPWRSWTCH: SWITCH=OPEN.RAN Feature Activation Guide 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup 2. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. Deactivation Procedure 1. RSV=TRUE. SET ITELSHUTDOWN: ISD=ENABLE. run the NodeB MML command LST SMTHPWRSWTCH to check whether the intelligent power shutdown switch is turned on. it indicates that this function is enabled. If the smooth power change function is already used. 181-3 . //Verification procedure LST LOWPOWERPARA:. Check whether the value of Reserve Cell of each local cell is correct. LEVEL2=120. LEVEL1=60. RSV=TRUE. SET SMTHPWRSWTCH: SWITCH=OPEN. LEVEL2=120. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. LST SMTHPWRSWTCH:. LEVEL1=60. LOCELL=1. LST SMTHPWRSWTCH:. Ltd. 3.. //Verification procedure LST ITELSHUTDOWN:. Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL to query the configuration information about local cells. //Deactivation procedure SET ITELSHUTDOWN: ISD=DISABLE. l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. MOD LOWPOWERPARA: ISD=ENABLE. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. If the Smooth Power Change Function Switch is set to OPEN. . reducing the power consumption. Run the NodeB MML command LST PSUISS to check whether the PSU Intelligent Shutdown Switch is set to ENABLE(ENABLE). Ltd. certain Power Supply Units (PSUs) can be powered on or off according to the power consumption of the NodeB. l Deactivation Procedure 1. License – This feature is not under license control. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command SET PSUISS with the PSU Intelligent Shutdown Switch set to DISABLE(DISABLE). l Run the NodeB MML command SET PSUISS with the PSU Intelligent Shutdown Switch set to ENABLE(ENABLE). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020121 Intelligent Power Management.RAN Feature Activation Guide 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management 182 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Intelligent Power Management This section describes how to activate.. Dependencies on Hardware – The NodeB type is BTS3900A or DBS3900. 182-1 . – Huawei APM30 and batteries are used. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. verify. Context With this feature. Verification Procedure 1. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management RAN Feature Activation Guide Example //Activation procedure SET PSUISS: PSUISS=ENABLE. 182-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. //Deactivation procedure SET PSUISS: PSUISS=DISABLE. Ltd. //Verification procedure LST PSUISS:. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band). Contact Huawei for technical support. Dependencies on Hardware – The CN supports associated specifications. Context This feature provides AMR-WB services. Ltd. otherwise. – The AMR-WB function is enabled on the MSC and UMG. Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) 183 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) This section describes how to activate. 183-1 . Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. l Do not configure relevant parameters without the assistance of Huawei technical personnel. verify.. To enable this feature. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. CAUTION l This feature is an integrated solution. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports associated specifications. the network capacity and KPI values may be affected. which help improve the QoS of voice services when resources are sufficient. specific parameters must be configured based on the actual network conditions. Check the AMR mode on the LMT and verify that the downlink rate of UE1 reaches the specified value. SilverMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. SilverMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12.65K. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLAMRCWB to set celllevel speech rates for the gold. and create a task of AMR Mode. If the WB rate for the RNC is disabled. silver. The call is successfully established and the voice is clear. 3. a WB-AMR UE still can establish NB services. silver. and enable the UEs to camp on the cell CELL_A11. Verification Procedure 1. CopperMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. 5. and bronze users..65K. 4. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 6. Enable the AMR-WB function on UE1 and UE2. a WB-AMR cannot establish WB and NB services. ----End Example //Activating AMR-WB //Setting RNC-level parameters for the WB-AMR speech rate control (WBAMRC) algorithm SET UAMRCWB: GoldMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. 183-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Deactivation Procedure Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to deactivate the license controlling this feature. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UAMRCWB to query the AMRWB speech rates of the gold.183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. silver. //Setting cell-level parameters for the WB-AMRC algorithm ADD UCELLAMRCWB: CellId=111. GoldMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. 2. open the Monitor tab page. Use UE1 to initiate a voice call to UE2. and bronze users. FUNCTIONSWITCH2=WBAMR-0. CopperMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. Ltd. NOTE After deactivating the license controlling this feature. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLAMRCWB to query the AMR-WB speech rates for the gold. On the BSC6900 LMT. 2. choose Monitor > Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring.65K.65K.65K. //Deactivating AMR-WB SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. l Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UAMRCWB to set the RNClevel speech rates for the gold. and bronze users. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. and bronze users.65K. silver. this feature depends on WRFD-010613 AMR-WB. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to turn on the QoS switches for AMR services. set CS Algorithm Switch to CS_AMRC_SWITCH. 184-1 4. 2. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports TFC control processing. Ltd. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQUALITYMEAS or MOD UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS to set the parameters for RNC-level AMR and AMRWB speech rate control based on link stability. Optional: Set the parameters for AMR and AMR-WB speech rate control. and reduces the cell load. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control. expands the service coverage area. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Context This feature enables the adjustment of AMR/AMR-WB speech rates triggered by multiple factors.. Dependencies on Other Features – If this feature is to be applied to Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band (AMR WB). This ensures uninterrupted services. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control 184 Prerequisite l l Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. . deselect the RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4 check box under parameter CORRM Algorithm Reserved Switch 0 to enable NB-AMRC. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UAMRC to set the RNC-level AMR speech rate control parameters. 184-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. NOTE Select the RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3 check box to disable WB-AMRC when there are some WB-AMRC compatibility problems. On the BSC6900 LMT. 2. as shown in Figure 184-1. specify the IMSI.184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control RAN Feature Activation Guide – Set the AMR speech rate control parameters. In the Monitor tab page. NOTE Select the RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4 check box to disable NB-AMRC when there are some NB-AMRC compatibility problems. – Set the AMR-WB speech rate control parameters. deselect the RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3 check box under parameter CORRM Algorithm Reserved Switch 0 to enable WB-AMRC. doubleclick UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. In this step. In the displayed dialog box. In the displayed dialog box. In this step. open the Trace tab page. set Monitor Item to AMR Mode and specify IMSI. open the Monitor tab page. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UAMRCWB to set the RNC-level AMR-WB speech rate control parameters. (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMPARA. l Verification Procedure 1. In the Trace tab page. (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMPARA. On the BSC6900 LMT. double-click UMTS Services > Uu Interface Trace. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Two test UEs supporting AMR WB are available and camp on the cell named CELL_A11. and move UE A towards or away from UE B. as shown in Figure 184-2. as shown in Figure 184-3. 184-3 . 4. Check whether the AMR mode changes during performance monitoring. Place UE B in the center of the cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control Figure 184-1 Uu interface tracing 3. Check whether the following information elements (IEs) are contained in the traced RRC_MEAS_CTR message.. Figure 184-2 IEs contained in RRC_MEAS_CTRL – event6a – event6a 5. Use UE A to call UE B. The call is established. Ltd. Thd5a=280.70K. CopperMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_6.70K. Ltd. 184-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.65K. ----End Example //Activating AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SWITCH-1.. //Deactivating AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SWITCH-0. SET UAMRCWB: GoldMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. DlQosAmrAdjSwitch=YES.65K.184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 184-3 AMR mode l Deactivation Procedure 1.65K. In this step. SilverMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. set CS Algorithm Switch to CS_AMRC_SWITCH. //Setting the AMR speech rate control parameters SET UCORRMPARA: ReservedSwitch0=RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4-0. ThdEb=2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. CopperMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. ThdEa=2. //Setting the AMR-WB speech rate control parameters SET UCORRMPARA: ReservedSwitch0=RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3-0. DlQosWAmrAdjSwitch=YES. HangBlockNum5a=512. SET UQOSACT: AMRQosPerform=YES. UlThd6b2=5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SilverMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_6.70K. StaBlkNum5A=500. UlQosWAmrAdjSwitch=YES. MOD UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS: RabIndex=1. UlThd6a1=1. UlThd6b1=1. UlThd6a2=5. SET UAMRC: GoldMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_6. UlQosAmrAdjSwitch=YES. Dependencies on Hardware – The backpressure and VP shaping mechanism need the support of the ATM interface board (AOU. – E1/T1 transmission is applied on the Iub interface. 185-1 . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050405 Overbooking on ATM Transmission. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission 185 Prerequisite l Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission This section describes how to activate. l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. when deploying HSDPA services. verify. UOI. or AEU for BSC6900) in the RNC. – BTS3902E does not support this feature. Other strategies applied in overbooking are as follows: l l l RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control Backpressure-based downlink congestion control VP shaping Procedure l Activation Procedure – Activating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the flow control switch. especially on Iub interface. Context This feature improves the resource usage and provides a method for greatly saving OPEX on ATM transmission. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. In this step. Enable UE2 with background services and with highest uplink rate of 384 kbit/s and highest downlink rate of 1450 kbit/s. In this step: – Set Type of the logic port to Leaf. that is. 1. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD FRALNK. In this step. start downlink traffic and bandwidth tracing tasks on the Uu. (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IMAGRP..185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission RAN Feature Activation Guide – For R99 BE services. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . use UE1 to download files from the FTP server. In this step. and Iu interfaces. – Activating backpressure-based downlink congestion control 1. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMLOGICPORT. Register an HSDPA user UE2 in the HLR. 7. Expected result: The IMA port is not congested and UE1 downloads data at the highest rate. Verification Procedure Take RNC configured with the AOU interface board as an example to describe how to verify backpressure-based flow control. Turn on the flow control switch. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMLOGICPORT. Enable UE1 with streaming services and with both highest uplink rate and highest downlink rate of 384 kbit/s. select DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNILNK. set Type of the logic port to Leaf and Flow control switch to ON. 2. Enable UE1 and UE2 to stay in idle mode and camp on the test cell. set Bearing type to ATMLOGICPORT. In this step. set Port protocol type to ATM and set other flow control parameters. – Set Flow control switch to ON. 2. set Flow control switch to ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD PORTFLOWCTRLPARA. 5. All AAL2 paths of the RNC are carried on an IMA port. Ltd. – Activating VP shaping 1. The test cell must support HSDPA services. – For HSDPA BE services. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP to map R99 services to the highpriority queue and HSDPA services to the low-priority queue. Enable the port flow control when adding the IMA port. – Set Flow control switch to ON. 185-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Flow control switch to ON. 2. select DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. 3. Iub. 6. In this step: – Set Fractional link type to FRAATM. Register an R99 user UE1 in the HLR. On the BSC6900 LMT. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH to add a logical port. Use UE1 to perform PS streaming services. In this step. set Flow control switch to OFF. CARRYF=0. 4. – For R99 BE services. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD FRALNK. PORTPROTYPE=ATM. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNILNK. //Activating VP shaping ADD ATMLOGICPORT: SRN=1. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. set Flow control switch to OFF. This is because R99 services have a higher priority. The downloading rate of UE2 decreases and that of UE1 remains unchanged. In this step. BT=AOUa. UPPERVP=0. BT=AOUa. set Flow control switch to OFF. 2. TXBW=512. CARRYT=ATMLOGICPORT. LPNTYPE=Leaf.. set Flow control switch to OFF. IMAGRPN=1. SN=14. ----End Example //Activating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-1&DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWIT CH-1. CARRYT=ATMLOGICPORT. TXBW=512. In this step. //Deactivating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-0&DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWIT CH-0. TSBITMAP=TS1-1. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. SN=14. ADD FRALNK: SRN=1. In this step. Expected result: The IMA port is congested and the backpressure function is triggered. SN=14. FRALNKT=FRAATM.RAN Feature Activation Guide 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission 8. LPN=0. – Deactivating backpressure-based downlink congestion control 1. E1T1PN=0. FCINDEX=100. 185-3 . deselect DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. BT=AOUa. Ltd. LPNTYPE=Leaf. RXTRFX=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD IMAGRP. AAL2PATHT=HSPA. 3. – For HSDPA BE services. //Activating backpressure-based downlink congestion control ADD PORTFLOWCTRLPARA: FCINDEX=10. l Deactivation Procedure – Deactivating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the flow control switch. ADD ATMLOGICPORT: SRN=1. LPN=0. CARRYSN=0. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. TXTRFX=0. UPPERVP=0. deselect DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. RXBW=512. SN=14. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD ATMLOGICPORT. VPI=0. Use UE2 to perform PS BE services. OPSEPFLAG=OFF. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. that is. FRALNKN=12. RXBW=512. use UE2 to download files from the FTP server. OPSEPFLAG=OFF. UNILNKN=1. VCI=0. CARRYVPN=0. PATHID=1. MOD IMAGRP: SRN=1. CARRYT=ATMLOGICPORT. In this step. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. SN=14. ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=0. ADD UNILNK: SRN=1. MOD FRALNK: SRN=1. TSBITMAP=TS1-1. 185-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RSCMNGMODE=SHARE. RXBW=512. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . LPN=0. Ltd.. CARRYIMAGRPN=1. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF. MOD ATMLOGICPORT: SRN=1. SN=14.185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission RAN Feature Activation Guide //Deactivating backpressure-based downlink congestion control MOD IMAGRP: SRN=1. CARRYT=IMA. UNILNKN=1. IMAGRPN=1. MOD UNILNK: SRN=1. SN=14. OPSEPFLAG=OFF. TXBW=512. FCINDEX=100. SN=14. LPNTYPE=Leaf. BT=AOUa. SN=14. FRALNKT=FRAATM. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF. E1T1PN=0. OPSEPFLAG=OFF. BT=AOUa. FRALNKN=12. it is recommended that the WRFD-011501 PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) feature be activated. 186-1 .. the following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. the data transmission efficiency of VoIP services is greatly improved. Context VoIP services can be carried on the DCH or HSPA.RAN Feature Activation Guide 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ 186 Prerequisite l l Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA + This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Other Features – – In the case of VoIP over HSPA. – In the case of VoIP over HSPA. NOTE l Data configurations on the BSC6900 and NodeB are required to activate the VoIP over HSPA/HSPA + feature. Ltd. a large quantity of resources are consumed. The VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ feature requires the IMS. verify. l In the case of HSUPA. l To increase the transmission efficiency of VoIP services. and the IMS signaling transmission needs to be configured on the BSC6900. the WRFD-010686 CPC-DTX/DRX feature has been configured before this feature is activated. The purpose is to reduce the delay of VoIP services. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010617 VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature depends on the UE capability and the IP multimedia subsystem (IMS). the system capacity significantly increases. it is recommended that the non-scheduling transmission mode be used. In the case of HSDPA. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. When the Robust Header Compression (RoHC) technique is used. When VoIP services are carried on the HSPA. it is recommended that the Enhanced Proportional Fair (EPF) algorithm be activated. When VoIP services are carried on the DCH. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box. 2) 5. run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA to set Scheduling Method to EPF(Enhanced PF). In this step. 186-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. double-click Uu Interface Trace. Ltd. do as follows: 1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the RoHC algorithm. select the EDCH_TTI_2ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service.186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. In the displayed Trace Navigation Tree pane. Optional: To use the WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI HO feature. To set 10 ms HSUPA TTI for HSUPA services. (2) If the NodeB is configured with the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:d (WBBPd) and Enhanced Base Band Card REV:d (EBBCd) boards. On the unfolded list. In the Navigation Tree pane on the BSC6900 LMT. select the CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH check box under the parameter Channel Configuration Strategy Switch. 4. it is recommended that 10 ms HSUPA TTI be set for VoIP services. In this step. b. select the DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch.DL_HSDSCH) and IMS channel type to HSPA(UL_EDCH.DL_HSDSCH). To set 2 ms HSUPA TTI for HSUPA services. double-click UMTS Services. In this step. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . click the Trace tab. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to select the EDCH_TTI_10ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service. 2. either 10 ms or 2 ms HSUPA TTI can be set for VoIP services. select RRC_RB_SETUP and RRC_RB_RECFG as shown in Figure 186-1 to trace Uu interface signaling messages. a. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. l Verification Procedure 1. set VOIP channel type to HSPA(UL_EDCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. In this step. In this step. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. select the EDCH_TTI_10ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service. 6. To configure the EPF scheduling strategy. In this step. Go to Step 4. Optional: If VoIP services need to use the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI feature. Optional: (1) If the NodeB is configured with the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:b (WBBPb) and Enhanced Base Band Card (EBBC) boards. select the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. . VoIP services are carried on HSPA/HSPA+.RAN Feature Activation Guide 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ Figure 186-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. Ltd. – If data shown in Figure 186-3 is traced on the Uu interface. 186-3 . Analyze the traced messages. Figure 186-2 UE in CELL_DCH state Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the UE is in the CELL_DCH state. – If data shown in Figure 186-2 is traced on the Uu interface. ----End Example //Activating VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ //Operations on the BSC6900 side //Configuring VoIP/IMS to be carried on the E-DCH in the uplink and HSDSCH in the downlink SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: VoipChlType=HSPA.DL_DCH) check box under the parameter IMS channel type. 186-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If VoIP services are carried on HSPA or HSPA+.186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 186-3 VoIP services carried on HSPA/HSPA+ 3. The services admitted after the deactivation will not use this feature. trace the RRC_RB_SETUP or RRC_RB_RECFG message on the Uu interface to check the type of carried TTI. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and select the DCH(UL_DCH. ImsChlType=HSPA.. Figure 186-4 Type of TTI carried in the message l Deactivation Procedure NOTE The services admitted before deactivation of this feature are not affected. select the DCH(UL_DCH. 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. as shown in Figure 186-4. In this step.DL_DCH) check box under the parameter VOIP channel type. //Enabling the RoHC algorithm SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH-1. /*Deactivating VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+*/ //Operations on the BSC6900 side SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: VoipChlType=DCH. 186-5 . //Setting the HSUPA TTI type of the VoIP service to 2 ms TTI SET UFRC: VoipHsupaTti=EDCH_TTI_2ms.RAN Feature Activation Guide 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ //Enabling the HSUPA 2 ms scheduling algorithm SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-1. ImsChlType=DCH. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Enabling dynamic adjustment of TTI reconfiguration for CS voice services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1. //Turning off the switch of saving CE resources SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH-1.. Ltd. //Setting the HSUPA TTI type of the VoIP service to 10 ms TTI SET UFRC: VoipHsupaTti=EDCH_TTI_10ms. //Setting the EPF scheduling strategy on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: SM=EPF. . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Verification Procedure 1. Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package have been configured before this feature is activated for VoIP over HSPA. verify. – WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package and WRFD-010686 CPC. Context RAN10.DTX/DRX have been configured before this feature is activated for VoIP over HSPA+.RAN Feature Activation Guide 187 Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA 187 Prerequisite l l Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA This section describes how to activate. l Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. the nonscheduling method is used for the HSUPA scheduling. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Hardware – The CN and UE support voice over IP (VoIP). l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 187-1 . Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061703 Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA. set Scheduling Method to EPF(Enhanced PF). To ensure the QoS of VoIP carried over HSPA. Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA to query the configuration result.0 supports VoIP over HSPA. In this step.. and the delay-sensitive (DS) scheduling algorithm is used for optimized HSDPA scheduling. //Deactivation procedure SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. SM=PF. SM=EPF.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . RR(Round Robin). //Verification procedure LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0.187 Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. set Scheduling Method to MAXCI(Max C/I). Ltd. ----End Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. or PF(PF). In this step. Example //Activation procedure SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. 187-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RAN Feature Activation Guide 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA 188 Prerequisite l l Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA This section describes how to activate. In the Navigation Tree pane on the BSC6900 LMT. double-click UMTS Services. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set IMS channel type to HSPA. click the Trace tab. 188-1 Verification Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . verify. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010618 IMS Signaling over HSPA. Ltd. double-click Uu Interface Trace. In the displayed Trace Navigation Tree pane. Other Prerequisites – The CN and UE must support this feature.. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. On the unfolded list. select RRC_RB_SETUP and RRC_RB_RECFG as shown in Figure 188-1 to trace Uu interface signaling messages. Context IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) signaling over HSPA can shorten the setup delay of IMS services like VoIP to save network resources for the operator. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Figure 188-2 UE in CELL_DCH state 188-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 188-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2.. the UE is in the CELL_DCH state. – If data shown in Figure 188-3 is traced on the Uu interface. Ltd. Analyze the traced messages. – If data shown in Figure 188-2 is traced on the Uu interface. VoIP services are carried on HSPA/HSPA+. //Deactivating IMS Signaling over HSPA. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: ImsChlType=DCH. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA Figure 188-3 VoIP services carried on HSPA/HSPA+ 3. 188-3 . as shown in Figure 188-4. If VoIP services are carried on HSPA or HSPA+.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set IMS channel type to DCH. ----End Example //Activating IMS Signaling over HSPA. Figure 188-4 Type of TTI carried in the message l Deactivation Procedure 1. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: ImsChlType=HSPA. trace the RRC_RB_SETUP or RRC_RB_RECFG message on the Uu interface to check the type of carried TTI. . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Initiate UE tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011501 PDCP Header Compression (RoHC). Verify that the value of the information element (IE) "bit1RfcInfo3095" contained in the message CRLC _SETUP_REQ by choosing pdcpSetupInfo > pdcpInfo > pdcpInfoBmp > bit1RfcInfo3095 as follows: – If the value of the IE "bit1RfcInfo3095" is 1. select the CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH check box under the parameter Channel configuration strategy switch. thereby reducing occupancy of radio resources. Context PDCP header compression (RoHC) mainly applies to VoIP services to reduce IP overhead. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. this feature has been activated. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) 189 Prerequisite l l l Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) This section describes how to activate. which aims to save the bandwidth over the Uu interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. This feature provides an IP header compression mechanism. Establish a PS service on the UE. verify. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) l Verification Procedure 1. 189-1 . Dependencies on Hardware – The UE supports this feature. Ltd.. – If the value of the IE "bit1RfcInfo3095" is 0. this feature is not activated. In this step. Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 189-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step. deselect the CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH check box under the parameter Channel configuration strategy switch. Ltd. ----End Example //Activating PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH-1..189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. //Deactivating PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH-0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . The IMS for VoIP services is not required because the CS voice services over HSPA are carried on the CS domain of the CN. CS Voice over HSPA is intended for CS conversational AMR and AMR WB. 190-1 . In the case of CS voice services over HSPA. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. in the case of CS voice over HSPA. WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package.. and WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA. CS streaming services are still carried on the DCH. WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010619 CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+. Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. in the case of CS voice over HSPA+. – The BSC6900 and NodeB versions are RAN11. Context The implementation of CS voice services over HSPA is introduced in 3GPP Release 8. uplink CS voice packets are carried on the E-DCH and downlink CS voice packets are carried on the HS-DSCH. verify.0 or later. Ltd. – WRFD-010686 CPC-DTX/DRX. Other Prerequisites – The UE is of 3GPP Release 8 or higher and CS voice services are capable of being carried on HSPA/HSPA+.RAN Feature Activation Guide 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ 190 Prerequisite l l Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/ HSPA+ This section describes how to activate. which does not need to be configured. 3. Optional: Configure the HSUPA TTI type of the VoIP service. (2) If the NodeB is configured with the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:d (WBBPd) and Enhanced Base Band Card REV:d (EBBCd) boards. it is recommended that 10 ms HSUPA TTI be set for VoIP services. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In the Navigation Tree pane on the BSC6900 LMT. double-click UMTS Services. In this step. l In the case of HSUPA. 190-2 . it is recommended that the non-scheduling transmission mode be used. To set 2 ms HSUPA TTI for HSUPA services. select the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. In this step.. b. To set 10 ms HSUPA TTI for HSUPA services. Go to Step 3. On the Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. click the Trace tab. select the DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. 2. In the case of HSDPA.190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide l Data configurations on the BSC6900 and NodeB are required to activate the CS Voice over HSPA/ HSPA+. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Optional: If the dynamic adjustment of CS voice services over HSUPA from 2 ms TTI to 10 ms TTI is required. a. l Verification Procedure 1. do as follows: 1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. select the EDCH_TTI_10ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service. select the EDCH_TTI_2ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to configure the uplink EDCH and downlink HSDSCH as the channels carrying HSPA CS services. 2) 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to select the EDCH_TTI_10ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service. either 10 ms or 2 ms HSUPA TTI can be set for VoIP services. Optional: If CS voice services need to be carried on the 2 ms Transmission Time Interval (TTI). In this step. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In the displayed Trace Navigation Tree pane. In this step. it is recommended that the Enhanced Proportional Fair (EPF) algorithm be activated. The purpose is to reduce the delay of CS voice services. run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA to set Scheduling Method to EPF(Enhanced PF). select the HSPA(UL EDCH. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 5. In this step.DL HSDSCH) check box under the parameter CS voice channel type. Ltd. To configure the EPF scheduling strategy. (1) If the NodeB is configured with the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:b (WBBPb) and Enhanced Base Band Card (EBBC) boards. CS voice services are carried on HSPA/HSPA+. trace the RRC_RB_SETUP or RRC_RB_RECFG message on the Uu interface to check the type of carried TTI.RAN Feature Activation Guide 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ unfolded list. Ltd. – If data shown in Figure 190-2 is traced on the Uu interface. 190-3 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . the UE is in CELL_DCH state.. select RRC_RB_SETUP and RRC_RB_RECFG as shown in Figure 190-1 to trace Uu interface signaling messages. double-click Uu Interface Trace. Analyze the traced messages. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box. as shown in Figure 190-4. as shown in Figure 190-3. Figure 190-2 UE in CELL_DCH state Figure 190-3 CS voice services carried on HSPA/HSPA+ 3. Figure 190-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. If CS voice services are carried on HSPA or HSPA+. – If the data traced on the Uu interface is displayed. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The services admitted after the deactivation will not use this feature. //Enabling dynamic adjustment of TTI reconfiguration for CS voice services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1.. //Setting the EPF scheduling strategy on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: SM=EPF. //Setting the HSUPA TTI type of the VoIP service to 2 ms TTI SET UFRC: CSVoiceHsupaTti=EDCH_TTI_2ms. 190-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . select the DCH(UL_DCH. 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. //Setting the HSUPA TTI type of the VoIP service to 10 ms TTI SET UFRC: VoipHsupaTti=EDCH_TTI_10ms. Ltd. /*Deactivating CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+*/ //Operations on the BSC6900 side SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: CSVoiceChlType=DCH. //Turning off the switch of saving CE resources SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH-1. In this step.DL_DCH) check box under the parameter CS voice channel type. ----End Example /*Activation procedure*/ //Operations on the BSC6900 side //Configuring CS voice services to be carried on the EDCH in the uplink and HS-DSCH in the downlink SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: CSVoiceChlType =HSPA.190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 190-4 Type of TTI carried in the message l Deactivation Procedure NOTE The services admitted before deactivation of this feature are not affected. //Enabling the HSUPA 2 ms scheduling algorithm SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-1. – The UE supports at least one of the following locating methods: – UE-assisted CELLID+RTT locating or UE-based CELLID+RTT locating in RNCCENTRIC mode – UE-assisted CELLID+RTT locating in the SAS-CENTRIC mode Context The simplest CELLID + Round Trip Time (RTT) locating method is to directly use the geographical center of the coverage area of the reference cell as the locating result.RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS 191 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS This section describes how to activate. the BSC6900 can obtain the accurate location of the UE. SAS equipment has been configured. the BSC6900 calculates the time of arrival (TOA) of signal from the cell antenna to the UE. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020801 Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS.. If three TOA circles intersect.0 or later. Ltd. 191-1 . Others Prerequisites – The NodeB and the BSC6900 software versions are RAN3. verify. To achieve high locating accuracy. the BSC6900 obtains the distance between a certain cell and the UE. and the BSC6900 supports the Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS function. the BSC6900 demands RTT measurement in all cells in the active set and requests the UE to perform locating measurement on the corresponding cells. Dependencies on Hardware – If SAS-CENTRIC locating is required. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. By means of the two types of measurement. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. By multiplying the TOA by the velocity of light. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. CELLID+RTT Method Type. the Iupc interface is required. Figure 191-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box 4. see 196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service.. For details. 3. Iub. the Iur interface needs to be configured. Optional: If inter-RNC locating is required. Optional: If SAS-CENTRIC mode needs to be supported. set UE Positioning Method.191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. as shown in Figure 191-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USMLCCELL to set the following location information parameters of the cell: – Cell location configuration type – Geographical location information about the antenna: – Cell Antenna Latitude – Cell Antenna Altitude – Cell Antenna Longitude – Cell coverage information: – Cell Antenna Max Coverage – Cell Antenna Orientation – Cell Antenna Opening l Verification Procedure 1. Figure 191-2. In this step. and Location Working Mode to appropriate values. For details. Ltd. 2. 191-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and Figure 191-3 respectively. and Uu interface message tracing. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to set the parameters of the SMLC algorithm. see 195 Configuring LCS over Iur. Initiate Iu. 3. The message LOCATION REPORTING CONTROL and LOCATION REPORT are traced on the Iu interface. as shown in Figure 191-4 and Figure 191-5.. 191-3 . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Use a UE to access the cell and enable the CN to send a locating request message.RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS Figure 191-2 Iub Interface Trace dialog box Figure 191-3 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 191-4 LOCATION REPORTING CONTROL 191-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. 191-5 . The messages traced on the Iub interface show that the procedure Dedicated Measurement Initiation is performed on all links in the active set and that the value of Dedicated Measurement Type is Round Trip Time. as shown in Figure 191-6 and Figure 191-7..RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS Figure 191-5 LOCATION REPORT 4. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 191-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . From the traced Uu interface messages. which is a type of internal measurement (if the UE supports UE Rx-Tx time difference type 2 measurement. Ltd. as shown in Figure 191-8 and Figure 191-9. the locating method for RxTx time difference type 2 measurement is adopted).. you can see the information about the UE RxTx time difference measurement.191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 191-6 Dedicated Measurement Type Figure 191-7 Round Trip Time 5. CELLIDRTTMethodType=UE_ASSISTED. TrigTime1B=D10. GCDF=DEG. Ltd. //Setting the location information parameters of the cell ADD USMLCCELL: RNCId=2121. MTRLGY=MET. AntennaLongitudeDegree=6789. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS Figure 191-8 UE Rx-Tx time difference Figure 191-9 UE Rx-Tx time difference type 1 l Deactivation Procedure 1.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example //Activating Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS //Setting the parameters of the SMLC algorithm SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=CELLID_CENTER-0&CELLID_RTT-1&OTDOA-0&AGPS-0. SHOQualmin=-20. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to deactivate the CELLID+RTT locating method. deselect the CELLID_RTT check box under parameter UE Positioning Method. IntraRelThdFor1A=2. CellLocCfgType=CELL_ANTENNA. TrigTime1A=D10. 191-7 . AntennaLatitudeDegree=78900. IntraRelThdFor1B=2. ForcedSHOSwitch=ON. CellId=80. LcsWorkMode=RNC_CENTRIC. AntennaAltitudeMeter=4567. . 191-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . //Deactivating Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=CELLID_CENTER-0&CELLID_RTT-0&OTDOA-0&AGPS-0.191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS RAN Feature Activation Guide MaxAntennaRange=5678. CellAverageHeight=6789. AntennaOrientation=567. AntennaOpening=456. In addition.RAN Feature Activation Guide 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS 192 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring OTDOA Based LCS This section describes how to activate. it requests the UE to perform SFN-SFN observed time difference measurement if the IPDL-OTDOA positioning method is used. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. After receiving the corresponding MRs. BSC6900 calculates the relative time difference (RTD) of the cell related to positioning based on the latest measurement reports (MRs). the NodeB is configured with a GPS card and supports cell frame timing measurement. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. BSC6900 calculates the location of the UE. Others Prerequisites – BSC6900 supports this feature. For accurate location calculation. BSC6900 may request the NodeB to perform RTT measurement and request the UE to perform Rx-Tx time difference measurement. – The CN can initiate positioning requests. BSC6900 initiates and traces the SFN-SFN observed time difference measurement. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020802 OTDOA Based LCS. Dependencies on Hardware – The NodeB is configured with the Universal Satellite Card and Clock Unit (USCU) board that is equipped with a GPS card. Ltd. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this feature. verify. After BSC6900 receives a LOCATON REPORT CONTROL message. 192-1 .. – The UE supports at least one of the following positioning methods: – UE-based OTDOA positioning method – UE-assisted OTDOA positioning method Context Huawei UTRAN supports IPDL-OTDOA location services. In this step. Ltd.192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST USMLCCELL to query the settings of the location parameters of a cell. For details. Optional: Configure the Iur interface if inter-RNC locating is required. LcsWorkMode=RNC_CENTRIC. //Setting the location information parameters of the cell 192-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set UE Positioning Method and Location Working Mode to appropriate values. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLGPSFRMTIMING to query the parameter settings related to UTRAN GPS cell frame timing measurement. In this step. set Cell ID and GPS Frame Timing Active Flag to appropriate values. 3. OTDOAMethodType=UE_BASED. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST USMLC to query SMLC algorithm parameter settings. l Verification Procedure 1. set the following parameters to appropriate values: – Cell Location Setting Type – Parameters associated with the geographical location information about the antenna system – Cell Antenna Longitude – Cell Antenna Latitude – Cell Antenna Altitude – Parameters associated with the cell coverage information – Cell Antenna Max Coverage – Cell Antenna Opening – Cell Antenna Orientation 4. NOTE Location Working Mode must be set to RNC_CENTRIC(RNC CENTRIC Mode).. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to set the SMLC algorithm parameters. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USMLCCELL to add the location information about a cell. In this step. ----End Example //Activating OTDOA Based LCS //Setting the parameters for the SMLC algorithm SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=OTDOA-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLGPSFRMTIMING to set the parameters related to UTRAN GPS cell frame timing measurement. Check whether the parameters required for positioning are correctly set. 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to deactivate the OTDOA-based location service. see 195 Configuring LCS over Iur. CellId=80. AntennaOrientation=567. AntennaLatitudeDegree=78900. 192-3 . AntennaAltitudeMeter=4567. AntennaOpening=456. GCDF=DEG. //Setting parameters related to UTRAN GPS cell frame timing measurement ADD UCELLGPSFRMTIMING: CellId=80. MaxAntennaRange=5678. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. AntennaLongitudeDegree=6789. MTRLGY=MET.RAN Feature Activation Guide 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS ADD USMLCCELL: RNCId=2121.. //Deactivating OTDOA Based LCS SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=OTDOA-0. CellAverageHeight=6789. CellLocCfgType=CELL_ANTENNA. Ltd. StartFlag=ACTIVE. . – The CN can send positioning requests. Dependencies on Hardware – When the RNC-CENTRIC locating service is required: – If a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver is configured on the BSC6900 side.RAN Feature Activation Guide 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS 193 Prerequisite l Configuring A-GPS Based LCS This section describes how to activate. 193-1 . SMLC refers to Serving Mobile Location Center. the BSC6900 must be configured with a Stand-Alone SMLC (SAS) device. – If a GPS receiver is configured on the NodeB side. and all the equipment (including the GPS antenna system) must be properly installed and connected. the NodeB must be configured with the Universal Satellite card and Clock Unit (USCU) and WCDMA GPS Receiving Unit (WGRU). the BSC6900 must be configured with the General Clock Unit with GPS REV:a (GCGa) board. NOTE If A-GPS positioning is required. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020803 A-GPS Based LCS. Ltd. Other Prerequisites – NodeB V200R013 supports this feature while NodeB V100R013 does not support this feature. the GPS receiver does not need to be installed in BSC6900 side or NodeB side. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – When the SAS-CENTRIC locating service is required. l l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. – The UE supports UE-based A-GPS positioning or UE-assisted A-GPS positioning or both. verify.. Activation Procedure on the BSC6900 Side 1. Optional: If inter-RNC locating is required. the GPS receiver can quickly search for the satellite group in the area where it is located. 4. 5. Optional: If the GPS positioning method in SAS-CENTRIC mode is required. it is recommended that the information be specified when the GPS receiver is being configured.193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS RAN Feature Activation Guide Context A-GPS positioning is an application of GPS positioning in the WCDMA network. l Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE The BSC6900 and NodeB must be configured with the related data to activate this feature. If the accurate location information about the antenna of the GPS receiver cannot be obtained. In this step. . In this way. – Cell Location Setting Type – Parameters associated with the geographical location information about the antenna system – Cell Antenna Longitude – Cell Antenna Latitude – Cell Antenna Altitude – Parameters associated with the cell coverage information – Cell Antenna Max Coverage – Cell Antenna Opening – Cell Antenna Orientation 193-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. A-GPS positioning can provide high positioning sensitivity. The location information about the GPS receiver can be automatically searched by the GPS receiver itself or be configured by a user. In open areas. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USMLCCELL to set the parameters related to cell location information to appropriate values. shorten positioning time. and accurately calculate the differential GPS information. the auto search mode can be selected. configure the Iu-PC interface by referring to 196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service. set UE Positioning Method and Location Working Mode to appropriate values. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to set the SMLC algorithm parameters. configure the Iur interface by referring to 195 Configuring LCS over Iur. 2. Ltd.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 3. and save power. run the BSC6900 MML command SET CLKTYPE to set the type of clock board to GCGa. l If the accurate location information (to be provided by the surveying and mapping authorities) about the antenna of the GPS receiver can be obtained. if a GPS receiver is configured on the BSC6900 side. In RNC-CENTRIC mode. and Antenna Altitude to appropriate values. 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Subrack No. Ltd. 193-3 . 4. and Slot No. In this step. – If Way to Get Position is set to USER_CONFIG(User Config). set Duration to an appropriate value. Run the NodeB MML command ADD BRD to add a USCU board. set GPS ID. set Antenna Longitude. – Set Cabinet No. check the single point positioning results of the GPS receiver in the \bam\common\fam\smlc directory. In this step. and all the equipment (including the GPS antenna system) must be properly installed and connected. to appropriate values based on the actual location of the USCU board. – If Way to Get Position is set to SEARCH_WITH_PRECISION(Search with precision). Run the NodeB MML command ADD GPS to add a GPS clock link. a GPS receiver can be configured on the NodeB side as required.. set Cell ID and GPS Frame Timing Active Flag to appropriate values. and GPS antenna altitude to appropriate values. GPS type. If a GPS receiver is configured on the NodeB side. In RNC-CENTRIC mode. – If Way to Get Position is set to SEARCH_WITH_DURATION(Search with duration). – Set Board Type to USCU. Activation Procedure for NodeB V200R013 NOTE In RNC-CENTRIC mode. 8. the NodeB must be configured with the USCU and WGRU. as shown in Figure 193-1 and Figure 193-2 respectively.. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command STR POSAVE with Maximum time for posave set to 12. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS 6. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLGPSFRMTIMING to set the parameters related to UTRAN GPS cell frame timing measurement. Initiate Iu and Uu interface tracing. 3. l Verification Procedure Verification Procedure on the BSC6900 Side 1. In RNC-CENTRIC mode. Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. Then. Run the NodeB MML command MOD GPSPOS to add a GPS receiver. In this step.. set AGPS ID and Type to appropriate values. 7. set Precision to an appropriate value. GPS antenna latitude. GPS antenna longitude. run the command ADD GPS to set the parameters related to the GPS receiver. run the command ACT GPS to activate the specified GPS receiver. Antenna Latitude. 9. you can view the Location Reporting Control and Location Report messages. 3. as shown in Figure 193-3 and Figure 193-4.193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 193-1 Iub interface tracing Figure 193-2 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2.. 193-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Over the Iu interface. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Make a UE access the network and enable the CN to send a positioning request. RAN Feature Activation Guide 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS Figure 193-3 LOCATION REPORTING CONTROL Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 193-5 .. . Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Figure 193-5 ue-positioning-GPS-AssistanceData 193-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Figure 193-5 and Figure 193-6.193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 193-4 LOCATION REPORT 4. The Uu interface tracing messages contain the information about A-GPS positioning measurement. Ltd. AntennaLongitudeDegree=6789. AntennaAltitudeMeter=4567. l Deactivation Procedure 1. AntennaOpening=456. ----End Example /*Activating A-GPS Based LCS*/ /*Operations on the BSC6900 side* //Setting the type of clock board to GCGa SET CLKTYPE:CLKTYPE=GCGa. CellLocCfgType=CELL_ANTENNA. check whether the USCU board and the GPS receiver are normal. Run the NodeB MML command DSP GPS to display the information of a GPS receiver. GCDF=DEG. receiver status. 2. CellAverageHeight=6789. UeAssAgpsAssDataSwitch=REFERENCE_TIME_FOR_GPS-1&REFERENCE_LOCATION_FOR_GP S-1&DGPS_CORRECT-0&GPS_NAVGMODEL-1&GPS_IONOSPHERIC_MODEL-1&GPS_UTC_MODEL1&GPS_ALMANAC-1&GPS_ACQ_ASSIST-1&GPS_REALTIME_INTEGRITY-1. //Setting the location information parameters of the cell ADD USMLCCELL: RNCId=2121. AGPSMethodType=UE_ASSISTED. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to deactivate the A-GPS location service.RAN Feature Activation Guide 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS Figure 193-6 GPS-MeasurementParam Verification Procedure for NodeB V200R013 1.. receiver version. In the command output displayed on the LMT. Run the NodeB MML command DSP BRD to query the status of the USCU board and status of the GPS receiver. //Setting the parameters for the SMLC algorithm SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=CELLID_CENTER-0&CELLID_RTT-0&OTDOA-0&AGPS-1. In this step. MaxAntennaRange=5678. check whether the location of the GPS receiver is locked up and whether the operating state of the GPS receiver is normal. CellId=80. and receiver hardware information. including receiver position. //Setting the parameters of the GPS receiver ADD GPS: AGPSRECEIVERID=0. AGPSRECEIVERTYPE=RNC. deselect the AGPS check box under parameter UE Positioning Method. MTRLGY=MET. MTRLGY=MET.LcsWorkMode=RNC _CENTRIC. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. AntennaLatitudeDegree=78900. AntennaOrientation=567. GCDF=DEG. 193-7 . In the command output displayed on the LMT. ACTTYPE=BOTH. MOD GPSPOS: WPOS=USER_CONFIG. AGPSRECEIVERTYPE=NODEB. ALTITUDE=20. ADD GPS: AGPSRECEIVERID=1. //Setting parameters related to UTRAN GPS cell frame timing measurement ADD UCELLGPSFRMTIMING: CellId=80. /*Operations on the NodeB V200R013 side* SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. 193-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SRCNO=0. LONGITUDE=121590603.193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS RAN Feature Activation Guide LATITUDE=31243596. ALT=900. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . GCDF=DEG.. ADD GPS: SN=0. MTRLGY=MET. LAT=80000000. CLKSRC=GPS. LONGITUDE=121590603. ALTITUDE=20. LONG=160000000. Ltd. StartFlag=ACTIVE. CellId=82. //Activating the specified GPS receiver ACT GPS: AGPSRECEIVERID=0. //Deactivating A-GPS Based LCS SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=CELLID_CENTER-0&CELLID_RTT-0&OTDOA-0&AGPS-0. LATITUDE=31243596. the RNC automatically reports the service area identity (SAI) of the UE. Otherwise. l Before running the ADD UCZ command. More than one classified zone can be set for each operator. 194-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ensure that Location Area Code and Service Area Code are configured at the local RNC. – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Initiate Iub interface message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. Service Area Code. Once the UE enters or exits the zone. Ltd. and Classified Zone ID. NOTE l In this step. as shown in Figure 194-1. the classified zone cannot be configured. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCZ to add a classified zone. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. l Verification Procedure 1. you need to set the parameters Cn Operator Index. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Context This feature defines a classified zone. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020804 LCS Classified Zone.RAN Feature Activation Guide 194 Configuring LCS Classified Zone 194 Prerequisite l l l l License Configuring LCS Classified Zone This section describes how to activate. Other Prerequisites – The core network (CN) supports this feature.. Location Area Code. verify. – If the value of the information element (IE) "Cause" in the LOCATION REPORT message is "User Restriction Start Indication". the UE enters the classified zone. 194-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Figure 194-2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .194 Configuring LCS Classified Zone RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 194-1 Iub Interface Trace dialog box 2. The SAI of the UE is also contained in the message. – If a LOCATION REPORT message is displayed. to add cell B to the active set. Ltd. Move the UE from cell A (whose LAC and SAC are 9513 and 272 respectively) to cell B (whose LAC and SAC are 9514 and 273 respectively). this feature has been activated. Enable the UE to establish a service of any type.. Ltd. 194-3 . Remove cell B from the active set by performing a handover or Serving Radio Network Subsystem (SRNS) relocation. ADD UCZ: CnOpIndex=0. SAC=272. CZ=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 194 Configuring LCS Classified Zone Figure 194-2 LOCATION REPORT message 3. The SAI of the UE is also contained in the LOCATION REPORT message. l Deactivation Procedure 1. – If the cause value of the LOCATION REPORT message is displayed as "User Restriction End Indication". LAC=9513. RMV UCZ: CnOpIndex=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCZ to remove the classified zone from all operators at the RNC. ----End Example //Activating LCS Classified Zone ADD UCZ: CnOpIndex=0. LAC=9514. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – If a LOCATION REPORT message is displayed. the UE exits the classified zone. CZ=1. CZ=0. //Deactivating LCS Classified Zone RMV UCZ: CnOpIndex=0. CZ=0. SAC=273.. this feature has been activated. . Others Prerequisites – The UE and the neighboring RNC (NRNC) support this feature.RAN Feature Activation Guide 195 Configuring LCS over Iur 195 Prerequisite l l Dependencies on Hardware Configuring LCS over Iur This section describes how to activate. In this step. set UE Positioning Method and Location Working Mode. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. It enables exchange of cell information and GPS assistance information over the Iur interface. geographical information about a neighboring cell must be configured at the NRNC. Configure cell information exchange over the Iur interface. you need to set the positioning method and add the geographical information about the cell at the RNC. Dependencies on Other Features – The following feature has been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-020801 Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS or WRFD-020803 A-GPS Based LCS. 1. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to set the SMLC algorithm parameters. Context This feature enables Huawei RAN to provide location services (LCS) over the Iur interface. 195-1 2. – This feature is used only in RNC-CENTRIC mode. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE In this procedure. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For cell information exchange over the Iur interface.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020805 Configuring LCS over Iur. extending the LCS area. – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. l Verification Procedure 1. (5) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLGPSFRMTIMING to set parameters related to UTRAN GPS cell frame timing measurement to appropriate values. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USMLCCELL to set the parameters related to cell location information. indicating that the GPS receiver is installed at the NRNC. In this step. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . run the BSC6900 MML command ADD GPS to add a GPS receiver to the NRNC. set the subrack number and slot number of the SPU subsystem that processes information exchange on the BSC6900. The parameters include: – Cell location configuration type – Geographical location information about the antenna: – Cell Antenna Latitude – Cell Antenna Altitude – Cell Antenna Longitude – Cell coverage information: – Cell Antenna Max Coverage – Cell Antenna Orientation – Cell Antenna Opening and so on 3. set the subrack number and slot number of the SPU subsystem that processes information exchange on the BSC6900. NOTE l If a GPS receiver on the NRNC side is installed on the NodeB. In this step. In this step. set GPS type to NRNC_NODEB(NodeB in RNC).. ensure that the GPS receiver is installed at the NRNC. Ltd. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT GPS to activate the GPS reference receiver. as shown in Figure 195-1. In this step. (3) If a GPS receiver needs to be configured on the BSC6900 side. 195-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Start Iur interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UIURCOMMSCCP. In this step. (2) For GPS information exchange over the Iur interface. run the BSC6900 MML command SET CLKTYPE with the type of clock board in the BSC6900 set to GCGa. Configure GPS assistance information exchange. set Cell ID and GPS Frame Timing Active Flag. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD GPS to add the GPS receiver. set GPS type to NRNC_RNC(Nearby RNC).195 Configuring LCS over Iur RAN Feature Activation Guide (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UIURCOMMSCCP. l Before adding a GPS receiver to the NRNC. set GPS type to RNC(Local RNC) (when the GPS receiver is installed at the RNC) or to NODEB(Local NodeB) (when the GPS receiver is installed at the NodeB). RAN Feature Activation Guide 195 Configuring LCS over Iur Figure 195-1 Iur Interface Trace dialog box 2. You can find an information exchange initiation procedure. 195-3 . which contain GPS assistance data. the local RNC sends the NRNC an INFORMATION EXCHANGE INITIATION REQUEST message. The NRNC sends the local RNC INFORMATION EXCHANGE INITIATION RESPONSE and INFORMATION REPORT messages. in which the value of Information Type is GPS Information or DGPS. as shown in Figure 195-2. Figure 195-2 GPS assistance data carried in the INFORMATION REPORT message NOTE You can see INFORMATION EXCHANGE INITIATION REQUEST and INFORMATION EXCHANGE INITIATION RESPONSE messages only after the BSC6900 MML command ACT GPS is executed.. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this procedure. Check the information traced over the Iur interface. Ltd. in which the value of Information Type is UTRAN Access Point Position with Altitude. the local RNC sends the NRNC an INFORMATION EXCHANGE INITIATION REQUEST message. 4. 5.. The NRNC sends the local RNC an INFORMATION EXCHANGE INITIATION RESPONSE message. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . You can find an Information Exchange Initiation procedure. Figure 195-3 INFORMATION EXCHANGE INITIATION REQUEST 195-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Establish a service.195 Configuring LCS over Iur RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. In this procedure. Enable the CN to send a LOCATION REPORTING CONTROL message with the cause "DIRECT". and then perform a soft handover over the Iur interface. as shown in Figure 195-4. as shown in Figure 195-3. Check messages traced over the Iur interface. which contains geographical information about the neighboring cell over the Iur interface. as shown in Figure 195-5 and Figure 195-6 respectively.RAN Feature Activation Guide 195 Configuring LCS over Iur Figure 195-4 INFORMATION EXCHANGE INITIATION RESPONSE 6. 195-5 . You can find DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST and DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION RESPONSE messages. the value of Dedicated Measurement Type is Round Trip Time. In the former message. Ltd.. Figure 195-5 DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Check messages traced over the Iur interface. MTRLGY=MET. Ltd. GPS information exchange over the Iur interface is thereby disabled. LONGITUDE=121588230. ADD GPS: AGPSRECEIVERID=0. SET CLKTYPE: CLKTYPE=GCGa. MTRLGY=MET. ACT GPS: AGPSRECEIVERID=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA GPS to deactivate the GPS receiver. //Deactivating LCS over Iur RMV GPS: AGPSRECEIVERID=0. 2. 195-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. AntennaAltitudeMeter=20. /*Configuring GPS assistance information exchange. AntennaOrientation=0. ADD UCELLGPSFRMTIMING: CellId=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UIURCOMMSCCP to deactivate LCS over Iur. CellLocCfgType=CELL_ANTENNA.*/ ADD UIURCOMMSCCP: SRN=0. /*Configuring cell information exchange over the Iur interface*/ ADD UIURCOMMSCCP: SRN=0. StartFlag=ACTIVE. MaxAntennaRange=2000. AntennaOpening=1200. run the BSC6900 MML command RMV GPS to remove the GPS receiver from the NRNC. CellAverageHeight=25. SN=1. GCDF=DEG. SN=1. GCDF=DEG. ACTTYPE=BOTH. ALTITUDE=21. ----End Example /*Activating LCS over Iur*/ //Setting the positioning method SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=CELLID_RTT-1&OTDOA-0&AGPS-0. Alternatively.. AntennaLatitudeDegree=31245560. AntennaLongitudeDegree=121588234. LATITUDE=31245560.195 Configuring LCS over Iur RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 195-6 DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION RESPONSE l Deactivation Procedure 1. ADD USMLCCELL: RNCId=29. AGPSRECEIVERTYPE=NRNC_RNC. RNCID=1. CellId=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 196-1 . – WRFD-020803 A-GPS Based LCS has been configured if the operator employs the A-GPS algorithm. – A Stand-Alone SMLC (SAS) is configured. 3. Dependencies on Hardware – IP interface boards of the BSC6900 support this feature. Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-020801 Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS has been configured if the operator employs the Cell ID+RTT algorithm. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020807 Iupc Interface for LCS service. Other Prerequisites – The UE supports at least one of the following positioning methods: – UE-assisted CELLID+RTT – UE-based A-GPS – UE-assisted A-GPS – The global data is configured by performing the following procedure: 1.. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. Configuring the Basic Data Configuring the OPC and DPC Configuring the Area Information Configuring the M3UA Local and Destination Entities – Physical layer data and data link layer data are configured by performing the following procedure: Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service 196 Prerequisite l l Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service This section describes how to activate. 4. 2. set Signalling link mode to CLIENT at the BSC6900. The transport network layer data on the Iupc interface needs to be configured at the BSC6900. run this command for each SCTP link to be added. When the BSC6900 is connected to multiple SASs through IP transmission. set Work mode of the M3UA link set to M3UA_IPSP. 7. – If Local entity type is set to M3UA_IPSP. Perform the verification procedures by referring to 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS or 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD SCTPLNK to add an SCTP link. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD N7DPC to add the destination signaling point (DSP) data that corresponds to the SAS. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD M3LKS to add an M3UA link set. 196-2 . 3. One BSC6900 can be connected to a maximum of four SASs simultaneously. To add multiple SCTP links. If Local entity type is set to M3UA_ASP and Destination entity type is not set to M3UA_SP. 8. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USAS to add the SAS. Run the BSC6900 MML commands ADD M3LE and ADD M3DE to add the M3UA local entity (M3LE) and the M3UA destination entity (M3DE) that correspond to the SAS respectively. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD M3RT to add an M3UA route. NOTE Before configuring the Iupc interface data. – If Local entity type is set to M3UA_ASP and Destination entity type is set to M3UA_SP. set Work mode to M3UA_IPSP. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD M3LNK to add an M3UA link.196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS or 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS. For details. 6. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. familiarize yourself with Protocol Structure and Links on the Iupc Interface. – Set Application type to M3UA. run this command repeatedly. 5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 3. l Verification Procedure 1. Configuring the Physical Layer and Data Link Layer for the FG2a/FG2c/GOUa/ GOUc Board Configuring the Physical Layer and Data Link Layer for the PEUa Board Configuring the Physical Layer and Data Link Layer for the POUa/POUc Board Configuring the User Plane of the Iub Interface (over ATM) Context Only IP transmission can be applied between the BSC6900 and the SAS. set Signalling link mode to Server at the BSC6900. – If Signalling link mode is set to Server at the SAS. you need to configure this feature on each Iupc interface. If Signalling link mode is set to CLIENT at the SAS. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to enable SAS-CENTRIC positioning based on CELLID + RTT or AGPS. 4. 2. Ltd.. set Work mode to M3UA_ASP. To add more M3UA links. APP=M3UA. VLANFLAG1=DISABLE. //Adding an M3UA link ADD M3LNK: SIGLKSX=0. DPC=8345. RTCONTEXT=4294967295. DPX=4.. //Adding the M3LE that corresponds to the SAS ADD M3LE:LENO=0. SIGLNKID=0. SCTPLNKN=0. VLANFlAG2=DISABLE. //Adding an M3UA route ADD M3RT: DENO=0. LENO=0.11. 196-3 . LOGPORTFLAG=NO.10. PEERIP1="10. //Adding the M3DE that correspond to the SAS ADD M3DE:DENO=0.10". Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NAME="IUPC". PEERPN=3000. SN=0. SLSMASK=B0000. SCTPLNKN=0. NAME="IUPC". SPX=4. SPDF=WNF. BEARTYPE=M3UA.10. LOCIP1="10. SasId=0. SWITCHBACKFLAG=YES.11". SIGLKSX=0. NAME="IUPC". //Adding an M3UA link set ADD M3LKS: SIGLKSX=0. DPCT=IUPC. Ltd. NAME="SAS". SRN=0. SN=0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service l Deactivation Procedure 1. SPX=4. ENTITYT=M3UA_IPSP. DENO=0. //Adding an SCTP link ADD SCTPLNK: SRN=0. MODE=SERVER. PROT=ITUT. STP=OFF. RTCONTEXT=4294967295. Dpx=4. AGPSMethodType=UE_ASSISTED. NAME="IUPC". ----End Example //Activating Iupc Interface for LCS Service //Adding the DSP data that corresponds to the SAS ADD N7DPC:DPX=4. //Setting SMLC-related parameters SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=CELLID_RTT-1.10. LcsWorkMode=SAS_CENTRIC. ENTITYT=M3UA_IPSP. NAME="IUPC". //Adding the SAS ADD USAS: CnOpIndex=0. Perform the deactivation procedures by referring to 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS or 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS. NEIGHBOR=YES. . Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package 197 Prerequisite l l Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. 197-1 . Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNOPERGROUP twice to add an operator group respectively for the primary and secondary operators. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature cannot be used together with the feature WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package. verify and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package. 3.. set RAN Sharing Support to YES to turn on the RAN sharing switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNOPERATOR twice to add the primary and secondary operators respectively. 2. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD OPC for multiple times to add OSPs for primary and secondary operators. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. The same set of RAN equipment can provide different operators with rich and differentiated services. 4. Context This feature enables multiple operators to share the same set of RAN equipment but have their own independent cells. CnOpIndex1=1. SPC=111. 8. MCC="310". Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE. Ltd. NI=INT. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD N7DPC for multiple times to add DSPs for primary and secondary operators. Configure Iu data for the primary and secondary operators. 5. CnOpNum=ONE. l When primary and secondary operators share the same Network ID. CnOperatorName="SEC". they can have different values for OSP code bits. //Adding the OSP for the primary operator ADD OPC: NAME="PRIM". this feature has been activated. //Adding a secondary operator ADD UCNOPERATOR: OperatorType=SEC. SPDF=WNF. l Verification Procedure If the CNs of the primary and secondary operators are working properly. MNC="10". Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNNODE for multiple times to add CN nodes for the primary operator. InterPlmnHoAllowedIntraRat=NO. CnOperatorName="PRIM". 6. MCC="502". MNC="30". l NodeBs are shared by operators and cells are not shared by operators.. they must use the same OSP code bits but different OSP code[Whole Number].197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide Primary and secondary operators can have their own OSPs for the same BSC6900. CnOpIndex=0. SPX=0. //Adding an operator group for the secondary operator ADD UCNOPERGROUP: CnOpGrpIndex=1. and the IDs of these operators can be displayed on the UE. dedicated cells can be set up for these operators. SPCBITS=BIT14. Configure Iub data and add a dedicated cell. l Deactivation Procedure 1. CnOpIndex=1. 7. CnOpNum=ONE. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . CnOpGrpName="SEC". ----End Example //Activating RAN Sharing Introduction Package //Setting the sharing mode for the operators SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: RANSharingSupport=YES. //Adding a primary operator ADD UCNOPERATOR: OperatorType=PRIM. //Adding an operator group for the primary operator ADD UCNOPERGROUP: CnOpGrpIndex=0. l Primary and secondary operators can share the same Network ID when required. set RAN Sharing Support to NO to turn off the RAN sharing switch. l When primary and secondary operators do not share Network ID. InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat=YES. 197-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. NOTE There are two types of RAN sharing: l NodeBs are independently deployed by operators. CnOpIndex1=0. CnOpGrpName="PRIM". //Deactivating RAN Sharing Introduction Package //Setting the sharing mode for the operators SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: RANSharingSupport=NO. CNProtclVer=R99. RTCPSwitch=ON. DPCT=IUCS. CnOpGrpIndex=0. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. BEARTYPE=M3UA. RTCPSwitch=ON. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SPX=0. SPDF=WNF. TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. URA5=5. SAC=H'0000. DPC=555. CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN. SPX=1. ADD N7DPC: NAME="PRIMPS". CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN. BEARTYPE=M3UA. SPDF=WNF. CNProtclVer=R99. MAXTXPOWER=430. NI=NAT. BEARTYPE=M3UA. SPCBITS=BIT24. //Adding DSPs for the primary operator ADD N7DPC: NAME="PRIMCS". PSCRAMBCODE=0. SupportCRType=CR527_NOT_SUPPORT. CNId=2. RTCPBWRatio=1. RTCPBWRatio=1. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. SPX=0. BANDIND=BAND1. CNProtclVer=R99. URA4=4. NODEBNAME="NodeB1". Dpx=0. LOCELL=0. PeerCellId=100. CNId=0. DPX=2. DPX=3. URA6=6. SPDF=WNF. ADD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=1. CNProtclVer=R99. DPCT=IUCS.UARFCNUPLINK=9612.. SPDF=WNF. CNDomainId=PS_DOMAIN. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF.RAN Feature Activation Guide 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package //Adding the OSP for a secondary operator ADD OPC: NAME="SEC". SPX=1. RAC=H'00. Dpx=2. //Adding CN nodes for a secondary operator ADD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=1. SUPBMC=FALSE. URA1=1. ADD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=0. DPCT=IUPS. DPCT=IUPS.PeerIsValid=VALID. AvailCap=60000. //Adding CN nodes for the primary operator ADD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=0. URA8=8. LAC=H'2501. TCELL=CHIP256. DPC=444. CFGRACIND=REQUIRE. SPC=222. SPDF=WNF. UARFCNDOWNLINK=10562. URA7=7. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. ADD N7DPC: NAME="PRIMPS". Dpx=1. URA3=3. AvailCap=60000. TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. DPC=666. DPX=1. //Adding a cell ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP: CELLID=1. PCPICHPOWER=330. CELLNAME="Cell1".URANUM=D8. AvailCap=60000. DPX=0. BEARTYPE=M3UA. URA2=2. SPX=1. AvailCap=60000. Ltd. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. CNId=3. CNDomainId=PS_DOMAIN. Dpx=3. SpgId = 6. DPC=333. CNId=1. SupportCRType=CR527_NOT_SUPPORT. SupportCRType=CR527_NOT_SUPPORT. //Adding DSPs for a secondary operator ADD N7DPC: NAME="PRIMCS". SupportCRType=CR527_NOT_SUPPORT. 197-3 . . 5. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE There are two types of RAN sharing: l NodeBs are independently deployed by operators. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated.. Configure Iub data and add a dedicated cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNOPERATOR to add the primary and secondary operators. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNOPERGROUP twice to add an operator group respectively for the primary and secondary operators. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Ltd. set RAN Sharing Support to YES to turn on the RAN sharing switch. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130401 Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 198 Configuring Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator 198 Prerequisite l l Configuring Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator This section describes how to activate. 3. 2. verify. 4. l NodeBs are shared by operators and cells are not shared by operators. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Configure Iu data for the primary and secondary operators. 198-1 . BANDIND=BAND1. CFGRACIND=REQUIRE. NODEBNAME="NodeB1". CnOpGrpName="PRIM". If the network access is successful. URA5=5. //Adding a secondary operator ADD UCNOPERATOR: OperatorType=SEC. LAC=H'2501. URA8=8. MNC="30". URA2=2. URA6=6. PSCRAMBCODE=0. RAC=H'00. LAC=H'2501. MCC="502". URA4=4. //Adding a primary operator ADD UCNOPERATOR: OperatorType=PRIM. MCC="310". //Deactivating Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator //Turning off the RAN sharing switch SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: RANSharingSupport=NO. Example //Activating Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator //Configuring basic information about the BSC6900 SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: RANSharingSupport=YES. LOCELL=0. URA6=6.PeerIsValid=VALID. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . TCELL=CHIP256. CnOperatorName="PRIM". set RAN Sharing Support to NO to turn off the RAN sharing switch. PeerCellId=100. 2. In this step. URA8=8.URANUM=D8. CnOpGrpName="SEC". TCELL=CHIP256. PCPICHPOWER=330. CnOpIndex1=0. LOCELL=0.. PSCRAMBCODE=0. MAXTXPOWER=430. BANDIND=BAND1. SUPBMC=FALSE.PeerIsValid=VALID. URA7=7. SpgId = 6.UARFCNUPLINK=9622. CELLNAME="Cell1". URA3=3.URANUM=D8. CFGRACIND=REQUIRE. NODEBNAME="NodeB1". URA2=2. 198-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Deactivation Procedure 1. SpgId = 6. CnOpGrpIndex=0. SAC=H'0000.UARFCNUPLINK=9612. URA5=5. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE. //Adding an operator group for the primary operator ADD UCNOPERGROUP: CnOpGrpIndex=0. URA1=1. URA3=3. URA7=7. CnOpGrpIndex=1. CELLNAME="Cell2". CnOpIndex=0. MAXTXPOWER=430. MNC="10". //Adding dedicated cell 2 ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP: CELLID=2. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELL to remove all cells configured for the operator. CnOpIndex1=1. SAC=H'0000. CnOpNum=ONE. CnOperatorName="SEC". //Adding an operator group for the secondary operator ADD UCNOPERGROUP: CnOpGrpIndex=1. UARFCNDOWNLINK=10562. PCPICHPOWER=330. SUPBMC=FALSE. UARFCNDOWNLINK=10572. RAC=H'00. InterPlmnHoAllowedIntraRat=NO. PeerCellId=100. Ltd. carriers are exclusively used by the operators.198 Configuring Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator RAN Feature Activation Guide Use a UE to access cells 1000 and 1001. CnOpIndex=1. InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat=YES. URA1=1. CnOpNum=ONE. URA4=4. //Adding dedicated cell 1 ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP: CELLID=1. . 198-3 . 198 Configuring Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide //Removing a dedicated cell RMV UCELL: CellId=1. . For information on verifying the Cell Broadcast Service feature. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130402 Flexible Network Architecture. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. For information on activating the Cell Broadcast Service feature. see 211 Configuring Iu Flex. Ltd.. see 211 Configuring Iu Flex. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package. see 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service. verify. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. 199-1 . l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 199 Configuring Flexible Network Architecture 199 Prerequisite l l Configuring Flexible Network Architecture This section describes how to activate. l Verification Procedure For information on verifying the Iu Flex feature. Procedure l Activation Procedure For information on activating the Iu Flex feature. Context This feature can meet the networking requirements of different operators. see 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package. For information on activating the RAN Sharing feature. see 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service. see 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package. For information on deactivating the RAN Sharing feature.. see 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . see 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service. For information on deactivating the Cell Broadcast Service feature. l Deactivation Procedure For information on deactivating the Iu Flex feature.199 Configuring Flexible Network Architecture RAN Feature Activation Guide For information on verifying the RAN Sharing feature. ----End 199-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 211 Configuring Iu Flex. Ltd. . interfrequency. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete.RAN Feature Activation Guide 200 Configuring Mobility Control and Service Differentiation 200 Prerequisite l l Configuring Mobility Control and Service Differentiation This section describes how to activate. l Verification Procedure The cells that belong to different operators can be configured as intra-frequency. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE to set the parameter RAN Sharing Support to YES. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE to set the parameter RAN Sharing Support to YES. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Then. Ltd. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package. set the parameters Intra RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed and Inter RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed to NO. Context This feature supports the configuration of different service support for multiple operators to meet their individual requirements. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD02130403 Mobility Control and Service Differentiation. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 200-1 . set the parameters Intra RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed and Inter RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed to YES. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. or inter-RAT neighboring cells. Then. verify. 200-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. InterPlmnHoAllowedIntraRat=NO.. InterPlmnHoAllowedIntraRat=YES. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat=NO. InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat=YES. Ltd. //Deactivating Mobility Control and Service Differentiation SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: RANSharingSupport=YES.200 Configuring Mobility Control and Service Differentiation RAN Feature Activation Guide Example //Activating Mobility Control and Service Differentiation SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: RANSharingSupport=YES. Context This feature enables operators to have their own network capacity and optional features. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. verify. 2. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 201 Configuring Independent License Control 201 Prerequisite l l Configuring Independent License Control This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130404 Independent License Control. l l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to configure a license for the primary operator. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to configure a license for the secondary operator. Verification Procedure This feature does not need to be verified. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. 201-1 .. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. thereby meeting different service and operation requirements. Ltd. FUNCTIONSWITCH1=PDCP-1. CsErlang=30000. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. CNOPERATORINDEX=1.. 201-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CNOPERATORINDEX=0.201 Configuring Independent License Control RAN Feature Activation Guide Example //Activating Independent License Control SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ISPRIMARYPLMN=NO. CsErlang=20000. RAN Feature Activation Guide 202 Configuring RAN Sharing Phase 2 202 Prerequisite l l l Configuring RAN Sharing Phase 2 This section describes how to activate. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context This feature provides independent Iub transmission resource management for multiple telecom operators to ensure the QoS of their respective users. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Ltd. verify. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Other Features – The features WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. 202-1 .. l l Verification Procedure This feature does not need to be verified. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021305 RAN Sharing Phase 2. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. see 203 Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control. Procedure l Activation Procedure For information on activating this feature. . l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD OPSEPINFO to add the separate information for operators. thereby ensuring the basic bandwidth available to each operator and improving bandwidth efficiency when the Iub resources are idle. 2. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD FRALNK. The bandwidth ratios and load thresholds for these operators need to be separately configured. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. NOTE This feature can be enabled for one to four operators as required. set Operator Separated Flag to ON(ON). including bandwidth ratio and load threshold for each operator. Context This feature provides separate admission control policies for operators that share the same port. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or ADD IMAGRP to add a physical port and configure Index of Separate Information for Operators for the links carried on the physical port. In addition. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130501 Dedicated Iub Transmission Control.RAN Feature Activation Guide 203 Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control 203 Prerequisite l l Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control This section describes how to activate. Note that the sum of the bandwidth ratios for all valid operators must be 100%. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. ADD UNILNK. 203-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEB to add a NodeB. TXTRFX=111. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. ----End Example //Activation procedure ADD OPSEPINFO: OPSEPINDEX=0. OPSEPINDEX=0. the operator for whom the TRM mapping to the adjacent node is not added cannot admit services. ITFT=IUB. CARRYSN=26. MOD UNILNK. BWRATIO2=60. PATHID=10. 7. TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS. configure separate information for operators based on IP transmission by repeating the BSC6900 MML command ADD PPPLNK or ADD MPGRP. OPINDEX1=0. IMAGRPN=0. OPCOUNT=TWO.. or MOD IMAGRP as required. CARRYF=0. you are advised to add the TRM mapping to the adjacent node for each operator. ADD TRMMAP: TMI=14. 6. l Verification Procedure Assume that networks of operators A and B are enabled with the RAN sharing feature. SN=26. CARRYVPN=10. 3. SSN=1. ADD UNODEB: NodeBName="NodeB1". NAME="NodeB1". SAALLNKN=20. OPINDEX2=3. 4. TRANST=ATM. VPI=2. check whether the bandwidth occupied by each operator meets the conditions specified by the predefined bandwidth ratio parameters. 203-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VCI=50. 5. set Resource Management Mode to SHARE(SHARE) or EXCLUSIVE(EXCLUSIVE). HostType=SINGLEHOST. This step is executed only when different TRM mapping policies are required. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJNODE to add an adjacent node. CARRYT=ATMLOGICPORT. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . TRANST=ATM. NodeBId=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJMAP to add the TRM mapping to the adjacent node. Choose Monitor > Transport Resource RealTime Monitoring on the LMT.203 Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide If IP transmission is used on the port. AAL2PATHT=SHARE. set Sharing Type Of NodeB to RANSHARING(RAN Sharing). SRN=0. BT=AEUa. NODEBID=1. BWRATIO1=40. RXTRFX=111. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD FRALNK. SN=0. Ltd. 1. Otherwise. TYPE=ATM. ADD ADJNODE: ANI=1. set Operator Separated Flag to OFF(OFF). l Deactivation Procedure 1. Specify the parameters related to the physical port that is shared by operators A and B and specify operator indexes. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP to configure the TRM mapping table. ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=1. In this step. OPSEPFLAG=ON. In this step. SharingType=RANSHARING. Then. If you set Resource Management Mode to EXCLUSIVE(EXCLUSIVE). NOTE The BSC6900 provides a default TRM mapping table. IsROOTNODE=YES. NODET=IUB. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH to add an AAL2 path. ADD IMAGRP: SRN=0. Ltd. ITFT=IUB. BT=AEUa. TMIBRZ=14. FTI=0. TMISLV=14. OPSEPFLAG=OFF. SN=26. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 203 Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control ADD ADJMAP: ANI=1. TMIGLD=14. 203-3 . //Deactivation procedure MOD IMAGRP: SRN=0.. TRANST=ATM. IMAGRPN=0. CNMNGMODE=SHARE. . This enables the UTRAN to limit UE mobility when the CN does not support the shared network area (SNA) function. Use the UE with the IMSI of 460071234000006 to access the cell with the LAC of H'1235. PLMN to 46000. Ltd. set The start of IMSI to 460071234000000. configuring SNA-related information on the RNC is supported. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021303 IMSI-Based Handover. Use the UE with the IMSI of 460071234000006 to access the cell with the LAC of H'1234.. The UE is admitted to the cell. set PLMN to 46000. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 204 Configuring IMSI-Based Handover 204 Prerequisite l l l Configuring IMSI-Based Handover This section describes how to activate. and SNAC to 1. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UIMSISNAMAP to add an IMSI-to-SNA mapping relationship. 204-1 l Verification Procedure 1. LAC to 1234. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE to enable RAN Sharing. and SNAC to 1. The end of IMSI to 460071234500000. 3. Context With this feature. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. In this case. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ULASNAMAP. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. The UE is rejected by the cell. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 2. In this step. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. you can view the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message on the Uu interface. relocations. //Adding the PLMN and SNAC of the SNA ADD UIMSISNAMAP: ImsiMin = "460071234000000". MCC="460".204 Configuring IMSI-Based Handover NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide The restrictions on cell update. and SNAC ADD ULASNAMAP: MCC="460". SNAC=1. SnaExistInd=TRUE. //Removing a mapping relationship between IMSI and SNA RMV UIMSISNAMAP: ImsiMin="460071234000000". ImsiMax = "460071234500000". Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 204-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ImsiMax="460071234500000". MNC="07". LAC=H'1234. SNAC=1. MNC="07". //Adding PLMN. LAN. LAC=1234. SnaExistInd=TRUE. UTRAN registration area (URA) update. Ltd. and handling COMMON ID messages are the same as that on RRC connection request. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UIMSISNAMAP to remove a mapping relationship between IMSI and SNA. ----End Example //Activating IMSI-Based Handover //Enabling RAN Sharing SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: RANSharingSupport=YES. //Deactivating IMSI-Based Handover //Removing a mapping relationship between IMSI and SNA RMV ULASNAMAP: MCC="460". 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV ULASNAMAP to remove a mapping relationship between LAC and SNA. MCC="460".. MNC="00". MNC="00".SNAC=1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. SNAC=1. handovers. . and Cn Operator Index to appropriate values. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. MCC. verify. set Cn Operator Name. NodeB. The UE and CN support the MOCN feature.251. In this step. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The MOCN feature has no requirement for the RNC. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature cannot be used together with the feature WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package. and Cn Operator Index to appropriate values. For details about MOCN. It is applicable to all categories of UEs. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .RAN Feature Activation Guide 205 Configuring MOCN Introduction Package 205 Prerequisite l l Configuring MOCN Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. set Cn Operator Name. MCC. and UE hardware. It enables multiple operators to share the network and therefore reduces the CAPEX and OPEX. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNOPERATOR to add a secondary operator. 205-1 2. Ltd. MNC. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNOPERATOR to add a primary operator. In this step. see 3GPP TS 23. Context Multi-Operator Core Network (MOCN) was introduced in 3GPP Release 6. MNC. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021311 MOCN (Multi-Operator Core Network) Introduction Package. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORCFGPARA to set parameters for the primary operator. Ltd. 11. NOTE Location areas must be the same for the primary and secondary operators. 17. 6. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE to set the sharing mode for the operators. NOTE The mapping between NRIs and CN nodes needs to be configured based on the network plan. 15. set Sharing Type Of NodeB to MOCN and set other parameters based on the network plan. (Optional) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEB to add a dedicated NodeB.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNNODE to add a CN node for the secondary operator. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to activate the license for the secondary operator. Inter RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed. In this step.205 Configuring MOCN Introduction Package RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. 16. If a CN node is configured with multiple NRIs. Configure Iu interface transmission data between the BSC6900 and the primary and secondary operators' CNs by referring to Configuring Interface Data. 10. 5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNRIGLBCNIDMAP to add a mapping between Network Resource Identifiers (NRIs) and CN nodes. 4. 9. NOTE If the MOCN operator has applied for a new PLMN. 14. and Mocn Control Switch to appropriate values based on the network plan. a common operator does not need to be configured. 13. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORCFGPARA to set parameters for the secondary operator. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to activate the license for the primary operator. NOTE When no common operator is configured. 205-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNNODE to add a CN node for the primary operator. repeat this step until all the required mapping relationships are configured. 8. Set Intra RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed. 12. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEB to add an MOCN NodeB. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNOPERGROUP to add an operator group. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP to add an MOCN cell. Default CnOperator. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNOPERATOR to add a common operator. 7. If the MOCN operator does not apply for a new PLMN. Configure the area information by referring to Configuring the Area Information. set the common operator index (CnOpIndex1) of the operator group to the default value 255. Set MOCN Support to YES. a common operator needs to be configured. Set RAN Sharing Support to NO. the RNC broadcasts the PLMNs of the operators through system information messages (the Multiple-PLMN list IE). MNC="580". //Adding a common operator ADD UCNOPERATOR: OperatorType=COMM.RAN Feature Activation Guide NOTE 205 Configuring MOCN Introduction Package A cell is a dedicated cell if its operator group is configured with only one operator. MNC="221". MNC="640". ----End Example //Configuring MOCN Introduction Package //Adding a primary operator ADD UCNOPERATOR: OperatorType=PRIM. FUNCTIONSWITCH2=ENHANCEDIUFLEX-1. Ltd. l Verification Procedure 1. //Activating the license for the secondary operator SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. CnOperatorName="Common". CnOpIndex2=1. CnOpIndex=5. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT3GCELL to add a neighboring RNC cell. CnOperatorName="SecOp". CNOPERATORINDEX=1. CnOpIndex=1. 18. The UEs are registered successfully and properly initiate CS and PS services. FUNCTIONSWITCH4=MOCN_PACKAGE-1. 2. MCC="302". CnOpIndex1=0. Add a cell not enabled with the MOCN feature by referring to Configuring the Cell Data. //Activating the license for the primary operator SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. 205-3 . l Deactivation Procedure 1.. NOTE The MOCN network has two types of UEs: l Supporting UE: supports the MOCN feature. CNOPERATORINDEX=0. CnOpGrpName="ShareCnOpGrp". CnOperatorName="PrimOp". In an MOCN network. CnOpNum=TWO. FUNCTIONSWITCH2=ENHANCEDIUFLEX-1. l Non-supporting UE: does not support the MOCN feature. //Adding an operator group ADD UCNOPERGROUP: CnOpGrpIndex=0. Register supporting UEs and non-supporting UEs in MOCN cells of the primary and secondary operators. Therefore. Supporting UEs support 3GPP Release 6. ISPRIMARYPLMN=NO. CnOpIndexComm=5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. perform the deactivation operations early in the morning when the traffic is light. FUNCTIONSWITCH4=MOCN_PACKAGE-1. MCC="302". NOTE Deactivating the MOCN feature interrupts services. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. //Adding a secondary operator ADD UCNOPERATOR: OperatorType=SEC. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELL to remove the MOCN cell. Non-supporting UEs cannot interpret the PLMN information in system information messages. CnOpIndex=0. MCC="302". Supporting UEs interpret such PLMN information or notify the RNC of their selected PLMNs through initial direct transfer messages. TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. SupportCRType=CR529_SUPPORT. AvailCap=65535. NodeBId=2. //Setting parameters for the secondary operator SET UOPERATORCFGPARA: CnOpIndex=1. CNId=20. Dpx=3. CNId=10. //Adding a dedicated NodeB ADD UNODEB: NodeBName="NodeB2". //Setting parameters for the primary operator SET UOPERATORCFGPARA: CnOpIndex=0. //Adding CN node 21 for the secondary operator ADD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=1. CNId=20. InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat=NO. TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. CSNRILength=7. MocnControlSwitch=COMM_MOCN_NRI_GLOBAL_CONFIG_MODE_SWITCH-1&COMM_MIB_MULT I_PLMN_LIST_ALLOWED_SWITCH-1. //Adding CN node 20 for the primary operator ADD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=0. CNId=11. NRI=10. //Adding the mapping between CN node 20 and an NRI for the primary operator ADD UNRIGLBCNIDMAP: CnOpIndex=0. HostType=SINGLEHOST. PsNriCfgMode=SUPP_IUFLEX_MOCN. IPTRANSAPARTIND=SUPPORT. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. CNDomainId=PS_DOMAIN. CNProtclVer=R5. SupportCRType=CR529_SUPPORT. Dpx=3. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. SRN=0. InterPlmnHoAllowedIntraRat=NO. RTCPSwitch=OFF. PSNRILength=10. //Adding an MOCN NodeB ADD UNODEB: NodeBName="NodeB1". 205-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SupportCRType=CR529_SUPPORT. AvailCap=65535. PsNriCfgMode=SUPP_IUFLEX_MOCN. RTCPSwitch=OFF. CNId=10. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SRN=0. //Adding CN node 11 for the secondary operator ADD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=1. CNId=21. SupportCRType=CR529_SUPPORT. TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. NullNRI=1. Ltd. CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. SN=0. NRI=600. CNProtclVer=R5. AvailCap=65535. CSNRILength=7. CNProtclVer=R5. //Adding the mapping between CN node 10 and an NRI for the primary operator ADD UNRIGLBCNIDMAP: CnOpIndex=0. //Adding CN node 10 for the primary operator ADD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=0. AvailCap=65535. Dpx=3. Dpx=3. CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN. //Adding the mapping between CN node 21 and an NRI for the secondary operator ADD UNRIGLBCNIDMAP: CnOpIndex=1. SharingType=MOCN. NullNRI=0. RTCPSwitch=OFF. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL.205 Configuring MOCN Introduction Package RAN Feature Activation Guide //Setting the sharing mode for the operators SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: RANSharingSupport=NO. CNId=21.. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. CNDomainId=PS_DOMAIN. PSNRILength=10. TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. NodeBId=1. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. NRI=100. RTCPSwitch=OFF. CNId=11. TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. CNProtclVer=R5. //Adding the mapping between CN node 11 and an NRI for the secondary operator ADD UNRIGLBCNIDMAP: CnOpIndex=1. CsNriCfgMode=SUPP_IUFLEX_MOCN. MOCNSupport=YES. SN=0. DefaultCnOp=255. CsNriCfgMode=SUPP_IUFLEX_MOCN. NRI=20. IPTRANSAPARTIND=SUPPORT. PLMNVALTAGMAX=256. CnOpGrpIndex=1. SharingType=DEDICATED. CellName="Cell1". PeerIsValid=INVALID. URA1=1. CellCapContainerFdd=EDCH_SUPPORT-1. PScrambCode=0. TCell=CHIP256. //Adding a cell not enabled with the MOCN feature ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP: CellId=1. NodeBName="NodeB1". PLMNVALTAGMAX=256. //Adding a location area for the primary operator ADD ULAC:CNOPINDEX=0. LoCell=0. URA7=7. NodeBName="NodeB1". CellId=1.. Ltd. UseOfHcs=NOT_USED. LAC=h'2506. CnOpGrpIndex=0. MaxAllowedUlTxPowerInd=FALSE. CellHostType=SINGLE_HOST. UARFCNDownlink=10562. URANUM=D8. RAC=H'00. CellName="Cell1". LAC=H'7208. URA4=4. URA8=8. URA3=3. //Adding a neighboring RNC cell ADD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=RNC1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 205 Configuring MOCN Introduction Package TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. PLMNVALTAGMIN=1. SAC=H'0000. URA1=1. URA2=2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. LoCell=0. LAC=H'2501. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. PScrambCode=0. CellName="Cell1". CnOpGrpIndex=0. SpgId=6. SpgId=6. LAC=H'7208. QqualminInd=FALSE. UARFCNDownlink=10700. URA5=5. SAC=H'0000. //Adding a location area for the secondary operator ADD ULAC:CNOPINDEX=1. URA3=3. BandInd=Band1. URA2=2. 205-5 . HostType=SINGLEHOST. //Deactivating MOCN Introduction Package //Removing an MOCN cell RMV UCELL: CellId=1. RAC=H'00. URA6=6. URA6=6. PScrambCode=0. PeerIsValid=INVALID. CnOpIndex=0. CfgRacInd=NOT_REQUIRE. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. TCell=CHIP256. BandInd=Band1. LAC=H'2501. URANUM=D8. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. UARFCNUplinkInd=TRUE. URA8=8. SupBmc=FALSE. PLMNVALTAGMIN=1. URA5=5. BandInd=Band1. UARFCNDownlink=10562. SupBmc=FALSE. UARFCNUplink=9750. //Adding an MOCN cell ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP: CellId=1. URA4=4. URA7=7. EFachSupInd=FALSE. QrxlevminInd=FALSE. . RAN Feature Activation Guide 206 Configuring Carrier Sharing by Operators 206 Prerequisite l l Configuring Carrier Sharing by Operators This section describes how to activate. the system information message of the cell does not contain the information element (IE) multiplePLMN-List. – If a cell is configured for only one operator. the system information message of the cell contains the PLMN of only the first operator. – If a cell is configured with multiple operators but is not configured with a common operator. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP to add an MOCN cell so that multiple operators can share the same carrier. and the value of the IE multiplePLMN-List is TRUE. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 206-1 Verification Procedure 1. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131101 Carrier Sharing by Operators. Context This feature enables multiple operators to share the same carrier. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. Check whether the MOCN introduction package is effective based on the message traced on the Uu interface. The CN supports the MOCN feature. verify. . This IE contains the PLMNs (302221 and 302640) of two operators. As shown in Figure 206-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . broadcasting all PLMNs of the MOCN cell. 206-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the field PLMN Identity in the system information message contains the IE multiplePLMN-List. the system information message of the cell contains the IE multiplePLMN-List. Figure 206-1 PLMN Identify field in the MIB message The IE Multiple PLMN List contains the PLMNs (302221 and 302640) of the actual operators. the system information message broadcasts PLMN 302580 of the common operator.206 Configuring Carrier Sharing by Operators RAN Feature Activation Guide – If a cell is configured with multiple operators and a common operator. As shown in Figure 206-2. Ltd. . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example //Configuring Carrier Sharing by Operators ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP: PeerIsValid=INVALID. CnOpGrpIndex=0. 206-3 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 206 Configuring Carrier Sharing by Operators Figure 206-2 Multiple PLMN List IE in the MIB message l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Deactivating Carrier Sharing by Operators RMV UCELL: CellId=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELL to remove the MOCN cell. SupBmc=FALSE. LAC=H'7208. Ltd. . Check whether this feature has been activated based on the master information block (MIB) message traced on the Uu interface. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. 207-1 . Context This feature enables operators to independently control a NodeB or cell when the MOCN feature is enabled. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131102 Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP to add a dedicated cell. 2.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Verification Procedure 1. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEB to add a dedicated NodeB. As shown in Figure 207-1. the MIB message of the dedicated cell contains the operator information (302640).RAN Feature Activation Guide 207 Configuring Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators 207 Prerequisite l l Configuring Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators This section describes how to activate. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 2. CfgRacInd=NOT_REQUIRE. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP to add a shared cell. TCell=CHIP0. SharingType=DEDICATED. BandInd=Band1. ----End Example //Activating Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators //Adding a dedicated NodeB ADD UNODEB: NodeBName="1". HostType=SINGLEHOST. UARFCNDownlink=10562. PeerIsValid=INVALID. //Adding a dedicated cell ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP: CellId=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEB to change a dedicated NodeB into a shared NodeB. SupBmc=FALSE. SN=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELL to remove the dedicated cell. PScrambCode=0. NodeBName="1". SpgId=1. Ltd. SAC=0. TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS. URA1=0. LAC=1. LoCell=1. URANUM=D1. NodeBId=1. 3. CnOpIndex=0. CnOpGrpIndex=0. 207-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CellName="1"..207 Configuring Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 207-1 PLMN Identify IE in the MIB message l Deactivation Procedure 1. SRN=0. CellName="1". SpgId=1. //Adding a shared cell ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP: CellId=1. URA1=0. UARFCNDownlink=10562. CnOpGrpIndex=1.. //Changing a dedicated NodeB into a shared NodeB MOD UNODEB: NodeBId=1. URANUM=D1. BandInd=Band1. LoCell=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 207 Configuring Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators //Deactivating Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators //Removing a dedicated cell RMV UCELL: CellId=1. SharingType=MOCN. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. TCell=CHIP0. PScrambCode=0. NodeBName="1". PeerIsValid=INVALID. 207-3 . CfgRacInd=NOT_REQUIRE. LAC=1. SAC=0. SupBmc=FALSE. Ltd. . Intra RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed. This feature enables the BSC6900 to determine whether to hand over a UE to a target cell based on the ID of the operator to which the UE belongs and the PLMN ID of the target cell. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131103 MOCN Mobility Management. 208-1 . Context This feature is applicable to different MOCN mobility strategies. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. relocations. and cell updates. set MOCN Support. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE. the BSC6900 allows inter-RAT cross-PLMN handovers. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 208 Configuring MOCN Mobility Management 208 Prerequisite l l Configuring MOCN Mobility Management This section describes how to activate. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. and cell updates. this feature has been activated. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. When the cross-PLMN handover switch is turned on. l Verification Procedure 1. and Inter RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed to YES. You can prohibit this type of handover by running the command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE. Ltd. check whether UEs can perform cross-PLMN handovers. In this step. relocations.. By default. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. If UEs can perform crossPLMN handovers. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE. Intra RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed to NO. MOCNSupport=YES. InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat=YES. and Inter RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed to NO. MOCNSupport=YES. InterPlmnHoAllowedIntraRat=NO. //Deactivating MOCN Mobility Management SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: RANSharingSupport=NO. ----End Example //Activating MOCN Mobility Management SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: RANSharingSupport=NO. InterPlmnHoAllowedIntraRat=YES. InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat=NO..208 Configuring MOCN Mobility Management RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. Ltd. set MOCN Support to YES. 208-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. NOTE In this step. l Verification Procedure 1. The BSC6900 selects operators in Round Robin mode. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131104 MOCN Load Balance. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UOPERATORSHARINGMODE to query the parameter settings of the feature MOCN Load Balance.RAN Feature Activation Guide 209 Configuring MOCN Load Balance 209 Prerequisite l l l Configuring MOCN Load Balance This section describes how to activate. verify. set MOCN Support to YES. The BSC6900 preferentially selects the default operator (operator 0). Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE. In this step. Context This feature enables multiple operators to achieve load balance and network fairness. set Default CnOperator to 255.. In this step. l Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 209-1 . set MOCN Support to YES and Default CnOperator to 0. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. 209-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . DefaultCnOp=255.209 Configuring MOCN Load Balance RAN Feature Activation Guide Example //Activating MOCN Load Balance SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: MOCNSupport=YES. DefaultCnOp=0.. //Deactivating MOCN Load Balance SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE: MOCNSupport=YES. To add operator A to the roaming relation list of operator1. During initial registration of a roaming UE.. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. and the IMSI is carried to the RNC. In this step. Other Prerequisites – The CN supports this feature. MNC to 09. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE Assume that operator1 and operator2 share the same RNC by using the MOCN and operator A signs a roaming agreement with the two operators. Context When roaming UEs of one operator move to the area served by the RNC that is shared among multiple operators using the Multi-Operator Core Network (MOCN).RAN Feature Activation Guide 210 Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion 210 Prerequisite l l Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. verify. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UROAMMAP. Ltd. set MCC for operator A to 460. Cn Operator Index for operator1 to 1. the UE selects the same operator for CS and PS services. Cn Operator Group Index for Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the RNC routes the UEs to CN nodes that belong to different operators according to the preset ratio if the UEs are under the roaming agreement with these operators. 210-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131106 Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UROAMMAP to remove operator A from the roaming relation list of operator1. set Cn Operator Index for operator2 to 2. as defined in the feature WRFD-02131101 Carrier Sharing by Operators. the UEs that belong to operator A are distributed to operator1 and operator2 according to the preset ratio (30:70).AvailRoamCap =30. NOTE 2. UEs of the non-supporting UE type do not support network sharing. To add operator A to the roaming relation list of operator2. and Capability of Roaming Operator to an appropriate value according to the network plan. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UROAMMAP to remove operator A from the roaming relation list of operator2.. Expected result: Capability of Roaming Operator for operator1 is set to 30. If operator B also signs a roaming agreement with operator1 and operator2. ----End Example /*Activating Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion*/ //Adding operator A serving roaming UEs to the roaming relation list of operator1 ADD UROAMMAP: MCC="460". This feature is not applicable to UEs of the supporting UE type (supporting network sharing). l Verification Procedure 1. In this step. //Adding operator A serving roaming UEs to the roaming relation list of operator2 ADD UROAMMAP: MCC="460". and Capability of Roaming Operator for operator2 is set to 70. MNC="09". NOTE After the parameter settings are complete. such as 70. view the performance counter VS. such as 30. CnOpIndex=1.MOCN. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UROAMMAP to query the roaming capacity of operator A.ROAM. Expected result: The roaming UEs of operator A are routed to CN nodes of operator1 and operator2 in a preset proportion of 30:70. Cn Operator Group Index to 1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. CnOpGrpIndex = 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . MNC="09". CnOpIndex=2.AvailRoamCap =70. 2. CnOpGrpIndex = 1.NUM on the M2000. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UROAMMAP. 2. Ltd. /*Deactivating Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion*/ //Removing operator A serving roaming UEs from the roaming relation list of operator1 210-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.210 Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion RAN Feature Activation Guide operator1 to 1. the roaming UE distribution ratio for operator B must be set to the same as that for operator A when operator B is added to the roaming relation lists of the two operators. and Capability of Roaming Operator to an appropriate value according to the network plan. When UEs belonging to operator A roam to the RNC shared by operator1 and operator2 by using the MOCN for a long measurement period. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CnOpGrpIndex = 1. CnOpIndex=1. 210-3 . //Removing operator A serving roaming UEs from the roaming relation list of operator2 RMV UROAMMAP: MCC="460". CnOpIndex=2. CnOpGrpIndex = 1..RAN Feature Activation Guide 210 Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion RMV UROAMMAP: MCC="460". Ltd. MNC="09". MNC="09". . In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNNODE to add multiple CN nodes for an operator according to the network plan. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Configure the Iu interface transmission between BSC6900 and multiple core networks (CNs) by referring to Configuring the Interfaces. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORCFGPARA. verify. 3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 211 Configuring Iu Flex 211 Prerequisite l l l l Dependencies on Hardware Dependencies on Other Features License Configuring Iu Flex This section describes how to activate. set Feature Supporting Mode of CS Domain to SUPP_IUFLEX. and Network resource identity to configure the mapping relationships between NRI and CN nodes.. and set Length of CS NRI in bits and Length of PS NRI in bits to appropriate values. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021302 Iu Flex. set Feature Supporting Mode of PS Domain to SUPP_IUFLEX. CN node ID. 211-1 2. Ltd. – This feature does not depend on other features. – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNRIGLBCNIDMAP. 4. and these CS/ PS domain nodes can form different pools that serve the same pool area. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Others – The MSC and the serving GPRS support node (SGSN) support this feature. Context This feature allows one BSC6900 to connect to multiple MSCs and/or SGSNs. – The license controlling this feature has been activated. set Cn Operator Index. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UIMSIIDNNSCNIDMAP to configure the mapping relationships between international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) ranges and CN nodes. CNProtclVer=R6. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. According to the mapping relationships between IMSI ranges and CN nodes and the load balance algorithm.211 Configuring Iu Flex RAN Feature Activation Guide 5. ----End Example //Activating Iu Flex //Configuring the RNC supporting Iu Flex with Length of CS NRI in bits and Length of PS NRI in bits set to appropriate values SET UOPERATORCFGPARA: CnOpIndex=1. //Configuring the second CN node ADD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=1. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. the RNC selects a CN node for the UE. CNId=18. and the UE registers successfully. ImsiRtMax=666. l Deactivation Procedure 1. CNProtclVer=R6. Enable the UE to access a cell and register in the cell. CNId=17. AvailCap=1000.. Dpx=3. TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS. CSNRILength=5. NRI=8. CnOpIndex=1. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. //Deactivating Iu Flex 211-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Configuring the mapping relationship between the IMSI range and the second CN node ADD UIMSIIDNNSCNIDMAP: ImsiRtMin=667. ImsiRtMax=999. CNId=18. CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN. Ltd. After configuring the mapping relationships. CNId=17. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORCFGPARA to deactivate this feature. AvailCap=1000. NRI=9. //Configuring the first CN node ADD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=1. //Configuring the mapping relationship between NRI and the first CN node ADD UNRIGLBCNIDMAP: CnOpIndex=1. the RNC routes the UE whose IMSI is within the IMSI range to the specified CN. 2. CNId=17. if the UE initiates a service. Dpx=2. Then. CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN. the RNC routes the UE to the corresponding CN node according to the mapping relationships between NRI and CN nodes. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. l Verification Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . CsNriCfgMode=SUPP_IUFLEX. CNId=18. PsNriCfgMode=SUPP_IUFLEX. TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS. CnOpIndex=1. PSNRILength=5. //Configuring the mapping relationship between the IMSI range and the first CN node ADD UIMSIIDNNSCNIDMAP: ImsiRtMin=0. 3. //Configuring the mapping relationship between NRI and the second CN node ADD UNRIGLBCNIDMAP: CnOpIndex=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CsNriCfgMode=SUPP_NONE. 211-3 .. Ltd. PsNriCfgMode=SUPP_NONE.RAN Feature Activation Guide 211 Configuring Iu Flex SET UOPERATORCFGPARA: CnOpIndex=1. . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORCFGPARA. The BSC6900 supports dynamic and static management of CN capacity and status information. . Other Prerequisites – The CN supports dynamic capacity management and load redistribution. In this step: – Set Feature Supporting Mode of CS Domain to SUPP_IUFLEX. set Capability of CN Node to an appropriate value.RAN Feature Activation Guide 212 Configuring Iu Flex Load Distribution Management 212 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Iu Flex Load Distribution Management This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021306 Iu Flex Load Distribution Management. Context This feature enables load balancing and load redistribution among multiple CN nodes when Iu Flex is deployed. 212-1 – Configuring load balancing in dynamic capacity mode 1. verify. The BSC6900 performs load balancing between CN nodes based on the configured CN capacities. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-021302 Iu Flex has been configured before this feature is activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure – Configuring load balancing in static capacity mode 1. – Set Feature Supporting Mode of PS Domain to SUPP_IUFLEX. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNNODE. In this step.IMSI – VS.IU.Load. l Verification Procedure – Verifying load balancing in static capacity mode 1. 2.IU.IU. On the BSC6900 LMT. – Set PS Information Update Switch to ON. set NullNRI VALUE to an appropriate value based on the network plan.Load..IU.IU.LdBalRtCS. 3. – Configuring load redistribution based on Block CN Node 1.IU. 212-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.IU.RoutePS. Ltd.LdBalRtCS. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCNNODE to query the capacity ratio of CN nodes. the static CN capacity ratio is used. Check the following performance counters on the M2000 to verify that the BSC6900 performs load balancing based on the dynamic CN capacity ratio: – Performance counters for CS service setup: – VS.IU. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCNNODE to query the capacity ratio of CN nodes.IMEI – Verifying load balancing in dynamic capacity mode 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCNNODE. 2.LdBalRtCS. NOTE Load balancing in dynamic capacity mode takes effect only when the BSC6900 is connected to Huawei CN and the preceding switches related to Iu Flex are turned on.RoutePS. 2. the dynamic CN capacity ratio is updated and used.InValidNRI – VS. In this step. If the CN sends the BSC6900 an INFORMATION TRANSFER INDICATION message.LdBalRtCS.RoutePS.IMEI – Performance counters for PS service setup: – VS. If the CN does not send any INFORMATION TRANSFER INDICATION message to the BSC6900.IMSI – VS. Check the following performance counters on the M2000 to verify that the BSC6900 performs load balancing based on the preconfigured CN capacity: – Performance counters for CS service setup: – VS. Check the traced messages. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCNNODE.212 Configuring Iu Flex Load Distribution Management RAN Feature Activation Guide – Set CS Information Update Switch to ON.LdBalRtCS.IMEI 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORCFGPARA.LdBalRtCS.NRI – VS. set Status of CN Node to NORMAL and select the RSVDBIT1_BIT1 check box under the parameter Reserved parameter 1.IU. choose Trace > UMTS Services to initiate Uu and Iu interface message tracing. set Status of CN Node to OFFLOAD.InValidNRI – VS.IMSI – VS. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . – Configuring load redistribution based on NullNRI 1.Load. – Deactivating load balancing in dynamic capacity mode 1. Ltd. the UE sends a new routing area update (RAU) request and contains NULL NRI in the RRC_INIT_DIRECT_TRANSFER message.Load. 2.RoutePS. l Deactivation Procedure – Deactivating load balancing in static capacity mode Load balancing in static capacity mode does not need to be deactivated.Load.RAN Feature Activation Guide 212 Configuring Iu Flex Load Distribution Management – Performance counters for PS service setup: – VS. Set SGSN1 to the BLOCK state and SGSN2 to the NORMAL state on the RNC. Check the traced Iu interface messages. Power on the UE and the UE makes an attach request. The PTMSI of the UE is assigned by SGSN1. 4. Set SGSN1 to the OFFLOAD state and SGSN2 to the NORMAL state on the RNC.NRI – VS. Power on the UE and the UE makes an attach request.IMSI – VS. The expected result is as follows: – The BSC6900 routes the RRC_INIT_DIRECT_TRANSFER message to SGSN1 based on NULL NRI.IU. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UOPERATORCFGPARA. Expected result: The RRC_INIT_DIRECT_TRANSFER message contains NRI of SGSN1. 3.Load. – Deactivating load redistribution based on Block CN Node Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.IMEI – Verifying load redistribution based on NullNRI 1. The BSC6900 routes the RRC_INIT_DIRECT_TRANSFER message to SGSN2 because SGSN1 is in the BLOCK state.RoutePS. In this step. based on NULL NRI. choose Trace > UMTS Services to initiate Uu and Iu interface message tracing. Set SGSN1 to the OFFLOAD state on SGSN1. – After receiving the non-broadcasting location areas. Power off the UE. 4. The PTMSI of the UE is assigned by SGSN1. – Deactivating load redistribution based on NullNRI 1.IU. The BSC6900 routes the RRC_INIT_DIRECT_TRANSFER message to SGSN2. In this step. of which the state is not OFFLOAD. On the BSC6900 LMT. On the BSC6900 LMT. set CS Information Update Switch to OFF and PS Information Update Switch to OFF. 212-3 . 2.IU.. set Status of CN Node to NORMAL. – Verifying load redistribution based on Block CN Node 1. The attach reception message from SGSN1 contains NULL NRI and non-broadcasting location areas. choose Trace > UMTS Services to initiate Uu and Iu interface message tracing.RoutePS. Check the RRC_INIT_DIRECT_TRANSFER message traced on the Iu interface. Power off the UE. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCNNODE. 3. 5. //Configuring load balancing in dynamic capacity mode SET UOPERATORCFGPARA: CnOpIndex=1. CsNriCfgMode=SUPP_IUFLEX. CsNriCfgMode=SUPP_IUFLEX. //Configuring load redistribution based on NullNRI MOD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=1. CNId=17. TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS. PsInfoUpdFlag=OFF. CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN. CNId=17. CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN. CsInfoUpdFlag=ON. 212-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CSNRILength=5. TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS. Dpx=2. //Deactivating Iu Flex Load Distribution Management //Deactivating load balancing in dynamic capacity mode SET UOPERATORCFGPARA: CnOpIndex=1. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. //Deactivating load redistribution based on NullNRI MOD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=1. CsInfoUpdFlag=OFF. RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT1-0. TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCNNODE. NullNRI=31. AvailCap=1000. CSNRILength=5. CNProtclVer=R6.. CNId=17. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT1-1. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN. CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. CsNriCfgMode=SUPP_IUFLEX. CNId=17. PsNriCfgMode=SUPP_IUFLEX. Ltd. //Configuring load redistribution based on Block CN Node MOD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=1.CNLoadStatus=NORMAL. SET UOPERATORCFGPARA: CnOpIndex=1. PsNriCfgMode=SUPP_IUFLEX. TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . PsInfoUpdFlag=ON. set Status of CN Node to NORMAL and deselect the RSVDBIT1_BIT1 check box under the parameter Reserved parameter 1.212 Configuring Iu Flex Load Distribution Management RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. ----End Example //Activating Iu Flex Load Distribution Management //Configuring Load balancing in static capacity mode ADD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=1. CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN. //Deactivating load redistribution based on Block CN Node MOD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=1. CNId=17. CNLoadStatus=OFFLOAD. In this step. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. Switch3GPP25415CR0125=OFF. TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS. CSNRILength=5. CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN. Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: – In the inter-frequency traffic steering. and others). Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. cells in different frequency bands have different coverage areas. HSPA. After the radio access bearer (RAB) is set up. when an interfrequency handover is required. the RNC starts the inter-frequency measurement and makes a handover decision instead of performing a blind handover. In the inter-frequency traffic steering. R99 NRT. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. verify. and therefore blind handovers performed in this scenario may lead to call drops. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020160 Enhanced Multiband Management. – In the inter-frequency load sharing. Features can be configured according to operator requirements. After this feature is applied. inter-frequency measurement is performed to ensure that the UE accesses the cell with the highest priority. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Context Blind load-based inter-frequency handovers are previously performed. – If one of the required features is not activated. In a multiband network. the corresponding function is unavailable in the multi-frequency band networking solution. the features WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management and WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balance must be activated. the features WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management and WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be activated. each cell is configured with the priority for carrying each type of service (R99 RT.RAN Feature Activation Guide 213 Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management 213 Prerequisite l l Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management This section describes how to activate. 213-1 . This increases the handover success rate. 4. as shown in Figure 213-1. 3. In this scenario. Figure 213-1 Message containing the IE 4. 1. load reshuffling (LDR) may trigger a load-based inter-frequency handover. 213-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. cell congestion occurs. 1. 2. 2. Only the cell that meets the quality requirement is selected. 1. Enable the UE to set up an R99 service in cell A. When a large number of UEs access cell A. Configure cell A to provide R99 services and configure cell B to provide HSPA services. The target cell is selected on the basis of the quality measurement of cells.. l Deactivation Procedure – Deactivate this feature based on the traffic steering-based handover function. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL to set DrdOrLdrFlag to TRUE(Send). After reporting an inter-frequency measurement message. you can view the inter-frequency measurement control information in the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message on the Uu interface. the UE switches to the target inter-frequency cell B if cell B meets the related threshold requirements. 2. – Verify this feature based on the load sharing-based handover function. l Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL to set DrdOrLdrFlag to TRUE(Send). Enable the UE to set up an R99 service in cell A and then raise the service rate of the UE. 1. after the RAB setup. Configure cell A and cell B to provide R99 services. – Configure this feature based on the load sharing-based handover function.213 Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management RAN Feature Activation Guide In the inter-frequency load sharing. 2. After reporting an inter-frequency measurement message. Monitor the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message on the Uu interface to view the interfrequency measurement control information element (IE). 3. Verification Procedure – Verify this feature based on the traffic steering-based handover function. the UE switches to the target inter-frequency cell B if cell B meets the related threshold requirements. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Procedure l Activation Procedure – Configure this feature based on the traffic steering-based handover function. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD to set Measurement-Based DRD Switch to ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set InterFreq Load Handover Method Selection to MEASUREHO. Ltd. //Configuring this feature based on the load sharing-based handover function //Enabling the measurement switch for an inter-frequency neighboring cell MOD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=2021. NCellId=3002.. InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection=MEASUREHO. NCellId=3002. DrdOrLdrFlag=TRUE. Ltd. DrdOrLdrFlag=TRUE. 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 213 Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management 1. NCellRncId=2021. //Deactivating this feature based on the traffic steering-based handover function //Disabling the measurement-based DRD SET UDRD: BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=OFF. – Deactivate this feature based on the load sharing-based handover function. //Deactivating this feature based on the load sharing-based handover function. CellId=3000. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD to set Measurement-Based DRD Switch to OFF. //Enabling the measurement switch for an inter-frequency neighboring cell MOD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=2021. CellId=3000. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set InterFreq Load Handover Method Selection to BLINDHO. InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection=BLINDHO. NCellRncId=2021. ----End Example //Configuring this feature based on the traffic steering-based function //Enabling the measurement-based directed retry decision (DRD) SET UDRD: BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=ON. //Configuring the load-based inter-frequency handover with InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection set to MEASUREHO MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=3000. //Configuring the load-based inter-frequency handover with InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection set to BLINDHO MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=3000. 213-3 . . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Context This feature supports satellite transmission on the Iub interface. 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. The default setting of the SAAL/SCTP timer on the Iub interface can meet the satellite transmission requirements. the delay increases. set Satellite Trans Ind to TRUE. Establish an AMR service in the cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide 214 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface 214 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface This section describes how to activate. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether cell settings are successful. such as an island. 214-1 Verification Procedure Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l 1. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate a cell. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEB. When satellite transmission is applied over the Iub interface. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050104 Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. The AMR service is established successfully and the speech quality is satisfactory. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. which is useful to cover remote areas. l Establish a PS BE service in a cell. ACT UCELL: CellId=1. SATELLITEIND=TRUE. //Deactivating Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface DEA UCELL: CellId=1. Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the cell. 214-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEB. SATELLITEIND=FALSE. set Satellite Trans Ind to FALSE. Ltd.. MOD UNODEB: NodeBId=1. ----End Example //Activating Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface MOD UNODEB: NodeBId=1. The service is established successfully and the data download rate is steady. In this step.214 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Context This feature solves the communication problems of base stations in remote areas.. and deserts. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Modify the values of parameters associated with satellite transmission. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD SAALLNK or MOD SAALLNK to add or modify the settings of SAAL links on the Iu interface. 215-1 . such as remote regions. where there is no transmission system or the terrestrial transmission system is difficult to deploy Satellite transmission may bring extra delay and therefore timers of signaling plane and user plane need to be adjusted to prevent transmission delay from causing data loss. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050108 Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. verify. islands.RAN Feature Activation Guide 215 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface 215 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface This section describes how to activate. as described in Table 215-1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP SAALLNK to query the status of SAAL links. SAALLNKN=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST SAALLNK to check whether the setting of the timer is modified correctly. The delay of satellite transmission is about 600 ms and therefore the settings of timers in other signaling planes do not need to be changed.. CARRYSRN=0.215 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface RAN Feature Activation Guide Table 215-1 Timers related to SAAL links of satellite transmission Parameter ID MPS CCTMR POLLTMR IDLETMR RSPTMR KEEPTMR Parameter Name Management proving status Timer_CC{ms} Timer_Poll{ms} Timer_Idle{ms} Timer_NoResponse{ms} Timer_KeepAlive{ms} Default Value MPS_NEUTRAL 200 100 500 1500 100 Recommended Value MPS_EMERGEN CY 800 300 3000 3000 1000 NOTE In the signaling plane of the Iu interface. l Verification Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface MOD SAALLNK: SRN=0. CARRYT=NCOPT. CCTMR=800. SAALLNKT=NNI. CARRYSN=14. 215-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. KEEPTMR=1000. CARRYNCOPTN=0. IDLETMR=3000. RSPTMR=3000. Timers of links in the user plane of the Iu interface are also set to 1s or longer and do not need to be changed. l Deactivation Procedure 1. either. SN=0. timers of other links are set to 1s or longer. except that the timer of SAAL links is set to a smaller value. Ltd. POLLTMR=300. The result shows that SAAL link state is AVAILABLE. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD SAALLNK to change associated parameters to the default values. the broadcast multicast service centre (BM-SC) is added to provide a set of functions for the MBMS services.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UMBMSSA to add the MBMS service area according to the network plan. SGSN. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBMSSWITCH to set MBMS Control Switch to ON(ON). UTRAN. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package. – A new functional entity. and UE) support the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) bearer service. the resources can be shared. Context The MBMS feature is an important feature specified by 3GPP Release 6. – The UE supports MBMS functions. point-to-multipoint multimedia services can be forwarded from one entity to multiple entities over a common channel. that is. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 216 Configuring MBMS Introduction Package 216 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring MBMS Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 216-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Ltd. Others – The existing PS domain functional entities (GGSN. verify. In this way. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. When MBMS is enabled. 216 Configuring MBMS Introduction Package RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. 4. 216-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Adding the FACH ADD UFACH: CellId=2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBMSSWITCH to set MBMS Control Switch to OFF(OFF). PhyChId=11. RateMatchingAttr=220. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UFACH to add a logical channel mapped to an FACH according to the network plan. ChCodingType=CONVOLUTIONAL. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USCCPCHTFC to add the Calculated Transport Format Combination (CTFC) of an SCCPCH according to the network plan. 10. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCMBMSPARA to set the RNC-level parameters for the MBMS algorithm according to the network plan. //Adding the MBMS service area ADD UMBMSSA: CnOpIndex=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLMCCH to add the MCCH and the MICH for the cell according to the network plan. 2. ToAWS=20. SlotFormat=D8. ScrambCode=0. 9. 7. 6. MbmsSaId=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLMBMSSA to add the mapping between the cell and the MBMS service area (SA) according to the network plan. 12. Deactivation Procedure 1. 8. (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT USCCPCH to activate the configuration information of an SCCPCH. 5. SIGRBIND=TRUE. Configure the cell-level MBMS parameters according to the network plan. CnOpIndex=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMTCH to set the MBMS service type and rate according to the network plan. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UFACHDYNTFS to add the transport format set (TFS) of an FACH according to the network plan. //Adding the SCCPCH ADD USCCPCHBASIC: CellId=2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UFACH to add the FACH according to the network plan. //Adding the mapping between the cell and the MBMS service area (SA) ADD UCELLMBMSSA: CellId=2.. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLMBMS to activate the MBMS configuration data for the cell. MaxFachPower=-10. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USCCPCHBASIC to add the SCCPCH according to the network plan. ----End Example //Activation MBMS Introduction Package //Enabling the MBMS control switch SET UMBMSSWITCH: MbmsSwitch=ON. MAXCMCHPI=D15. Ltd. Conduct a test to check whether the MBMS UE can receive the corresponding MBMS data successfully. 11. MINCMCHPI=D14. l Verification Procedure 1. l Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLMBMSSERVICE to query the MBMS status in the cell. MbmsSaId=1. PhyChId=11. TrChId=10. MbmsChInd=MCCH. TFCIpresence=NOT_EXISTS. ToAWE=10. Ltd. PhyChId=11.RAN Feature Activation Guide 216 Configuring MBMS Introduction Package //Adding the transport format set (TFS) of an FACH ADD UFACHDYNTFS: CellId=2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. FachIdforMcch=10. MichId=19. TbNumber2=1. PhyChIdforMcch=11. //Activating the MBMS configuration data for the cell ACT UCELLMBMS: CellId=100. PhyChId=11. CTFC=0. //Adding the Calculated Transport Format Combination (CTFC) of an SCCPCH ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=2. //Adding a logical channel mapped to an FACH ADD UFACHLOCH: CellId=2. //Deactivation MBMS Introduction Package SET UMBMSSWITCH: MbmsSwitch=OFF. 216-3 .. RLCSize=168. //Activating the configuration information of an SCCPCH ACT USCCPCH: CellId=2. TbNumber3=2. TFsNumber=D3. TrChId=10. TbNumber1=0. TrChId=10. //Adding the MCCH and the MICH for the cell ADD UCELLMCCH: CellId=2. CTFC=1. ServiceBitRate=D128. PhyChId=11. //Setting the MBMS service type and rate SET UMTCH: ServiceType=STREAMING.ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=2. //Setting the RNC-level parameters for the MBMS algorithm SET URNCMBMSPARA: MbmsTransMode=DYNAMIC. . Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. verify. In this step. In this manner. Context The admission criteria of Iub resources and credit resources for the Multimedia Broadcast and Multicast Service point-to-point/point-to-multipoint resource block (MBMS PtP/PtM RB) requests is the same as that for other services. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware..RAN Feature Activation Guide 217 Configuring MBMS Admission Control 217 Prerequisite l l Configuring MBMS Admission Control This section describes how to activate. the admission fails. An example is given as follows: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 217-1 l Verification Procedure 1. The cell power resources are preferentially allocated to high-priority MBMS broadcasting services. select MBMS_UU_ADCTRL from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to enable the MBMS admission control on the Uu interface and select a proper admission algorithm according to the network plan. Enable the MBMS admission algorithm. Only the activation procedure of the resource admission on the Uu interface is provided in this section. and then limit cell resources to ensure that the admission resources are insufficient. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061602 MBMS Admission Control. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=MBMS_UU_ADCTRL-0. DLOVSFSF=SF32. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. 2. 217-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Disable the MBMS admission algorithm. Check the messages traced on the Iu interface on the RNC side. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=MBMS_UU_ADCTRL-1. //Verifying MBMS Admission Control ADD URESERVEOVSF: CellId=1.. the MBMS admission algorithm takes effect. deselect MBMS_UU_ADCTRL from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to disable the MBMS admission algorithm. Deactivation Procedure ----End Example //Activating MBMS Admission Control MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. l 1. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLMBMSSERVICE. (2) Originate a 256 kbit/s service. and the services are successfully admitted.217 Configuring MBMS Admission Control RAN Feature Activation Guide (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URESERVEOVSF to reserve the downlink Orthogonal Variable Spreading Factor (OVSF) for the cell so that only 64 kbit/s services are supported in the cell. //Deactivating MBMS Admission Control MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. If the parameter Reason of service setup failure is Access Failure. In this step. DLCODENO=20. which are the MBMS SESSION START message from the core network (CN) to the RNC and the MBMS SESSION START RSPPONSE message from the RNC to the CN. DSP UCELLMBMSSERVICE: CellId=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLOLC to set the sequence and number of MBMS services to be released for Overload Control (OLC). and ensure that service data is sent. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061603 MBMS Load Control. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Originate an MBMS service on the BSC6900. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set the congestion-relief action triggered by Load Reshuffling (LDR). 3. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context The feature helps to lighten the cell load when the cell enters the congestion state and ensures the system stability. In this step. select DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm) and DL_UU_OLC (Downlink UU OLC Algorithm) from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list to enable downlink load reshuffling and downlink overload congestion control on the Uu interface. 218-1 2. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. verify..RAN Feature Activation Guide 218 Configuring MBMS Load Control 218 Prerequisite l l Configuring MBMS Load Control This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. l Verification Procedure 1. When the cell is in the basic congestion state and downlink congestion is detected. the power consumed by MBMS services is reduced. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. SeqOfUserRel=MBMS_REL. ----End Example //Activating MBMS Load Control //Enabling downlink load reshuffling and downlink overload congestion control on the Uu interface MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. //Verifying MBMS Load Control MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=1. 4. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch= DL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_OLC-0. DlLdrRelThd=1.218 Configuring MBMS Load Control RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. the power of MBMS services is reduced in the cell. In this step. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to remove the MBMS service power reduction from the LDR-triggered actions. Based on the current load of the cell. MbmsOlcRelNum=1. //Enabling the triggered OLC to release MBMS services on a one-by-one basis ADD UCELLOLC: CellId=1. //Setting the first LDR-triggered action to power reduction of MBMS services MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . When the cell load exceeds the OLC threshold. Ltd. DlOlcTrigThd=2. 218-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. DlLdrFirstAction=NoAct. Deactivation Procedure 2. Check the maxFACH Power information element in the COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message on the Iub interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM. //Deactivating MBMS Load Control MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. deselect DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm) and DL_UU_OLC (Downlink UU OLC Algorithm) from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list to disable downlink load reshuffling and downlink overload congestion control on the Uu interface. When the cell load exceeds the LDR threshold. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch= DL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_OLC-1. l 1.. set the triggering thresholds for LDR and OLC. Ensure that the corresponding load control actions can be triggered. MBMS services are released. DlLdrFirstAction=MBMSDECPOWER. DlOlcRelThd=1. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. 3. DlLdrTrigThd=2. . Three copies of exact same MBMS session data are sent through the Iub from the CRNC to the Node B. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. verify. Context For the same MBMS session in the same Node B. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061605 MBMS Transport Resource Management.RAN Feature Activation Guide 219 Configuring MBMS Transport Resource Management 219 Prerequisite l l Configuring MBMS Transport Resource Management This section describes how to activate. An example is shown in the following figure assuming 3 cells in one Node B. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. a separate Iub transport bearer is established for each cell. Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Dependencies on Other Features – The features WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Ltd. For details. see the Optional Feature Description of Huawei UMTS. 219-1 . 2. Ltd. ----End 219-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – The BROADCAST REFERENCE IEs in the two COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL SETUP REQUEST messages are different. Use UEs to require an MBMS service in the two cells under the same NodeB. l Verification Procedure 1.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. This indicates that the messages are from different Iub interfaces. Check the signaling traced on the Iub interface.219 Configuring MBMS Transport Resource Management RAN Feature Activation Guide The feature does not need to be activated. – Both the COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL SETUP RESPONSE messages contain the TLA and Binding ID. You may find two pairs of COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL SETUP REQUEST/COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL SETUP RESPONSE messages. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This feature can be activated only after MBMS basic functions are enabled. verify. l Verification Procedure 1. see the section "Configuring MBMS Introduction Package". Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Use an MBMS-supportive UE to request an MBMS mobile television service and receive the corresponding data. No activation operation is needed. Ltd.. Context This feature enables the MBMS service to be carried on the PS streaming class. For details. therefore ensuring QoS. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061606 Streaming Service on MBMS. The parameters of streaming services have been configured by the RNC by default. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Procedure l Activation Procedure This feature depends on MBMS basic functions.RAN Feature Activation Guide 220 Configuring Streaming Service on MBMS 220 Prerequisite l l Configuring Streaming Service on MBMS This section describes how to activate. 2. The UE receives the data of the MBMS mobile television service successfully. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. 220-1 . l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. This feature is used as long as the CN sends MBMS services in the form of PS streaming. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . There is no need to deactivate this feature. ----End 220-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.220 Configuring Streaming Service on MBMS RAN Feature Activation Guide l Deactivation Procedure This feature is used as long as MBMS is configured.. Ltd. verify. 32 kbit/s. Procedure l Activation Procedure The feature does not need to be activated. Use an MBMS-supportive UE to request an MBMS service.. 221-1 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 221 Configuring 16/32/64/128Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS 221 Prerequisite l l Configuring 16/32/64/128Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS This section describes how to activate. l Verification Procedure 1. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 2. and 128 kbit/ s. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Dependencies on Other Features – The features WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Ltd. l Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLMBMSSERVICE to query the MBMS status in the cell and the bandwidth of the MBMS service. Context This feature is related to four MBMS channel rates: 16 kbit/s. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061608 16/32/64/128Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS. the UE can receive the corresponding data successfully. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 64 kbit/s. . l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. see the following sections: – 223 Configuring MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode – 224 Configuring MBMS P2P over HSDPA – 225 Configuring MBMS Admission Enhancement Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 222 Configuring MBMS Phase 2 222 Prerequisite l l Configuring MBMS Phase 2 This section describes how to activate. Ltd.. Dependencies on Other Features – The features WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. 222-1 . The MBMS phase 2 includes following features: l l l l WRFD-01066001 MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode WRFD-01066002 MBMS P2P over HSDPA WRFD-01066003 MBMS Admission Enhancement WRFD-01066004 Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users Procedure l Activation Procedure For details about activation procedures. Other Prerequisites – UE should support the corresponding enhanced MBMS functions. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010660 MBMS Phase 2. Context This feature supports the enhanced MBMS (PTP/PTM) to save cell resources. 222 Configuring MBMS Phase 2 RAN Feature Activation Guide – 226 Configuring Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users ----End 222-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd.. see the section "Configuring MBMS Introduction Package". RNC level. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066001 MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode. then. or cell level. If the CN specifies the enhanced broadcast mode and the license for this mode is activated. For details. it is a more efficient way to deploy the point-to-multipoint services. if the MBMS transmission mode is configured at both the RNC level and the cell level. This feature can be activated only after MBMS basic functions are enabled. while the RNC level has the lowest priority. the cell level configuration takes effect in the corresponding cell. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Other Features – The features WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. 223-1 .. The cell level has the highest priority. Context Compared with broadcast mode. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. enhanced broadcast mode is used. The detailed process is as follows: Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The MBMS transmission mode should be configured on the RNC. Ltd. verify. The MBMS transmission mode can be configured at the SA level. The CN specifies whether broadcast mode or enhanced broadcast mode is used for MBMS services.RAN Feature Activation Guide 223 Configuring MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode 223 Prerequisite l l Configuring MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode This section describes how to activate. such as mobile TV. That is. MbmsTransMode= DYNAMIC. Ltd. 3. Use an MBMS-supportive UE to request an MBMS service and receive the corresponding data. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCMBMSPARA to set the transfer threshold between PtP and PtM mode through the Counting Threshold and the Ptp To Ptm Offset parameters. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLMBMSPARA to set the transmission mode at the cell level through the Mbms Transfer Mode parameter. 4. l Deactivation Procedure To deactivate this feature. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USAMBMSPARA to set the transmission mode at the SA level through the Mbms Transfer Mode parameter. SET URNCMBMSPARA: NCountingThd=2. If the value of the MBMS Bearer Service Type IE is broadcast and the value of MBMS Counting Information IE is counting.223 Configuring MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. switch off the license item of the feature. 2. Use three MBMS-supportive UEs to receive the MBMS service. Check MBMS SESSION START message traced on the Iu interface at the RNC. MbmsTransMode= DYNAMIC. the enhanced broadcast mode is configured. ADD UCELLMBMSPARA: CellId=100. Use one or two MBMS-supportive UEs to receive the MBMS service. MbmsSaId=0.. l Verification Procedure 1. Run theBSC6900 MML command SET URNCMBMSPARA to set the transmission mode at the RNC level through the Mbms Transfer Mode parameter. you can find that the FACH is used. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ADD USAMBMSPARA: CnOpIndex=0. ----End Example //Activating MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode SET URNCMBMSPARA: MbmsTransMode= DYNAMIC. 223-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NPtpToPtmOffset=1. 2. you can find that the DCH or HS-DSCH is used. saving cell resources. Context This feature enables Multimedia Broadcast and Multicast Service point-to-point (MBMS P2P) services to be carried on the HS-DSCH. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066002 MBMS P2P over HSDPA. Dependencies on Other Features – The features WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package and WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. 224-1 . 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCMBMSPARA. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Ltd. In this step. Set up a 256 kbit/s MBMS streaming service. 2. set Mbms Transfer Mode to DYNAMIC. Use an MBMS-capable UE to request the MBMS service and receive the corresponding data. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. set Service Mapping Strategy Switch to MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 224 Configuring MBMS P2P over HSDPA 224 Prerequisite l l Configuring MBMS P2P over HSDPA This section describes how to activate. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. verify. Ltd. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-1. switch off the license item of the feature..224 Configuring MBMS P2P over HSDPA RAN Feature Activation Guide To deactivate this feature. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ----End Example //Activating MBMS P2P over HSDPA SET URNCMBMSPARA: MbmsTransMode= DYNAMIC. 224-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. Ltd. The parameter settings of PTP services are sent by the CN and do not need to be set manually. MBMS PTP services use the same admission. Context This feature provides different admission policies for Multimedia Broadcast and Multicast Service point-to-multipoint (MBMS PTM) services and MBMS point-to-point (MBMS PTP) services. preemption. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCMBMSPARA to set the preemption parameters for PTM services. 225-1 . The actual preemption capabilities are determined by both the settings of these parameters and the parameter settings sent by the CN. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT to set Mbms PreemptAlgoSwitch and Preempt algorithm switch to ON.RAN Feature Activation Guide 225 Configuring MBMS Admission Enhancement 225 Prerequisite l l Configuring MBMS Admission Enhancement This section describes how to activate. In addition. MBMS PTM services should be treated differently so that they do not occupy excessive resources to block non-MBMS connection admission. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and congestion criteria with normal services except MBMS HSDPA services. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066003 MBMS Admission Enhancement. some resources should be reserved for MBMS PTM services.. In this case. the user connection is released due to preemption. l Deactivation Procedure 1. and then limit cell resources so that the admission resources in the cell are insufficient. SET URNCMBMSPARA: MbmsTransMode=PTM. If the parameter Current State of Service Session is Setuping.225 Configuring MBMS Admission Enhancement RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. DLCODENO=20. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 4. Ltd. MbmsPreemptAlgoSwitch=ON. 2. Enable a low-priority user to access the cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST URNCMBMSPARA to check the configuration. Enable the admission algorithm. PtmStrmPasiSwitch=ON. ----End Example //Activating MBMS Admission Enhancement SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: PreemptAlgoSwitch=ON. DSP UCELLMBMSSERVICE: CellId=1.. (2) Originate a 256 kbit/s service. 225-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to set Mbms PreemptAlgoSwitch to OFF. //Verifying MBMS Admission Enhancement ADD URESERVEOVSF: CellId=1. //Deactivating MBMS Admission Enhancement SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: MbmsPreemptAlgoSwitch=OFF. An example is given as follows: (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URESERVEOVSF to reserve the downlink OVSF for the cell so that only 64 kbit/s services are supported in the cell. PtmNullStrmPasiSwitch=ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLMBMSSERVICE. which are the MBMS SESSION START message from the CN to the RNC and the MBMS SESSION START RSPPONSE message from the RNC to the CN. 3. DLOVSFSF=SF32. the MBMS services successfully preempt common services. Check the messages traced on the Iu interface on the RNC side. PtmPreemptSwitch=ON. Verification Procedure This feature does not need to be verified. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066004 Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users. therefore ensuring the continuity of the MBMS service. Procedure l l l Activation Procedure The feature does not need to be activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 226 Configuring Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users This section describes how to activate. 226-1 . Ltd. WRFD-010660 MBMS Phase 2. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package. Context This feature enables the filtering and handover of a target cell based on the MBMS channel resources in the inter-frequency neighboring cells. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. ----End Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. 226 l l Configuring Inter-Frequency Prerequisite Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. . thereby saving the Iub bandwidth. and view the tracing messages over the Iub interface. Ltd. Context This feature enables the FACHs that carry MBMS services to share transport resources over the Iub interface. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBMSSWITCH. This indicates that the messages are transmitted over different Iub interfaces. where the BROADCAST REFERENCE IEs in the two COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL SETUP REQUEST messages are different. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. You may find two pairs of COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL SETUP REQUEST/COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL SETUP RESPONSE messages. 227-1 Verification Procedure 1. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 227 Configuring FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS 227 Prerequisite l l Configuring FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS This section describes how to activate. set MBMS Iub Sharing Switch to ON(ON). View the tracing messages over the Iub interface. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. activate the MBMS services in two cells served by the same NodeB. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Turn on the transmission sharing switch. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010627 FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS. activate the MBMS services in two cells served by the same NodeB. verify. Before turning on the transmission sharing switch. 2. MbmsIubSharingSwitch=ON. This feature has been activated. where the BROADCAST REFERENCE IEs in the two COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL SETUP REQUEST messages are the same. //Deactivating FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS SET UMBMSSWITCH: MbmsSwitch=ON. MbmsIubSharingSwitch=OFF. set MBMS Iub Sharing Switch to OFF(OFF). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .227 Configuring FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS RAN Feature Activation Guide You may find two pairs of COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL SETUP REQUEST/COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL SETUP RESPONSE messages. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd.. This indicates that the messages are transmitted over the same Iub interface. Example //Activating FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS SET UMBMSSWITCH: MbmsSwitch=ON. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBMSSWITCH. 227-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010626 MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion). verify. FLC helps users obtain the information about an MBMS service in real time. Others Prerequisites – UEs support this feature. Ltd. Context Frequency Layer Convergence (FLC) denotes the process where the UTRAN requests UEs to preferentially reselect to the frequency layer on which the MBMS service is intended to be transmitted. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. and is deactivated automatically after FLC is disabled. FLD reduces cell load after the MBMS service is finished. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 228-1 . Frequency Layer Dispersion (FLD) denotes the process where the UTRAN redistributes UEs across frequencies.. FLD is activated automatically after FLC takes effect.RAN Feature Activation Guide 228 Configuring MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) 228 Prerequisite l l Configuring MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) This section describes how to activate. select the HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH check box under the parameter HandOver Switch. FLD is activated. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH-1. In this step. deselect the HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH check box under the parameter HandOver Switch. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 228-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. If some UEs are reselected to the R99 cell. 1.228 Configuring MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE Two overlapping cells covered by multiple carriers must be enabled with MBMS. ----End Example //Activating MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) MOD UCELLMCCH: CellId=1. activate the MBMS service. FLC is activated. Make UEs camp on the R99 cell.. set Flc Algo Switch to ON(ON). Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLMCCH. Configure an MCCH in an R99 cell and set an MBMS cell to the neighboring cell of the R99 cell. The cell using frequency F1 is in the SA of MBMS. //Deactivating MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) MOD UCELLMCCH: CellId=1. In this step. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLMCCH. set Flc Algo Switch to OFF(OFF). If UEs are reselected to the MBMS cell successfully and transmit and receive data normally. Move UEs to the MBMS cell edge and terminate the MBMS service. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH-0. 2. and accept the MBMS service. 3. Ltd. In this step. FlcAlgoSwitch=OFF. and other cells using other frequencies are not in the SA of MBMS. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 2. FlcAlgoSwitch=ON. l Verification Procedure 1. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010660 MBMS Phase 2 has been configured before this feature is activated. If at the time being the UE under the DRNC is receiving only MBMS data in PTM mode. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010661 MBMS over Iur. Ltd. 229-1 . Context This feature extends the application scope of the MBMS service.. In this way. a Radio Link (RL) is established on the Iur interface. – The Point to Point (PTP) services are supported. this feature has been activated. l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. l Verification Procedure Initiate a softt handover by moving a UE that is in CELL_DCH state and receiving the MBMS data in PTP mode from the Serving RNC (SRNC) to the Drift RNC (DRNC).RAN Feature Activation Guide 229 Configuring MBMS over Iur 229 Prerequisite l l Configuring MBMS over Iur This section describes how to activate. Other Prerequisites – The neighboring RNC supports the MBMS feature. Procedure l Activation Procedure This feature does not need to be activated. It takes effect after the feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package is activated. The cell to which the RL belongs performs the MBMS service in Point to Multipoint (PTM) mode. verify. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ----End 229-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd.229 Configuring MBMS over Iur RAN Feature Activation Guide This feature does not need to be deactivated. Context This feature enables dynamic adjustment of the transmit power of the MTCH based on the number of neighboring cells that are in PTM mode.. Procedure l Activation Procedure This feature does not need to be activated. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010660 MBMS Phase 2 has been configured before this feature is activated. 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCMBMSPARA. set Combine Neighbour Cell Percent to an appropriate value based on the network plan. this feature brings a combining gain. because it introduces only power deviation. In addition. If Combine Neighbour Cell Percent is set to a small value. verify. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 230 Configuring Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH 230 Prerequisite l l Configuring Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH This section describes how to activate. It does not conflict with the maximum power and minimum power defined in the MBMS service. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010662 Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH. When the rate of PTM applications in a cell in PTM mode reach the value of this parameter. this feature depends on the MBMS service. 230-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Telecom operators only need to set the power adjustment threshold to an appropriate value. the transmit power of the MBMS SCCPCH in the cell decreases. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this step. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Ltd.. Expected result: The power of the FACH that carries data of the MBMS channel decreases by 5 dB. View the NBAP_COMM_TRANSP_CH_SETUP_REQ message traced on the Iub interface to check the power of the FACH that carries the service. 4. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. 2. Use an MBMS-capable UE to initiate an MBMS service in cell A. 230-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the rate of the intra-frequency neighboring cells that apply the PTM mode exceeds the value of the preset Combine Neighbour Cell Percent. Select two MBMS cells (cell A and cell B) that work in the same frequency. Set cell B to send MBMS data in the same channel in PTM mode.230 Configuring Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH RAN Feature Activation Guide l Verification Procedure 1. In this manner. In cell A. ----End Example //Setting the Power Adjusting Threshold SET URNCMBMSPARA: CombNCellPercent=50. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . View the NBAP_COMM_TRANSP_CH_SETUP_REQ message traced on the Iub interface to check the power of the FACH that carries the service. Apply the PTM mode in cell A and PTP mode in cell B. configure only cell B as its intra-frequency neighboring cell. this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 231 Configuring MSCH Scheduling 231 Prerequisite l l Configuring MSCH Scheduling This section describes how to activate. verify. l Deactivation Procedure Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and MBMS NEIGHBOURING CELL P-T-M RB INFORMATION messages. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBMSSWITCH. 2.. l Verification Procedure 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010663 MSCH Scheduling. Check messages traced on the Uu interface. In this step. set both Msch Switch For NonMtchMulti Sccpch and Msch Switch For MtchMulti Sccpch to ON(ON). If MSCH configuration information is found in the MBMS CURRENT CELL P-T-M RB INFORMATION. Use an MBMS-capable UE to initiate an MBMS service and ensure that the UE can receive the MBMS data. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Ltd. Context This feature enables a UE to receive packets on the MTCH in Discontinuous Reception (DRX) mode. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 231-1 . MBMS GENERAL INFORMATION. thereby reducing UE power consumption. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ----End Example //Activating MSCH scheduling SET UMBMSSWITCH: MbmsSwitch=ON. //Deactivating MSCH scheduling SET UMBMSSWITCH: MschSwitchForNonMtchMulti=OFF. Ltd. MschSwitchForMtchMulti=OFF. MschSwitchForMtchMulti=ON.231 Configuring MSCH Scheduling RAN Feature Activation Guide 1. set both Msch Switch For NonMtchMulti Sccpch and Msch Switch For MtchMulti Sccpch to OFF(OFF). Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBMSSWITCH. In this step. 231-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MschSwitchForNonMtchMulti=ON.. Then. Other Prerequisites – The BMSC on the CN side identifies the channel with a fixed Temporary Mobile Group Identity (TMGI) when delivering a program source. Verification Procedure Set the MBMS channels (a maximum of five MBMS channels can be set) on which statistics is to be performed. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. The RNC then measures the following channel-related counters: – Average number of users in PTP mode – Average number of users in PTM mode Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 232-1 . verify. Context This feature enables statistics on MBMS channels to help the operator obtain the audience rating of the MBMS channels.. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. send the TMGIs of these channels from the M2000 to the RNC. Procedure l l Activation Procedure This feature does not need to be activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 232 Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics 232 Prerequisite l l Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010665 Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. the average duration for which each UE is connected to a channel can be calculated. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated.232 Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics RAN Feature Activation Guide – Time for channels remaining in PTM mode – TTime for channels remaining in PTP mode Based on the preceding counters.. ----End 232-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The feature can be triggered either manually or automatically. or CS+PS). To activate manual DSAC. Ltd. – To restrict the UE access to the CS domain. To set a flexible access restriction. set Restriction Type to RestrictionFixed and select the access classes (ACs) to be restricted from the drop-down list of AC Restriction Indicator. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020114 Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC). 233-1 . Context DSAC specifies the UE access restriction based on the domain type (CS. and therefore only the UEs of Release 6 or later support this feature. Other Prerequisites – DSAC is a feature specified in 3GPP Release 6. – To set a fixed access restriction.RAN Feature Activation Guide 233 Configuring Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) 233 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) This section describes how to activate. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. verify. PS. set Restriction Type Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.. set Restriction for CS to TRUE. Dependencies on Hardware – DSAC is based on the CN overload message and therefore the CN nodes should support this message on the Iu interface. to restrict the UE access to the PS domain. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDSACMANUALPARA. set Restriction for PS to TRUE. In this step. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDSACAUTOALGO. this feature has been activated.233 Configuring Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) RAN Feature Activation Guide to RestrictionFlexible. to restrict the UE access to the PS domain. and Interval of DSAC Restriction to appropriate values. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and set Number of restrained AC every time. Access Class Restriction interval between Cells. this feature is not activated. 2. Start Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. To activate automatic DSAC. and Interval length of Domain Specific Access Class Restriction to appropriate values. – Set Number of restrained Access Class every time. Under Uu Message Type. – If the value of AccessClassBarred in the IE domainSpecificAccessRestrictionParametersForPLMNOfMIB is barred (0). Range of restrained AC. l Verification Procedure 1. as shown in Figure 233-1. Check whether manual or automatic DSAC is activated by viewing the IE domainSpecificAccessRestrictionParametersForPLMNOfMIB in the SIB3 message traced on the Uu interface. – If the value of AccessClassBarred in the IE domainSpecificAccessRestrictionParametersForPLMNOfMIB is notBarred (1). 2. set Switch for auto DSAC to ON. – To restrict the UE access to the CS domain. as shown in Figure 233-2. Range of restrained Access Class. Figure 233-1 DSAC activated 233-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. set Restriction for PS to TRUE. set Restriction for CS to TRUE.. select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. AcRstrctIntervalLen=10. CsRestriction=TRUE. SET UDSACAUTOALGO: DsacAutoSwitch=OFF. CsRestriction=TRUE. 2.. CnOpIndex=0. PsRestriction=TRUE.RAN Feature Activation Guide 233 Configuring Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) Figure 233-2 DSAC not activated l Deactivation Procedure 1. AcRange=AC0-1&AC1-1&AC2-1&AC3-1&AC4-1&AC5-1&AC6-1&AC7-1&AC8-1&AC9-1&AC100&AC11-0&AC12-0&AC13-0&AC14-0&AC15-0. Ltd. 233-3 . SET UDSACAUTOALGO: DsacAutoSwitch=ON. ----End Example //Activating DSAC ADD UCELLDSACMANUALPARA: CellId=223. AcIntervalOfCells=1. RestrictionType=RestrictionFlexible. //Deactivating DSAC RMV UCELLDSACMANUALPARA: CellId=223. PsRestriction=TRUE. To deactivate automatic DSAC. AcRstrctIntervalLen=10. NumberOfACs=4. run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELLDSACMANUALPARA. NumberOfACs=2. AcRange=AC0-1&AC1-1&AC2-1&AC3-1&AC4-1&AC5-1&AC6-1&AC7-1&AC8-1&AC9-1&AC100&AC11-0&AC12-0&AC13-0&AC14-0&AC15-0. In this step. set Switch for auto DSAC to OFF. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDSACAUTOALGO. To deactivate manual DSAC. CnOpIndex=0. . – The license controlling this feature has been activated. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020111 One Tunnel. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Other Prerequisites – The gateway GPRS support node (GGSN) and Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) support this feature. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.RAN Feature Activation Guide 234 Configuring One Tunnel 234 Prerequisite l l l l Dependencies on Hardware License Configuring One Tunnel This section describes how to activate. NOTE l Whether the SGSN and GGSN support the one tunnel function can be queried by using commands on these two sides. Start message tracing on the Iu interface on the BSC6900 LMT by referring to Tracing Messages on the Iu Interface. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context With this feature. Configure transmission resources. there is only one tunnel between the RNC and the GGSN and no tunnel between the SGSN and the RNC. l Verification Procedure 1.. For details about transmission resource configuration. This feature improves efficiency of PS traffic and prevents the SGSN from being the bottleneck of a network when PS traffic is heavy. – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. 234-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . see the section Configuring the Iu-PS Interface in the BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. Ltd. . 3.234 Configuring One Tunnel RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 234-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box 2. View the transportLayerAddress information element (IE) in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message traced during Iu interface message tracing. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. Figure 234-2 Iu Interface Trace dialog box 4. If the value of the transportLayerAddress IE is the GGSN IP address preset during the transmission resource configuration. Use a UE to initiate a PS service. Figure 234-3 Configured GGSN IP address l Deactivation Procedure 234-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. it indicates that this feature is activated. 234-3 . ----End The feature does not need to be deactivated on the RAN side..RAN Feature Activation Guide 234 Configuring One Tunnel 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. . Context This feature provides a new lub transmission solution for operators. l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. the BSC6900 triggers a port switchover. Ltd. BFD can be classified into multi-hop BFD and single-hop BFD: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Dependencies on Hardware – To use the IP header compression function on the Iub interface. – In RAN12. DBS3800. – Only the FG2a. built-in firewall on the RNC side. 235-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and built-in firewall on the NodeB side. This feature enhances Iub transmission by introducing the following functions: BFD-based IP fault detection. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface. l If BFD-based IP fault detection is enabled.0. – Dependencies on 3900 series base stations: – In RAN11. verify. FG2c and GOUc boards of the BSC6900 support Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD)..0. only 3900 series base stations support this feature. or IP rerouting when detecting that the gateway or the peer entity becomes faulty. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. GOUa. – Only the Dopra Linux OS supports the built-in firewall function for O&M. the PEUa or POUa board is required. – Only the FG2c and GOUc boards of the BSC6900 support the built-in firewall function for interfaces. Compared with ATM transmission. BTS3812E/AE. board switchover.RAN Feature Activation Guide 235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface 235 Prerequisite l Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface This section describes how to activate. IP transmission reduces the transmission costs of HSDPA and HSUPA services. and 3900 series base stations support this feature. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. NOTE 6. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET IPGUARD to configure the built-in firewall function for an interface board. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . In this step. Ltd. l l The built-in firewall on the RNC side safeguards IP Ethernet ports on interface boards and O&M ports against network attacks. the IP addresses of the local and peer ports must be on different network segments. ensure that the ACL has already existed. Run the NodeB MML command ADD PPPLNK to enable head compress for a PPP link. set Head compress to UDP/IP_HC(UDP/IP_HC). set Head compress to UDP/IP_HC(UDP/IP_HC). In this step. – In single-hop BFD. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD PPPLNK to configure head compress for a PPP link. 4. l 235-2 Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface RAN Feature Activation Guide – In multi-hop BFD. restricted port is the port to be prohibited. If –p transport protocol and --dport restricted port are not specified. all ports are disabled. The FG2a and GOUa boards support only the ARP learning strict function. transport protocol can be TCP or UDP. Before adding a rule to an ACL. restricted IP refers to the IP address that needs to be prohibited or allowed. Run the BSC6900 MML command STR IPCHK to configure the BFD check. set Check type to SBFD. Run the NodeB MML command ADD ACLRULE to add a rule to the ACL. 9. Run the NodeB MML command ADD MPGRP to enable head compress for a PPP link group. Head compress must be configured on peer equipment. takes the FG2c board as an example. Ethernet adapter is the name of the OMU external Ethernet adapter. Run the NodeB MML command ADD ACL to add an access control list (ACL). Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of an Ethernet port. In this step. Run the Dopra Linux command iptables -A INPUT –s restricted IP -i Ethernet adapter –p transport protocol --dport restricted port –j DROP. NOTE 8. Here. to FG2c and ARP Learning Strict Switch to ON. set Board type. 5. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD MPGRP to configure head compress for a PPP link group. and it can be a single IP address or a network segment. 2. In this step. 7. NOTE The FG2c and GOUc boards support both the invalid packet detection function and the ARP learning strict function. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ETHIP to add an IP address to the Ethernet port. the IP addresses of the local and peer ports must be on the same network segment. The built-in firewall on the NodeB side safeguards the Iub interface against network attacks during IP transmission. (Optional) Activate the built-in firewall function for O&M (only the Dopra Linux OS supports the built-in firewall function) by performing the following operations: Log in to the OMU through LMT locally or through Putty remotely. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP ARP to query the ARP table of interface boards. Ltd. If a BFD fails. Run the NodeB MML command LST ACL to check whether an ACL has been configured. Check whether you can log in to the BSC6900 LMT on the PC whose port 80 is disabled. 2. 4. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 10.. logging in to the BSC6900 LMT is prohibited. and check whether new rules are added successfully. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command DSP PACKETFILTER to check whether a port is bound to the ACL. 12. Run the NodeB MML command DSP PPPLNK or DSP MPGRP to check whether the compress state is enable. 6. 3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface 1. the ARP Learning Strict Switch is valid. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET IPGUARD. FTP services of the OMU cannot be used. set Board type to FG2c and ARP Learning Strict Switch to OFF. Start BFD-based IP fault detection. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP PPPLNK or DSP MPGRP to query whether the Code compress type is UDP/IP_HC. Check whether you can connect to the FTP server of the BSC6900 OMU through an FTP client on the PC whose port 21 is disabled. 9. 7. 8. – If port 80 is disabled. Built response messages to ARP requests and sent to interface boards. the built-in firewall on the NodeB side has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP IPCHK to query whether the Check state is UP. the OMU cannot be logged in to remotely. Check whether you can log in to the BSC6900 OMU through Putty on the PC whose port 22 is disabled. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST ETHIP to query the IP address of the Ethernet port. – If port 22 is disabled. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP ETHPORT to query the attributes of an Ethernet port. In this step. 235-3 . 13. If any invalid packet exists. Run the Dopra Linux command iptables – L. Run the NodeB MML command LST ACLRULE to check whether a rule has been added to the ACL. – If port 21 is disabled. Run the NodeB MML command PING to use IP addresses that are not listed in the ACL to ping the port supporting the packet filtering function. an alarm ALM-21346 IP Connectivity Check Failure is reported. 2. 14. 5. If the information of interface boards in ARP table do not update. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST IPGUARD to check whether the value of ARP Learning Strict Switch is ON. All the filtering rules on the OMU will be listed. (Optional) Log in to the computer whose IP address is prohibited and check whether the prohibited services can be performed. run the BSC6900 MML command DSP INVALIDPKTINFO to query the detailed information. 11. If no response is received. Run the BSC6900 MML command STP IPCHK to stop the BFD. PN=0.5. //Activating the built-in firewall function for O&M on the RNC //For example.0 network segment is allowed to access the LMT iptables -A INPUT -s ! 10. SN=0. ----End Example //Configuring the attributes of an Ethernet port and adding an IP address to the port SET ETHPORT: SRN=0.5. Ltd. IPADDR="10.148. Run the NodeB MML command RMV PPPLNK to remove a PPP link. 5. MASK="255. ANTIERRFLAG=OFF. PTYPE=GE. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. MODE=CHECK_ON_PRIMARY_PORT.255. Ethernet adapter is the name of the OMU external Ethernet adapter. 6. 7. IPINDEX=0. OPSEPFLAG=OFF.255. CHKTYPE=SBFD. SN=14. MPTYPE=MCPPP.35.5. PEERIP="99. LOCALIP="5. PEERIP="5. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD PPPLNK or MOD MPGRP. All the filtering rules on the OMU will be listed. If –p transport protocol and --dport restricted port are not specified.5. and it can be a single IP address or a network segment. PPPMUX=Disable. Here. SN=14. SN=14. 235-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.255. AUTHTYPE=NO_V. AUTHTYPE=NO_V.0 -i bond1 -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP //Activating IP head compress for a PPP link ADD PPPLNK: SRN=0. ADD ETHIP: SRN=0. AUTH=NONAUTH. and check whether new rules are removed successfully. BRDTYPE=FG2c. //Activating IP head compress for a PPP link group ADD MPGRP: SRN=0. MHF=LONG. TSN=TS1-1.100". In this step. 10. set Head compress to No_HC. CARRYT=ETHPORT.5. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .141. transport protocol can be TCP or UDP. BORROWDEVIP=NO.0". MASK="255. BRDTYPE=PEUa. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ETHPORT.255. //Activating the built-in firewall function on an RNC interface board SET IPGUARD: SRN=0. ERRDETECTSW=OFF. 11.148.0".. Run the NodeB MML command RMV PACKETFILTER to remove the binding relationship between the port and the ACL. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON.5". 9.5". In this step. MPGRPN=0. OPSEPFLAG=OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV ETHIP to remove an IP address from the Ethernet port. all ports are disabled. Run the NodeB MML command RMV ACLRULE to remove all the rules from the ACL. 4. SN=14. //Activating BFD-based IP fault detection on an interface board STR IPCHK: SRN=0.0/255.6".255.255. PPPLNKN=0. Run the NodeB MML command RMV ACL to remove the ACL. DS1=0.0". set Port type to FE. SBT=E1_COVERBOARD. and it is used together with the transport protocol. LGCAPPTYPE=IP. PN=0.5. restricted IP is the IP address that needs to be prohibited or allowed. PN=0. BRDTYPE=PEUa.5. Run the Dopra Linux command iptables -D INPUT –s restricted IP -i Ethernet adapter –p transport protocol --dport restricted port –j DROP. (Optional) Log in to the OMU through the LMT locally or through Putty remotely. IPHC=UDP/IP_HC. ARPLRNSTRICTSW=ON.255.9. MASK="255.171. ERRDETECTSW=OFF.123". PPPMUX=Disable. SN=14. only the IP addresses on the 10. Run the NodeB MML command RMV MPGRP to remove a PPP link group.255. 8.6". PEERIP="5. LGCAPPTYPE=IP.235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. SN=14. LOCALIP="5.5.141. TSBITMAP=TS1-1.9. BRDTYPE=FG2c. //Activating IP head compress for a PPP link on NodeB ADD PPPLNK: SRN=0. restricted port is the port to be prohibited. BORROWDEVIP=NO. (Optional) Run the Dopra Linux command iptables –L. //Deactivating IP head compress for a PPP link group MOD MPGRP: SRN=0. //Activating IP head compress for a PPP link group on NodeB ADD MPGRP: SRN=0. SN=14. RULEID=1. BRDTYPE=PEUa. PPPLNKN=0. Ltd.10.1. SN=14. PTYPE=FE.1. ADD ACLRULE: ACLID=3000. LST ETHIP: SRN=0. ARPLRNSTRICTSW=OFF. SN=0.168.1.168. PN=0. PN=0. SRCIP="192. SN=14. //Deactivating IP head compress for a PPP link group on NodeB RMV MPGRP: SRN=0. MDSCP=NO.141. SBT=BASE_BOARD. //Deactivating the built-in firewall function on an RNC interface board SET IPGUARD: SRN=0. DWC="0. RMV ACLRULE: ACLID=3000.1". //Activating the built-in firewall function on the NodeB ADD ACL: ACLID=3000. PING: SN=7. DIP="10. IPHC=ENABLE. SN=14. PN=0.0".0 -i bond1 -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP //Deactivating IP head compress for a PPP link MOD PPPLNK: SRN=0. IPINDEX=0. DSP PACKETFILTER:. MPGRPN=0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface IPHC=ENABLE. MPGRPN=0. PN=0. ACLDESC="ACL_TEST". //Verifying IP head compress for a PPP link group DSP MPGRP: SRN=0.0. SBT=BASE_BOARD. SWC="0. //Querying the attributes and IP address of an Ethernet port DSP ETHPORT: SRN=0. AUTH=NONAUTH. //Verifying IP head compress for a PPP link group DSP MPGRP:. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Verifying IP head compress for a PPP link DSP PPPLNK: SRN=0.255. PPPLNKN=0. SN=14.1". PT=ETH. PN=0. //Deactivating BFD-based IP fault detection STP IPCHK: SRN=0.0. 235-5 . LST ACLRULE: ACLID=3000. SN=0. PT=ETH. BRDTYPE=FG2c. SN=14.148. ACLID=3000. PN=0. SN=14.168. //Removing an IP address from an Ethernet port and modifying the attributes of the Ethernet port RMV ETHIP: SRN=0. SIP="192. LGCAPPTYPE=IP.2.0. IPHC=No_HC. //Verifying IP head compress for a PPP link on NodeB DSP PPPLNK:.101". SN=14. PT=IP. SN=14. //Verifying the built-in firewall function on the NodeB LST ACL: ACLID=3000. //Verifying the built-in firewall function on an RNC interface board LST IPGUARD: SRN=0. BRDTYPE=FG2c. SN=7. SN=14. SBT=BASE_BOARD. SN=14. DSP INVALIDPKTINFO: SRN=0. SN=14. LGCAPPTYPE=IP. DSTIP="192. CONTPING=DISABLE.2".0". ADD PACKETFILTER: SRN=0.0. RMV ACL: ACLID=3000. SBT=E1_COVERBOARD. SN=14. RULEID=1. //Deactivating IP head compress for a PPP link on NodeB RMV PPPLNK: SRN=0. SN=14. //Deactivating the built-in firewall function on the NodeB RMV PACKETFILTER: SRN=0. SN=0.. SN=7. APPTIF=YES. RULEID=1. SET ETHPORT: SRN=0.0/255. PT=ETH. SBT=E1_COVERBOARD. BRDTYPE=PEUa. //Verifying BFD-based IP fault detection DSP IPCHK: SRN=0. SBT=E1_COVERBOARD. //Deactivating the built-in firewall function for O&M iptables -D INPUT -s ! 10. IPHC=No_HC. CHKN=0. DSP ARP: SRN=0.255. . Two types of hybrid transmission are available: FE+E1/T1 and FE+FE.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJNODE to add an adjacent node. In this step. real-time services and non-real-time services are transmitted on discrete paths to meet different requirements of services in the UMTS system. Ltd. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 236 Configuring Hybrid Iub IP Transmission 236 Prerequisite l l Configuring Hybrid Iub IP Transmission This section describes how to activate. set the parameter Adjacent Node Type to IUB and the parameter Transport Type to HYBIRD_IP. set IUB Trans Bearer Type to HYBRID_IP_TRANS. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. verify and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050403 Hybrid Iub IP Transmission. Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E does not support this feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEB to add a NodeB. Context In hybrid IP transmission. – The control-plane data and physical device data of the IP-based Iub interface is configured. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface. 236-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Other Prerequisites – The RNC and NodeB support IP transmission. In this step. CnOpIndex=0. //Adding an IP path ADD IPPATH: ANI=115. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP. 4. PEERIPADDR="22. CSSTRMSECPATH=LQAF42. PATHT=LQ_QOS. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path. NODEBID=115. If IP Path Type is set to LQ_QOS or LQ_BE-LQ_EF. In this step. PATHID=116. set the parameter Interface Type to IUB and the parameter Transport Type to HYBIRD_IP. 236-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. IPTRANSAPARTIND=SUPPORT. ITFT=IUB. VOICEPRIPATH=EF. CARRYFLAG=NULL. SIPPRIPATH=EF. TnlBearerType=HYBRID_IP_TRANS. Ltd.22. PSSTRMPRIPATH=AF42. If the call is connected. PSINTHGHSECPATH=LQAF21. SRBPRIPATH=EF. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . In this step. RXBW=10000. CSSTRMPRIPATH=AF42.81. CCHSECPATH=LQEF. IPADDR="165. PEERIPADDR="22. TRANST=HYBRID_IP. VLANFlAG=DISABLE.11. 2.22. TXBW=10000. PATHCHK=DISABLED. PATHCHK=DISABLED. VOICESECPATH=LQEF.1".1". SIPSECPATH=LQEF. ITFT=IUB. 2. the path is a low-priority path and usually FE transmission is applied. SRBSECPATH=LQEF. PSCONVPRIPATH=AF42. //Adding an adjacent node ADD ADJNODE: ANI=115. TXBW=10000.23".22. TRANST=HYBRID_IP. ----End Example //Activating Hybrid Iub IP Transmission //Adding a NodeB ADD UNODEB: NodeBName="test". and the forward bit rate and backward bit rate of the services. CSCONVPRIPATH=AF42. RXBW=10000. SRN=0.22. VLANFlAG=DISABLE. TRANST=HYBRID_IP. PATHT=QoS. NODET=IUB. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV ADJMAP to remove the TRM mapping to the adjacent node on the Iub interface. you can infer that high-priority services can access the high-priority IP paths normally and low-priority services can access the low-priority IP paths normally. l Deactivation Procedure 1.236 Configuring Hybrid Iub IP Transmission RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. Use the UE to make a call.22. l Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV TRMMAP to remove the transmission resource mapping on the Iub interface. SharingType=DEDICATED. PSCONVSECPATH=LQAF42. NOTE If IP Path Type is set to QOS or BE-EF. the path is a high-priority path and usually E1/T1 transmission is applied. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV IPPATH to remove the IP path on the Iub interface.. IPADDR="183. SN=0. TRANST=HYBRID_IP. ITFT=IUB. In this step.23". CCHPRIPATH=EF. PSSTRMSECPATH=LQAF42. set Interface Type to IUB and Transport Type to HYBIRD_IP. HostType=SINGLEHOST. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJMAP. NodeBId=115. //Adding the transmission resource mapping ADD TRMMAP: TMI=115. CARRYFLAG=NULL. set Interface Type to IUB. CSCONVSECPATH=LQAF42. and Transport Type of the adjacent node and interface type and Interface type to HYBIRD_IP. PATHID=115. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP IPCHN to query the type of services carried in the IP path. 5. 3. NAME="test". //Adding another IP path ADD IPPATH: ANI=115.81. PSINTHGHPRIPATH=AF21. HDSIPSECPATH=LQEF. TRANST=HYBRID_IP. HUSIPPRIPATH=EF. HUSIPSECPATH=LQEF. HDSRBSECPATH=LQEF.RAN Feature Activation Guide 236 Configuring Hybrid Iub IP Transmission PSINTMIDPRIPATH=AF21. HUINTLOWPRIPATH=LQBE. HUINTLOWSECPATH=BE. HUVOICEPRIPATH=AF42. FTI=0. LEIBRZ=0. HDBKGSECPATH=BE. HUBKGPRIPATH=LQBE. //Adding the TRM mapping to the adjacent node ADD ADJMAP: ANI=115. PSBKGSECPATH=LQAF21. HDSRBPRIPATH=EF. HDSTRMSECPATH=LQAF42. //Verifying Hybrid Iub IP Transmission DSP IPCHN: ANI=115. HDINTMIDSECPATH=BE.. HDBKGPRIPATH=LQBE. HUSRBPRIPATH=EF. PATHID=115. TMIBRZ=115. HUCONVSECPATH=LQAF42. PSINTLOWSECPATH=LQAF21. PSINTLOWPRIPATH=AF21. PSINTMIDSECPATH=LQAF21. HDCONVSECPATH=LQAF42. 236-3 . HDSIPPRIPATH=EF. HUCONVPRIPATH=AF42. HUVOICESECPATH=LQAF42. Ltd. PATHID=116.ITFT=IUB. HUSTRMPRIPATH=AF42. //Removing the transmission resource mapping RMV TRMMAP: TMI=115. LEIGLD=0. HUINTHGHPRIPATH=LQBE. RMV IPPATH: ANI=115. //Removing IP paths RMV IPPATH: ANI=115. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Deactivating Hybrid Iub IP Transmission //Removing the TRM mapping to the adjacent node RMV ADJMAP: ANI=115. CNOPINDEX=0. HUINTMIDSECPATH=BE. HDINTLOWPRIPATH=LQBE. HUBKGSECPATH=BE. HDSTRMPRIPATH=AF42. HDINTLOWSECPATH=BE. HDINTHGHSECPATH=BE. TMISLV=115. LEISLV=0. HDVOICEPRIPATH=AF42. ITFT=IUB. HDCONVPRIPATH=AF42. CNMNGMODE=EXCLUSIVE. HDINTHGHPRIPATH=LQBE. HDVOICESECPATH=LQAF42. HUINTMIDPRIPATH=LQBE. HDINTMIDPRIPATH=LQBE. TMIGLD=115. PATHID=115. HUSRBSECPATH=LQEF. PSBKGPRIPATH=AF21.CNMNGMODE=EXCLUSIVE. HUINTHGHSECPATH=BE. HUSTRMSECPATH=LQAF42. . Services with different QoS requirements can be carried on the links of different protocols. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface must be configured before this feature is activated. the transmission backup is also provided.RAN Feature Activation Guide 237 Configuring ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB 237 Prerequisite l l Configuring ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB This section describes how to activate. Other Prerequisites – The ATM/IP transmission link from the RNC to the NodeB is configured.. – BTS3902E does not support this feature. Procedure l Activation Procedure Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050404 ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB. 237-1 . l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Dependencies on Hardware – BSC6900 is configured with both ATM interface boards and IP interface boards. verify. Context This feature allows Huawei NodeB to support the ATM/IP dual-stack transmission. In addition. Ltd. the SAAL and SCTP links together carry an NCP or a CCP. It is recommended that: l ATM transport be applied to signaling. l Either ATM or IP transport is applicable to management plane data. High-priority services can be carried on ATM paths and lowpriority services can be carried on IP paths. or ATM/IP hybrid transport is applicable to user plane data. In this step. HSUPA streaming services. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJMAP. and the SAAL link is the active link. HSUPA interactive services. 2. 1. and PS streaming services. 6. In this step. voice services. IP transport. Use a UE to make a call. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV ADJMAP to remove the TRM mapping to the adjacent node.237 Configuring ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide When you allocate resources for ATM/IP dual stack-based transport on the Iub interface. HSDPA streaming services. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP AAL2PATH to check the state of the AAL2 path and whether any resources of the path are occupied. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV TRMMAP to remove the transmission resource mapping on the Iub interface. otherwise. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path. HSDPA background services. PS conversational services. take the following suggestions into consideration: l ATM transport. In this step. 5. Expected result: Operation state is Available. HSDPA interactive services. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEB to add a NodeB. In this step. Expected result: Operation state is Available. or ATM/IP hybrid transport is applicable to control plane data. 3. CS conversational services. set Interface Type to IUB and Transport Type to ATM_IP. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJNODE to add an adjacent node. IP transport. It is recommended that ATM/IP hybrid transport be applied to control plane data for security purposes. l Verification Procedure 1. and HSUPA background services. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP. HSUPA conversational services. It is recommended that IP transport be applied. set Is Root Node to YES. If the node is a leaf node. set Interface Type to IUB and Transport Type to IP. Ltd. and some resources of the path are occupied. set IUB Trans Bearer Type to ATMANDIP_TRANS. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP IPPATH to check the state of the IP path and whether any resources of the path are occupied. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH to add an AAL2 path. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 237-2 . l ATM transport. and some resources of the path are occupied. HSDPA conversational services.. 2. PS background services. set Adjacent Node Type to IUB and Transport Type to ATM_IP. 4. set Is Root Node to NO. l IP transport be applied to PS interactive services. CS streaming services. In this step. That is. 2. set Interface Type to IUB and Transport Type of the adjacent node and interface type to ATM_IP. TRANST=IP. AAL2PATHT=R99. RXTRFX=115. CARRYFLAG=NULL. FTI=0. //Verifying ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB DSP IPPATH: ANI=115. TRANST=ATM_IP. //Adding an IP path ADD IPPATH: ANI=115. PATHCHK=DISABLED. NODEBID=115. CARRYF=1. HostType=SINGLEHOST. TMIGLD=115. VCI=126. PATHID=115. TXTRFX=115. NAME="test". NodeBId=115.22. LEISLV=0. PEERIPADDR="22. NODET=IUB. PATHID=115. //Deactivating ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB //Removing the TRM mapping to the adjacent node RMV ADJMAP: ANI=115. VLANFlAG=DISABLE. ITFT=IUB. RSCGRPFLAG=NO. TRANST=ATM_IP. SRN=0. ITFT=IUB. LEIBRZ=0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 237 Configuring ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB 3. CNMNGMODE=EXCLUSIVE.23". CARRYSN=14. TRANST=ATM_IP.1". IPADDR="183. ----End Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV IPPATH to remove the IP path on the Iub interface. //Adding the transmission resource mapping ADD TRMMAP: TMI=115. ITFT=IUB. PATHID=115. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Adding the TRM mapping to the adjacent node ADD ADJMAP: ANI=115.ITFT=IUB. PATHID=115.81. //Adding an adjacent node ADD ADJNODE: ANI=115. PATHID=115. TXBW=10000. RXBW=10000. TMIBRZ=115. IsROOTNODE=YES.22. //Adding an AAL2 path ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=115. SAALLNKN=1.22. TnlBearerType=ATMANDIP_TRANS. CNOPINDEX=0. VPI=12. DSP AAL2PATH: ANI=115. //Removing the IP path RMV IPPATH: ANI=115. Example //Configuring ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB //Adding a NodeB ADD UNODEB: NodeBName="test". TMISLV=115. //Removing the transmission resource mapping RMV TRMMAP: TMI=115. SharingType=DEDICATED. CARRYT=UNI. PATHT=QoS. CnOpIndex=0. IPTRANSAPARTIND=SUPPORT. CARRYUNILNKN=0. LEIGLD=0. SN=0.CNMNGMODE=EXCLUSIVE. 237-3 .. . . IP transmission can significantly reduce the transmission cost. Context This feature provides a new lu transmission solution for operators. – Only the FG2a. l The built-in firewall on the RNC side safeguards IP Ethernet ports on interface boards and O&M ports against network attacks. the IP addresses of the local and peer ports must be on the same network segment. Ltd. 238-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . board switchover. BFD can be classified into multi-hop BFD and single-hop BFD: – In multi-hop BFD. – In single-hop BFD. the IP addresses of the local and peer ports must be on different network segments. the BSC6900 triggers a port switchover. FG2c and GOUc boards of the BSC6900 support Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD). l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. l If BFD-based IP fault detection is enabled. verify. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or IP rerouting when detecting that the gateway or the peer entity becomes faulty. This feature enhances Iu transmission by introducing the following functions: BFD-based IP fault detection and built-in firewall on the RNC side. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface. Compared with ATM transmission.RAN Feature Activation Guide 238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface 238 Prerequisite l Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface This section describes how to activate. – Only the FG2c and GOUc boards of the BSC6900 support the built-in firewall function for interfaces. GOUa. Dependencies on Hardware – Only the Dopra Linux OS supports the built-in firewall function for O&M. 3. NOTE The FG2c and GOUc boards support both the invalid packet detection function and the ARP learning strict function. set Board type. 2. Run the Dopra Linux command iptables – L. run the BSC6900 MML command DSP INVALIDPKTINFO to query the detailed information. Ethernet adapter is the name of the OMU external Ethernet adapter. In this step. Built response messages to ARP requests and sent to interface boards. 6. Here. Start BFD-based IP fault detection. Run the BSC6900 MML command STR IPCHK. to FG2c and ARP Learning Strict Switch to ON. 8. transport protocol can be TCP or UDP. 4.238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure The following takes the FG2c board as an example to describe the configuration operations. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST ETHIP to query the IP address of the Ethernet port. If the information of interface boards in ARP table do not update. and it can be a single IP address or a network segment. and check whether new rules are added successfully. All the filtering rules on the OMU will be listed. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of an Ethernet port. The FG2a and GOUa boards support only the ARP learning strict function. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ETHIP to add an IP address to the Ethernet port. restricted IP refers to the IP address that needs to be prohibited or allowed. Run the Dopra Linux command iptables -A INPUT –s restricted IP -i Ethernet adapter –p transport protocol --dport restricted port –j DROP. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP ETHPORT to query the attributes of an Ethernet port. an alarm ALM-21346 IP Connectivity Check Failure is reported. (Optional) Activate the built-in firewall function for O&M (only the Dopra Linux OS supports the built-in firewall function) by performing the following operations: Log in to the OMU through LMT locally or through Putty remotely. In this step. 1. restricted port is the port to be prohibited.. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP ARP to query the ARP table of interface boards. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP IPCHK to query whether the Check state is UP. 2. 238-2 . If –p transport protocol and --dport restricted port are not specified. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET IPGUARD to configure the built-in firewall function for an interface board. If any invalid packet exists. 7. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST IPGUARD to check whether the value of ARP Learning Strict Switch is ON. all ports are disabled. If a BFD fails. Ltd. 5. 3. the ARP Learning Strict Switch is valid. 4. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) l Verification Procedure 1. (Optional) Log in to the computer whose IP address is prohibited and check whether the prohibited services can be performed. set Check type to SBFD. 5. BRDTYPE=FG2c. and it can be a single IP address or a network segment. SN=14.. SN=14.141. //Activating BFD-based IP fault detection STR IPCHK: SRN=0. PN=0. DSP INVALIDPKTINFO: SRN=0. LST ETHIP: SRN=0. PN=0. All the filtering rules on the OMU will be listed. 5.255. SN=14. IPADDR="10.123". Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ETHPORT. ADD ETHIP: SRN=0. transport protocol can be TCP or UDP. If –p transport protocol and --dport restricted port are not specified. SN=14. l Deactivation Procedure 1. SN=14. //Activating the built-in firewall function on an RNC interface board SET IPGUARD: SRN=0.9.148.0/255. ARPLRNSTRICTSW=ON.148. and it is used together with the transport protocol. set Port type to FE. – If port 22 is disabled. set Board type to FG2c and ARP Learning Strict Switch to OFF. Ethernet adapter is the name of the OMU external Ethernet adapter. IPINDEX=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV ETHIP to remove an IP address from the Ethernet port.255. SN=14. (Optional) Log in to the OMU through the LMT locally or through Putty remotely. //Verifying BFD-based IP fault detection DSP IPCHK: SRN=0.255. MODE=CHECK_ON_PRIMARY_PORT. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET IPGUARD. PEERIP="99. Check whether you can connect to the FTP server of the BSC6900 OMU through an FTP client on the PC whose port 21 is disabled. restricted port is the port to be prohibited. 238-3 . restricted IP is the IP address that needs to be prohibited or allowed. PN=0. (Optional) Run the Dopra Linux command iptables –L. 2. 3. DSP ARP: SRN=0. Check whether you can log in to the BSC6900 OMU through Putty on the PC whose port 22 is disabled.9. Ltd. SN=14.RAN Feature Activation Guide 238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface – If port 80 is disabled. the OMU cannot be logged in to remotely. Here. FTP services of the OMU cannot be used. CARRYT=ETHPORT. //Activating the built-in firewall function for O&M //For example. 6. Run the BSC6900 MML command STP IPCHK to stop the BFD. ----End Example //Configuring the attributes of an Ethernet port and adding an IP address to the port SET ETHPORT: SRN=0.0 network segment is allowed to access the LMT iptables -A INPUT -s ! 10.171.0 -i bond1 -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP //Querying the attributes and IP address of an Ethernet port DSP ETHPORT: SRN=0.255. only the IP addresses on the 10. Run the Dopra Linux command iptables -D INPUT –s restricted IP -i Ethernet adapter –p transport protocol --dport restricted port –j DROP. – If port 21 is disabled. and check whether new rules are removed successfully. In this step. SN=14.141. logging in to the BSC6900 LMT is prohibited. In this step. PN=0. MASK="255. 4. SN=14. SN=14. CHKTYPE=SBFD. PTYPE=GE. all ports are disabled. Check whether you can log in to the BSC6900 LMT on the PC whose port 80 is disabled. BRDTYPE=FG2c. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.100". //Verifying the built-in firewall function on the RNC LST IPGUARD: SRN=0.0".35. 141.0 -i bond1 -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP 238-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET ETHPORT: SRN=0.238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface RAN Feature Activation Guide //Deactivating BFD-based IP fault detection STP IPCHK: SRN=0.255. ARPLRNSTRICTSW=OFF. BRDTYPE=FG2c. Ltd. PN=0. SN=14. BRDTYPE=FG2c.255.. SN=14. SN=14.148.0/255. CHKN=0. //Deactivating the built-in firewall function for O&M iptables -D INPUT -s ! 10. //Removing an IP address from an Ethernet port and modifying the attributes of the Ethernet port RMV ETHIP: SRN=0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SN=14. //Deactivating the built-in firewall function on the RNC SET IPGUARD: SRN=0. PTYPE=FE. IPINDEX=0. PN=0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – In single-hop BFD. the BSC6900 triggers a port switchover. 239-1 . – Only the FG2a. FG2c and GOUc boards of the BSC6900 support Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD). IP transmission can significantly reduce the transmission cost. the IP addresses of the local and peer ports must be on the same network segment.RAN Feature Activation Guide 239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface 239 Prerequisite l Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface This section describes how to activate. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. This feature enhances Iur transmission by introducing the following functions: BFD-based IP fault detection and built-in firewall on the RNC side. verify. the IP addresses of the local and peer ports must be on different network segments. BFD can be classified into multi-hop BFD and single-hop BFD: – In multi-hop BFD. l l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Context This feature provides a new lur transmission solution for operators. – Only the FG2c and GOUc boards of the BSC6900 support the built-in firewall function for interfaces. l If BFD-based IP fault detection is enabled. Compared with ATM transmission.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050410 IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface. GOUa. Dependencies on Hardware – Only the Dopra Linux OS supports the built-in firewall function for O&M. Others Prerequisites – The neighboring RNC supports IP transmission on the Iur interface. or IP rerouting when detecting that the gateway or the peer entity becomes faulty. Ltd. board switchover. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP ETHPORT to query the attributes of an Ethernet port. If the information of interface boards in ARP table do not update. 4. set Check type to SBFD. Run the Dopra Linux command iptables -A INPUT –s restricted IP -i Ethernet adapter –p transport protocol --dport restricted port –j DROP. 3. If –p transport protocol and --dport restricted port are not specified. (Optional) Activate the built-in firewall function for O&M (only the Dopra Linux OS supports the built-in firewall function) by performing the following operations: Log in to the OMU through LMT locally or through Putty remotely. restricted port is the port to be prohibited. 4. Procedure l Activation Procedure The following takes the FG2c board as an example to describe the configuration operations. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ETHIP to add an IP address to the Ethernet port. the ARP Learning Strict Switch is valid. 3. 2. Built response messages to ARP requests and sent to interface boards. all ports are disabled. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command STR IPCHK. 1. 239-2 .239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface RAN Feature Activation Guide l The built-in firewall on the RNC side safeguards IP Ethernet ports on interface boards and O&M ports against network attacks. NOTE The FG2c and GOUc boards support both the invalid packet detection function and the ARP learning strict function. an alarm ALM-21346 IP Connectivity Check Failure is reported. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of an Ethernet port. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET IPGUARD to configure the built-in firewall function for an interface board. (Optional) Log in to the computer whose IP address is prohibited and check whether the prohibited services can be performed. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST IPGUARD to check whether the value of ARP Learning Strict Switch is ON. 7. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP ARP to query the ARP table of interface boards. The FG2a and GOUa boards support only the ARP learning strict function. 5. If a BFD fails. If any invalid packet exists. set Board type. Ethernet adapter is the name of the OMU external Ethernet adapter. run the BSC6900 MML command DSP INVALIDPKTINFO to query the detailed information. 8. Here. restricted IP refers to the IP address that needs to be prohibited or allowed. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST ETHIP to query the IP address of the Ethernet port. and it can be a single IP address or a network segment. In this step. Start BFD-based IP fault detection. In this step. Run the Dopra Linux command iptables – Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. transport protocol can be TCP or UDP.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) l Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP IPCHK to query whether the Check state is UP. to FG2c and ARP Learning Strict Switch to ON. 6. RAN Feature Activation Guide 239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface L. All the filtering rules on the OMU will be listed, and check whether new rules are added successfully. – If port 80 is disabled, logging in to the BSC6900 LMT is prohibited. Check whether you can log in to the BSC6900 LMT on the PC whose port 80 is disabled. – If port 22 is disabled, the OMU cannot be logged in to remotely. Check whether you can log in to the BSC6900 OMU through Putty on the PC whose port 22 is disabled. – If port 21 is disabled, FTP services of the OMU cannot be used. Check whether you can connect to the FTP server of the BSC6900 OMU through an FTP client on the PC whose port 21 is disabled. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command STP IPCHK to stop the BFD. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET IPGUARD. In this step, set Board type to FG2c and ARP Learning Strict Switch to OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV ETHIP to remove an IP address from the Ethernet port. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ETHPORT. In this step, set Port type to FE. (Optional) Log in to the OMU through the LMT locally or through Putty remotely. Run the Dopra Linux command iptables -D INPUT –s restricted IP -i Ethernet adapter –p transport protocol --dport restricted port –j DROP. Here, restricted IP is the IP address that needs to be prohibited or allowed, and it can be a single IP address or a network segment; Ethernet adapter is the name of the OMU external Ethernet adapter; transport protocol can be TCP or UDP; restricted port is the port to be prohibited, and it is used together with the transport protocol. If –p transport protocol and --dport restricted port are not specified, all ports are disabled. (Optional) Run the Dopra Linux command iptables –L. All the filtering rules on the OMU will be listed, and check whether new rules are removed successfully. 6. ----End Example //Configuring the attributes of an Ethernet port and adding an IP address to the port SET ETHPORT: SRN=0, SN=14, BRDTYPE=FG2c, PTYPE=GE, PN=0; ADD ETHIP: SRN=0, SN=14, PN=0, IPINDEX=0, IPADDR="10.171.35.123", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Activating BFD-based IP fault detection STR IPCHK: SRN=0, SN=14, CHKTYPE=SBFD, CARRYT=ETHPORT, PN=0, MODE=CHECK_ON_PRIMARY_PORT, PEERIP="99.9.9.100"; //Activating the built-in firewall function on an RNC interface board SET IPGUARD: SRN=0, SN=14, BRDTYPE=FG2c, ARPLRNSTRICTSW=ON; //Activating the built-in firewall function for O&M //For example, only the IP addresses on the 10.141.148.0 network segment is allowed to access the LMT iptables -A INPUT -s ! 10.141.148.0/255.255.255.0 -i bond1 -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP //Querying the attributes and IP address of an Ethernet port DSP ETHPORT: SRN=0, SN=14; LST ETHIP: SRN=0, SN=14, PN=0; //Verifying BFD-based IP fault detection DSP IPCHK: SRN=0, SN=14; //Verifying the built-in firewall function on the RNC Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 239-3 239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface RAN Feature Activation Guide LST IPGUARD: SRN=0, SN=14; DSP ARP: SRN=0, SN=14; DSP INVALIDPKTINFO: SRN=0, SN=14; //Deactivating BFD-based IP fault detection STP IPCHK: SRN=0, SN=14, CHKN=0; //Deactivating the built-in firewall function on the RNC SET IPGUARD: SRN=0, SN=14, BRDTYPE=FG2c, ARPLRNSTRICTSW=OFF; //Removing an IP address from an Ethernet port and modifying the attributes of the Ethernet port RMV ETHIP: SRN=0, SN=14, PN=0, IPINDEX=0; SET ETHPORT: SRN=0, SN=14, BRDTYPE=FG2c, PTYPE=FE, PN=0; //Deactivating the built-in firewall function for O&M iptables -D INPUT -s ! 10.141.148.0/255.255.255.0 -i bond1 -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP 239-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 240 Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission 240 Prerequisite l l Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050420 Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission. Dependencies on Hardware – The FG2a/FG2c, GOUa/GOUc, and POUc support FP multiplexing. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface has been configured before this feature is activated. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. The receive end of IP packets support FP mulptiplexing. Context The FP MUX feature encapsulates multiple packets with the same source IP address, destination IP address, and DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) into one UDP/IP packet. This reduces the overhead of packet headers and therefore improves the transmission efficiency. FP MUX is a Huawei proprietary protocol. Both RNC and NodeB must support this feature. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPMUX to enable frame multiplexing on the Iub interface. In this step, set IP MUX Type to FPMUX. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 240-1 240 Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide You do not need to configure the number of packets for multiplexing, the BSC6900 selects proper subframes for multiplexing based on the length of subframes. Subframes that meet the following conditions are multiplexed into packets: 1. The total sending duration of subframes is smaller than Maximum Delay Time. 2. The length of the subframe is smaller than Max subframe length. 3. The total length of subframes plus eight is smaller than or equal to Maximum Frame Length. 2. l Run the NodeB MML command SET FPMUX to configure FP multiplexing on the Iub interface on the NodeB side. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP IPMUX to check IP packet multiplexing conditions. Run the NodeB MML command LST FPMUX to query the FP multiplexing condition of an IP path. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV IPMUX to disable the FP multiplexing function for the IP path. Run the NodeB MML command SET FPMUX to disable FP multiplexing on the NodeB side. Verification Procedure 1. 2. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 2. ----End Example //Acitvating FP MUX for IP Transmission on the RNC side ADD IPMUX: MUXTYPE=FPMUX, ANI=1, PATHID=1, ISQOSPATH=NO, SUBFRAMELEN=352, MAXFRAMELEN=1031; //Acitvating FP MUX for IP Transmission on the NodeB side SET FPMUX: FPMUXSWITCH =ENABLE; //Verifying FP MUX for IP Transmission on the RNC side DSP IPMUX: IPMUXINDEX=1; //Verifying FP MUX for IP Transmission on the NodeB side LST FPMUX:; //Deacitvating FP MUX for IP Transmission on the RNC side RMV IPMUX: IPMUXINDEX=1; //Deacitvating FP MUX for IP Transmission on the NodeB side SET FPMUX: FPMUXSWITCH =DISABLE; 240-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 241 Configuring Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP 241 Prerequisite l l Configuring Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050422 Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP. Dependencies on Hardware – − The FG2a, FG2c, GOUa and GOUc support this feature for BSC6900. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context This feature enables the RNC to adjust the transmission bandwidth according to the packet loss ratio and jitter over links detected by the IP performance monitor (PM). It is recommended that flow control algorithm for bandwidth dynamic adjustment do not to use. Procedure l Activating Procedure 1. 2. l 1. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPLOGICPORT. In this step, set Auto adjust bandwidth switch to ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT IPPM to activate the IP PM. Log on the BSC6900 LMT, click the Monitor tab. The Monitor Navigation Tree tab page is displayed. On the displayed monitoring navigation tree, choose Monitor > Common Monitoring > Link Performance Monitoring. The Link Performance Monitoring dialog box is displayed. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 241-1 Verification Procedure Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 241 Configuring Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. Configure monitoring parameters, select Logical Port Bandwidth for Monitor Item, and set the Subrack No. and Slot No. of the logical port. Observe the bandwidth change of the logical port. Click Submit, as shown in Figure 241-1. Figure 241-1 Link performance monitoring l Deactivating Procedure 1. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD IPLOGICPORT. In this step, set Auto adjust bandwidth switch to OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA IPPM to deactivate the IP PM. ----End Example //Activating dynamic bandwidth control of Iub IP ADD IPLOGICPORT: SRN=0, SN=14, BT=FG2a, LPN=0, CARRYT=ETHER, PN=0, RSCMNGMODE=SHARE, BWADJ=ON, MAXBW=100, MINBW=50, FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON, OPSEPFLAG=OFF; ACT IPPM: ANI=0, PATHID=1, ISQOSPATH=NO, LOSTPKTDETECTSW=OFF; //Deactivating dynamic bandwidth control of Iub IP MOD IPLOGICPORT: SRN=0, SN=14, BT=FG2a, LPN=0, BWADJ=OFF, CIR=100; DEA IPPM: ANI=0, PATHID=1; 241-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 242 Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission 242 Prerequisite l Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050408 Overbooking on IP Transmission. Dependencies on Hardware – All IP interface boards of BSC6900 (PEUa, FG2a, FG2c, GOUa, GOUc, UOIa_IP, and UOIc_IP) support backpressure mechanism. In addition, FG2a, FG2c, GOUa, GOUc, UOIa_IP, and UOIc_IP support IP shaping. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface must be configured before this feature is activated. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context The transmission rate of UMTS services varies during the transmission. For example, the rate of a speech service is 12.2 kbit/s when someone is speaking and is low when no one is speaking. Overbooking on IP Transmission helps save transmission resources on the Iub interface, reducing the CAPEX and OPEX of the operator on transmission resources. This feature consists of the following algorithms: l l l RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control Fast backpressure on interface boards IP shaping Procedure l Activation Procedure – Activating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to switch on flow control. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 242-1 242 Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission RAN Feature Activation Guide – For R99 BE services, select DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. – For HSDPA BE services, select DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. – Activating backpressure-based downlink congestion control 1. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD PORTFLOWCTRLPARA. In this step, set Port protocol type to IP and set other flow control parameters. Switch on flow control. (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD PPPLNK. In this step, set Flow control switch to ON. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD MPGRP. In this step, set Flow control switch to ON. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPLOGICPORT. In this step, set Flow control switch to ON. – Activating IP shaping 1. 2. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPLOGICPORT. In this step, set Flow control switch to ON(ON). Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPPATH to add a logical port. In this step, set Bearing type to IPLGCPORT. Verification Procedure Take the FE/GE-based IP transmission on the Iub interface as an example to describe how to verify backpressure-based downlink flow control. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. On the BSC6900 LMT, start downlink traffic and bandwidth tracing tasks on the Uu, Iub, and Iu interfaces. Register an R99 user UE1 in the HLR. Enable UE1 with streaming services and with both highest uplink rate and highest downlink rate of 384 Kbit/s. Register an HSDPA user UE2 in the HLR. Enable UE2 with background services and with highest uplink rate of 384 Kbit/s and highest downlink rate of 1450 Kbit/s. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP to map R99 services to highpriority queue and HSDPA services to low-priority queue. All IP paths of the RNC are carried on a logical port. Enable the port flow control when adding the logical port. Enable UE1 and UE2 to stay in idle mode and camp on the test cell. The test cell must support HSDPA services. Use UE1 to perform PS streaming services, that is, use UE1 to download files from the FTP server. Expected result: The logical port is not congested and UE1 downloads data at the highest rate. 8. Use UE2 to perform PS BE services, that is, use UE2 to download files from the FTP server. Expected result: The logical port is congested and the backpressure function is triggered. The downloading rate of UE2 decreases and that of UE1 remains unchanged. This is because R99 services have a higher priority. 242-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 242 Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission l Deactivation Procedure – Deactivating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to switch off flow control. – For R99 BE services, deselect DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. – For HSDPA BE services, deselect DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. – Deactivating backpressure-based downlink congestion control 1. 2. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD PPPLNK. In this step, set Flow control switch to OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD MPGRP. In this step, set Flow control switch to OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD IPLOGICPORT. In this step, set Flow control switch to OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD IPPATH to modify a logical port. In this step, set Bearing type to NULL(NULL). Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD IPLOGICPORT. In this step, set Flow control switch to OFF(OFF). Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPPATH to add a logical port. In this step, set Bearing type to IPLGCPORT. – Deactivating IP shaping 1. 2. 3. ----End Example //Activating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-1&DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWIT CH-1; //Activating backpressure-based downlink congestion control ADD PORTFLOWCTRLPARA: FCINDEX=10, PORTPROTYPE=IP; ADD PPPLNK: SRN=0, SN=27, BRDTYPE=PEUa, LGCAPPTYPE=IP, PPPLNKN=1, DS1=2, TSBITMAP=TS1-1, BORROWDEVIP=NO, LOCALIP="5.5.5.5",MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="5.5.5.6", PPPMUX=Enable, AUTHTYPE=NO_V, FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON; ADD MPGRP: SRN=0, SN=27, BRDTYPE=PEUa, LGCAPPTYPE=IP, MPGRPN=1, MPTYPE=MCPPP, BORROWDEVIP=No, LOCALIP="9.9.9.99", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="9.9.9.98", MHF=LONG, PPPMUX=Disable, FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON, AUTHTYPE=NO_V, ERRDETECTSW=OFF; ADD IPLOGICPORT: SRN=0, SN=27, BT=FG2a, LPNTYPE=Leaf, LPN=0, CARRYT=ETHER, PN=0, RSCMNGMODE=SHARE, BWADJ=OFF, CIR=1000, FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON; //Activating IP shaping ADD IPLOGICPORT: SRN=0, SN=27, BT=FG2a, LPNTYPE=Leaf, LPN=0, CARRYT=ETHER, PN=0, RSCMNGMODE=SHARE, BWADJ=OFF, CIR=1000, FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON; ADD IPPATH: ANI=0, PATHID=1, ITFT=IUB, TRANST=IP, PATHT=BE, IPADDR="80.1.1.1", PEERIPADDR="10.161.0.1", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", TXBW=1000, RXBW=1000, CARRYFLAG=IPLGCPORT, LPNSN=0, LPN=0, Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 242-3 242 Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission VLANFlAG=DISABLE, PATHCHK=DISABLED; RAN Feature Activation Guide //Deactivating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-0&DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWIT CH-0 //Deactivating backpressure-based downlink congestion control MOD PPPLNK: SRN=0, SN=27, BRDTYPE=PEUa, LGCAPPTYPE=IP, PPPLNKN=1, FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF; MOD MPGRP: SRN=0, SN=27, BRDTYPE=PEUa, LGCAPPTYPE=IP, MPGRPN=1, FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF; MOD IPLOGICPORT: SRN=0, SN=27, BT=FG2a, LPN=0, FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF; //Deactivating IP shaping MOD IPPATH: ANI=0, PATHID=1, ITFT=IUB, CARRYFLAG=NULL; MOD IPLOGICPORT: SRN=0, SN=27, BT=FG2a, LPN=0, FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF; 242-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 243 Configuring UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission 243 Prerequisite l l Configuring UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the feature WRFD-050412 UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature is supported only by the BSC6900 that is configured with the FG2a/GOUa/ FG2c/GOUc/POUc boards. Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface has been configured before this feature is activated. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Other Prerequisites – The CS CN element (MGW) supports UDP MUX. Context After IP transmission is introduced to the Iu-CS interface, UP packets, especially short packets like CS packets, cannot be transmitted efficiently after being encapsulated at the RTP, UDP, and IP layers. This feature helps solve this problem by using a UDP subheader shorter than UDP to encapsulate multiple RTP packets into a UDP. This reduces resources used by packet headers and therefore improves the efficiency of Iu-CS transmission. This feature supports UDP MUX, regardless of whether compression of RTP headers is enabled. After this feature is enabled, transmission efficiency can be increased by 30% to 40%, depending on the number of RTP packets that are encapsulated into a UDP. Procedure l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 243-1 243 Configuring UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide Configure IP paths based on the network plan. 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPMUX or MOD IPMUX to enable the IuCS UDP MUX function. In this step, set IP MUX Type to UDPMUX, and set Max subframe length[byte], Maximum Frame Length[byte], and Maximum Delay Time[ms] to appropriate values based on the network plan. To enable the UDP MUX function for multiple links, run this command for each of the links. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP IPMUX to query the application of UDP MUX for Iu Transmission. Check whether the feature has been activated based on the values of IPMUX Status, Number of MUX packets, and Number of MUX Subframes. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV IPMUX to remove the IP MUX paths or run the BSC6900 MML command MOD IPMUX to set IP MUX Type to FPMUX. l Verification Procedure 1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission ADD IPMUX: MUXTYPE=UDPMUX, SUBFRAMELEN=352, MAXFRAMELEN=1031, FPTIMER=2; //Checking whether UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission has been activated for an IP MUX path of which the index is 1 DSP IPMUX: IPMUXINDEX=1; //Deactivating UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission MOD IPMUX: MUXTYPE=FPMUX; 243-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 244 Configuring ATM Switching-Based Hub NodeB 244 Prerequisite l l l Configuring ATM Switching-Based Hub NodeB This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050105 ATM Switching-Based Hub NodeB. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. License – This feature is not under license control. Context This feature enables Huawei NodeB to provide the transmission convergence function in ATM mode. Thus, the convergence gain is achieved and the transmission line cost is reduced. Procedure l l l Activation Procedure 1. 1. 1. ----End Run the NodeB MML command ADD TREELNKPVC to add a tree link PVC. Run the NodeB MML command LST TREELNKPVC to query the tree link PVC. Run the NodeB MML command RMV TREELNKPVC to remove the tree link PVC. Verification Procedure Deactivation Procedure Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure ADD TREELNKPVC: NO=1, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, VST=VC_SWITCH, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=7, SRCSBT=BASE_BOARD, Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 244-1 244 Configuring ATM Switching-Based Hub NodeB RAN Feature Activation Guide SRCPT=IMA, SRCPN=0, SRCVPI=7, SRCVCI=33, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=5, DSTSBT=E1_COVERBOARD, DSTPT=IMA, DSTPN=1, DSTVPI=8, DSTVCI=33, RU=kbps, ST=RTVBR, PCR=1000, SCR=800; //Verification procedure LST TREELNKPVC:; //Deactivation procedure RMV TREELNKPVC: NO=1; l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure ADD TREELNKPVC: NO=1, VST=VC_SWITCH, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=15, SRCSBT=BASE_BOARD, SRCPT=IMA, SRCPN=0, SRCVPI=7, SRCVCI=33, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=12, DSTSBT=E1_COVERBOARD, DSTPT=IMA, DSTPN=1, DSTVPI=8, DSTVCI=33, RU=KBPS, ST=RTVBR, PCR=1000, SCR=800; //Verification procedure LST TREELNKPVC:; //Deactivation procedure RMV TREELNKPVC: NO=1; 244-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 245 Configuring AAL2 Switching-Based Hub NodeB 245 Prerequisite l l l Configuring AAL2 Switching-Based Hub NodeB This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050106 AAL2 Switching-Based Hub NodeB. Dependencies on Hardware – DBS 3800 does not support this feature. Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-050105 ATM Switching-Based Hub NodeB License – This feature is not under license control. Context This feature enables Huawei NodeB to provide the AAL2 transmission convergence function in ATM mode. Thus, the convergence gain is achieved and the transmission line cost is reduced. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. l Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2NODE to add an AAL2 node. In this step, set Node Type to HUB(Switching Node). Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2ADJNODE to add an AAL2 adjacent node to the lower-level NodeB. Run the NodeB MML command DSP AAL2NODE to query the configuration of the AAL2 node. Run the NodeB MML command DSP AAL2ADJNODE to query the configuration of the AAL2 adjacent node. Run the NodeB MML command RMV AAL2ADJNODE to remove the AAL2 adjacent node. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 245-1 Verification Procedure 1. 2. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 245 Configuring AAL2 Switching-Based Hub NodeB RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. Run the NodeB MML command RMV AAL2NODE to remove an AAL2 node. In this step, set Node Type to HUB(Switching Node). NOTE There is a relation between the AAL2 adjacent node and the AAL2 node. Therefore, you need to remove the AAL2 adjacent nodes first and then remove the AAL2 node. Note that the AAL2 node can be removed only after all the AAL2 adjacent nodes are removed. Otherwise, the command execution fails. ----End Example //Activation procedure ADD AAL2NODE: NT=HUB, LN=1; ADD AAL2ADJNODE: ANI=1, ADDR="H'3912323232323232333333333333333333333333", LN=2; //Verification procedure DSP AAL2NODE:; DSP AAL2ADJNODE:; //Deactivation procedure RMV AAL2ADJNODE: ANI=1; RMV AAL2NODE: NT=HUB; 245-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 246 Configuring IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB 246 Prerequisite l l l Configuring IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050107 IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB. Dependencies on Hardware – Only 3900 series base stations support this feature. Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface License – This feature is not under license control. Context This feature enables Huawei NodeBs to provide the transmission convergence function in IP mode, therefore increasing transmission efficiency and reducing transmission costs. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l On NodeBs locating on all leaf nodes and root nodes, run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the NodeB to the BSC6900 or M2000. Run the NodeB MML command DSP IPRT to query the configuration of the newly added IP route. Run the NodeB MML command RMV IPRT to remove the IP route. Verification Procedure 1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example l Issue 02 (2011-07-11) NodeB V200R013 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 246-1 246 Configuring IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB RAN Feature Activation Guide //Activation procedure ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="11.11.11.11", DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="10.10.10.10"; //Verification procedure DSP IPRT: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7; //Deactivation procedure RMV IPRT: SRN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="11.11.11.11", DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="10.10.10.10"; l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=12, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="11.11.11.11", DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="10.10.10.10"; //Verification procedure DSP IPRT:; //Deactivation procedure RMV IPRT: SRN=0, SN=12, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="11.11.11.11", DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="10.10.10.10"; 246-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 247 Configuring Ethernet OAM 247 Prerequisite l l Configuring Ethernet OAM This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050425 Ethernet OAM. Dependency on RNC Hardware – Only BSC6900 supports this feature. Dependency on NodeB Hardware – BTS3812E/AE, DBS3800,3900 series NodeB can support both IEEE 802.3ah and IEEE 802.1ag draft 8; l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on the Iub Interface, or WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on the Iu Interface, or WRFD-050410 IP Transmission Introduction on the Iur Interface. l License – This feature is not under license control. Context With the evolution from WCDMA to IPRAN, the Ethernet transmission network is widely used. As a layer-2 protocols, the Ethernet OAM can report the status of the network on the data link layer. In this way, the Ethernet can be more efficiently monitored and managed. The Ethernet OAM functions include detection, notification, verification, and fault location functions. These faults include the hard faults (such as the link interruption) that can be detected on the physical layer or the soft faults (such as the fault of the memory or the bridge) that cannot be detected on the physical layer. The Ethernet OAM plays a significant role in cutting the CAPEX/OPEX cost and complies with the service level (SLA). The RAN supports two kinds of Ethernet OAM features, that is, the PPP Ethernet OAM feature defined by the 802.3ah and the E2E Ethernet OAM defined by 802.1ag. 1. PPP Ethernet OAM The PPP Ethernet OAM complies with the IEEE 802.3ah protocol. It is the last-mile OAM solution. It implements the PPP maintenance of the Ethernet through detection, loopback, Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 247-1 You can add different local or remote maintenance points of different MEP types to the MA. and it is not service-specific. l MD.247 Configuring Ethernet OAM RAN Feature Activation Guide link monitoring. as shown in Figure 247-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT CFMCCMTST to activate the Ethernet OAM unidirectional connectivity detection between the local MEP and the remote MEP. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD CFMMD to add the Ethernet OAM maintenance domain (MD). NOTE The OAM 3AH function on peer equipment must be activated. MA or MEP must be configured on the peer equipment when the MD. 247-2 .1ag draft 8. and fault detection and is not service. It is implemented based on services. Each MA corresponds to a service instance identified by the VLAN in the MD. Figure 247-1 PPP Ethernet OAM network 2. and E2E detection. The Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD CFMMEP to add an Ethernet OAM maintenance end point (MEP). Procedure l Activating the Ethernet OAM 3AH Function 1. The Alarm-21371 ETHOAM 3AH Detection Failure alarm is reported when Ethernet OAM detection fails. Each MD can be divided into several MAs. There are eight maintenance levels. MA or MEP has be added on BSC6900. The Ethernet OAM MD consists of bridges and maintenance equipment.1ag draft 7 or IEEE 802. that is level 0 to level 7. Activate the Ethernet OAM 3AH function. l The MEPID of the RemoteMep configured on the peer equipment must be consistent with the MEPID of the LocalMep configured on the local equipment. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) l Verifying the Ethernet OAM 3AH Function 1. l Activating the Ethernet OAM 1AG Function 1. E2E Ethernet OAM The E2E Ethernet OAM complies with IEEE 802. 3.. maintenance domains. NOTE 2. 4. Each MD is associated with a maintenance level. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD CFMMA to add the Ethernet OAM maintenance association (MA). Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT EFMAH to activate the Ethernet OAM 3AH function. ADD CFMMA: SRN=0. RMV CFMMEP: SRN=0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SN=18. ----End Example //Activating the Ethernet OAM 3AG function ACT EFMAH: SRN=0. the running of the PING MAC and TRC MAC succeeds. MDName="md0". MEPID=1. MDIDX=0. The running of the PING MAC and TRC MAC fails if the transmission between the local MEP and the remote MEP is faulty because the local MEP fails to receive the connectivity detection packet from the remote MEP. MDIDX=0. SN=18. MEPID=1. l Deactivating the Ethernet OAM 1AG Function 1. RMV CFMMD: SRN=0. MAIDX=0. PORTTYPE=ETHER. PN=0. //Activating the Ethernet OAM 1AG function ADD CFMMD: SRN=0. MAIDX=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV CFMMA to delete the Ethernet OAM maintenance association (MA). SN=18. MEPID=1. SN=18. MDIDX=0. MAIDX=0. TRC MAC: SRN=0. VLANID=2. OAM 1AG function on the peer equipment must be activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV CFMMD to delete the Ethernet OAM maintenance domain (MD). 4. MAIDX=0. because link on local end and peer end fails. SN=18. and the transmission is functional that the local MEP succeeds to receive the CCM packets from the peer MEP. PN=0. //Verifying the Ethernet OAM 1AG function PING MAC: SRN=0. SN=18. SN=18. the Alarm-21374 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Loopback is reported due to service congestion. MAIDX=0. MANAME="ma0". MEPID=1. RMV CFMMA: SRN=0. l Verifying the Ethernet OAM 1AG Function 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA EFMAH to deactivate the Ethernet OAM 3AH function. ADD CFMMEP: SRN=0. SN=18. MEPTYPE=LocalMep. If the loopback succeeds. SN=18. Activate the Ethernet OAM 1AG function. SN=18. MAIDX=0.. 2. PN=0. RMV CFMMEP: SRN=0. SRCMEPID=1. SN=18. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA CFMCCMTST to deactivate the Ethernet OAM unidirectional connectivity detection. MAIDX=0. 2. 247-3 . Activate the Ethernet OAM 3AH loopback function. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV CFMMEP to delete the Ethernet OAM maintenance end point (MEP). MEPID=11. 3. MEPID=11. DESTMEPID=11. MAIDX=0. ACT CFMCCMTST: SRN=0. SN=18. //Deactivating the Ethernet OAM 1AG function DEA CFMCCMTST: SRN=0. MEPTYPE=RemoteMep. //Deactivating the Ethernet OAM 3AG function DEA EFMAH: SRN=0. MAIDX=0. SN=18.RAN Feature Activation Guide 247 Configuring Ethernet OAM ALM-21345 Ethernet Link Fault alarm is report when Ethernet OAM detection is enable. SRCMEPID=1. 2. l Deactivating the Ethernet OAM 3AH Function 1. ADD CFMMEP: SRN=0. SN=18. DESTMEPID=11. MAIDX=0. Ltd. . – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). verify. Verification Procedure 1. Dependencies on Hardware – Huawei clock server should support this feature. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the NodeB MML command DSP IPCLKLINK to query the running status of all IP clock links. Procedure l NodeB V200R013 Activation Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPCLKLINK to add an IP clock link. The clock synchronization of the base station can be achieved for the operator without changing the existing data network and introducing additional QoS requirements for the transport network.RAN Feature Activation Guide 248 Configuring Clock Synchronization on Ethernet in NodeB 248 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Clock Synchronization on Ethernet in NodeB This section describes how to activate. 248-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 2. Context This feature provides a solution for clock synchronization in the all-IP network. Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. – Set Selected Clock Source to IPCLK(IP Clock). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050501 Clock Synchronization on Ethernet in NodeB.. CIP="11.. 2. Expected result: The value of IP Clock Link Status is Normal. Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure ADD IPCLKLINK: ICPT=HW_DEFINED. SIP="10. Run the NodeB MML command DSP CLKSTAT to query the status of the system clock. 2. SET CLKMODE: MODE=FREE.248 Configuring Clock Synchronization on Ethernet in NodeB RAN Feature Activation Guide Expected result: The value of Link Available State is Available. 2. – Set Clock Source Type to IPCLK(IP clock source).11". l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure ADD IPCLKLNK: SRN=0. 2. NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1.1.107".0.0. SIP="82. Expected result: The value of Current Clock Source State is Normal. SN=12. SN=7. – Set System Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). Run the NodeB MML command DSP CLKSTAT to query the status of the system clock.12. //Deactivation procedure RMV IPCLKLINK:. Set System Clock Working Mode to FREE(Free). DSP CLKSTAT: SN=7. //Verification procedure DSP IPCLKLINK:. Ltd. CLKSRC=IPCLK. l Run the NodeB MML command RMV IPCLKLINK to remove a specified IP clock link. Expected result: The value of Current Clock Source State is Normal. Run the NodeB MML command RMV IPCLKLNK to remove a specified IP clock link. Verification Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPCLKLNK to add an IP clock link. 2.128". CIP="82.11. 248-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command DSP IPCLKLNK to query the running status of all IP clock links.10. Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. Set Clock Working Mode to FREE(Free). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .11.1. SYNMODE=OFF. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL.12". //Verification procedure DSP IPCLKLNK: SN=12. SN=12. Ltd. 248-3 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 248 Configuring Clock Synchronization on Ethernet in NodeB ICPT=HW_DEFINED. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. IPMODE=AUTO. //Deactivation procedure RMV IPCLKLNK: SRN=0. DSP CLKSTAT:. CLKSRC=IPCLK. SET CLKMODE: MODE=FREE.. . – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. Dependencies on Hardware – Only the BSC6900 supports this feature. l Run the NodeB MML command ADD SYNCETH to add a synchronous-Ethernet clock link. 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050502 Synchronous Ethernet. – Only the 3900 series base stations support this feature. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. It enables the clock extraction and recovery in the physical layer of the Ethernet. Run the NodeB MML command DSP CLKSTAT to query the status of the current clock source. Other Prerequisites – The synchronous Ethernet technology requires that all the equipments on the clock relay path must support the synchronous Ethernet. – Set Selected Clock Source to SYNCETH(SyncEth Clock). Context This feature provides the solution for clock synchronization in all-IP networking scenarios. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 249 Configuring Synchronous Ethernet 249 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Synchronous Ethernet This section describes how to activate. 249-1 Verification Procedure 1.. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 249-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. ADD SYNCETH: SN=7. SET CLKMODE: MODE=FREE. ----End Run the NodeB MML command RMV SYNCETH to remove a synchronousEthernet clock link. Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source.249 Configuring Synchronous Ethernet RAN Feature Activation Guide Expected result: The value of Current Clock Source State is Normal. 2.. set Clock Working Mode to FREE(Free). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Deactivation Procedure 1. CLKSRC=SYNCETH. Example //Activation procedure SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. //Verification procedure DSP CLKSTAT: SN=7:. //Deactivation procedure RMV SYNCETH:. Ltd. PN=0. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. This feature has been available since RAN11. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-040202 RNC Node Redundancy. Context This feature improves the reliability and robustness of RAN and shortens the service interruption due to single-point failure in the RNC.RAN Feature Activation Guide 250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy 250 Prerequisite l l l l l Configuring RNC Node Redundancy This section describes how to activate. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. see Configuring the Interfaces. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the NodeB can be fast switched to the secondary RNC for service provisioning. In this way. For details. a NodeB can be connected to two RNCs and heartbeat detection is performed on the Iur interface between the two RNCs. When the primary RNC is faulty. The Iur. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. verify. The primary RNC and the secondary RNC form an RNC pool. With this feature. Ltd.0 and is applicable only to the BSC6900. Iu-CS. 250-1 .. Iub and Iu-PS interfaces have been configured. the service quality is improved. as shown in Figure 250-1 and Figure 250-2. l To activate this feature. The CN and M2000 do not require data configurations specific to this feature. the maximum service capability (such as CS Erlang and PS throughput) decreases from the combined capability of two RNCs to the capability of one RNC. data configurations related to this feature are required on the RNC and the NodeB. You can check the homing state of the NodeB on the M2000. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 250-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. As a result.250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 250-1 Network topology not configured with RNC pool Figure 250-2 Network topology configured with RNC pool NOTE l When the serving RNC is faulty. the processing specifications of the network decrease.. Ltd. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URNCPOOLMEMBER to add the primary homing RNC (RNC203) to the RNC pool. (5) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP to add the cell to the primary homing RNC and specify the peer cell ID under the secondary homing RNC. 2. WRFD-040300 License Control for Urgency can be enabled only fifteen times for each R version for this kind of reason. 1. the primary homing RNC is physically broken down and Supporting Auto-Rehoming Switch is set to OFF. and the feature WRFD-040300 License Control for Urgency will be activated. RncPool Name. set the parameters such as RncPool Index. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RNC203. WRFD-040300 License Control for Urgency can be enabled only fifteen times for each R version for this kind of reason. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URNCPOOLMEMBER to add the primary homing RNC (RNC202) to the RNC pool. 250-3 . RncPool Name. the secondary homing RNC is physically broken down and Supporting Auto-Rehoming Switch is set to OFF. and NodeB1 as examples to describe the procedures. Assume that RNC202 and RNC203 are initially configured as the primary homing and secondary homing RNC of NodeB1 respectively.RAN Feature Activation Guide NOTE 250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy This document uses RNC202. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT URNCPOOL to activate the RNC node redundancy feature. set the parameters such as RncPool Index. In this step.. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT URNCPOOL to activate the RNC node redundancy feature. CAUTION If the license is activated . (6) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPOOLPRIMHOSTPOLICY to set the rehoming strategy of the NodeB. the feature WRFD-040300 License Control for Urgency will be activated. In this step. CAUTION If the license is activated . Data configurations on the primary homing RNC (RNC202) (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URNCPOOL to add an RNC pool. Supporting Auto-Rehoming Switch and so on. Supporting Auto-Rehoming Switch and so on. (4) Add a NodeB (NodeB1) of which the primary homing RNC is RNC202: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEB to add a NodeB of which the primary homing RNC is RNC202. Data configurations on the secondary homing RNC (RNC203) (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URNCPOOL to add an RNC pool. 250-4 Method 2: Verifying services Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. this feature has been activated. Otherwise. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add an NCP link. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL on the RNC203 LMT. l 1. run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL. Data configurations on the NodeB (NodeB1) side (1) Configure information about the primary homing RNC. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add an NCP link. – Run the BSC6900 MML command RST UIU on RNC202 to make RNC202 become faulty. CAUTION Switching over NodeB control rights manually disrupts the ongoing services when the connection between the NodeB and the primary homing RNC is normal. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . The query result shows that cell 2 is unavailable due to no control rights. (2) Configure information about the secondary homing RNC. (5) On both the RNC203 LMT and the RNC202 LMT. (5) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP to add the cell to the secondary homing RNC and specify the peer cell ID under the primary homing RNC. a. run the BSC6900 MML command FOC UHOSTNODEB on the RNC203 LMT to manually switch over the NodeB control rights to the secondary homing RNC. The query result shows that cell 1 is functional. 2. (3) After RNC203 detects that RNC202 is faulty through the Iur interface. b. RNC203 takes over the NodeB and initiates cell2 reestablishment. To solve this problem. Ltd. – If the BSC6900 recovers too fast after the BSC6900 MML command RST UIU is executed. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add a CCP link. If the query result on the RNC203 LMT shows that cell 2 is operational and the query result on the RNC202 LMT shows that cell 1 is unavailable due to no control rights.250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy RAN Feature Activation Guide (4) Add a NodeB (NodeB1) of which the secondary homing RNC is RNC203: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEB to add a NodeB of which the secondary homing RNC is RNC203. b. you can remove the cable on the Iu-CS/Iu-PS interface instead. Verification Procedure Method 1: Verifying data configurations (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL on the RNC202 LMT. (4) (Optional) When the connection between the NodeB and the primary homing RNC is disconnected. the secondary homing RNC cannot obtain the NodeB control rights automatically.. this feature is not activated. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add a CCP link. a. 3. (2) Perform an emulation test of the primary RNC fault. the M2000 checks the homing state of the NodeB. and then use the UE to establish a CS AMR service.. and RNC203 releases the NodeB control rights. Figure 250-4 NodeB control rights obtained by RNC202 Figure 250-5 CS AMR service set up successfully (3) Power off RNC202 when RNC203 works properly. When creating a NodeB. If the RNC Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 250-5 . (4) When RNC202 restores normal services. RNC203 then takes over the NodeB control rights. it takes over the NodeB control rights again according to the rehoming strategy. Ltd. Method 3: Verifying this feature on the M2000 (1) Create the RNCs and NodeB on the RNC POOL monitor of the M2000. Figure 250-3 Normal heartbeat between RNC202 and RNC203 (2) Check that the cell under RNC202 is available. as shown in Figure 250-4 and Figure 250-5. as shown in Figure 250-3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy (1) Check whether the heartbeat between RNC202 and RNC203 is normal. 3. RAC=H’00. Example /*Activation procedure*/ /*Data configuration script on the primary homing RNC side*/ /*Configuring an RNC pool*/ ADD URNCPOOL: RncPoolIndex=0. ACT URNCPOOL: RncPoolIndex=0. ----End On RNC202 and RNC203. PeerCellId=1. SN=0. ADD URNCPOOLMEMBER: RncPoolIndex=0. //Setting cell parameters ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP: CellId=2. PeerNodebId=500. CellName="Redundancy_NODEB500_00". SupBmc=FALSE. (2) When the M2000 starts.. ADD URNCPOOLMEMBER: RncPoolIndex=0.250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy RAN Feature Activation Guide is the secondary homing RNC of the NodeB. HostType=PRIMHOST.IPTRANSAPARTIND=NOT_SUPPORT. SpgId=1. BandInd=Band1. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. SpgId=1. //Adding a dual-homing NodeBADD UNODEB: NodeBName="Redundancy_NODEB500". UARFCNDownlink=10668. TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. BEAR=IPV4. the NodeB cannot be created under that RNC. SAC=H’0000. URA1=0. LoCell=500. PeerNodebId=500. Ltd. RncPoolName="redundancy_RNCPOOL". PeerRncId=202. ADD IUBCP: CPPT=CCP. CellName="Redundancy_NODEB500_00". PeerIsValid=VALID. NodeBName="Redundancy_NODEB500". PScrambCode=500. SN=0. HostType=SECHOST. IPTRANSAPARTIND=NOT_SUPPORT. NrncId=203. PScrambCode=500. URANUM=D1. URANUM=D1. URA1=0. The M2000 then updates the network topology displayed in the RNC POOL monitor. LAC=H’0046. RncPoolName="redundancy_RNCPOOL". NodeBName="Redundancy_NODEB500". TCell=CHIP0. CnOpGrpIndex=0. PeerRncId=203. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. SAC=H’0000. it starts NE status subscribing. RAC=H’00. CnOpGrpIndex=0. run the BSC6900 MML command DEA URNCPOOL to deactivate the feature. //Setting cell parameters ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP: CellId=1. //Adding a dual-homing NodeB ADD UNODEB: NodeBName="Redundancy_NODEB500". SRN=0. SharingType=RANSHARING. UARFCNDownlink=10668. the RNC reports the NodeB homing state to the M2000. l Deactivation Procedure 1. ACT URNCPOOL: RncPoolIndex=0. LoCell=500. When the homing state of the NodeB changes. SSN=1. BEAR=IPV4. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SharingType=RANSHARING. PeerCellId=2. LN=1. NrncId=202. SSN=1. TCell=CHIP0. TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. /*Configuring information about the secondary homing RNC on the NodeB*/ /*Configuring NCP and CCP*/ 250-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SupBmc=FALSE. PeerIsValid=VALID. /*Data configuration script on the secondary homing RNC side*/ /*Configuring an RNC pool*/ ADD URNCPOOL: RncPoolIndex=0. LAC=H’0046. NodeBId=500. NodeBId=500. BandInd=Band1. SRN=0. /*Data configuration script on the NodeB side*/ /*Configuring information about the primary homing RNC on the NodeB*/ /*Configuring NCP and CCP*/ ADD IUBCP: CPPT=NCP. Ltd. CellId=1. RSTCNTYPE=ALL_NODES. BEAR=IPV4. 250-7 . //RNC202 DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL. ADD IUBCP: CPPT=CCP. BELONG=SLAVE. CNDOMAINID= ALL_DOMAIN. //RNC203 DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. BELONG=SLAVE.RAN Feature Activation Guide 250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy ADD IUBCP: CPPT=NCP. CellId=1. //RNC203 DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL. CellId=2. BEAR=IPV4. /*Verifying RNC Node Redundancy*///RNC202 DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL. LN=2. LN=3. CellId=2. //RNC202 RST UIU: CnOpIndex=0.. //Deactivating RNC Node Redundancy //RNC202&RNC203 DEA URNCPOOL: RncPoolIndex=0. . improving service quality. Ltd. l Verification Procedure 1. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Both the options can be selected. set Cell Capability Auto Handle Switch to TX_DIVERSITY_ON_TO_OFF(TX diversity capability is on to off) or TX_DIVERSITY_OFF_TO_ON(TX diversity capability is off to on). 251-1 2. verify. – This feature is not under license control. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.. In this step. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context RRU redundancy can improve the reliability and robustness of the RAN and shorten the duration of service disruption caused by an RRU failure. If a cell is configured as a MIMO cell or a transmit diversity cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLALGOSWITCH to check that Cell Capability Auto Handle Switch is set to TX diversity capability is on to off::ON or TX diversity capability is off to on::ON. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-040203 RRU Redundancy. 2. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH or MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to ensure the local cell uses two power amplifiers. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL to query whether the local cell is configured with two power amplifiers.RAN Feature Activation Guide 251 Configuring RRU Redundancy 251 Prerequisite l l l License Configuring RRU Redundancy This section describes how to activate. SECN=0. //Verification procedure //Querying the cell algorithm switch LST UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. do as follows: ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. HISPM=TRUE. VAM=FALSE. MXPWR=430. SRN1=60. LOCELL=10. //Ensure that the local cell uses two power amplifiers. Ltd.251 Configuring RRU Redundancy RAN Feature Activation Guide l Deactivation Procedure This feature need not be deactivated. SPR=250. SRN2=61. RMTCM=FALSE.. //Or MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. ----End Example //Activation procedure //When a cell is configured as a MIMO and transmit diversity cell.. RADIUS=10000. HORAD=150. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. TTW=TRUE. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_SECOND. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_SECOND. CellCapacityAutoHandleSwitch=TX_DIVERSITY_ON_TO_OFF-1&TX_DIVERSITY_OFF_TO _ON-1. 251-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=0. CellCapacityAutoHandleSwitch=TX_DIVERSITY_ON_TO_OFF-1&TX_DIVERSITY_OFF_TO _ON-1. ULFREQ=9610. //Checking whether the local cell is configured with two power amplifiers LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. SN2=0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . DLFREQ=10560. STN=0. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.. – This feature is not under license control.211. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP to set the transmit diversity mode. 252-1 . The investment can be reduced while the same QoS is guaranteed. capacity and coverage can be significantly improved. Especially when multipath fading is not obvious and the UE is not moving fast. As specified in 3GPP TS 25. the FDPCH can only use the STTD mode. (1) In this step. The transmit diversity feature improves terminal performance in special circumstances. operators can reduce the CAPEX and the OPEX. TSTD. set TX Diversity Indication to TRUE. Transmit diversity mode consists of Space Time Transmit Diversity (STTD) mode and closed loop TX diversity mode 1 (CP1). Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010203 Transmit Diversity. Transmit diversity enables the NodeB to provide twice the number of RF DL channels compared with no transmit diversity. (5) (Optional) Set FDPCH Tx Diversity Mode for Other User to STTD. and CLD1 to effectively improve the reception performance of the UE. verify. Context l l The feature supports STTD. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. (2) (Optional) Set STTD Support Indicator to STTD_Supported. (3) (Optional) Set CP1 Support Indicator to CP1_Supported.RAN Feature Activation Guide 252 Configuring Transmit Diversity 252 Prerequisite l l l License Configuring Transmit Diversity This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. In this way. (4) (Optional) Set DPCH Tx Diversity Mode for Other User to STTD or CP1. CP1SupInd=CP1_not_Supported. TTW=TRUE. DpchPrioTxDiversityMode=STTD. In this step. SECN=1. ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. set Two Tx Way to TRUE and configure the antenna data in line with the hardware deployment scheme. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SRN1=60.. //Verification procedure DSP LOCELL: LOCELL=1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a sector. DIVM=COMMON_MODE. VAM=FALSE. MXPWR=430. ANTM=2. ADD SEC: STN=0.252 Configuring Transmit Diversity RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. TxDiversityInd=TRUE. HISPM=FALSE. HspdschPrioTxDiversityMode=STTD. 3. l Verification Procedure 1. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. DpchDivModforMIMO=STTD. STTDSupInd=STTD_Supported. SECN=1. DLFREQ=10650. ANT1N=R0A. ANT2N=R0A. Ltd. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. STN=0. 252-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. ULFREQ=9700. ANT1SRN=60. Run the NodeB MML command DSP LOCELL to query the status of a specified local cell. SRN2=61. ----End Example //Activation procedure MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. ANT2SRN=61. RMTCM=FALSE. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SEC to add a sector. set Diversity Mode to COMMON_MODE(COMMON MODE) and configure the antenna data in line with the hardware deployment scheme. Expected result: The value of Cell Transmit Diversity Status is Enabled. License – This feature is not under license control. Run the NodeB MML command ADD ULGROUP. In this step.. l Verification Procedure 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010209 4-Antenna Receive Diversity. 4-antenna Receive Diversity improves the receiver sensitivity and the uplink coverage. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.. Context l Compared with 2-Antenna Receive Diversity. 4-Antenna Receive Diversity provides the NodeB with twice the number of RF UL channels. and subrack numbers. so that the CAPEX can be reduced. their respective cabinet numbers. a bigger UL coverage gain can be obtained. verify. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SEC. l Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Set Antenna Channel1 No. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the NodeB MML command LST SEC to check that the preceding parameters are correctly configured. In this way. set Demodulation Work Mode to DEM_4_CHAN(4-Channels Demodulation Mode) or DEM_ECON_4_CHAN(Economical 4-Channels Demodulation Mode). Antenna Channel4 No. 253-1 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. Ltd. In this step.. Antenna Channel2 No.. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Antenna Channel3 No. set Antenna Magnitude to 4.RAN Feature Activation Guide 253 Configuring 4-Antenna Receive Diversity 253 Prerequisite l l l Configuring 4-Antenna Receive Diversity This section describes how to activate. ANT4N=N1B. SECN=0. ANT3N=N1A. ANT1N=N0A. SNE1=0. DEMMODE=DEM_4_CHAN. ANT4N=N1B. SECN=0. SNE1=0. Ltd. ANT2SRN=2. ANT2N=N0B. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure ADD SEC: STN=0. ANT2SRN=4. SECN=0. ANT2CN=0. ANTM=4. ANT3N=N1A.253 Configuring 4-Antenna Receive Diversity RAN Feature Activation Guide l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ADD ULGROUP: ULGROUPN=0. l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure ADD SEC: STN=0.. ANT1SRN=2. ANT1CN=0. ANT4SRN=2. 253-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. ANT3SRN=4. ANT3CN=0. DEMMODE=DEM_4_CHAN. ANTM=4. //Verification procedure LST SEC: STN=0. ANT1SRN=4. ANT2N=N0B. ANT4SRN=4. ANT1N=N0A. ADD ULGROUP: ULGROUPN=0. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. ANT3SRN=2. //Verification procedure LST SEC: STN=0. ANT4CN=0. SECN=0. . the EBBI board needs to be configured. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . – In the case of the BTS3812E and BTS3812AE. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPRACHBASIC. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 3. In this step. 2. l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. License – This feature is not under license control. Context l l This feature enables the operator to use a few NodeBs to extend the cell coverage. Ltd. select available RACH sub channels in the cell from the RACH Sub Channel No. set Remote Cell Group No and Remote Cell Group Name. the WBBPb board or later version needs to be configured. This feature extends the cell coverage to very remote areas with the fewest sites. Run the NodeB MML command ADD REMOTECELLGRP. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLSETUP.RAN Feature Activation Guide 254 Configuring Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km 254 Prerequisite l Configuring Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km This section describes how to activate. – In the case of the DBS3800. set AICH Transmission Timing to 1. In this step. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Max Transmit Power of Cell to the maximum cell transmit power that is configured on the NodeB side. In this step. verify. Dependencies on Hardware – In the case of the NodeB 3900 series base stations. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UAICH. list. 254-1 4. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021308 Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km. the EBBC or EBBM board needs to be configured. SAC=H'0000. TRLFAILURE=50. UARFCNUplinkInd=TRUE. ADD UPCPICH: CELLID=1. Constantvalue=-23. Run the NodeB MML command LST REMOTECELLGRP to check that the remote cell group is configured. The 3 sub channels need to be fixed as follows: l sub-channel 0. PowerRampStep=2. ADD UPRACHBASIC: CellId=1. REMOTECELLGRPNAME="test". Configuration on the BSC6900 side MOD UPRACH: CellId=1. PeerCellId=100. 5. NOTE 6. ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. PreambleSignatures=SIGNATURE0-1. PreambleRetransMax=20. set sub channel of every cell. CHIP256 or CHIP512. DIVMODFORDCHSDPA = NONE. PHYCHID=2. 2. sub-channel 5 and sub-channel 6 l sub-channel 8. NOUTSYNCIND=50. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . CN1=0. Ltd. select sub channel from RACH Sub Channel No. carry out Step 6. SECN=1. DLFREQ=10600.UARFCNUPLINK=9612. In this step. ULFREQ=9700. SpgId = 8. CnOpGrpIndex=0. MXPWR=430. ADD UCELLSETUP:CELLID=1. RACHSubChNo=SUBCHANEL0-1&SUBCHANEL1-1&SUBCHANEL2-1. CFGRACIND=REQUIRE. CP1SUPIND = CP1_NOT_SUPPORTED.MaxTxPower=430. RAC=H'00. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Configuration on the BSC6900 side ADD UAICH: CELLID=1. NINSYNCIND=5. MAXPCPICHPOWER=346. l Only 3 sub channels can be set for every cell. do not carry out Step 6. PSCRAMBCODE=2. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. PhyChId=4. 254-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. TCELL=CHIP256. TXDIVERSITYIND=TRUE. SRN1=4. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. VAM=FALSE. STN=1.NODEBNAME="NodeB6". LAC=H'2501.CELLNAME="Cell1". Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL. Optional: Run BSC6900 MML command MOD UPRACH. RMTCM=TRUE.CLTAModeInd=TRUE. DPCHDIVMODFOROTHER = NONE.. the parameter Time Offset needs to be set to CHIP0. set Remote Cell Mode to TRUE and set Index of Remote Cell Group to the same value as that of Remote Cell Group No. PCPICHPOWER=330. CTFCSize=BIT2. MINPCPICHPOWER=313. PhyChId=0. UARFCNDOWNLINK=10562. //Configuration on the NodeB side ADD REMOTECELLGRP: REMOTECELLGRPINDEX=1. HISPM=FALSE.PeerIsV alid=VALID. RMTCGRPID=1. sub-channel 1 and sub-channel 2 l sub-channel 4. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL to check that the local cell is set to a remote cell and that Remote Cell Mode is set to TRUE. sub-channel 9 and sub-channel 10 l When adding logical cell on BSC6900. l Verification Procedure 1.BANDIND=BAND1.254 Configuring Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km RAN Feature Activation Guide In case of setting the remote cell to save boards.. Otherwise. RACHSubChNo=SUBCHANEL0-1&SUBCHANEL1-1&SUBCHANEL2-1. LOCELL=0. and no repeated sub channel exists. SN1=0. STTDSUPIND = STTD_NOT_SUPPORTED. RAN Feature Activation Guide 254 Configuring Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km //Verification procedure LST REMOTECELLGRP: REMOTECELLGRPINDEX=1. LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. 254-3 . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. LOCELL=1.. Ltd. . Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010206 High Speed Access. l When the WBBPb. the board in a common four-channel demodulation mode does not support high speed access. remote sectors and distributed sectors support the high speed access feature. verify. HBBU. The board supports high speed access in any demodulation mode. – All boards of the DBS3800 support High Speed Access. HBBI. except the NBBI and NULP. WBBPd. EBBI. l When the HULP. EBOI. License – This feature is not under license control. NOTE l The local sectors. reducing the Doppler effect and offering reliable services for the UE in high-speed movement. EULPd. The high speed access feature provides the automatic frequency control (AFC) function for the uplink. EULP. Each board can support the access channels of only one cell. of the BTS3812E and BTS3812AE support the high speed access feature. In addition. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Dependencies on Hardware – All boards of the 3900 series base stations support High Speed Access. the capability of the board does not decrease. the capability for the board to carry access channels decreases. or EBBCd is configured to support the high speed access feature. 255-1 . Context The time-selective fading caused by the Doppler effect of a fast-moving UE increases the BER and affects the signals received by the NodeB.. or WBBPa is configured to support the high speed access feature. EBBC. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 255 Configuring High Speed Access 255 Prerequisite l l l Configuring High Speed Access This section describes how to activate. – All boards. modify these cells. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. set. l Deactivation Procedure 1. High Speed Movement Mode to FALSE. ----End Example //Activation procedure MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. Set Speed Rate as required. This process disrupts the ongoing services. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. The query result is returned on the LMT. l Verification Procedure 1. //Deactivation procedure MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. In this step. HISPM=TRUE.. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the attributes of the local cell. HISPM=FALSE. Check that the values of High Speed Movement Mode and Speed Rate match the configuration. 255-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step.255 Configuring High Speed Access RAN Feature Activation Guide CAUTION To enable the high speed access feature in the cells carrying services. LOCELL=1. deactivate these cells. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the attributes of the specified local cell. High Speed Movement Mode to TRUE. and then activate these cells. SPR=400. set. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL to query the configuration information about the local cell. //Verification procedure LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. WRFD-010209 4-Antenna Receive Diversity. and WRFD-021308 Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. WRFD-010684 2x2 MIMO. 256-1 . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell. this feature can reduce handovers between cells and increase cell capacity and cell throughput. 4-Antenna Receive Diversity or MIMO. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SEC to add a sector. Ltd.. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 256 Configuring Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell This section describes how to activate. 256 Configuring Independent Prerequisite l Dependencies on Hardware – DBS3900 series base stations only – The WBBPb or WBBPd board needs to be configured. and F1 raceways. – Set Sector Type to MULTIRRU_SECTOR(MULTIRRU_SECTOR). Context In multi-RRU cell scenarios. NOTE l This feature cannot be used if a base station is configured with the feature transmit diversity. verify. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature conflicts with the features WRFD-010203 Transmit Diversity. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. railways. l This feature applies to high-speed moving scenarios such as highways. MXPWR=430. RRU1SRN=60. DSP LOCELL: LOCELL=0. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command RMV LOCELL to remove a local cell. 2.256 Configuring Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell RAN Feature Activation Guide – Set Diversity Mode to COMMON_MODE(Common Mode). ----End Example //Activation procedure ADD SEC: STN=0. SECT=MULTIRRU_SECTOR. DLFREQ=10600. SECT=MULTIRRU_SECTOR. RRUMODE=SYNC. Ltd. Run the NodeB MML command RMV SEC to remove a specified sector. Expected result: The value of Sector Type is MULTIRRU_SECTOR (MULTIRRU_SECTOR). 256-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SECN=0. ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=0.. SECN=0. 2. l Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a local cell. ULFREQ=9650. RRUCOUNT=2. RMV SEC: STN=0. RRU2SRN=61. //Deactivation procedure RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Run the NodeB MML command LST SEC to query configured sectors. 2. SECN=0. //Verification procedure LST SEC: STN=0. Expected result: The value of Local Cell Status is Local Cell Available. Verification Procedure 1. SECN=0. STN=0. – Set Sector Type to MULTIRRU_SECTOR(MULTIRRU_SECTOR). HISPM=FALSE. Run the NodeB MML command DSP LOCELL to query the configuration of a local cell. 2. Check the bit1RfcInfo2507 IE in the following path in the message: pdcpSetupInfo> pdcpInfo> pdcpInfoBmp> bit1RfcInfo2507. Initiate UE tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Ltd. The system compresses the redundant protocol header before the data is transmitted on a link. Observe the CRLC _SETUP_REQ message in the traced UE data. This feature can decrease the throughput on the Uu interface and improve the efficiency of radio links. It enables the deletion of redundant information such as TCP/IP header.RAN Feature Activation Guide 257 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507) 257 Prerequisite l l l Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507) This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011500 PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507). Dependencies on Hardware – The UE supports this feature. Context This feature complies with the header compression function of data packet as defined in RFC 2507. Establish a PS service on the UE. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 257-1 l Verification Procedure 1.. In addition. verify. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . the system can decompress the received data. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH-0. //Deactivating PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507). l Deactivation Procedure 1..257 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507) RAN Feature Activation Guide – If the value of the bit1RfcInfo2507 IE is 1. you can infer that this feature has not been activated. ----End Example //Activating PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507). Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH-1. 257-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you can infer that this feature has been activated. – If the value of the bit1RfcInfo2507 IE is 0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and hands over slow-moving UEs to high-priority cells to increase network capacity. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. In this step. Context Based on speed estimation.RAN Feature Activation Guide 258 Configuring HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) 258 Prerequisite l l l Configuring HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) This section describes how to activate. In this step. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. – HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH – HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH – HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH – HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH – HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH 2. Ltd. set HoSwitch to the following parameter value. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHCS. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure). Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 258-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . verify. the BSC6900 hands over fast-moving UEs to low-priority cells to reduce the number of handovers. set Use of HCS to USED. 258 Configuring HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. Set the HCS parameters for different types of neighboring cells as follows: – Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell and set the HCS parameters. – Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add an interfrequency neighboring cell and set the HCS parameters. – Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to add an inter-RAT GSM neighboring cell and set the HCS parameters. 4. 5. l For the cells whose HCS parameters have been set, run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHCSHO. In this step, set SpdEstSwitch to ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UHCSHO to set the RNC-level HCS parameters according to network plan. If the moving speed of a UE is higher than the fast-moving handover threshold (the number of 1D events reported by the UE in the specified period reaches the preset number), an inter-frequency or inter-RAT HCS handover is triggered. If the moving speed of a UE is lower than the slow-moving handover threshold (the number of 1D events reported by the UE in the specified period is smaller than the slow-moving handover threshold), slow-moving HCS handover measurement is triggered, and a slow-moving inter-frequency or inter-RAT HCS handover is performed. If a measurement-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover is triggered, check whether compressed mode is started by using a RRC_PH_CH_RECFG message on the Uu interface on the BSC6900 LMT. If compressed mode is started, this feature is activated. If an inter-frequency blind handover is triggered, check whether the handover is triggered by using a RRC_PH_CH_RECFG message on the Uu interface on the BSC6900 LMT. If the handover is triggered by using the message, this feature is activated. If an inter-RAT blind handover is triggered, check whether 3G-to-2G handovers are performed on the Uu and Iu interfaces on the BSC6900 LMT. If 3G-to-2G handovers are performed, this feature is activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, deselect HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH from the HoSwitch parameter. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHCS. In this step, set Use of HCS to NOT_USED. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHCSHO. In this step, set SpdEstSwitch to OFF. Verification Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 2. 3. ----End Example /*Activating HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure).*/ //Set HandOver Switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1&HO _INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_CS _OUT_SWITCH-1; 258-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 258 Configuring HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) //Set HCS cell to Use of HCS ADD UCELLHCS: CellId=11, UseOfHcs=USED; //Add an intra-frequency neighboring cell ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1, CellId=11, NCellRncId=9, NCellId=100, SIB11Ind=TRUE, IdleQoffset1sn=0, IdleQoffset2sn=0, SIB12Ind=FALSE, TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0, NPrioFlag=FALSE; //Add an inter-frequency neighboring cell ADD UINTERFREQNCELL:RncId=1, CellId=11, NCellRncId=9, NCellId=100, CIOOffset=0, SIB11Ind=TRUE, SIB12Ind=FALSE, TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0, HOCovPrio=1, BlindHOFlag=FALSE, NPrioFlag=FALSE; //Add a GSM inter-RAT neighboring cell ADD U2GNCELL: RncId=1, CellId=11, GSMCellIndex=0, CIOOffset=0, Qoffset1sn=0, Qrxlevmin=-50, TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0, TempOffset1=D3, BlindHoFlag=TRUE, BlindHOPrio=30, NPrioFlag=FALSE; //Set Algorithm Switch for UE Speed Estimation ADD UCELLHCSHO: CellId=11, SpdEstSwitch=ON; //Deactivating HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure). SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH-0; MOD UCELLHCS: CellId=11, UseOfHcs=NOT_USED; MOD UCELLHCSHO: CellId=11, SpdEstSwitch=OFF; Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 258-3 RAN Feature Activation Guide 259 Configuring Intra Frequency Load Balance 259 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Intra Frequency Load Balance This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load Balance. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context This feature enables the change in cell load by adjusting the cell PCPICH power. For those UEs in soft handover state, this feature enables the intra-frequency neighboring cells to share the cell load by removing high load cell from the active set. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, select INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB from the Cell LDC algorithm switch dropdown list. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD. In this step, set Intrafrequency LDB period timer length to an appropriate value. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDB to set the following parameters associated with the cell-level intra-frequency load balancing (LDB) algorithm to appropriate values: – Cell overload threshold Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 259-1 3. 4. 259 Configuring Intra Frequency Load Balance RAN Feature Activation Guide – Pilot power adjustment step – Cell under load threshold 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UPCPICHPWR. In this step, set P-CPICH parameters associated with intra-frequency LDB, including Max transmit power of PCPICH and Min transmit power of PCPICH to appropriate values. l Verification Procedure To verify that the RNC can balance the cell load by adjusting the P-CPICH power of a cell, perform the following steps: 1. 2. 3. On the BSC6900 LMT, open the Monitor tab page. Create the task of monitoring PCPICH TxPower of CELL_A11. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate high load in CELL_A11. In the Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box, check the pilot power of CELL_A11. Expected result: As the cell load increases, the pilot power periodically decreases. The actual pilot power must not be decreased to a level lower than the configured minimum pilot power. 4. The NBAP_CELL_RECFG_REQ and NBAP_CELL_RECFG_RSP messages should be displayed in the Iub tracing result. In the NBAP_CELL_RECFG_REQ message, check whether the RNC has reduced the pilot power. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to stop simulating high load in CELL_A11. In the Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box, check the pilot power of CELL_A11. Expected result: As the cell load becomes normal, the pilot power periodically increases. The actual pilot power must not be increased to a level higher than the configured maximum pilot power. 5. 6. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, deselect INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB from the Cell LDC algorithm switch dropdown list. Restore the parameter settings modified in the activation procedure. 2. ----End Example //Activating Intra Frequency Load Balance //Configuring intra-frequency neighboring cells ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1, CellId=111, NCellRncId=1, NCellId=211, SIB11Ind=TRUE, SIB12Ind=FALSE, TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0, NPrioFlag=FALSE; //Enabling the cell-oriented intra-frequency LDB algorithm MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-1; //Setting the intra-frequency LDB period SET ULDCPERIOD: IntraFreqLdbPeriodTimerLen=1800; //Setting parameters associated with the cell-oriented intra-frequency LDB algorithm to appropriate values MOD UCELLLDB: CellId=111, PCPICHPowerPace=2, CellOverrunThd=90, CellUnderrunThd=30; //Setting the P-CPICH associated parameters for intra-frequency LDB MOD UPCPICHPWR: CellId=111, MaxPCPICHPower=346, MinPCPICHPower=313; 259-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 259 Configuring Intra Frequency Load Balance //Verifying Intra Frequency Load Balance STR DLSIM: LOCELL=111, LR=90; STP DLSIM: LOCELL=111; //Deactivating Intra Frequency Load Balance MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-0; Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 259-3 RAN Feature Activation Guide 260 Configuring Potential User Control 260 Prerequisite l l l Configuring Potential User Control This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020105 Potential User Control. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context This feature reduces system load by modifying cell selection and reselection parameters. In this way, the cell where the UE camps can be controlled based on cell load. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable the cell-oriented PUC algorithm. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD to specify the period of potential user control. In this step, set PUC period timer length to an appropriate value. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLPUC to set the cell-oriented PUC algorithm parameters. Configure two cells CELL_A11 and CELL_A12 as inter-frequency neighboring cells on the NodeB. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLPUC to change the potential user control threshold for CELL_A11. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate a situation where the cell has a high load. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 260-1 3. l Verification Procedure 1. 2. 3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 260 Configuring Potential User Control RAN Feature Activation Guide The following messages can be traced on the Iub interface: the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_REQ from the RNC to the NodeB, and the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_RSP message responded by the NodeB. The updated system information can be traced on the Uu interface. The value of the Sintersearch signaling element (IE) of the SIB3 of CELL_A11 decreases, and the values of the Qoffset1s,n and Qoffset2s,n IEs of the SIB11 of CELL_A11 increase. 4. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLPUC to change the potential user control threshold for CELL_A12. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate a situation where CELL_A12 has a high downlink load. The following messages can be traced on the Iub interface: the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_REQ message from the RNC to the NodeB, and the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_RSP response message from the NodeB. The updated system information can be traced on the Uu interface. The value of the Sintersearch IE of the SIB3 of CELL_A11 decreases, and the values of the Qoffset1s,n and Qoffset2s,n IEs of the SIB11 of CELL_A11 increase. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, deselect the PUC(Potential User Control Algorithm) check box under the parameter Cell LDC algorithm switch. ----End Example //Activating Potential User Control MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=PUC-1; SET ULDCPERIOD: PucPeriodTimerLen=1800; ADD UCELLPUC: CELLID=1, SPUCLIGHT=45, SPUCHEAVY=70, SPUCHYST=5, OFFSINTERLIGHT=-2, OFFSINTERHEAVY=2, OFFQOFFSET1LIGHT=-4, OFFQOFFSET2LIGHT=-4, OFFQOFFSET1HEAVY=4, OFFQOFFSET2HEAVY=4; //Deactivating Potential User Control MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=PUC-0; 260-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 261 Configuring Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070004 Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g. 261 l Configuring Load Based GSM and Prerequisite Dependencies on Hardware – The BSC model is the BSC6900. – A GSM+UMTS dual-mode MS is required. – Interface board FG2a/FG2c/GOUa/GOUc should be configured to support Iur-g. l Dependencies on Other Features – Configurations of other features on which this feature depends are complete. – This feature depends on features GBFD-511101 Load Based Handover Enhancement on Iur-g, WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load or WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure). l l l l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Both the 2G network and the 3G network are deployed. IP transmission mode is used on the Iur-g interface. A GSM cell and a UMTS cell are configured and the GSM cell is configured as the neighboring cell of the UMTS cell. Data is negotiated and planned for the inter-BSC6900 Iur-g interface. For details you can refer to Configuring the inter-BSC6900 Iur-g interface. NOTE l The licenses on the BSC and the RNC sides are activated separately. Context This feature is based on Huawei private information exchange mechanism over the Iur-g interface. With this feature, the traffic is distributed through the RRC redirection and load-based handover from the 3G network to the 2G network on the basis of the service attributes and the load of the 2G networks when 3G cell enters LDR status. In this manner, the load is shared by the GSM network when the load of UMTS network is heavy. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 261-1 261 Configuring Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Configuration on the RNC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBSCCRRM to enable the noncoverage-based handover. In this step, set Non-coverage handover based on 2G load Indication to ON, Adjustment Coefficient of 2G Load Value to 1and Load-base handover based on 3G2G load difference Indication to ON. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the inter-RAT handover. In this step, select HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH in the HandOver switch drop-down list box. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable UL and DL load reshuffling (LDR) on the Uu interface. In this step, select UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm) and DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm) in the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list box. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to configure LDR actions. In this step, set DL LDR first action and UL LDR first action to CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain inter-rat should be load handover); set DL LDR second action and UL LDR second action to PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load handover); set DL LDR third action and UL LDR third action to CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat should not be load handover); set DL LDR fourth action and UL LDR fourth action to PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load handover). NOTE You need to configure UL and DL LDR actions according to the actual situation. 2. Configuration on the BSC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GCELLHOBASIC to enable interRAT handovers. In this step, set Inter-RAT Out BSC Handover Enable and Inter-RAT In BSC Handover Enable to YES(Yes) . (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB to set 2G Load Adjustment Coefficient. Setting 2G Load Adjustment Coefficient to 10 is recommended. l Verification Procedure NOTE l If the verification achieves the following results as expected, the configuration succeeds. Otherwise, the configuration fails. 1. 3G-to-2G Load Based Handover Enhancement CAUTION The verification can be done when only the UMTS cell is in the basic congestion state. 261-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 261 Configuring Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g (1) Use the dual-mode MS to call a fixed telephone in the UMTS cell. Trace signaling on the Iu interface on the LMT. RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message is reported. The RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message contains reduce-load-in-serving-cell. Trace signaling on the A interface on the LMT. Handover Request message is reported. The Handover Request message contains reduce-load-in-serving-cell. NOTE After the verification, set the value of system to the value before the verification. 2. 2G-to-3G Load Based Handover Enhancement (1) Use the MS to initiate a call in the GSM cell, and the call is successfully established. (2) When the GSM cell is in the basic congestion state, the MS hand over to 3G neighbor cell. Trace signaling on the A interface. Check that Assignment Request, Handover Required, and Handover Command messages are reported and cause in the Handover Required message is directed-retry(13). l Deactivation Procedure 1. Configuration on the RNC side – Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBSCCRRM to deactivate MBSC Handover based on Load Enhancement on the UMTS side. In this step, set Noncoverage handover based on 2G load Indication to OFF(OFF) and Load-base handover based on 3G2G load difference Indication to OFF(OFF). 2. Configuration on the BSC side – Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB to deactivate MBSC Handover based on Load Enhancement on the GSM side. In this step, set Allow Inter-RAT Load HO in Connect State to NO(No). ----End Example //Activating Handover based on Load Enhancement //Configuration on the RNC side /*Enabling the non-coverage-based handover*/ SET UMBSCCRRM: MbscNcovHoOn2GldInd=ON, LoadHoOn3G2GldInd=ON; /*Enabling the inter-RAT handover*/ SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1; /*Enabling UL and DL load reshuffling (LDR) on the Uu interface*/ MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=0, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1; /*Configuring LDR actions*/ MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=0, DlLdrFirstAction=CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, DlLdrSecondAction=PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, DlLdrThirdAction=CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, DlLdrFourthAction=PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, UlLdrFirstAction=CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, UlLdrSecondAction=PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, UlLdrThirdAction=CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, UlLdrFourthAction=PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO; //Configuration on the BSC side /*Enabling the inter-RAT handover*/ SET GCELLHOBASIC: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, INTERRATOUTBSCHOEN=YES, INTERRATINBSCHOEN=YES; /*Setting 2G Load Adjustment Coefficient*/ SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, G2GLoadAdjustCoeff=10; Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 261-3 261 Configuring Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g RAN Feature Activation Guide //Deactivating UMTS Handover based on Load Enhancement //Configuration on the RNC side SET UMBSCCRRM: MbscNcovHoOn2GldInd=OFF, LoadHoOn3G2GldInd=OFF; //Configuration on the BSC side SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, OutSysLoadHoEn=NO; 261-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) RAN Feature Activation Guide 262 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g Assisted Cell Change) Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070005 NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g. 262 l Configuring NACC(Network Prerequisite Dependencies on Hardware – The BSC model is the BSC6900. – A GSM+UMTS dual-mode MS is required. – Interface board FG2a/FG2c/GOUa/GOUc should be configured to support Iur-g. l Dependencies on Other Features – Configurations of other features on which this feature depends are complete. – This feature depends on features WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage, WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service, WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load, GBFD-511102 NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g between GSM and WCDMA, or WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure). l l l l l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. IP transmission mode is used on the Iur-g interface. The MS supports NACC. Both the 2G network and the 3G network are deployed. A GSM cell and a UMTS cell are configured and the GSM cell is configured as the neighboring cell of the UMTS cell. Data is negotiated and planned for the inter-BSC6900 Iur-g interface. For details you can refer to Configuring the inter-BSC6900 Iur-g interface. NOTE l The licenses on the BSC and the RNC sides are activated separately. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 262-1 262 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g RAN Feature Activation Guide Context With this feature, the network assisted cell change (NACC) procedure is performed through the internal information exchange mechanism of the MBSC. As a result, the interoperability of PS services between GSM cells and UMTS cells under the same MBSC does not involve the CN. In this manner, the time taken to perform the NACC procedure is shortened by about 680ms and therefore the handover delay is reduced. In addition, the NACC procedure does not require the support of the CN. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Configuration on the RNC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the NACC function. In this step, select HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH in the HandOver switch drop-down list box. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBSCCRRM to enable direct GERAN system information exchange. In this step, set GERAN System Information Exchange Switch to ON. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the inter-RAT handover. In this step, select HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH in the HandOver switch drop-down list box. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT2GCELL to enable the interRAT cell to support indication of the RIM procedure. In this step, set Inter-RAT cell support RIM indicator to TRUE. If multiple neighboring cells are planned, repeat this step to enable the inter-RAT cell to support indication of the RIM for all the neighboring cells. 2. Configuration on the BSC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD GNRNC to allow NACC-related information exchange on the Iur-g interface. In this step, set Allow Info Exchange at Iur-g to YES(Support) and Info Exchange Content to NACCRELATED(NACC Info). (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GCELLGPRS to set basic GPRS attributes of the GSM cell. In this step, set GPRS to SupportAsInnPcu(Support as built-in PCU) and Support NACC to YES(Yes). l Verification Procedure 1. 2. 3. Trace Iur-g and Um interfaces on the LMT. Use a dual-mode MS to download data in the UMTS cell and then switch the MS to the GSM cell. Check that INFO_EXCHG_INIT_REQ and INFO_EXCHG_INIT_RSP messages are reported on the Iur-g interface. The value of informationTypeItem in the INFO_EXCHG_INIT_REQ message is nACC-Related-Data(8) and the INFO_EXCHG_INIT_RSP message contains nACC-Related-Data. Configuration on the RNC side Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) l Deactivation Procedure 1. 262-2 RAN Feature Activation Guide 262 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH on the RNC to deactivate NACC Procedure Optimization. In this step, deselect HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH in the HandOver switch drop-down list box. ----End Example //Activating NACC Procedure Optimization //Configuration on the RNC side /*Enabling the NACC function*/ SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH-1; /*Enabling direct GERAN system information exchange*/ SET UMBSCCRRM: MbscReqGeranInfoSwitch=ON; /*Enabling the inter-RAT handover*/ SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1; /*Enabling the inter-RAT cell to support indication of the RIM procedure*/ MOD UEXT2GCELL: GSMCellIndex=0, SuppRIMFlag=TRUE; //Configuration on the BSC side /*Allowing NACC-related information exchange on the Iur-g interface*/ MOD GNRNC: RNCINDEX=0, SPTINFOEXCHG=YES, INFOEXCHGLIST=NACCRELATED-1; /*Setting basic GPRS attributes of the GSM cell*/ SET GCELLGPRS: IDTYPE=BYID, CELLID=0, GPRS=SupportAsInnPcu, NACCSPT=YES; //Deactivating NACC Procedure Optimization //Configuration on the RNC side SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH-0; Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 262-3 RAN Feature Activation Guide 263 Configuring GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g 263 Prerequisite l Configuring GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070006 GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g. Dependencies on Hardware – The BSC model is BSC6900. – The MS is in GSM+UMTS dual mode. – Interface board FG2a/FG2c/GOUa/GOUc should be configured to support Iur-g. l Dependencies on Other Features – Configurations of other features on which this feature depends are complete. – This feature depends on features GBFD-511103 GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g, WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package and WRFD-020305 InterRAT Handover Based on Service. l l l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 2G and 3G networks cover the same area. IP transmission mode is used over the Iur-g interface. The value of the information element (IE) Service Handover in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message sent from the CN to the RNC is Handover to GSM should be performed. The value of the IE Service Handover in the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message sent from the CN to the BSC is Handover to UTRAN or cdma2000 should be performed. A GSM cell and a UMTS cell are configured, and the GSM cell is configured as a neighboring cell of the UMTS cell. Data is negotiated and planned for the inter-BSC6900 Iur-g interface. For details you can refer to Configuring the inter-BSC6900 Iur-g interface. NOTE l l l l The licenses on the BSC and RNC sides are activated separately. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 263-1 263 Configuring GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g RAN Feature Activation Guide Context This feature implements RRC redirection and the load-based GSM/UMTS handover through the exchange of Huawei proprietary IE over the Iur-g interface. The Iur-g protocol stack complies with the 3GPP specifications. With this feature, the traffic is distributed on the basis of the service handover indicator and the load of the GSM network and UMTS network during RRC connection setup or after RAB setup. In this way, a load balance is achieved between the GSM network and UMTS network. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Configuration on the RNC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBSCCRRM to enable load balancing and set load difference thresholds. In this step, set Service Distribution and Load Balancing Switch to LOAD-BASED(LOADBASED), Load Difference Threshold Between 3G And 2G of CS Service to 10, PS Load Difference Threshold Between 3G And 2G of Ps Service to 30, and Adjustment Coefficient of 2G Load Value to 1. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable inter-RAT handover. In this step, select the HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter HandOver switch. 2. Configuration on the BSC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB. In this step, set Allow Inter-RAT Load HO in Access State to Load-based(Loadbased), 2G Load Adjustment Coefficient to 10. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GCELLHOBASIC to enable interRAT incoming BSC handover. In this step, set Inter-RAT In BSC Handover Enable and Intra-RAT In BSC Handover Enable to YES(Yes). If multiple neighboring cells are planned, repeat this step to enable inter-RAT incoming BSC handover for all neighboring cells. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET OTHSOFTPARA. In this step, set CS 2G 3G Load Balance Delta Threshold to 110. l Verification Procedure NOTE If the verification achieves the following results as expected, the configuration succeeds. Otherwise, the configuration fails. 1. 3G-to-2G Load Balancing CAUTION The verification can be done when only the UMTS cell is in the basic congestion state. (1) The verification procedure consists of the RRC setup phase and the RAB connection phase. The verification in the latter phase involves CS speech services and PS data services. 263-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Initiate Uu-interface signaling tracing on the LMT. Initiate Iu-interface signaling tracing on the LMT. When the MS attempts to reselect cell3. Verifying that PS data services in UMTS cell1 are handed over to GPRS cell3 at the RAB connection phase 1) 2) Use the MS to browse the Internet. Initiate Uu-interface tracing on the LMT. RRC_RB_SETUP_CMP. You can find that the RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMPLETE message is sent from the RNC to the CN. You can find that the RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message is sent from the RNC to the CN and then the RANAP_RELOCATION_COMMAND and RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMMAND messages are sent from the CN to the RNC. Initiate Uu-interface message tracing on the LMT. That is. Verifying that CS speech services in UMTS cell1 are handed over to GSM cell2 at the RAB connection phase 1) 2) Use the dual-mode MS to call a fixed telephone in cell1. b. You can find that the RANAP_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ message is sent from the CN to the RNC and then the RANAP_SRNS_CONTEXT_RESP message is sent from the RNC to the CN. indicating that the MS accesses cell2. 3) 4) 5) c. RRC_RB_SETUP_CMP. and that the value of InterRATEvent in the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message is event3c. Internet browsing is slightly affected. Verifying that CS speech services in UMTS cell1 are handed over to GSM cell2 at the RRC setup phase 1) Use the dual-mode MS to call a fixed telephone in cell1. Initiate Iu-interface signaling tracing on the LMT. Initiate Iu-interface signaling tracing on the LMT. and RRC_HO_FROM_UTRAN_CMD_GSM are reported. You can find that the messages RRC_RB_SETUP. You can find that the messages RRC_RB_SETUP. RRC_MEAS_CTRL. and RRC_CELL_CHANGE_ORDER_FROM_UTRAN are reported. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 2G-to-3G Load Balancing Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Initiate Iu-interface signaling tracing on the LMT. You can find that the RANAP_SRNS_DATA_FORWARD_COMMAND and RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMMAND messages are sent from the CN to the RNC and then the RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMPLETE message is sent from the RNC to the CN. and the RRC_RRC_CONN_REJECT message contains GSMTargetCellInfo.RAN Feature Activation Guide 263 Configuring GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g a. After the MS reselects cell3.. and that the value of InterRATEvent in the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message is event3c. The call is successfully established. 3) 4) 2. information about cell2 is contained. RRC_MEAS_CTRL. Ltd. The call is successfully established. 263-3 . Internet browsing returns to normal. The RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ and RRC_RRC_CONN_REJECT messages are reported. 263-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. CELLNAME="0". Configuration on the RNC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBSCCRRM to deactivate MBSC load balancing. Initiate A-interface signaling tracing on the LMT. /*Enabling inter-RAT handover*/ SET GCELLHOBASIC: IDTYPE=BYNAME. 2. OutSysLoadHoEn=YES. G2GLoadAdjustCoeff=10. The directed retry procedure is triggered so that the MS accesses the neighboring UMTS cell. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch=Load-based. /*Setting load difference thresholds*/ SET OTHSOFTPARA: G2G3GLdBlcDeltaThrd=110. /*Enabling inter-RAT handover*/ SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. Mbsc3G2GLdBlcPsDeltaThrd=30. //Configuration on the BSC side SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB: IDTYPE=BYID. (1) Use the MS to initiate a call in the GSM cell. //Configuration on the BSC side /*Enabling load balancing*/ SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB: IDTYPE=BYID. INTERRATOUTBSCHOEN=YES.. CELLID=0. set Allow Inter-RAT Load HO in Access State to OFF(OFF). INTERRATINBSCHOEN=YES. You can find that the Assignment Request. Handover Required. and Handover Command messages are reported and that the value of cause in the Handover Required message is directed-retry(13). Mbsc3G2GLdBlcCsDeltaThrd=10. The call is successfully established. ----End Example //Activating Load Balancing Based on Iur-g //Configuration on the RNC side /*Enabling load balancing and setting load difference thresholds*/ SET UMBSCCRRM: MbscServiceDiffLdbSwitch=LOAD-BASED. CELLID=0. Configuration on the BSC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB to deactivate 2G-to-3G load balancing. //Deactivating Load Balancing Based on Iur-g //Configuration on the RNC side SET UMBSCCRRM: MbscServiceDiffLdbSwitch=OFF. In this step. set Service Distribution and Load Balancing Switch to OFF(OFF).263 Configuring GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g RAN Feature Activation Guide CAUTION The verification can be done when only the GSM cell is in the basic congestion state. Ltd. l Deactivation Procedure 1. InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch=OFF. For details you can refer to Configuring the inter-BSC6900 Iur-g interface. and the GSM cell is configured as a neighboring cell of the UMTS cell. The value of the IE Service Handover in the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message sent from the CN to the BSC is Handover to UTRAN or cdma2000 should be performed or Handover to UTRAN or cdma2000 should not be performed. – The MS is in GSM+UMTS dual mode. 2G and 3G networks cover the same area. WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package and WRFD-020305 InterRAT Handover Based on Service. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l l l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. A GSM cell and a UMTS cell are configured. verify. 264-1 . l Dependencies on Other Features – Configurations of other features on which this feature depends are complete. Data is negotiated and planned for the inter-BSC6900 Iur-g interface. – Interface board FG2a/FG2c/GOUa/GOUc should be configured to support Iur-g. IP transmission mode is used over the Iur-g interface. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070007 GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g. – This feature depends on features GBFD-511104 GSM and WCDMA Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g. The value of the information element (IE) Service Handover in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message sent from the CN to the RNC is Handover to GSM should be performed. Dependencies on Hardware – The BSC model is BSC6900.RAN Feature Activation Guide 264 Configuring GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g 264 Prerequisite l Configuring GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g This section describes how to activate. NOTE l l l l The licenses on the BSC and RNC sides are activated separately. Ltd.. In this step. Ltd. The verification procedure of 3G-to-2G Traffic Steering CAUTION The verification can be done when only the UMTS cell is in the basic congestion state. hierarchical network planning. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM to enable interRAT CS and PS handover. Configuration on the BSC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB to enable traffic steering. 2. and the load of the GSM network and UMTS network when an MS accesses the network. With this feature. Service steering enables UEs requesting speech or low-speed PS services to access the GSM network and those requesting high-speed PS services to access the UMTS network. set both Inter-RAT CS Handover Switch and Inter-RAT PS Handover Switch to ON. You can find that the Handover Request message is reported and the handover cause value in the message is traffic. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable inter-RAT handover. Initiate Iuinterface tracing on the LMT. In this step. set Service Distribution and Load Balancing Switch to SERVICE-BASED(SERVICE-BASED) and Adjustment Coefficient of 2G Load Value to 1. In this step. You can find that the RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message is reported and the handover cause value in the message is resource-optimisation-relocation.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . l Verification Procedure 1. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. (1) Use the dual-mode MS to call a fixed telephone in the UMTS cell. Configuration on the RNC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBSCCRRM to enable traffic steering. In this step. set Allow Inter-RAT Load HO in Access State to Service-based(Service-based). Initiate A interface tracing. Run the ADD UCELLHOCOMM command to enable inter-RAT CS and PS handover for each cell. services are steered on the basis of the service handover indicator.264 Configuring GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g RAN Feature Activation Guide Context This feature supports RRC redirection and GSM/UMTS inter-RAT handover based on service. select the HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter HandOver switch. 264-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. (1) Use the dual-mode MS to call a fixed telephone in the GSM cell. //Deactivating 3G-to-2G traffic steering //Configuration on the RNC side SET UMBSCCRRM: MbscServiceDiffLdbSwitch=OFF. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 264 Configuring GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g CAUTION Ensure that the GSM cell is not in the congestion state. //Configuration on the BSC side /*Enabling inter-RAT incoming BSC handover*/ SET GCELLHOINTERRATLDB: IDTYPE=BYID. You can find that the call is in GSM cell. CSServiceHOSwitch=ON. and don't hand over to UMTS cell. Initiate CS Domain Messages of a Single Subscriber tracing on the LMT. PSServiceHOSwitch=ON. In this step.. /*Enabling inter-RAT handover*/ SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. The verification procedure of 2G-to-3G Traffic Steering CAUTION The verification can be done when only the GSM cell is in the basic congestion state. ----End Example //Activating 3G-to-2G traffic steering //Configuration on the RNC side /*Enabling traffic steering*/ SET UMBSCCRRM: MbscServiceDiffLdbSwitch=SERVICE-BASED. 2. 264-3 . set Service Distribution and Load Balancing Switch to OFF(OFF). CELLID=0. /*Enabling inter-RAT CS and PS handover*/ ADD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configuration on the RNC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UMBSCCRRM to deactivate traffic steering. InterRatServiceLoadHoSwitch=Service-based. . 1 Activating the BSC6900 License. 2. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. the Cell Broadcast Center (CBC) incorporated into the RNC informs all users in specified cells of the disaster information through message broadcasting in the shortest time. By doing this. see 3. Context With this feature.RAN Feature Activation Guide 265 Configuring Warning of Disaster 265 Prerequisite l l Configuring Warning of Disaster This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URNCCBCPUID to configure the SPU subsystem for the built-in CBC. 3. the system can configure the disaster warning message and send the message to UEs. Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. NOTE Activating this feature requires operations on only the RNC. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020127 Warning of Disaster. verify. For detailed operations for activating license. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-011001 Simplified Cell Broadcast. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCBPARA to set CB switch and CTCH switch of cell broadcast to ON. 265-1 4.. if the operator configured the CBS function using external CBC. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l License – This feature is not under license control. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . therefore minimizing the impact of the disaster. (Optional) Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCBSADDR to remove the CBS configuration. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCBSAREA to configure the broadcast area. RepetPeriod=10. 6. ADD UCBSAREA: AreaId=1. SET URNCCBPARA: CBSwitch=ON. NOTE A UE can receive this message only after it is enabled with the 3G broadcast message receiving function. a cell. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . ADD URNCCBCPUID: CnOpIndex=1. CnOpIndex=1. Use a test UE to camp on the cell. and then activate the feature. SRN=0. or all cells under the RNC.265 Configuring Warning of Disaster RAN Feature Activation Guide 5. The broadcast area can be a LAC. CTCHSwitch =ON. ----End Example //Activating warning of disaster (The following procedure uses a cell as an example. Set Geography Scope to CellImmediate. EmergencyType=Other. 265-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MsgTypeId=1. Priority=High. GeographicalScope=CellImmediate. SN=2. NumOfBrdcstReq=5. l It is recommended to set Number of CBS Messages to a value greater than 3 to ensure that all UEs can receive the message. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCBSMSG or MOD UCBSMSG to configure the broadcast message. NOTE l When disasters (such as earthquakes. tsunamis. and set CBS Message Priority to High so that users can receive the message in time. ADD UCBSMSG: MsgIndex=0.. CBSMsg="Hurricane". l Verification Procedure 1. AreaType=CELL.) RMV UCBSADDR: CnOpIndex=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCBPARA to set CTCH switch of cell broadcast to OFF. and hurricanes) occur. SSN=1. //Deactivating warning of disaster SET URNCCBPARA: CTCHSwitch=OFF. CodeType=English. Ltd. Check whether the test UE can receive the disaster warning message. l Deactivation Procedure 1. AreaID=1. CellId=22. MRFUd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 266 Configuring Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier 266 Prerequisite l Configuring Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier This section describes how to activate. 850M WRFU. Otherwise. Huawei supports flexible frequency spacing. one needs to adjust the minimal effective bandwidth of a UMTS carrier based on the GSM frequency configuration.6M). MRFUe can support this feature. an operator can plan a frequency spacing that is lower than the frequency spacing in the case of 5. In this way.. run the NodeB MML command LST RRU to check that an RRU is configured for the cell that requires Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. When deploying a UMTS site. Context To help an operator adapt to insufficient frequency resources. network performance on a low.0 MHz UMTS carrier bandwidth. RRU3828.6M(excluding 4. MRFU V1/V2 and MRRU V1/V2. to address insufficient bandwidth resources. WRFUd. – For 4. all the RF module can support this feature. RRU3928. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021001 Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier.6M~5M(including 4. 266-1 Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . the effective bandwidth of the RRU or RFU carrier is adjusted so that the carrier works in a suitable status with suitable algorithms and parameters. RRU3929. verify. In network planning.spacing frequency is optimized as much as possible. TRX alarms may occur or network performance may deteriorate. Accordingly. License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. RRU3829. l l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Ltd. Before configuring the effective bandwidth of the carrier.2M~4.6M). only 850M/1900M RRU3804. Dependencies on Hardware – For 4. 266-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SN=0. The effective bandwidth of the carrier does not match the configuration. l Deactivation Procedure Run the NodeB MML command SET FREQBWH to set the RRU effective bandwidth to 5000 Hz so that the standard configuration of the system is restored. FMBWH=4200. SRN=60. 2. FMBWH=5000. The effective bandwidth of the carrier matches the configuration. run the NodeB MML command ADD RRU to add an RRU. Then. Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. The configuration succeeds. //Deactivation procedure SET FREQBWH: CN=0. SRN=60. If an RRU is not configured... //Verification procedure LST FREQBWH. Verification Procedure Run the NodeB MML command LST FREQBWH to query the effective bandwidth of the RRU carrier and check the returned message. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET FREQBWH: CN=0. SN=0.. If. The configuration fails.266 Configuring Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier RAN Feature Activation Guide setting of carrier effective bandwidth. l Run the NodeB MML command SET FREQBWH to set the minimal effective bandwidth of the RRU carrier (parameter: Frequency Min Bandwidth).. verify. and Queuing Allowed respectively. RAN. based on the network plan. and PTT server. Preemption Vulnerability.. and PTT ARP Queuing Allowed to the same values as those of Priority Level.RAN Feature Activation Guide 267 Configuring Push to Talk 267 Prerequisite l l Dependencies on Hardware Configuring Push to Talk This section describes how to activate. Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Context This feature is a part of the end-to-end PTT solution. PTT ARP Preemption Capability. With this feature. In this step. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. Huawei RAN can identify PTT services and implement technologies to reduce the delay of PTT services. – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020134 Push to Talk. Preemption Capability. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . In this step. PTT needs joint support from the UE. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set parameters PTT ARP Priority. PTT ARP Preemption Vulnerability. 267-1 2. CN. Other Prerequisites – The UE and CN support the Push to Talk (PTT) solution. Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. The latter four ones are in allocation/retention priority (ARP) properties of the RNCAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message sent from the CN. select CFG_PTT_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch drop-down list. PTTARPPREEMPTVULN=NOT_PRE_EMPTABLE. If some services are identified as PTT services. ArpPriorityLevel. ArpPreEmptVuln. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. PTTARPQUEUINGALLOWED=ALLOWED. NOTE 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable PTT UEs to switch to the DCH for access reattempts when HSPA resources are insufficient. Signaling Indication. l Verification Procedure 1. and ArpQueuingAllowed in the RNCAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. 267-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to turn on switches PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH and PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH. The RNC identifies PTT services based on information elements TrafficClass. PTTARPPREEMPTCAP=TRIGGER. In this step. the RNC allocates a rate of 8 kbit/s to the services. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SET UFRC: PTTARPPRIORITYLEVEL=1. //Deactivating Push to Talk SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_PTT_SWITCH-0. ArpPreEmptCap. deselect PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF and PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF from the Process switch drop-down list. SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF-0&PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF-0.. deselect CFG_PTT_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch drop-down list. Ltd. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: ReservedSwitch0=RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT19-1. ----End Example //Activating Push to Talk SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_PTT_SWITCH-1.267 Configuring Push to Talk RAN Feature Activation Guide 3. In this step. select the RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT19 check box under the parameter CORRM Algorithm Reserved Switch 0. start Iu Interface Trace to check whether the CN has sent an RNCAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. On the BSC6900 LMT. and then sends the service data to the Internet over the offload Gi interface. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 268 Configuring RNC Offload (Trial) 268 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring RNC Offload (Trial) This section describes how to activate. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Others – The RNC supports the Network Address Translation (NAT) technology. The RNC analyzes the uplink data flow. the RNC can send some PS service data directly to Internet over the offload Gi interface. Context The RNC Offload function is applied by means of NAT.. 268-1 . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-012001 RNC Offload (Trial). Figure 268-1 Offload Gi interface Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. License – This feature is not under license control. Dependencies on Hardware – The Gi interface between the RNC and the Internet is supported only by the FG2c board and the GOUc board. performs NAT on some service data. With this feature. Figure 268-1 shows the offload Gi interface between the RNC and the Internet. Access Point Name (APN). 13. 12. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UGIPORT to add a Gi interface. 6. the source IP address of an uplink data packet must be changed to the public IP address of the offload Gi interface by means of NAT. 14. 7. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ETHREDPORT to add two Ethernet ports as active and standby ports. 5.. 15. (Optional) To configure RNC Offload based on IMEI. 9. IMSI. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNATRESPOOL to add a NAT resource pool. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UOFFLOADRAB to configure RNC Offload based on user priority and service type. 4. 16. 2. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UOFFLOAD to enable RNC Offload based on APN. and destination IP address. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UOFFLOADIMSI to set the range of IMSIs supporting RNC Offload. see the MML command ADD UIMEITAC. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UUNOFFLOADIP to set the IP addresses or network segment that are not allowed to access the Internet using RNC Offload. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ETHPORT to set the Ethernet port attributes of the FG2c board. (Optional) To configure RNC Offload based on the cell. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable RNC Offload for the cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the Gi interface to the firewall. 3. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UOFFLOADIMEITAC to configure the TAClevel offload function. 11. In this way. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UOFFLOADAPN to add a registered APN for the operator. (Optional) To configure RNC Offload based on APN. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BRD to add an FG2c board. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UOFFLOAD to configure RNC Offload for the operator. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UNATSWITCH to enable the NAT function. Then. (Optional) To configure RNC Offload based on the destination IP address. 10. 268-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details about Type Allocation Code (TAC). the downlink data packets can flow into the UTRAN over the offload Gi interface. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UOFFLOAD to enable the TAC-level offload function. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . cell. 8. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UNATALG to set the Application Level Gateway (ALG) function for the protocols over the Gi interface. (Optional) To configure RNC Offload based on IMSI. service type.268 Configuring RNC Offload (Trial) RAN Feature Activation Guide To enable data packets from the Internet to directly arrive at the RNC (instead of the GGSN). Then. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ETHIP to add an IP address of the Gi interface. Ltd. The RNC Offload function can be configured on the basis of IMEI. The Link Performance Monitoring dialog box is displayed.168. to 0. SN=14. RsvdPara1=LBO_IMEITAC_SWITCH-1. SET UNATALG: PROTOCOLTYPE=FTP. //Configuring the NAT function ADD UNATRESPOOL: SRN=0.0. SN=14. ALGSW=ON.0". PRIORITY=HIGH.68".RAN Feature Activation Guide 268 Configuring RNC Offload (Trial) l Verification Procedure 1. DSTMASK="0.50.69". NATINDEX=0. //Activating RNC Offload ADD UOFFLOAD: CnOpIndex=0.53. MAXPN=65535. Subrack No. 6.0. choose Monitor > UMTS monitoring. OffloadService=STREAMING-1&INTERACTIVE-1&BACKGROUND-0.101". 5.0". and then double-click Cell Performance Monitoring. PN=0. AGINGTIMER=600. PN=0. Click OK.240". Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UOFFLOAD to disable RNC Offload for the operator. to 14. ENDADDR="172. l 1. SET ETHPORT: SRN=0. OffloadSwitch=ON. Check the Cell User Number parameter. ----End Deactivation Procedure Example //Configuring the Gi interface ADD BRD: SRN=0. Double-click Link Performance Monitoring. RED=YES. Click OK. BRDTYPE=FG2c. REMARK="Gi". Ltd. 7. 3. SPEED=AUTO. BRDCLASS=INT. ADD UOFFLOADIMEITAC: TAC=12345678. and then set Monitor Period and Cell ID. //Configuring RNC Offload based on the cell MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. DSTIP="0. MPUSLOT=0. NEXTHOP="10. and FE/GE Port No. IMSIStart="000000000000000". SN=14. ADD ETHIP: SRN=0. RegAPN=PERMIT_OFFLOAD.0. PTYPE=GE. PN=0. //Configuring RNC Offload based on IMSI ADD UOFFLOADIMSI: CnOpIndex=0. On the BSC6900 LMT. Choose Monitor > Common Monitoring. ADD ETHREDPORT: SRN=0. STARTADDR="172. //Configuring RNC Offload based on APN MOD UOFFLOAD: CnOpIndex=0. ADD UGIPORT: SRN=0. Set Monitor Item to Cell User Number.100".53. MPUSUBRACK=0. The UE starts data transmission. SN=14. 8.255. SET UNATSWITCH: NATSW=ON. ADD IPRT: SRN=0. Slot No. 268-3 . ISPSSHAREPORT=NO. The number of UEs supporting RNC Offload in the cell changes from 0 to 1. NonDTRAB=NOT_PERMIT_OFFLOAD. OffloadSwitch=ON. Set Monitor Item to FE/GE. SN=14. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0. Monitor Type to Port. OffloadSwitch=ON.0. IPINDEX=0. Check the FE/GE parameter. BRDTYPE=FG2c.. to 0.168. UserPriority=GOLDEN_USER. SN=14. MASK="255. NonDTRAB=PERMIT_OFFLOAD. IMSIEnd="999999999999999". //Configuring RNC Offload based on IMEI MOD UOFFLOAD: CnOpIndex=0. The Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box is displayed. ADD UOFFLOADRAB: CnOpIndex=0. SN=14. Description="iphone". PN=0.0. Use the UE to initiate a PS service. 4. 2. Power on a UE and enable the UE to camp on CELL1. IPADDR="10. PN=0. The data throughput over the FE/GE port increases.255. MINPN=10000.50. 10.10".268 Configuring RNC Offload (Trial) RAN Feature Activation Guide //Configuring RNC Offload based on destination IP address ADD UUNOFFLOADIP: CnOpIndex=0. IpAddr="10.255..255". OffloadSwitch=OFF. Mask="255. Ltd.10.255. //Deactivating RNC Offload MOD UOFFLOAD: CnOpIndex=0. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 268-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – It is not recommended that GSM and UMTS Dynamic Power Sharing coexists with the baseband frequency hopping algorithm involving two power amplifiers. the power can be used more efficiently in an effective way. Dependencies on Hardware – Only the MRFU and the RRU3908 supports GSM and UMTS Dynamic Power Sharing at present. – GSM and UMTS Dynamic Power Sharing is not supported in GSM dynamic transmit diversity. verify. Dependencies on Other Features – GSM and UMTS Dynamic Power Sharing can not be configured with dynamic spectrum sharing. 269-1 . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 269 Configuring Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS) 269 Prerequisite l l Configuring Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS) This section describes how to activate. – This feature has to be activated with MRFD-211801 Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (GSM) simultaneously. sharing the power amplifier. Their coexistence results in a certain level of performance loss. the GSM and UMTS TRXs can share one power amplifier.. When there is unbalanced traffic in the GSM and the UMTS. The overall network quality of the GSM and the UMTS is therefore improved. Ltd. – This feature can't be activated with WRFD-010684 2×2 MIMO or WRFD-010693 DL 64QAM+MIMO simultaneously. Context In the case of a 3900 series multi-mode base station. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221801 Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS). Other Prerequisites – The UMTS cell must exist HSDPA Carry. namely. l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . NOTE 2. l The switch and other parameter configurations are performed only on the GSM side. GSM Idle Channel Hysteresis for GU Power Sharing. l Enabling the feature may cause the UMTS coverage to shrink and therefore increase the drop rate. Exception result: GU Power Share Flag is YES. set GU Power Share Flag to FALSE(FALSE). l Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL. set GU Dynamic Power Sharing Switch to NO(NO). Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST BTSGUPWRSHRFP and LST BTSRXUBP and check the returned message. l Verification Procedure 1. set GU Dynamic Power Sharing Switch to YES(YES). set Board Parameter Configuration Enabled to YES(YES) and set the period for enabling GU power sharing. set RXU Board Type to MRRU(MRRU) or MRFU(MRFU). Maximum Shared Power That UMTS Can Accept In Each Period to actual conditions. The UMTS side requires no configuration. Ltd. GSM Power Reserve in Low Load for GU Power Sharing. GSM Power Reserve in High Load for GU Power Sharing. Exception result: Board Parameter Configuration Enabled and GU Dynamic Power Sharing Switch are YES. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSRXUBP. set GU Power Share Flag to TRUE(TRUE). 3. Deactivation Procedure 1. internal GSM peak clipping occurs. Num of Timeslots Meet Requirements for Retrieving Shared Pwr. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL. In this step. 2. GSM Power Load Threshold for GU Power Sharing. GSM Power Reserve Coefficient for Retrieving Shared Power. 3. Maximum Accumulated Shared Power That UMTS Can Accept. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSRXUBP. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSGUPWRSHRFP. which affects service quality. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSGUPWRSHRFP. and set parameters Minimum Number of Non-BCCH TRXs in GSM for GU Power Sharing. and check the returned message. As a result. Number of Checked Timeslots for Retrieving Shared Power. GSM and UMTS Dynamic Power Sharing can be deactivated by performing either of the two steps discussed above. ----End 269-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The problem can be addressed by handing over services in marginal coverage to a GSM/UMTS cell under the same coverage as the original UMTS. GSM Idle Channel Threshold for GU Power Sharing. 2. In this step..269 Configuring Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS) NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide l The feature may fail to recall the shared power in one second when the GSM services increase suddenly. In this step. set Board Parameter Configuration Enabled to NO(NO). BTSID=1. GUPWRSHARESWITCH=NO. SRN=4. LSTFORMAT=VERTICAL. GUPWRSHAREURCVPWR=15. GUPOWERSHARE=TRUE. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. SET BTSRXUBP: IDTYPE=BYID. GUPWRSHARESTM1=07&00. BTSID=1. LOCELL=0. Ltd. GUPWRSHARESTM4=20&00. SRN=4. GUPWRSHARERSVFACTOR=50. GUPWRSHAREGSMIDLEHS=2. LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. GUPWRSHAREGSMBUSYRSVPWR=10. GUPWRSHAREETM3=16&00. GUPWRSHARESTM3=14&00.RAN Feature Activation Guide 269 Configuring Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS) Example //Activation procedure SET BTSGUPWRSHRFP: IDTYPE=BYID. //Deactivation procedure SET BTSGUPWRSHRFP: IDTYPE=BYID.. LST BTSRXUBP: IDTYPE=BYID. GUPWRSHARESTM2=10&00. MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=0. GUPWRSHAREP=6. SET BTSRXUBP: IDTYPE=BYID. SRN=4. GUPWRSHAREGSMIDLERSVPWR=5. 269-3 . SN=0. BTSID=1. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. RXUTYPE=MRFU. LSTFORMAT=VERTICAL. GUPWRSHAREN=8. CN=0. GUPWRSHARESWITCH=YES. RXUTYPE=MRFU. GUPOWERSHARE=FALSE. RXUIDTYPE=SRNSN. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. BTSID=1. SN=0. GUPWRSHAREGSMIDLETH=12. GUPWRSHAREETM2=12&00. SN=0. RXUIDTYPE=SRNSN. CFGFLAG=YES. GUPWRSHAREETM4=22&00. GUPWRSHARETRXNUM=1. GUPWRSHAREETM1=09&00. CN=0. BTSID=1. GUPWRSHAREPWRLOAD=80. GUPWRSHAREURCVPWRPD=5. CN=0. //Verification procedure LST BTSGUPWRSHRFP: IDTYPE=BYID. CFGFLAG=NO. RXUIDTYPE=SRNSN. MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=0. BTSID=1. . – − This feature cannot be used together with GBFD-117002 IBCA. Context The dynamic spectrum sharing (DSS) between GSM and UMTS increases network throughput and reduces the total cost of data services because UMTS has higher spectral efficiency than GSM. This feature enables the spectrum resources to be dynamically shared between the GSM and UMTS networks based on their traffic load. l l License – The license that supports this feature is activated. This feature depends on the feature MRFD-211802 GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing(GSM). GBFD-115830 VAMOS. the total cost of ownership (TCO) of mobile broadband (MBB) can be reduced. 270-1 . the maintenance cost of manual refarming is reduced. or GBFD-510104 Multi-site Cell. Ltd. the maximum throughput gain is about 50%. and dynamic GSM/ UMTS refarming can be implemented. GBFD-117001 Flex MAIO. Start Dynamic Spectrum Sharing on the M2000 by referring to the M2000 Online Help. Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete.RAN Feature Activation Guide 270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing 270 Prerequisite l l Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing This section describes how to activate. Thus.. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221802 GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing. In theory. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Configuration on the RNC side Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. verify. After this feature is used. Dependencies on Hardware – The 900 MHz MRFU and RRU3908 must support this feature. improving frequency utilization. CAUTION The parameter Spectrum Sharing Shutdown Allowed for all TRXs to be shared under a base station should be set to YES(Yes) except for the BCCH TRX. (5) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to add the neighboring GSM cells for DSS cells. and set Blind Handover Flag to TRUE. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GDSSPARA with Spectrum Sharing Allowed set to YES(Yes). Ltd. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GTRXDEV with Spectrum Sharing Shutdown Allowed set to YES(Yes). Configuration on the BSC side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD GEXT3GCELL to add 3G external cells. (7) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with both DRD switch for single RAB and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH set to ON. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . and set Maximum TX Power in Small DSS Coverage and PCPICH TX Power in Small DSS Coverage based on network conditions.270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing RAN Feature Activation Guide (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEB with DSS NodeB Flag set to TRUE. set DSS Cell Flag to TRUE. (10) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. 270-2 Start spectrum sharing on the M2000 manually. and set GUPOWERSHARE to FALSE. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add the neighbor 3G cells of DSS cells as inter-frequency neighboring cells. (6) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to add the neighboring DSS cells as intra-frequency neighboring cells. (8) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD with Load balance DRD switch for HSDPA set to ON and Load Balancing DRD Choice set to UserNumber. 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP to set up a DSS cell. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD G3GNCELL to add 3G neighboring cells. l Verification Procedure 1. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLACCESSSTRICT with both Cell barred indicator for SIB3 and Cell barred indicator for SIB4 of DSS cells set to BARRED. 3. and set Blind Handover Flag to TRUE.. (9) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDRD with Load balance DRD switch for HSDPA set to ON and Load Balancing DRD Choice set to UserNumber. Configuration on the NodeB side – Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD LOCELL to add local DSS cells. 270-3 . DSSFlag=TRUE. LoCell=102. DSSSmallCovPCPICHPower=331. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1. Expected result: The value of NodeB DSS state is Actived in Normal DSS coverage. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GTRXDEV with Spectrum Sharing Shutdown Allowed set to FALSE. ReDirBandInd=DependOnNCell. SupBmc=FALSE. InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE.. HoSwitch=HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1. 4. CfgRacInd=NOT_REQUIRE. CnOpGrpIndex=0. LdbDRDchoice=UserNumber. ----End Example //Activation procedure MOD UNODEB: NodeBId=1. IdleTbarred=D320. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL to check the value of GU Power Share Flag. 3. GSMCellIndex=120. URA1=0. DSSSmallCovMaxTxPower=431. Expected result: The value of GU Power Share Flag is TRUE. ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RNCId=0. DSSFlag=TRUE. CellId=102. 5. URANUM=D1. Stop Dynamic Spectrum Sharing on the M2000 by referring to the M2000 Online Help. TCell=CHIP256. 5. 3. NodeBName="102". NCellRncId=3. ConnIntraFreqReselection=ALLOWED. SIB11Ind=TRUE. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to query the DSS status of a cell. BlindHoFlag=TRUE. NPrioFlag=FALSE. CellName="dss102". SIB12Ind=FALSE. NCellRncId=1. NPrioFlag=FALSE. 4. NCellId=121. ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP: CellId=102. ADD UCELLDRD: CellId=120. SAC=0. MOD UCELLACCESSSTRICT: CellId=102. PScrambCode=0. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. l Deactivation Procedure 1. NPrioFlag=FALSE. NCellId=105. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate a cell. SpgId=1. ACT UCELL: CellId=102. CellId=102. Expected result: The value of Dynamic Spectrum Sharing is Yes. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing 2. ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=0. Remove the neighboring cell by referring to Reconfiguration Guide. BlindHoFlag=TRUE. ConnTbarred=D320. Expected result: The value of DSS state is Actived in Normal DSS coverage. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UNODEB to query the DSS status of a NodeB. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET GDSSPARA with Spectrum Sharing Allowed set to NO(No). Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP BTSSTAT to query the value of Dynamic Spectrum Sharing. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEB with DSS NodeB Flag set to FALSE. CellId=102. IdleIntraFreqReselection=ALLOWED. ConnCellBarred=BARRED. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SIB11Ind=TRUE. SET UDRD: LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=ON. BandInd=Band2. SIB12Ind=FALSE. UARFCNDownlink=412. LAC=1. ADD U2GNCELL: RNCId=2. 6. IdleCellBarred=BARRED. PeerIsValid=INVALID. STN=1. BTSID=1002. DSSENABLE=YES. CellId=102. UTRANCELLTYPE=TDD. MCC="460". SET GDSSPARA: IDTYPE=BYID. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SET GDSSPARA: IDTYPE=BYID.. MNC="10". SET GDSSPARA: IDTYPE=BYID. SET GTRXDEV: TRXID=1003. ADD G3GNCELL: IDTYPE=BYID. CellChoice=ALLCELL. DEA UCELL: CellId=102. SET GTRXDEV: TRXID=1002. DIVERSITY=NO. //Deactivation procedure MOD UNODEB: NodeBId=1. SRC3GNCELLID=102. 270-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CI=60. SET GDSSPARA: IDTYPE=BYID. RNCID=0. SYNCCASE=SyncCase1. DSSENABLE=NO. SECN=0. DSSTRXOFFLINE=YES. HO UCELL: CellId=102. DSSFlag=FALSE. BTSID=1003. BTSID=102. RMV UNRELATION: RNCId=0. SCRAMBLE=0. LAC=10. DSSENABLE=NO. DSSTRXOFFLINE=YES. EXT3GCELLNAME="120". NBR3GNCELLID=120. BTSID=102.270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing RAN Feature Activation Guide ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=102. DF=412. ADD GEXT3GCELL: EXT3GCELLID=120. GUPOWERSHARE=FALSE. DSSENABLE=NO. NCellType=IntraFreqNCell&InterFreqNCell&InterRatNCell. Ltd. verify.2 Configuring IP-Based UMTS and LTE Co-Transmission on Base Station Side This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature IP-Based GSM and UMTS Co-Transmission on Base Station Side. verify. Ltd. 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 271.. 271-1 .1 Configuring IP-Based GSM and UMTS Co-Transmission on Base Station Side This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature IP-Based UMTS and LTE Co-Transmission on Base Station Side. 271. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) About This Chapter This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side. 1 Configuring IP-Based GSM and UMTS CoTransmission on Base Station Side This section describes how to activate. NOTE In the scenario of GSM and UMTS co-transmission. l Dependencies on Other Features – GBFD-118601 Abis over IP – GBFD-118611 Abis IP over E1/T1 – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – A UTRP board needs to be added when co-transmission is implemented on a GE port. verify..271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide 271. as shown in Figure 271-1. therefore sharing transmission resources. Co-transmission modes can be IP over FE/GE and IP over E1/T1. Prerequisite l Dependencies on Hardware – A GSM and UMTS dual-mode base station supports this feature. Ltd. Figure 271-1 IP-over-FE GSM and UMTS co-transmission on base station side 271-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and Figure 271-3. and deactivate the optional feature IP-Based GSM and UMTS Co-Transmission on Base Station Side. – A UTRP9 board needs to be added when co-transmission is implemented on a GE electrical port. – A UTRP2 board needs to be added when co-transmission is implemented on a GE optical port. Context The feature requires a GSM and UMTS dual-mode base station to connect the FE port on the GTMU and one FE port on the WMPT together and to share transmission ports on the UMTS side and the transmission network. it is recommended transmission resource sharing is achieved by connecting FE ports. Figure 271-2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . 2.0. Ltd.0.17 199.2.13 Table 271-2 IP Planning of connecting between NodeB and RNC (IP over FE/GE) Parameter IP of FE interface on NodeB IP of BSC IP of NodeB route Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Example 199.51 271-3 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) Figure 271-2 IP-over-E1/T1 GSM and UMTS co-transmission on base station side Figure 271-3 IP-over-GE GSM and UMTS co-transmission on base station side IP PLAN Table 271-1 IP Planning of connecting between BTS and BSC Parameter BSC IP IP of FE interface on BTS IP of BTS route IP of BSC route Example 17.2.1 199.0.20.2.2.3.3 17.0..17 70.0. .0.2 17.2. 26.83.83. If the planned data is inconsistent with the default data in the database.0.271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide Parameter communication IP of IUB interface IP of BTS route IP of RNC route DHCP Server IP Example 70.3. – Set Destination IP Address to the gateway IP address of FE interconnection port on the GBTS side.20. – Set Next Hop IP Address to the IP of BSC6900 gateway..2 70.0. – Set Route Type to NEXTHOP(IP Address of The Next Hop). Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the BSC6900 to the GBTS. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the GBTS.26.0. – Set Destination IP Address to the gateway IP address of the BSC6900. run the NodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set parameters for an Ethernet port. 2.2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSIP to set the IP address of the GBTS.2.0. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add an IP route from the BTS to the BSC6900.0. 271-4 . Ltd. set Physical IP to the IP address of the FE interconnection port on the BTS side. 3.2. 5. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.13 17.17 Table 271-3 IP planning of connection between NodeB and RNC (IP over E1/T1) Parameter IP of FE interface on NodeB IP of NodeB MP GROUP IP of RNC route IP of NodeB route DHCP Server IP Example 199.2. – Set Forward Route Address to the IP address of the port connected to the network on the GBTS side.0. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add an IP address to the FE interconnection port on the BTS side.17 Procedure l Procedure for Activating the BTS Data 1. In this step.50 199.10 17. l Activating the NodeB data (IP over FE/GE) 1.13 70.1 17.3 17.0.0. must be set to the same value as that on the BSC6900 side.RAN Feature Activation Guide 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) 2.. If the planned data is inconsistent with the default data in the database. In this step. – Set Rx Bandwidth and Tx Bandwidth to the same values as Rx Bandwidth and Tx Bandwidth of the corresponding IP path on the BSC6900 side. 271-5 . set IP Address to an IP address in the network segment of BTS. set Enable Switch to ENABLE. Subrack No... – Set Local IP Address to the device IP address in step 3. Run the NodeB MML command ADD MPGRP to add an MP group (This operation is performed when E1/T1 transmission is used on the base station side). 4. – Set Next Hop IP Address to the gateway IP address of the NodeB. Ltd. – Set Cabinet No. set IP Address to the IP address of FE interconnection port on the NodeB side. In this step. Subrack No. and Slot No. 9. Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add a device IP address. – Set Cabinet No. and slot that house the Iub interface board. Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable the DHCP relay function of the base station. In this step. to the numbers of the cabinet. Run the NodeB MML command ADD MPLNK to add an MP link to the MP group when E1/T1 transmission is used on the base station side. set NCP/CCP Port Type to CCP. set IP Address to the IP address of FE interconnection port on the NodeB side. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. In this step. – Set Destination IP Address to the gateway IP address of the BSC6900. subrack. 5. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST SCTPSRVPORT to query the value of Peer SCTP Port. and Slot No. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path to the adjacent node. 4. – Set Peer IP Address to the IP address of the port on the BSC6900 side. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SCTPLNK to add an SCTP link. NOTE CCP Port No. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add a CCP link. subrack. 3. l Activating the NodeB data (IP over E1/T1) 1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add an NCP link. 2. You can query the information about the CCP link on the BSC6900 side by running the BSC6900 MML command LST UIUBCP. In this step. Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add a device IP address. 10. run the NodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set parameters for an Ethernet port. In this step. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the NodeB to BSC6900 in case of layer 3 networking. set NCP/CCP Port Type to NCP.. 6. to the number of the cabinet. Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add an IP address for a DHCP server. Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add a device IP address. In this step. 8. set DHCP Server IP Address to the IP address of the BSC6900 DHCP Server. 3. 7. This DHCP server is shared between the NodeB and the BSC6900. and slot that house the Iub interface board. SRN=0. – Set Next Hop IP Address to the gateway IP address of the NodeB. Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add an IP address for a DHCP server. to the numbers of the cabinet.. SN=6. BTSCOMTYPE=PORTIP. Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable the DHCP relay function of the base station. HOSTTYPE=SINGLEHOST. the upper-layer link can be configured as a PPPLNK or in an MP group. In this step.. In this step. another WMPT or UTRP board can be added. BTSID=2000.2. You can query the information about the CCP link on the BSC6900 side by running the BSC6900 MML command LST UIUBCP. – Set Rx Bandwidth and Tx Bandwidth to the same values as Rx Bandwidth and Tx Bandwidth of the corresponding IP path on the BSC6900 side. – Set Cabinet No. Ltd. set Enable Switch to ENABLE. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path to the adjacent node. MAINDEVTAB="020GKV1083000212".17". set DHCP Server IP Address to the IP address of the BSC6900 DHCP Server. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add an NCP link. This DHCP server is shared between the NodeB and the BSC6900. 271-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and Slot No. and Slot No.. and a maximum of four MP links are configured for the WMPT board. 8.2. //Setting the BTS IP address SET BTSIP:BTSID=2000. BSCIP="17. and slot that house the Iub interface board. 10. – Set Peer IP Address to the IP address of the port on the BSC6900 side.. If the transmission requirement is not met. and slot that house the Iub interface board. BTSID=2000. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . – Set Cabinet No. //Setting the IP address of the FE interconnection port on the BTS side ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add a CCP link. Subrack No. – Set Local IP Address to the device IP address in step 3. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the NodeB to BSC6900 in case of layer 3 networking. – Set Destination IP Address to the gateway IP address of the BSC6900. In this step. In this step. CFGFLAG=NULL.0.271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide l When the base station uses the E1/T1 transmission mode. 9.0. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST SCTPSRVPORT to query the value of Peer SCTP Port. to the number of the cabinet. The MP group is recommended because it provides greater bandwidth than the PPPLNK group.. PN=1. Subrack No. ----End Example //Activating the GBTS data //Add the ESN of the BTS ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID. subrack. subrack. 11. IDTYPE=BYID. must be set to the same value as that on the BSC6900 side. l A maximum of eight MP links can be configured for the UTRP board.1". set NCP/CCP Port Type to CCP. set NCP/CCP Port Type to NCP. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SCTPLNK to add an SCTP link. CN=0. 6. BTSIP="199. 5. NOTE CCP Port No. 7. 0.3.20.2". SRN=0.20. SBT=BASE_BOARD. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=2.2.255.0. LN=0.10".255. PEERIP="17. SRN=0. DSTIP="17.0.0. MASK="255.255.255". //Adding an MP link and then adding it to the MP group ADD MPLNK: CN=0.3".3.255. SN=7. BEAR=IPV4.17". LOCALIP="70. E1T1SN=0. SN=7.0. PN=1. TXEBS=155000000. DSCP=14.255. TXBW=10000. DSTIP="17. LOCALIP="70. DSTIP="17. PRIORITY=HIGH. PEERPORT=58080. PEERIP="17.1".0. PEERIP="70.17".255. AUTH=NONAUTH. //Adding an IP route from the NodeB to the RNC ADD IPRT: CN=0. PT=MPGRP. CN=0. SN=7. TSN=TS1-1&TS2-1&TS3-1&TS4-1&TS5-1&TS6-1&TS7-1&TS8-1&TS9-1&TS10-1&TS11-1&T S12-1&TS13-1&TS14-1&TS15-1&TS16-1&TS17-1&TS18-1&TS19-1&TS20-1&TS21-1&TS22 -1&TS23-1&TS24-1&TS25-1&TS26-1&TS27-1&TS28-1&TS29-1&TS30-1&TS31-1.83. NEXTHOP="17. DSCP=18.255". TXEBS=155000000. TXBW=10000. SBT=BASE_BOARD. NEXTHOP="70. RXBW=10000.20. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=3. //Adding a UCP link ADD IUBCP: CPPT=CCP. FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE.0".0. SN=7.20.0. RXBW=10000. PT=ETH.3. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. BTSID=2000.51".3". SBT=BASE_BOARD. PN=0. SN=7. CN=0. SN=7.RAN Feature Activation Guide 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) IP="199.50". TXCBS=15000.50". Ltd.255.3. SN=7. LOCALIP="70.0". DSTMASK="255.17". SRN=0. TXCBS=15000. LOCPORT=1024. SRN=0.0.17".0. TXBW=10000.10". TXEBS=155000000. PEERIP="17.2.2. MCPPP=DISABLE.0.0. E1T1PN=0. SRN=0. IDTYPE=BYID.2. SRN=0.13".50". MASK="255. ADD SCTPLNK: SCTPNO=1. DSTMASK="255.255.255. IP="70. RTTYPE=NEXTHOP. ADD DEVIP: SRN=0. PT=ETH. DSTMASK="255.2.2". LOCIP="70. TXBW=10000.2.0".10".0". ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="17. //Adding an SCTP signaling link ADD SCTPLNK: SCTPNO=0. //NodeB IP over FE/GE //Adding an IP address for the FE interconnection port on the NodeB side ADD DEVIP: SRN=0. //Adding an NCP link ADD IUBCP: CPPT=NCP. CN=0. SBT=BASE_BOARD. LOCALIP="70. MASK="255.1".3. SRN=0.0. //Enabling the DHCP relay function of the base station SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE. //Adding an IP route from the BSC6900 to the BTS(If the IP route has been added.0. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. DSCP=38. RXBW=10000. skip this step): ADD IPRT:DSTIP="199.0". FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. 271-7 . SN=7. PEERIP="17. SN=7. PPPLNKN=0. LOCIP="70. NEXTHOP="199. TXCBS=15000.255". SBT=BASE_BOARD. SBT=BASE_BOARD. IP="199.0. FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE.50".20.0. //Adding an IP path to the adjacent node ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0. PREF=80. SRN=0.17".0. CN=0.255.2. SN=7.255. REMARK="0". //Adding an IP route from the NodeB to the RNC ADD IPRT: CN=0. LN=1. SBT=BASE_BOARD. PT=ETH.255.17". JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. RTTYPE=NEXTHOP.26.50". MASK="255.255. RXBW=10000. CN=0.2. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=1. PEERIP="17. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. SRN=0. PEERIP="17. E1T1SBT=E1_COVERBOARD. MPGRPN=0.0.50". //Adding an IP route from the BTS to the BSC6900 ADD BTSIPRT:RTIDX=0. BEAR=IPV4. SN=7. //Adding an MP group ADD MPGRP: SN=7.26. PT=ETH.20. TXCBS=15000. SBT=BASE_BOARD. SN=7.0. SBT=BASE_BOARD. PN=1.3. FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE. LOCALIP="70. CN=0.17". PRI=60.255.20.0. PT=ETH. SRN=0.0.2. LOCPORT=1025.50". IPMASK="255. //Activating the NodeB data (IP over E1/T1) //Adding an IP address for the FE interconnection port on the NodeB side ADD DEVIP: CN=0..20.3.0.3.0. PT=ETH.2. PEERPORT=58080. IP="199.17". SBT=BASE_BOARD. DSCP=46. SBT=BASE_BOARD. TXEBS=155000000.0. SN=17. SRN=0.83. 83. SRN=0. //Adding an NCP link ADD IUBCP: CPPT=NCP. PEERIP="17. DSCP=14.10". JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. CN=0. SN=7.255. TXBW=10000.10".26. Prerequisite l Dependencies on Hardware – A UMTS and LTE dual-mode base station whose UMTS and LTE modes share the BBU supports this feature. CN=0. RXBW=10000.13".83. SN=7.0. CN=0. DSCP=18. SBT=BASE_BOARD.2 Configuring IP-Based UMTS and LTE CoTransmission on Base Station Side This section describes how to activate. LOCALIP="70. PT=ETH.255. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. TXBW=10000. BEAR=IPV4.26. LOCPORT=1024. FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE. PEERIP="17. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=3. verify.83.0. SN=7..0. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=2. DSCP=46. TXEBS=155000000. TXCBS=15000. //Adding an IP path to the adjacent node ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0. SN=7. SN=7. SBT=BASE_BOARD.0.0. LOCALIP="70. PEERPORT=58080. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface – MRFD-221601 Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. TXCBS=15000.10".13". TXCBS=15000.255".10".17". TXCBS=15000. PEERIP="17. PEERPORT=58080.0. PT=ETH. RXBW=10000.0.0. LOCALIP="70. ADD SCTPLNK: SCTPNO=1. RTTYPE=IF.0.0. LOCIP="70.83. CN=0. and deactivate the optional feature IP-Based UMTS and LTE Co-Transmission on Base Station Side. TXEBS=155000000. DSCP=38. //Adding a UCP link ADD IUBCP: CPPT=CCP. LOCALIP="70. SRN=0. FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE. IFT=MPGRP.13". LN=1.26. LOCIP="70. CN=0. LOCPORT=1025. TXBW=10000. PEERIP="17. FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE. SN=7. PT=ETH. SRN=0.0. //Adding an SCTP signaling link ADD SCTPLNK: SCTPNO=0.13". PEERIP="17. SRN=0. PT=ETH. SRN=0.13". RXBW=10000.271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide DSTMASK="255.10".26. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="17. Context The feature IP-Based UMTS and LTE Co-Transmission on Base Station Side requires a UMTS and LTE dual-mode base station to connect the FE port on the WMPT and one FE port on the 271-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. TXEBS=155000000. SBT=BASE_BOARD. FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE. RXBW=10000.0. – A UTRP needs to be added at the eNodeB to support IP over E1/T1.0.83. CN=0. BEAR=IPV4. TXBW=10000. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .26. 271. SBT=BASE_BOARD.13". LN=0.10".83. Ltd. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=1. PEERIP="17. //Enabling the DHCP relay function of the base station SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE.0. TXEBS=155000000. SRN=0.26. therefore sharing transmission resources. 271-9 . run the NodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set parameters for an Ethernet port. Figure 271-4 IP over FE/GE UMTS and LTE co-transmission on base station side Figure 271-5 IP over E1/T1 UMTS and LTE co-transmission on base station side Procedure l Activating the NodeB data 1. as shown in Figure 271-4 and Figure 271-5 respectively. NOTE In the scenario of UMTS and LTE co-transmission. 3. Co-transmission modes can be IP over FE/GE and IP over E1/T1. – Set Destination IP Address to the gateway IP address of the BSC6900.. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add a device IP address. – Set Next Hop IP Address to the gateway IP address of the NodeB. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the NodeB to BSC6900 in case of layer 3 networking. set IP Address to the IP address of FE interconnection port on the NodeB side. If the planned data is inconsistent with the default data in the database. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) LMPT together and to share transmission ports on the LTE side and the transmission network. it is recommended transmission resource sharing is achieved by connecting FE ports. In this step. 2. and slot that house the Iub interface board.. 6. l Activating the eNodeB data (IP over FE/GE) 1. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add an IP address for the main control board on the eNodeB side and an IP address for the S1 interface on the CN side. set Port Type to ETH(Ethernet Port). – Set Port No. 4. – The value of Tx Bandwidth must be the same as that of Rx Bandwidth of the IP path on the BSC6900 side.. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add an NCP link. and Slot No. – Next Hop IP Address must be on the same network segment as the IP address of the eNodeB. NOTE Before a CCP link is added. You can query information about the CCP link on the BSC6900 side by running the BSC6900 MML command LST UIUBCP. subrack. Run the eNodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set parameters for the LMPT port connected to the WMPT. – In this step. – Set Cabinet No.. the LMPT must be configured to work in 100M/ FULL mode. In this step. NOTE When the WMPT is connected to the LMPT. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Set Cabinet No. 5. the value of CCP Port Number must be the same as that on the BSC6900 side. and Slot No. Ltd. – Set Route Type to NEXTHOP(IP Address of The Next Hop). based on the actual situation. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the eNodeB to the SGW. – Set Peer IP Address to the IP address of the port on the BSC6900 side. – Set IP Address to the IP address of the S1 interface on the eNodeB side. – Set Local IP Address to the device IP address in step 2. 4. to the numbers of the cabinet. 2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 271-10 .271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide Next Hop IP Address is the IP address of the eNodeB port connected to the NodeB. – The value of Rx Bandwidth must be the same as that of Tx Bandwidth of the IP path on the BSC6900 side. Subrack No.. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add a CCP link. – Set Destination IP Address to the destination IP address of the route. and slot that house the Iub interface board. In this step. set NCP/CCP Port Type to NCP(NCP Port).. 3. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the eNodeB to the MME. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path to the adjacent node. subrack. set NCP/CCP Port Type to CCP(CCP Port). to the numbers of the cabinet. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST SCTPSRVPORT to query the value of Peer SCTP Port. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SCTPLNK to add an SCTP link. 7. Subrack No. 8. the LMPT must be configured to work in 100M/ FULL mode. 10. 8. In this step. NOTE When the WMPT is connected to the LMPT.. 271-11 . In this step. – Set Destination IP Address to the destination IP address of the route. – Set PATH Type to ANY. set DHCP Server IP Address to the IP address of the BSC6900 DHCP Server. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the eNodeB to the BSC6900. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource group. 6. 6. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource group. set Enable Switch to ENABLE. – Set Join Logical Port to YES. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD MPGRP to add an MP group. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD SCTPLNK to add a signaling link between the eNodeB and the MME. Ltd. Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable the DHCP relay function of the base station. 9. 11. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) 5. 3. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the eNodeB to the SGW. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the eNodeB to the BSC6900. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD S1INTERFACE to add an S1 interface. Run the eNodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set parameters for the LMPT port connected to the WMPT. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path between the eNodeB and the SGW. l Activating the eNodeB data (IP over E1/T1) 1. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add an IP address for a DHCP server. 7. This DHCP server is shared between the NodeB and the BSC6900. – Set PATH Type to ANY. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path between the eNodeB and the SGW. 5. – Set Join Logical Port to YES. 7. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD MPLNK to add an MP link and then add it to the MP group. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the eNodeB to the MME. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add the IP address of FE interface on eNodeB. 9. – Set Subboard Type to E1_COVERBOARD(E1 Cover Board) – Set Route Type to IF(Exit Interface). 4. 17". SPEED=100M. CN=0. PN=1.0. DSCP=0.MASK="255.0".2". PN=0. PT=ETH. FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE. MASK="255. LN=1.255.NEXTHOPIP="199. – Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add an IP address for a DHCP server.NEXTHOPIP="199. PEERPORT=58080. PEERPORT=58080. set Enable Switch to ENABLE.2. TXEBS=155000000. //Adding an IP address for the eNodeB ADD DEVIP: CN=0. PN=0.2. PN=0. BEAR=IPV4. SBT=BASE_BOARD.0.2.0. MASK="255.3". SRN=0.DSTIP="138. LN=0. SN=6. LOCIP="199. IP="199.PREF=80.20. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE.SN=6.5.DSTIP="17.0.2".2. PN=1. SN=7. SRN=0. FC=OPEN. //Adding an NCP link ADD IUBCP: CPPT=NCP.RTTYPE=NEXTH OP. OAM3AHSW=DISABLE. LOCALIP="199. SBT=BASE_BOARD.2". TXEBS=155000000. PT=ETH.255. SN=6. DSCP=0. SBT=BASE_BOARD. //Adding an IP route from the NodeB to the RNC ADD IPRT:CN=0.2. CN=0. IP="199. LOCPORT=1024.0. //Set the IP of FE interface on NodeB ADD DEVIP: SRN=0. In this step.PREF=80.2. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .255. PEERIP="17. PT=ETH.0.0.2.20". //Set the IP of FE interface on eNodeB ADD DEVIP: CN=0. TXCBS=15000.SRN=0. PA=COPPER.0". SN=7. SBT=BASE_BOARD. PEERIP="17.255.2". CN=0. LOCIP="199. In this step. PEERIP="17.17".0".0.0. SN=6.2.2. FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE. //Adding a CCP link ADD IUBCP: CPPT=CCP.2". 10.RTTYPE=NEXTHO P.17". set DHCP Server IP Address to the IP address of the BSC6900 DHCP Server..83. PT=ETH. CN=0.2. SN=6.271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide – Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable the DHCP relay function of the base station. LOCPORT=1025. 11. SN=6.2. SRN=0. SRN=0. SRN=0.1". MASK="255.0". DUPLEX=FULL.17".0.2. MTU=1500. //Adding an IP route from the eNodeB to the SGW 271-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SRN=0. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE.0. //Adding an SCTP signaling link ADD SCTPLNK: SCTPNO=0.0. This DHCP server is shared between the NodeB and the BSC6900. SPEED=100M.2. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=1. //Adding an IP route from the eNodeB to the MME ADD IPRT:CN=0.20". MTU=1500. BEAR=IPV4.SN=7. Ltd. PEERIP="17. ADD SCTPLNK: SCTPNO=1. SN=6. RXBW=10000.17". SRN=0. //Activating the eNodeB data (IP over FE/GE) //Setting parameters for the LMPT port connected to the WMPT SET ETHPORT: CN=0.0.2. ----End Example //Activating the NodeB data //Setting parameters for an Ethernet port SET ETHPORT: CN=0. SRN=0. PT=ETH.SRN=0.2.0.2. ARPPROXY=DISABLE. TXBW=10000. SN=7. TXCBS=15000.255. IP="70.0".26. DUPLEX=FULL. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD S1INTERFACE to add an S1 interface.255. LOCALIP="199. RXBW=10000. TXBW=10000.MASK="255. //Adding an IP path to the adjacent node ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0.0". Run the eNodeB MML command ADD SCTPLNK to add a signaling link between the eNodeB and the MME. &TS25-1.SRN=0. //Adding a signaling link between the eNodeB and the MME ADD SCTPLNK: SCTPNO=0. SN=4.2. SBT=BASE_BOARD.255. TXCBS=200000.20.&TS19-1. TSBITMAP=TSBITMAP=TS1-1&TS2-1. MTU=1500.5. SRN=0. SRN=0.0". SN=7. LPN=0. SN=4. AUTHTYPE=NOAUTH. PATHTYPE=ANY.26. PEERIP="138. RSCGRPID=0. PN=2.PREF=80.0. //Adding an IP path between the eNodeB and the SGW ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0. SN=4. //Activating the eNodeB data (IP over E1/T1) //Setting parameters for the LMPT port connected to the WMPT SET ETHPORT: CN=0. PT=MP. SWITCHBACKFLAG=YES.2. SRN=0. SN=7. PT=ETH. PN=0.255. RTTYPE=IF.26.20". Ltd.&TS30-1. //Adding an S1 interface ADD S1INTERFACE: S1INTERFACEID=0. MASK="255. PN=1.255.255.20. E1T1SN=0. LOCALIP="70. TXEBS=200000.&TS20-1. //Adding an S1 interface ADD S1INTERFACE: S1INTERFACEID=0. DSTIP="138. LPN=0. SRN=0.5.0".&TS4-1. LOCIP="70.&TS2 7-1. PATHTYPE=ANY.0".SN=7. LOCALIP="70.20. RTTYPE=IF.PREF=80..&TS 18-1. E1T1PN=0.255. SN=4. SWITCHBACKFLAG=YES.&TS26-1. SN=4. MPGRPN=0. MASK="255. LOCIP="70. CnOperatorId=0. MCPPP=DISABLE. //Adding a signaling link between the eNodeB and the MME ADD SCTPLNK: SCTPNO=0.1". 271-13 .&TS6-1.0.20".26.MASK="255.&TS21-1.RTTYPE=NEXT HOP.DSTIP="138. PPPLNKN=0. JNLGCPORT=YES. PN=0. TXEBS=200000. DUPLEX=FULL.0. //Enabling the DHCP relay function of the base station SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: EnableSwitch=ENABLE.20". QT=HQ.255.&TS28-1. LPN=0. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="17.20.&TS11-1. CnOperatorId=0. PT=MPGRP. LPT=USERDEF.255.&TS24-1. BEAR=IP. PT=MP.1".NEXTHOPIP="199.&TS23-1. PEERIP="138.2. PPPMUX=DISABLE. QT=HQ.&TS22-1. LOCPORT=2907.0. //Set the IP of FE interface on eNodeB ADD DEVIP: CN=0.5. SN=7.0". IP="199. RXBW=200000. //Adding a transmission resource group ADD RSCGRP: CN=0. //Adding an IP route from eNodeB to BSC6900 ADD IPRT:CN=0.NEXTHOPIP="199. PN=0. //Enabling the DHCP relay function of the base station SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE.26.0.DSTIP="17. PN=0. MASK="255.0.& TS9-1.26.83. //Adding an IP logical port ADD IPLGCPORT: CN=0.&TS7-1.20".0". DSTIP="17.2.20.255. PEERIP="138.255.0. PT=MP.1".0.SN=7.255. SRN=0.0". //Adding an IP route from the eNodeB to the SGW ADD IPRT: CN=0. //Adding an MP link and then adding it to the MP group ADD MPLNK: CN=0.83.0. TXBW=150000. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="17. SN=4.0".17". PA=COPPER.&TS10-1. S1SCTPLINKID=0.83.0". SN=4.&TS16-1. JNLGCPORT=YES.20".0". S1SCTPLINKID=0.&TS13-1.&TS15-1. LOCALIP="70. //Adding an IP route from the eNodeB to the MME ADD IPRT: CN=0. PN=1.0".&TS31-1.0". RU=KBPS.&TS14-1.&TS29-1. SN=4. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0". SRN=0.0. SN=4.5.0.&TS17-1.2.20. PEERIP="138. SRN=0.17".20.17".2.&TS5-1. FC=OPEN. PEERPORT=2910. PT=MP. TXBW=150000.1".30. RTTYPE=IF.17".RTTYPE=NEXTHO P. //Add an IP route from eNodeB to BSC6900 ADD IPRT: CN=0. MASK="255.&TS8-1.MASK="255. RXBW=200000.SRN=0.5. //Adding an IP path between the eNodeB and the SGW ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0. PEERPORT=2910.1".&TS3-1. SPEED=100M. TXCBS=200000.&TS12-1.83. MASK="255. DSTIP="138.83.30. SN=4.RAN Feature Activation Guide 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) ADD IPRT:CN=0. LOCPORT=2907. //Adding an MP group ADD MPGRP: CN=0. SRN=0. SRN=0.0. . The UTRP type must be UTRP3. UTRP4. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221504 TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB). verify. 272 l Configuring TDM-Based Multi- Prerequisite Dependencies on Hardware – A GSM and UMTS dual-mode base station supports this feature. E1/T1 ports on the GTMU are connected to the transmission network. Context This feature enables the BTS and NodeB to share E1/T1 transmission resources through a backplane clock channel with the effective TDM timeslot cross connection function. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or UTRPb4.RAN Feature Activation Guide 272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) This section describes how to activate. Ltd. – When the TDM timeslot cross connection co-transmission feature is supported by a GSM and UMTS dual-mode base station.. Backplane-based co-transmission is classified into the following scenarios: l In the scenario of GTMU-based TDM timeslot cross connection co-transmission. E1/T1 timeslots on the UMTS side are transmitted to the GTMU through the backplane TOP channel on the WMPT. The TDM timeslot cross connection function enables GSM data and UMTS data to be multiplexed on the transmission network. Therefore. E1/T1 transmission resources are shared by the GSM and UMTS modes by timeslot. as shown in Figure 272-1. a UTRP should be configured for the BTS. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-050302 Fractional ATM Function on Iub Interface – WRFD-050411 Fractional IP Function on Iub Interface l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 272-1 . Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BTSTOPCONFIG to configure the TOP switching parameters. Cross connection is not supported. l E1 timeslot numbers configured on the BTS side must be consistent with those configured on the NodeB side. 2. 0 on the NodeB backplane. Therefore.. E1/T1 numbers 16 through 19 on the BTS backplane correspond to E1/T1 numbers 0 through 3 on the NodeB backplane. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) 272-2 . E1/T1 No. a UTRP is configured on the GSM side. For example.272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 272-1 GTMU-based TDM timeslot cross connection co-transmission l In the scenario of GSM-UTRP-based TDM timeslot cross connection co-transmission. 16 on the BTS backplane only corresponds to E1/T1 No. NOTE l The number of E1/T1 on the BTS backplane is within the range of 16 through 19. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BTSCONNECT to add a connection between a GTMU port and the NodeB. extra E1/T1 resources can be shared by the UMTS mode through the backplane TOP channel to extend E1/T1 transmission resources for the UMTS mode. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Set Dest Node Type to OTHER. Figure 272-2 GSM-UTRP-based TDM timeslot cross connection co-transmission Procedure l Activating the BTS data (GTMU-based) 1. as shown in Figure 272-2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add a CCP link. set Subboard Type to BACK_BOARD or BASE_BOARD. to numbers of the subrack and slot where the NodeB interface board is located. NOTE Similar to a common E1. – Set Rate Unit to KBPS or CELL/S. It. – Set Destination Slot No. – Set Subboard Type to BASE_BOARD. however. – Set Node Type to LOCAL(LOCAL). 4. – Set Subrack No. 7. Therefore. and TOP Board Slot No. Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2NODE to add an AAL2 node. Ltd. – Set TS Mask to the timeslot of the NodeB backplane. You need to configure the link bearer according to actual networking mode. In this step. rate units in other configuration must be consistent. Only one rate unit can be used. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add an NCP link. to numbers of the subrack and slot that house the Iub interface board. The recommended value is H'3900000000000000000000000000000000000000. to numbers of the subrack and slot where the BTS port connected to the NodeB interface board is located. set NCP/CCP Port Type to NCP(NCP Port). Run the NodeB MML command ADD BACKE1T1 to add a backplane E1/T1 link. the backplane E1 can be configured with the upper-layer bearer. In this step. rate units in other configuration must be consistent. 6. Therefore. – Set Subboard Type to BASE_BOARD. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set NCP/CCP Port Type to CCP(CCP Port). 5. and online and offline tests. and Port Slot No. – Set Subboard Type to BACK_BOARD. Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2PATH to add an AAL2 path. Set TOP Board Subrack No. 272-3 . In this step. l Activating the NodeB data (GTMU-based) 1. to the number of the slot that houses the GTMU.RAN Feature Activation Guide 272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) – Set Port Subrack No. The upper-layer link bearer of the backplane E1 can be UNILNK/IMALNK/ FRAATMLNK/PPLNK/MPLNK. set Port Type to TOPEXTOUTPORT. – Set Rate Unit to KBPS or CELL/S. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SAALLNK to add an SAAL link. – Set ATM Address to a valid ATM address. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IMALNK to add an IMA link and then add it to the MP group.. In this step. 3. set Subboard Type to BASE_BOARD. NOTE When E1 transmission resources on the BTS side are shared by the NodeB. 8. – Set Port Type to TOPEXTOUTPORT. – Set Node Type to LOCAL(End Node). Only one rate unit can be used. does not support the configuration of the operating work mode and loopback mode. 2. and Slot No. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IMAGRP to add an IMA group. rate units in other configuration must be consistent. – Set Destination Slot No. the number of the CCP port must be the same as that of the CCP port on the BSC6900 side. Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2NODE to add an AAL2 node. subrack. Ltd. In this step. Therefore. rate units in other configuration must be consistent. – Set Port Type to TOPEXTOUTPORT. You need to configure the link bearer according to actual networking mode. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SAALLNK to add an SAAL link. and slot that house the Iub interface board. – Set ATM Address to a valid ATM address. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IMALNK to add an IMA link and then add it to the MP group. does not support the configuration of the operating work mode and loopback mode.272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) NOTE RAN Feature Activation Guide Before a CCP link is added.. – Set Node Type to LOCAL(LOCAL). The recommended value is H'3900000000000000000000000000000000000000. and Slot No. l Activating the BTS data (GSM-UTRP-based) 1. the backplane E1 can be configured with the upper-layer bearer. It. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IMAGRP to add an IMA group. Set Dest Node Type to OTHER. NOTE When E1 transmission resources on the BTS side are shared by the NodeB. 6. set Subboard Type to BASE_BOARD. The upper-layer link bearer of the backplane E1 can be UNILNK/IMALNK/ FRAATMLNK/PPLNK/MPLNK. – Set Subboard Type to BASE_BOARD. – Set Rate Unit to KBPS or CELL/S. set Subboard Type to BACK_BOARD or BASE_BOARD.. – Set Node Type to LOCAL(End Node). run the BSC6900 MML command LST UIUBCP. Run the NodeB MML command ADD BACKE1T1 to add a backplane E1/T1 link. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . however. To query information about the CCP link on the BSC6900 side. In this step. Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2PATH to add an AAL2 path. l Activating the NodeB data (GSM-UTRP-based) 1. 5.. and online and offline tests. Only one rate unit can be used. – Set TS Mask to the timeslot of the NodeB backplane. 272-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. Only one rate unit can be used. – Set Subboard Type to BASE_BOARD. – Set Cabinet No. set Port Type to TOPEXTOUTPORT. – Set Rate Unit to KBPS or CELL/S. 2. 4. Therefore. NOTE Similar to a common E1. to the numbers of the cabinet. to the number of the slot that houses the UTRP. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BTSCONNECT to add a connection between a UTRP port and the NodeB. – Set Subboard Type to BACK_BOARD. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BTSTOPCONFIG to configure the TOP switching parameters. Subrack No. 3. DESTNODE=OTHER. the port type is TOPEXTINPO. INPN=1. INSRN=0. Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add a CCP link. INSRN=0. and the output port is E1 port 1 on the GTMU ADD BTSTOPCONFIG: IDTYPE=BYID. BTSID=255. VPI=2. SN=6. ST=CBR. 272-5 . PT=IMA. SRN=0. //Adding three SAAL links ADD SAALLNK: SAALNO=4. SRN=0. VCI=34. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. and the output port is E1 port 1 on the UTRP Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VPI=0. RU=KBPS. TSMASK=TS1-1&TS2-1&TS3-1&TS4-1&TS5-1&TS6-1&TS7-1&TS8-1&TS9-1&TS10-1&TS111&TS12-1&TS13-1&TS14-1&TS15-1&TS16-1&TS17-1&TS18-1&TS19-1&TS20-1&TS21-1&T S22-1&TS23-1&TS24-1&TS25-1&TS26-1&TS27-1&TS28-1&TS29-1&TS30-1&TS31-1. RU=KBPS. SN=7. ST=CBR. SBT=BASE_BOARD. //Configuring the TOP switching relation between the GTMU and the WMPT: E1 port 16 on the backplane corresponds to port 0 on the WMPT. SN=7. ----End Example //Activating the BTS data (GTMU-based) //Configuring a connection between a GTMU port and the NodeB ADD BTSCONNECT: IDTYPE=BYID. INSN=6. ADD IUBCP: CPPT=CCP. SRN=0. SBT=BASE_BOARD. LN=4. SRN=0. ADD SAALLNK: SAALNO=6. ADDR="H'3900000000000000000000000000000000001980". Run the NodeB MML command ADD IUBCP to add an NCP link. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. SBT=BASE_BOARD. INCN=0. In this step. NOTE Before a CCP link is added.RAN Feature Activation Guide 272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) 7. INPN=1. TOPBOARDSLOTNO=7. //Activating the BTS data (GSM-UTRP-based) //Configuring a connection between a UTRP port and the NodeB ADD BTSCONNECT: IDTYPE=BYID. PT=IMA. BEAR=ATM. PT=IMA. set NCP/CCP Port Type to NCP. VPI=4. PCR=256.. set NCP/CCP Port Type to CCP. 8. SN=7. E1T1PORTNO=16. BEAR=ATM. ST=RTVBR. PCR=1024. SBT=BASE_BOARD. the port type is TOPEXTINPO. //Adding an AAL2 path ADD AAL2PATH: NT=LOCAL. CN=0. VPI=1. the GTMU provides the WMPT with a transmission path. ST=CBR. the number of the CCP port must be the same as that of the CCP port on the BSC6900 side. BTSID=255. PORTTYPE=TOPEXTOUTPORT. PATHID=23. //Adding an AAL2 node ADD AAL2NODE: NT=LOCAL. //Adding an IMA link ADD IMALNK: SRN=0. //Adding an IMA group ADD IMAGRP: SRN=0. LN=5. DESTNODE=OTHER. To query information about the CCP link on the BSC6900 side. SN=7. SBT=BASE_BOARD. Ltd. BTSID=255. //Activating the NodeB data (GTMU-based) //Adding a backplane E1/T1 link ADD BACKE1T1: SRN=0. INCN=0. SN=7. SN=7. PT=IMA. DSTSN=6. SBT=BACK_BOARD. SN=7. ADD SAALLNK: SAALNO=5. TOPBOARDSRN=0. //Configuring the TOP switching relation between the UTRP and the WMPT: E1 port 16 on the backplane corresponds to port 0 on the WMPT. INSN=0. RCR=512. SBT=BACK_BOARD. VCI=32. LN=6. TOPBOARDCN=0. VCI=36. CN=0. PCR=1024. the UTRP provides the WMPT with a transmission path. RU=KBPS. SRN=0. ORIPORT=1. SCR=512. //Adding an NCP or CCP link ADD IUBCP: CPPT=NCP. IMAGRPSBT=BASE_BOARD. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. VCI=33. In this step. run the BSC6900 MML command LST UIUBCP. PCR=256. RU=KBPS. Activating the NodeB data (GSM-UTRP-based) //Adding a backplane E1/T1 link ADD BACKE1T1: SRN=0. VCI=36. VPI=2. SRN=0. VCI=32. TSMASK=TS1-1&TS2-1&TS3-1&TS4-1&TS5-1&TS6-1&TS7-1&TS8-1&TS9-1&TS10-1&TS111&TS12-1&TS13-1&TS14-1&TS15-1&TS16-1&TS17-1&TS18-1&TS19-1&TS20-1&TS21-1&T S22-1&TS23-1&TS24-1&TS25-1&TS26-1&TS27-1&TS28-1&TS29-1&TS30-1&TS31-1. PATHID=23. ST=RTVBR. RU=KBPS. SN=7. //Adding an AAL2 path ADD AAL2PATH: NT=LOCAL. CN=0.272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide ADD BTSTOPCONFIG: IDTYPE=BYID. ADDR="H'3900000000000000000000000000000000001980". SRN=0. IMAGRPSBT=BASE_BOARD. RU=KBPS. //Adding an IMA group ADD IMAGRP: SRN=0. //Adding three SAAL links ADD SAALLNK: SAALNO=4. PCR=256. LN=4. SN=7. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. 272-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. DSTSN=0. //Adding an NCP or CCP link ADD IUBCP: CPPT=NCP. ST=CBR. SBT=BASE_BOARD. SN=7. RCR=512. //Adding an AAL2 node ADD AAL2NODE: NT=LOCAL. ADD SAALLNK: SAALNO=6. SBT=BASE_BOARD. VCI=34. LN=5. PCR=1024. ST=CBR. E1T1PORTNO=16. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . RU=KBPS. BEAR=ATM. VPI=4. PT=IMA.. TOPBOARDCN=0. ADD SAALLNK: SAALNO=5. SN=7. SBT=BASE_BOARD. SBT=BASE_BOARD. ST=CBR. PCR=1024. SRN=0. SBT=BASE_BOARD. SBT=BACK_BOARD. SRN=0. PT=IMA. //Adding an IMA link ADD IMALNK: SRN=0. SN=7. SN=0. CN=0. ORIPORT=1. PT=IMA. VCI=33. VPI=1. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. SN=7. SCR=512. ADD IUBCP: CPPT=CCP. PORTTYPE=TOPEXTOUTPORT. PT=IMA. Ltd. TOPBOARDSLOTNO=7. SBT=BACK_BOARD. JNRSCGRP=DISABLE. SRN=0. BEAR=ATM. PCR=256. SN=7. TOPBOARDSRN=0. RU=KBPS. BTSID=255. VPI=0. LN=6. 273-1 . and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221601 Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB). verify. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. and deactivate the optional feature GSM and UMTS Common Reference Clock. 273. verify. 273..2 Configuring UMTS and LTE Common Reference Clock This section describes how to activate.1 Configuring GSM and UMTS Common Reference Clock This section describes how to activate.RAN Feature Activation Guide 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) 273 About This Chapter Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) This section describes how to activate. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature UMTS and LTE Common Reference Clock. Other Prerequisites – This feature has to be activated with MRFD-221601 Multi-mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) simultaneously. an external clock source must be configured for one mode while the other mode is configured to share the opposite mode's clock source. verify. – If GPS or BITS clock signals are shared.1 Configuring GSM and UMTS Common Reference Clock This section describes how to activate. Context The feature GSM and UMTS common reference clock enables the GSM and UMTS modes to share the same clock source. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . the USCU board must be configured on the BBU. Prerequisite l Dependencies on Hardware – The GSM and UMTS dual-mode base station whose GSM and UMTS modes share the BBU supports this feature. Therefore. and deactivate the optional feature GSM and UMTS Common Reference Clock. l Dependencies on Other Features – MRFD-210501 BTS/NodeB Clock – WRFD-050502 Synchronous Ethernet – GBFD-118601 Abis over IP – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface – WRFD-050501 Clock Sync on Ethernet in NodeB l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide 273. Ltd. Scenarios of this feature are as follows: l Common GPS reference clock – Common GPS reference clock on the GSM side (GSM USCU) – Common GPS reference clock on the UMTS side (UMTS USCU) l Common BITS reference clock – Common BITS reference clock on the GSM side (GSM USCU) – Common BITS reference clock on the UMTS side (UMTS USCU) l Common E1/T1 reference clock – Common E1/T1 reference clock on the GSM side (GTMU) – Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) – Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (UMTS UTRP) (non-typical scenario) 273-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. further descriptions are not provided. BITS clock signals are transmitted through a BITS clock interface. as shown in Figure 273-1.. Common GPS reference clock When a USCU and an external GPS clock are configured for a GSM and UMTS dual-mode base station. Figure 273-1 Common GPS reference clock Common BITS reference clock When a USCU and an external BITS clock are configured for a GSM and UMTS dual-mode base station. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) l Common Ethernet reference clock – Common Ethernet reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) – Common Ethernet reference clock on the GSM side (GTMU) (non-typical scenario) – Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (UMTS UTRP) (non-typical scenario) l Common IP reference clock – Common IP reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) – Common IP reference clock on the GSM side (GTMU) (non-typical scenario) – Common IP reference clock on the UMTS side (UMTS UTRP) (non-typical scenario) NOTE For non-typical scenarios. The GSM and UMTS modes obtain the BITS clock signals through a backplane clock channel. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The GSM and UMTS modes obtain the GPS clock signals through a backplane clock channel. GPS clock signals are transmitted through a GPS clock interface. as shown in Figure 273-2. 273-3 . as shown in Figure 273-3 and Figure 273-4. clock signals can be obtained from the E1/T1 port on the side of one mode while the other mode is configured to share the opposite mode's clock source. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Followings are examples of common E1/T1 reference clock on the GSM side (GTMU) and common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT). Ltd. Figure 273-3 Common E1/T1 reference clock on the GSM side (GTMU) Figure 273-4 Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) Common Ethernet reference clock 273-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 273-2 Common BITS reference clock Common E1/T1 reference clock When a common E1/T1 reference clock is used on a GSM and UMTS dual-mode base station.. the common IP reference clock is shared by two modes. The other mode should be configured to share the opposite mode's clock source.RAN Feature Activation Guide 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) When a common Ethernet reference clock is used on a GSM and UMTS dual-mode base station. Configuration on the GBTS side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSUSCUBP to set the parameters of a USCU board. Ltd. as shown in Figure 273-5. and then clock signals can be obtained from the IEEE1588 server by connecting a FE transmission link to the transmission network. one mode obtains Ethernet clock signals from the transmission network through a FE transmission link while the other mode is configured to share the opposite mode's clock source. Following is an example of common IP reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 273-6 Common IP reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) Procedure l Common GPS reference clock 1. Figure 273-5 Common Ethernet reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) Common IP reference clock When the IEEE1588 clock is used on a GSM and UMTS dual-mode base station. Following is an example of common Ethernet reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT).. Only one mode needs to be configured with an IEEE1588 client. as shown in Figure 273-6. 273-5 . . – Set Antenna Power Supply Switch to NOPOWER(No Power).273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide – Set Board Parameter Configuration Enabled to YES(YES). ensure that the clock source on the GBTS side is E1/ T1 clock link. 273-6 Configuration on the NodeB side Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. Configuration on the NodeB side (1) Run the NodeB MML command ADD GPS to add a GPS clock link. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). 2. (2) Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. (2) Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. 2. 2. l Common E1/T1 reference clock on the GSM side (GTMU) 1. Configuration on the NodeB side NOTE Before configuring on the NodeB side. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSCLK to set Clock Type to TRCGPS_CLK(Trace GPS Clock). Configuration on the NodeB side (1) Run the NodeB MML command ADD BITS to add a BITS clock link. (1) Run the NodeB MML command ADD PEERCLK to add a peer reference clock link. set Clock Type to EXTSYN_CLK(External Sync clock). (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command SAV BTSCLKPARA to save BTS clock parameters. l Common BITS reference clock 1. In this step. l Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) 1. Ltd. – Set Selected Clock Source to GPS(GPS Clock). – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . set Clock Type to TRCBSC_CLK (Trace BSC Clock). Configuration on the GBTS side Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSCLK to set the BTS to track the clock signals received from the BSC6900. Configuration on the GBTS side (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSCLK to set an external clock source. (2) Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. (3) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSCLKPARA to set BTS clock parameters based on the actual situation. – Set Selected Clock Source to BITS(BITS Clock). – Set Selected Clock Source to PEERCLK(Peer Clock). – Set GPS Work Mode to GPS(GPS). The clock source information matches the configuration. Configuration on the GBTS side Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSCLK to configure the PEER clock source.. l Common IP reference clock on the UMTS side 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide NOTE 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) Before configuring the LINE clock source. Configuration on the GBTS side Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSCLK to configure the PEER clock source. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). In this step. – Set Selected Clock Source to LINECLK(Line Clock). (1) Run the NodeB MML command ADD LINECLK to configure the E1/T1 clock source. Then. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configuration on the NodeB side (1) Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPCLKLINK to add an IP clock link. (2) Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. (2) Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. set Port Type to E1T1(E1T1). – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). ensure that an E1/T1 clock link is available. Check the results. In this step. 2. – Set Selected Clock Source to IPCLK(IP Clock). Run the NodeB MML command DSP CLKSTAT and the BSC6900 MML command LST BTSCLK. The configuration fails... 2. Configuration on the GBTS side Run the BSC6900 MML command SET BTSCLK to configure the PEER clock source. 2. The clock source information mismatches the configuration. Ltd. – Set Selected Clock Source to SYNCETH(SyncEth Clock). set Clock Type to PEER_CLK(Peer Clock). l Common Ethernet reference clock on the UMTS side 1. In this step. set Clock Type to PEER(PEER Clock).. l Verification Procedure 1. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). The configuration succeeds. set Clock Type to PEER_CLK(Peer Clock). If. (2) Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. 273-7 . Configuration on the NodeB side (1) Run the NodeB MML command ADD SYNCETH to add a synchronousEthernet clock link. In this step.. SIP="82. //Configuration on the GBTS side SET BTSCLK: IDTYPE=BYID. If. SN=1. ClkType=EXTSYN_CLK.. //Common IP reference clock on the UMTS side //Configuration on the NodeB side ADD IPCLKLINK: ICPT=PTP. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. BTSID=120. SN=1. ----End Example //Common GPS reference clock //Configuration on the GBTS side SET BTSUSCUBP: IDTYPE=BYID. BTSID=120.1. //Common Ethernet reference clock on the UMTS side //Configuration on the NodeB side ADD SYNCETH: SN=7. ANTENNAPOWERSWITCH=NOPOWER. Then. SAV BTSCLKPARA: IDTYPE=BYID. BTSID=120. 273-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. BTSID=120. ClkType=PEER_CLK. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. PN=0. //Configuration on the GBTS side SET BTSCLK: IDTYPE=BYID. SRN=0. SN=7. the configuration fails. ClkType=TRCBSC_CLK. ClkType=PEER_CLK. SRCNO=0. The configurations on the GSM and UMTS sides conflict with each other.SN=4. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. BTSID=120.0.107".273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide 2. CLKMOD=GPSCLK. BTSID=120. BTSID=120. //Common BITS reference clock //Configuration on the GBTS side SET BTSCLK: IDTYPE=BYID. //Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) //Configuration on the NodeB side ADD LINECLK: SN=6. Check whether any alarm is generated. PN=0. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. The clock conflict alarm is generated. CLKSRC=SYNCETH. //Configuration on the NodeB side ADD BITS: SN=4. SET BTSCLKPARA: IDTYPE=BYID. Therefore. CALVAL=2222. GPSORGLONASS=GPS. CLKSRC=PEERCLK.. CNM=UNICAST. //Configuration on the GBTS side SET BTSCLK: IDTYPE=BYID. CIP="82. CLKSRC=GPS.0. CLKSRC=LINE. //Configuration on the NodeB side ADD PEERCLK:. ClkType=TRCGPS_CLK.128". //Common E1/T1 reference clock on the GBTS side (GTMU) //Configuration on the GBTS side SET BTSCLK: IDTYPE=BYID. BTSID=120. CLKSRC=IPCLK. SRN=0.. ClkType=PEER_CLK. BTSID=120. TRCRNGLMT=ENABLE. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. Ltd. CLKSRC=BITS.. CFGFLAG=YES. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . SET BTSCLK: IDTYPE=BYID.. PT=E1T1. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL.1. //Configuration on the NodeB side ADD GPS: GN=0. l Dependencies on Other Features – MRFD-210501 BTS/NodeB Clock – LOFD-00301301 Synchronization with Ethernet (ITU-T G.. verify. Other Prerequisites – This feature has to be activated with MRFD-231601 Multi-mode BS Common Reference Clock (eNodeB) simultaneously. Prerequisite l Dependencies on Hardware – The UMTS and LTE dual-mode base station whose UMTS and LTE modes share the BBU supports this feature.RAN Feature Activation Guide 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) 273.2 Configuring UMTS and LTE Common Reference Clock This section describes how to activate. – If GPS or BITS clock signals are shared. the USCU board must be configured on the BBU.8261) – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface – LOFD-00301302 IEEE1588 V2 Clock Synchronization l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context The feature UMTS and LTE common reference clock enables the UMTS and LTE modes to share the same clock source. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature UMTS and LTE Common Reference Clock. an external clock source must be configured for one mode while the other mode is configured to share the opposite mode's clock source. – The 1588V2 reference clock must be configured IP Clock Server. 273-9 . Therefore. Scenarios of this feature are as follows: l Common GPS reference clock – Common GPS reference clock on the UMTS side (UMTS USCU) – Common GPS reference clock on the LTE side (LTE USCU) l Common BITS reference clock – Common BITS reference clock on the UMTS side (UMTS USCU) – Common BITS reference clock on the LTE side (LTE USCU) l Common E1/T1 reference clock – Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) – Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (UMTS UTRP) (non-typical scenario) – Common E1/T1 reference clock on the LTE side (LTE UTRP) (non-typical scenario) Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. . further descriptions are not provided. The UMTS and LTE modes obtain the BITS clock signals through a backplane clock channel. only one USCU can be configured on either the UMTS side or the LTE side. as shown in Figure 273-7. BITS clock signals are transmitted through a BITS clock interface. Common BITS reference clock When a USCU and an external BITS clock are configured for a UMTS and LTE dual-mode base station. Common GPS reference clock When a USCU and an external GPS clock are configured for a UMTS and LTE dual-mode base station.273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide l Common Ethernet reference clock – Common Ethernet reference clock on the LTE side (LMPT) – Common Ethernet reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) (non-typical scenario) – Common Ethernet reference clock on the UMTS side (UMTS UTRP) (non-typical scenario) – Common Ethernet reference clock on the LTE side (LTE UTRP) (non-typical scenario) l Common IP reference clock – Common IP reference clock on the LTE side (LMPT) – Common IP reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) (non-typical scenario) – Common IP reference clock on the UMTS side (UMTS UTRP) (non-typical scenario) – Common IP reference clock on the LTE side (LTE UTRP) (non-typical scenario) NOTE For non-typical scenarios. as shown in Figure 273-8. Figure 273-7 Common GPS reference clock NOTE As shown in Figure 273-7. GPS clock signals are transmitted through a GPS clock interface. 273-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The UMTS and LTE modes obtain the GPS clock signals through a backplane clock channel. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . Ltd. Common E1/T1 reference clock When a common E1/T1 reference clock is used on a UMTS and LTE dual-mode base station.. Following is an example of common Ethernet reference clock on the LTE side (LMPT). as shown in Figure 273-9. Following is an example of common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT). 273-11 . Figure 273-9 Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side (WMPT) Common Ethernet reference clock When a common Ethernet reference clock is used on a UMTS and LTE dual-mode base station. Ltd. only one USCU can be configured on either the UMTS side or the LTE side. clock signals can be obtained from the E1/T1 port on the side of one mode while the other mode is configured to share the opposite mode's clock source. as shown in Figure 273-10. one mode obtains Ethernet clock signals from the transmission network through a FE/GE transmission link while the other mode is configured to share the opposite mode's clock source. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) Figure 273-8 Common BITS reference clock NOTE As shown in Figure 273-8. Ltd. (2) Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. 2. Configuration on the NodeB side (1) Run the NodeB MML command ADD GPS to add a GPS clock link. and then clock signals can be obtained from the IEEE1588 server by connecting a FE/GE transmission link to the transmission network. the common IP reference clock is shared by two modes. Figure 273-11 Common IP reference clock on the LTE side (LMPT) Procedure l Common GPS reference clock 1. Following is an example of common IP reference clock on the LTE side (LMPT). – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual).273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide Figure 273-10 Common Ethernet reference clock on the LTE side (LMPT) Common IP reference clock When the IEEE1588 clock is used on a UMTS and LTE dual-mode base station. 273-12 Configuration on the eNodeB side Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Figure 273-11. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) . The other mode should be configured to share the opposite mode's clock source. Only one mode needs to be configured with an IEEE1588 client. – Set Selected Clock Source to GPS(GPS Clock).. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Configuration on the eNodeB side Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. Configuration on the eNodeB side NOTE Before configuring on the eNodeB side. – Set Selected Clock Source to PEERCLK(Peer Clock). to the number of the slot that houses the USCU. (2) Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. – Set Selected Clock Source to GPS(GPS Clock).RAN Feature Activation Guide 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) (1) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD GPS to add a GPS clock link. set Slot No. – Set Selected Clock Source to BITS(BITS Clock). ensure that the clock source on the NodeB side is E1/ T1 clock link. In this step. Configuration on the NodeB side (1) Run the NodeB MML command ADD BITS to add a BITS clock link. (2) Run the eNodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. 273-13 . In this step. l Common E1/T1 reference clock on the UMTS side 1. (2) Run the eNodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. l Common BITS reference clock 1. Configuration on the eNodeB side (1) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD BITS to add a BITS clock link. to the number of the peer reference clock. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). In this step. In this step. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). Ltd. l Common Ethernet reference clock on the LTE side 1. 2. – Set Selected Clock Source to BITS(BITS Clock). (1) Run the NodeB MML command ADD LNKSRC to a line clock source. Configuration on the NodeB side NOTE Before configuring the LINE clock source. (2) Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. (1) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD PEERCLK to add a peer reference clock link. set PeerClk No. set Port Type to E1T1. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). ensure that an E1/T1 clock link is available. (2) Run the eNodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. – Set Selected Clock Source to LINECLK(Line Clock). set Slot No. to the number of the slot that houses the USCU.. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). The configuration succeeds. – Set Port No.. – Set Subrack No. 2. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). – Set Selected Clock Source to PEERCLK(Peer Clock). The recommended value is 7. – Set Selected Clock Source to PEERCLK(Peer Clock). – Set Selected Clock Source to SYNCETH(SyncEth Clock). to the number of the slot where the IP clock link is configured. If. – Set Slot No. Configuration on the eNodeB side (1) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPCLKLINK to add an IP clock link. 2. l Common IP reference clock on the LTE side 1. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). Ltd. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) .. Check whether any alarm is generated. 2. The clock source information matches the configuration. – Set Selected Clock Source to IPCLK(IP Clock). 273-14 Then... to the number of the port where the synchronous-Ethernet clock link is configured.. (2) Run the eNodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. Run the DSP CLKSTAT command on the NodeB and eNodeB sides and check the returned message. – Set Protocol Type to PTP(PTP). l Verification Procedure 1. to the number of the subrack where the synchronousEthernet clock link is configured. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). (2) Run the eNodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. The clock source information mismatches the configuration. The configuration fails. Configuration on the NodeB side Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) RAN Feature Activation Guide (1) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD SYNCETH to add a synchronousEthernet clock link. – Set Server IP to the server IP address of the IP clock link. – Set Client IP to the client IP address of the IP clock link. Configuration on the NodeB side Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. – Set Clock Working Mode to MANUAL(Manual). CLKSRC=SYNCETH. ----End Example //Common GPS reference clock //Configuration on the NodeB side ADD GPS: SN=4. //Common UMTS E1/T1 reference clock //Configuration on the NodeB side ADD LINECLK: SN=6.. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) If. CLKSRC=GPS. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. //Configuration on the eNodeB side ADD BITS: SN=4. CLKSRC=LINECLK. the configuration fails. CIP="82.1. CLKSRC=PEERCLK. PT=E1T1. SIP="82. //Configuration on the NodeB side SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL.128".. The configurations on the UMTS and LTE sides conflict with each other.. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL.0. //Configuration on the eNodeB side ADD PEERCLK:. CNM=UNICAST. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL.. CLKSRC=PEERCLK. Therefore. SRCNO=0. //Configuration on the eNodeB side ADD GPS: SN=4. 273-15 . Then.1. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. SRCNO=0. The Inter-System BBU Board Parameter Settings Conflict (alarm ID: 26273) is generated.. //Common BITS reference clock //Configuration on the NodeB side ADD BITS: SN=4. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. //Common Ethernet reference clock on the LTE side //Configuration on the eNodeB side ADD SYNCETH: SN=7. PN=0. PN=0. SRCNO=0. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. CLKSRC=GPS. SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. //Configuration on the NodeB side SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. PN=0. //Common IP reference clock on the LTE side //Configuration on the eNodeB side ADD IPCLKLINK: ICPT=PTP. CLKSRC=BITS.0. SYNMODE=OFF. SN=7. CLKSRC=BITS. CLKSRC=IPCLK.107". CLKSRC=PEERCLK. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. . verify. Dependencies on Other Features – GBFD-114801 Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) Downlink – GBFD-117601 HUAWEI III Power Control Algorithm – GBFD-117602 Active Power Control – MRFD-211703 2.8 MHz and therefore increase the capacity of the GSM network.0 MHz Central Prerequisite Dependencies on Hardware – MRFU and RRU3908 of V2 or later versions support the feature. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221703 2.0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS) Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS) This section describes how to activate. 274-1 . Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – GSM and UMTS Dynamic Power Sharing in MIMO is not recommended. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 274 Configuring 2..0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS). Other Prerequisites – GSM and UMTS Dynamic Power Sharing is not supported in GSM dynamic transmit diversity. – It is not recommended that GSM and UMTS Dynamic Power Sharing coexist with the baseband frequency hopping algorithm involving two power amplifiers because their coexistence would result in a certain level of performance loss.0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (GSM) l l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 274 l l Configuring 2. Context This feature improves frequency utilization. It enables the UMTS carriers to use the bandwidth 3. – Modify the GSM central frequency point separation 274-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. modify frequency points for UMTS cells at the BSC6900. In this step.8 MHz. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate a cell.274 Configuring 2.0 MHz. – Modify the GSM central frequency point separation (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD GTRX to modify the frequency of a TRX. (3) Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify some properties of a local cell. do as follows to modify frequency points on the GSM or UMTS side: – Modify the UMTS carrier Central Frequency Point (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate a cell.0 MHz. UL Frequency Ind. 2. Run the NodeB MML command SET FREQBWH to set the minimal frequency bandwidth on the UMTS side. l Run the NodeB MML command LST FREQBWH to check whether the UMTS carrier bandwidth is 3. (3) Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify some properties of a local cell. (4) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate a cell. 3. UL Frequency Ind and Downlink UARFCN. Uplink UARFCN and Downlink UARFCN.. Ltd. In this step. To ensure that the UMTS carrier bandwidth is 3. In this step.8 MHz and the frequency spacing between GSM and UMTS carriers is 2. Set Band Indicator. In this step. as set in step 1. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP. do as follows to modify frequency points on the GSM or UMTS side: – Modify the UMTS central frequency point separation (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate a cell.0 MHz. .0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS) RAN Feature Activation Guide Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l Verification Procedure 1. 2. Run the NodeB MML command SET FREQBWH to set the UMTS carrier bandwidth. Check on the NodeB side whether all TRXs work properly when the frequency spacing between GSM and UMTS carriers is 2. set Frequency Min Bandwidth to 3800. The UMTS carrier bandwidth should range from 4.0 MHz. set Frequency to ensure that the frequency spacing between GSM and UMTS carriers is 2.2 MHz to 5.0 MHz. modify frequency points for UMTS cells at the BSC6900 and set Band Indicator. set UL Frequency Channel Number and DL Frequency Channel Number. set UL Frequency Channel Number and DL Frequency Channel Number. In this step. 2. To ensure that the UMTS carrier bandwidth is the bandwidth set in step 1. Check on the BSC side whether services in all cells are normal when the frequency spacing between GSM and UMTS carriers is 2. (2) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP. In this step. ACT UCELL: CellId=101. FMBWH=5000. set Frequency to ensure that the frequency spacing between GSM and UMTS carriers no less than 2.0 MHz SET FREQBWH: CN=0.. DLFREQ=3040. FMBWH=3800. Ltd. //Setting the frequency of a specificed GSM TRX to 52 MOD GTRX: TRXID=122. //Verification procedure LST FREQBWH: CN=0. //Setting the uplink and downlink frequencies of a UMTS cell to 2815 and 3040 DEA UCELL: CellId=101. FREQ=52. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=101. UARFCNUplinkInd=FALSE. UARFCNDownlink=3046. SRN=4. ACT UCELL: CellId=101. Issue 02 (2011-07-11) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 274-3 . DLFREQ=3046. BandInd=Band8.RAN Feature Activation Guide 274 Configuring 2. BandInd=Band8. //Deactivation procedure //Setting the UMTS carrier bandwidth to 5. FREQ=55. SN=0. SN=0. ULFREQ=2821. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=101. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. ULFREQ=2815. SRN=4. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=101.0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS) (1) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD GTRX to modify the frequency of a TRX.2 MHz.8 MHz SET FREQBWH: CN=0. //Setting the uplink and downlink frequencies of a UMTS cell to 2821 and 3046 DEA UCELL: CellId=101. SN=0. //Setting the frequency of a specified GSM TRX to 55 MOD GTRX: TRXID=122. SRN=4. MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=101. UARFCNDownlink=3040. UARFCNUplinkInd=FALSE. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Setting the UMTS carrier bandwidth to 3.